Eastman 2015
Eastman 2015
Eastman
The Ancient Martyrdom
Accounts of Peter and Paul
The image used on the cover is taken from a photograph of the façade of the
famous Celsus Library in Ephesus. Cover design by Mary Cox.
General Editors
Editorial Board
Erich S. Gruen
Wendy Mayer
Margaret M. Mitchell
Teresa Morgan
Ilaria L. E. Ramelli
Michael Roberts
Karin Schlapbach
James C. VanderKam
L. Michael White
Number 39
Volume Editors
Andrew Cain and Ute Possekel
The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts
of Peter and Paul
David L. Eastman
SBL Press
Atlanta
Copyright © 2015 by SBL Press
All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced or transmitted in any form
or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or by
means of any information storage or retrieval system, except as may be expressly permit-
ted by the 1976 Copyright Act or in writing from the publisher. Requests for permission
should be addressed in writing to the Rights and Permissions Office, SBL Press, 825 Hous-
ton Mill Road, Atlanta, GA 30329 USA.
Acknowledgments.............................................................................................ix
Abbreviations.....................................................................................................xi
Introduction................................................................................................... xvii
Bibliography....................................................................................................445
Scripture Index...............................................................................................457
General Index.................................................................................................463
Acknowledgments
-ix-
Abbreviations
Primary Sources
-xi-
xii Abbreviations
Secondary Sources
According to Gal 2:9, an important deal was struck in Antioch that was
to determine the shape of early christian missionary activity. Peter would
focus his efforts on evangelizing “the circumcised,” while Paul would go
and preach to the gentiles. As a result, Peter is remembered as the apostle
to the Jews,1 while Paul is remembered as the apostle to everyone else. This
vision of the apostles as the two pillars of the church is witnessed as early
as the Acts of the Apostles, in which act 1 (Acts 1–12) features Peter in
Jerusalem and its vicinity, and act 2 (Acts 13–28) recounts Paul’s mission-
ary journeys all the way to rome, the capital of the gentile world. And yet,
luke’s rendition of these early stages of the spread of the gospel omits many
important details. his narrative leaves Peter rather abruptly and does not
go on to tell what happens subsequently. is Peter successful in his further
evangelistic endeavors? And if so, where does he go? or does he meet with
resistance and even violence?2 And what about Paul? The author of Acts
specifies that Paul spends two years in custody in rome. if he knows how
long Paul’s incarceration lasted, then presumably he knows what happened
after it ended. Why does he not provide these details? And what eventually
happened to both Peter and Paul? Where and when did they die?
1. A lively scholarly debate has been going on for some time concerning the trans-
lation of Ioudaios as “Jew” or “Judean” when speaking about the ancient world. i have
been strongly influenced by recent work by Jewish scholars favoring the translation
“Jew” and will follow that convention throughout this volume. see daniel r. schwartz,
“ ‘Judaean’ or ‘Jew’? how should We Translate ioudaios in Josephus?” in Jewish Identity
in the Greco-Roman World/Jüdische Identität in Der Griechisch-Römischen Welt, ed.
Jörg frey, daniel r. schwartz, and stephanie Gripentrog (leiden: Brill, 2007), 3–27;
seth schwartz, “how Many Judaisms Were There? A critique of neusner and smith
on definition and Mason and Boyarin on categorization,” JAJ 2 (2011): 208–38; Adele
reinhartz, “The Vanishing Jews of Antiquity,” Marginalia, [Link]
[Link]/vanishing-jews-antiquity-adele-reinhartz/.
2. The author of 1 clement, writing at the very end of the first century or in the
early years of the second century, suggests this latter experience. see ch. 15, Text 1 in
this volume.
-xvii-
xviii The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
These writings are known collectively as the apocryphal acts of the apostles,
yet this is a misnomer. The word apocryphos in Greek means “hidden” or
“secret,” and these texts were anything but hidden. The fact that they were
not eventually included in the canon did not mean they were unknown or
even suppressed. rather, they served important functions in early chris-
tian identity formation, liturgical and cultic development, and competing
claims to ecclesiastical authority. if we consider even just the texts included
in this volume, we find evidence of all three of these dynamics.
(1) Identity formation. What did it mean to be a christian, a true
christian, among the early followers of Jesus? The evidence suggests that
a key element in this definition was suffering. A true christian followed
the example of Jesus to suffering and even death, and Peter and Paul were
models for this. The Acts of Peter and Acts of Paul recount the many trials
and persecutions that the apostles endured during their later careers. often
challenged and threatened, they eventually suffered martyrdom for bearing
witness to the faith. The base meaning of the Greek word martyros is “wit-
ness,” so dying for the faith was their final and ultimate act of evangelism.
As a result of these actions, Paul and Peter became idealized models for
later christians. We see this, for example, in the Acts of the scillitan Mar-
tyrs, which dates from 180 ce and purports to be the trial transcript for a
group of christians in north Africa. They are from a village called scillium
but are brought to carthage for trial, likely some of the last victims of the
sporadic persecutions that occurred during the reign of Marcus Aurelius
(161–180 ce). Most of the text consists of verbal sparring between the pro-
consul saturninus and the christians, led by a certain speratus. speratus
proclaims that the christians do not recognize earthly authority, but only
God’s authority: “i do not know the emperor of this age, but i serve instead
that God whom no man sees nor is able to see with these eyes” (Acta mart.
xix
3. The term comes from the Greek letter chi, which resembles a capital X. in
a chiasm, the main point sits at the center of the chi and is surrounded by parallel
phrases as you move toward and then back away from that point.
4. see david l. eastman, Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin West,
WGrWsup 4 (Atlanta: society of Biblical literature, 2011), 156–63.
5. The Burying of the Martyrs assigns the celebration of a joint apostolic festival
on June 29 to 258 ce.
6. see e.g., Jerome (Vir. ill. 5; Tract. Ps. 96.10), Ambrose (Virginit. 19.124),
Augustine (Serm. 295.7; 381.1), Prudentius (Perist. 12).
xx The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Just as the romans prior to christianity had ordered their year around a
series of festivals, so did the christians of rome construct a liturgical cal-
endar based at least in part on dates designated in apocryphal literature.
sources confirm that in the case of Paul and Peter, readings from their
writings and from the writings about them, in particular their martyrdom
accounts, were part and parcel of the celebration of their annual feast.
The precise locations of the apostolic deaths and burials as given in the
apocryphal acts also served as justification for cultic sites in rome. in the
case of Peter, references to the Vatican hill (near the naumachia) appear
frequently in texts after the time of constantine, who had constructed a
large basilica at the Vatican in honor of the chief of the apostles. it is diffi-
cult to establish the original reason for the location of the Petrine cult site,
but its inclusion in the later apocryphal accounts confirmed and reinforced
cultic practice and justified in the minds of roman christians their par-
ticular association with the apostle. similarly, the Pauline apocryphal sto-
ries after constantine are typically careful to specify that the apostle died
along the ostian road outside the walls of rome. These narratives justify
the foundation of the cult at this particular location and the basilicas built
there in the fourth century.7
(3) Competing claims to ecclesiastical authority. rome began its rise to
ecclesiastical prominence at a distinct disadvantage, for its apostolic asso-
ciations in the new Testament are rather meager. yes, Paul writes to the
romans, and the author of Acts states that Paul spent two years preaching
in rome, but this does not compare with cities like Jerusalem, Antioch,
and corinth, where both Pauline and Petrine traditions are witnessed in
the canonical sources. rome was a latecomer, a city whose church was
divided by internal strife and by controversies between various expressions
of christianity, especially during the second century (e.g., Justin Martyr,
Marcion, and Valentinus, to name a few). if rome was to rise to a posi-
tion of authority, it needed a trump card to play, and that card came in
the form of the claim that Peter (the apostle to the Jews) and Paul (the
apostle to everyone else) had preached and died in rome as martyrs. in
these two apostles, then, the entire christian world was represented and
placed under rome.
8. ibid., 97–107.
xxii The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
The importance of This Volume for the study of Peter and Paul
My research for Paul the Martyr involved careful analysis of the various
literary accounts of Paul’s death, and it became apparent to me that there
is a noticeable gap in the scholarship on not only the Pauline martyrdom
accounts, but also the Petrine ones. A brief survey of the most recent schol-
arship on the deaths of Peter and Paul demonstrates this point, for scholars
have continued to draw almost exclusively on the Acts of Peter (text 1 in
the current volume) and the Acts of Paul (text 5 in the current volume).
references to the other accounts are rare and cursory, or simply nonex-
istent. in 1992 richard Bauckham published “The Martyrdom of Peter in
early christian literature,” the most important treatment to date of the
literary traditions concerning Peter’s martyrdom.9 in this lengthy article
Bauckham gathers references to the event from a number of patristic
authors, but the only actual martyrdom account that he cites is the Acts
of Peter. More recently, Marcus Bockmuehl has produced two volumes on
the memory and reception of Peter in early christianity: The Remembered
Peter and Simon Peter in Scripture and Memory.10 Both volumes include
extensive citations from scriptural, rabbinic, and early christian sources,
yet only the Acts of Peter is discussed from among the available corpus of
Petrine acts. George demacopoulos’s The Invention of Peter11 stands out in
this regard, for he at least includes two brief references to the Acts of the
holy Apostles Peter and Paul.12
and luigi Moraldi’s Apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento.18 Also significant is the
two-volume set Écrits apocryphes chrétiens, which provides updated intro-
ductions and translations of nearly half of these texts for a francophone
audience.19 however, even these more inclusive collections of martyrdom
accounts are incomplete; in particular they tend to ignore the syriac texts.
Thus, our picture of the early church’s reception and conceptualization
of the apostles has been hampered by a kind of myopia that focuses pri-
marily on two texts and interprets them as exemplary for christian antiq-
uity, to the exclusion of other, sometimes variant voices, especially if those
voices are not in latin or Greek.
This volume brings together all these texts for the first time, in nearly
every case providing the first english translation of the most updated edi-
tion. The volume is divided into four parts. Part 1 includes four martyr-
dom accounts that focus on Peter. in part 2 there are five accounts of Paul’s
martyrdom. Part 3 features six accounts of the joint martyrdoms of Peter
and Paul, while part 4 includes more than forty references to the apostolic
martyrdoms from early christian literature. each chapter is accompanied
by an introduction that provides historical and literary background, and
the commentary in the footnotes to the translations highlights important
features and allusions to scriptural or other literature, including other texts
within this volume.
The translations were produced to be accessible to a broad audience, so
i have privileged readability (dynamic equivalence) over formal adherence
to the grammar of the original languages (formal equivalence). Those with
reading knowledge of the original languages will benefit from the presenta-
tion of the ancient texts on facing pages, which will facilitate more detailed
analysis when desired. My general practice has been to reproduce the texts
as they appear in the critical editions, but in some cases i have standard-
ized the spelling and punctuation in order to aid the reader. in addition,
many of these texts use masculine terms (e.g., man, men, brothers, sons) to
refer to humanity in general or to mixed groups of (especially) christians. i
18. Mario erbetta, Gli apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento: Atti e leggende, 2nd ed.
(Turin: Marietti, 1978); luigi Moraldi, Apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento, vol. 2 (Turin:
unione, 1971).
19. françois Bovon and Pierre Geoltrain, eds., Écrits apocryphes chrétiens, vol. 1,
Pléiade 442 (Paris: Gallimard, 1997); Pierre Geoltrain and Jean-daniel Kaestli, eds.,
Écrits apocryphes chrétiens, vol. 2, Pléiade 516 (Paris: Gallimard, 2005).
Introduction xxv
Contents
The texts of the New Testament do not provide details of Peter’s later life or
death. In the absence of good evidence, various stories arose of the apostle’s
later adventures and eventual martyrdom. The Martyrdom (or Passion) of
Peter represents one such story. It is traditionally treated as the final section
of a larger cycle of legends known as the Acts of Peter; chapters 1–12 of
the Martyrdom of Peter correspond to chapters 30–41 of the Acts of Peter.
Prior to the beginning of the Martyrdom of Peter, Peter has already
been in Rome for some time strengthening the church, which had been
founded by the apostle Paul, against the destructive efforts of Simon the
sorcerer (Simon Magus). The proofs of Peter’s supernatural power have
already included a talking dog, a resuscitated smoked fish, and several
other miracles performed to show Peter’s superiority over Simon. Peter’s
preaching is popular among aristocratic Romans, especially women. As the
text opens, a wealthy matron named Chryse makes a sizable donation to
support the poor.
Then the author turns the attention directly to the confrontation
between Peter and Simon the sorcerer. Although Peter has continued heal-
ing in the name of Christ, Simon claims that Peter is preaching a false
God. Therefore, Simon promises to prove his superiority by ascending into
heaven. On the next day a large crowd gathers, and Simon begins to ascend
into the sky. Peter prays, and Simon immediately falls and breaks his leg.
The people are convinced that Peter is the true teacher, while Simon is
abandoned by all of his followers and dies soon after.
Peter resumes his teaching, particularly his encouragement of sexual
chastity, and four wives of the prefect Agrippa are convinced by Peter’s
preaching and refuse to sleep with their husband. Another woman named
Xanthippe joins their number, and her husband Albinus becomes angry.
-1-
2 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Literary Background
The precise date of this text is unknown, but a date in the final quarter of
the second century or the first quarter of the third century is most likely.
Elements of the larger Acts of Peter appear in the third century in the
Teaching of the Apostles (Didascalia Apostolorum), the writings of Origen
of Alexandria, and the Pseudo-Clementine Recognitions. Some have sug-
gested that the Acts of Paul, which could date from the very end of the
second century, also depends on the Acts of Peter and provides proof of the
early date of the Petrine text, but there is no consensus on this. The iden-
tity of the author is unknown, and the place of composition is disputed.
Bithynia, Alexandria, Asia Minor, Syria, and Rome have all been suggested
based on various factors.
As mentioned above, the Martyrdom of Peter is now attached to the
Acts of Peter, but this was not always the case. Textual evidence suggests
that this text also circulated on its own in some cases, for only the Martyr-
dom of Peter survives complete in Greek. The rest of the Acts of Peter, with
the exception of a small fragment, is preserved first in a Latin translation
1. Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Peter 3
Text
The Greek text survives in three manuscripts. Lipsius produced his critical
edition based on a ninth-century manuscript from the library of the Mon-
astery of St. John the Theologian in Patmos (ms. 48) and a tenth/eleventh-
century manuscript from the monastery of Vatopedi on Mount Athos (ms.
79). In 1962 an eleventh-century manuscript containing chapters 4–12 was
discovered in Ohrid, Macedonia (ms. 44), and this prompted a new edition
of the text by Zwierlein.
The translation of chapters 1–3 is based on the edition by Lipsius. Zwi-
erlein’s edition begins at chapter 4, and the remainder of the translation
is dependent on this edition, with a few modifications mentioned in the
footnotes. Apart from Zwierlein’s own translation into German, this is the
only available translation based on the most recent edition of the text.
4 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Select Bibliography
1. κυριακῆς οὔσης, ὁμιλοῦντες τοῦ Πέτρου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, καὶ προτρέποντος εἰς
τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ πίστιν, παρόντων πολλῶν συγκλητικῶν καὶ ἱππικῶν πλειόνων
καὶ γυναικῶν πλουσίων <καὶ> ματρωνῶν καὶ στηριζομένων τῇ πίστει, μία τις
ἔνθα οὖσα γυνὴ πάνυ πλουσία, ἧτις τὴν ἐπίκλησιν τοὔνομα Χρυσὴ εἶχεν, διὰ
τὸ πᾶν αὐτῆς σκεῦος χρύσεον ὑπάρχειν — ἥτις γεννηθεῖσα οὔτε ἀργυρέῳ ποτὲ
σκεύει ἐχρήσατο οὔτε ὑελῷ, εἰ μὴ μόνοις χρυσέοις — εἶπεν τῷ Πέτρῳ· Πέτρε,
θεοῦ δοῦλε· εἰς ὄναρ ἐμοὶ παραστὰς ὃν λέγεις θεὸν εἶπεν· Χρυσή, Πέτρῳ τῷ
διακόνῳ μου ἀποκόμισον μυρίους χρυσίνους· ὀφείλεις γὰρ αὐτῷ. ἐκόμισα οὖν
φοβουνένη, μήτι κακὸν πάθω ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀφθέντος μοι, εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀπερχομένου.
καὶ ταῦτα εἰποῦσα καὶ θεῖσα τὸ χρῆμα ἀπηλλάγη. ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἰδὼν ἐδόξασεν
τὸν κύριον, ὅτι ἤμελλον οἱ θλιβόμενοι ἀναψύχειν.
τινὲς οὖν τῶν παρόντων ἔλεγον αὐτῷ· Πέτρε, οὐ κακῶς ἐδέξω τὸ χρῆμα
τοῦτο παρ’ αὐτῆς; διαβέβληται γὰρ ἐν ὅλῃ <τῇ> Ῥώμῃ ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ὅτι οὐ
προσέχει ἑνὶ ἀνδρί· μέχρι γὰρ καὶ τῶν ἰδίων νεανίσκων πρόσεισι. μὴ κοινώνει
οὖν τῇ Χρυσῇ τραπέζῃ, ἀλλὰ πεμφθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτὴν τὸ παρ’ αὐτῆς.
ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἀκουσὰς καὶ γελάσας εἶπεν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς· αὕτη τίς μὲν ἔστιν
τὸν ἄλλον βίον, οὐκ οἶδα. ὅτι δὲ τὸ χρῆμα τοῦτο ἐδεξάμην, οὐ μάτην ἐδεξάμην·
παρείχεν γὰρ ὡς χρεώστρια τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτὸ τοῖς τοῦ Χριστοῦ
δούλοις· αὐτὸς γὰρ αὐτῶν προενόησεν.
2. ἔφερον δὲ καὶ τοὺς κάμνοντας πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ, δεόμενοι ὅπως
ἀνασφάλωσιν τῶν νόσων. καὶ ἰῶντο πολλοὶ παραλυτικοὶ καὶ ποδαγρικοὶ καὶ
-6-
Martyrdom of the holy Apostle Peter
1. When it was the lord’s day, and Peter was speaking to the brothers and
sisters1 and urging them to have faith in christ, many of senatorial and
equestrian rank and very many rich women and matrons were present and
encouraged in the faith. one of them there was a very wealthy woman who
had the nickname chryse, because every vessel of hers was gold.2 since
birth she had never used a vessel of silver or glass, but only gold. she said to
Peter, “Peter, servant of God, in a dream the one whom you call God stood
before me and said, ‘chryse, take ten thousand gold pieces to my servant
Peter, for you owe them to him.’ Because i was afraid i brought them, lest
i suffer some evil from the one who appeared to me and went away into
heaven.” After saying these things, she put down the money and went away.
Peter saw this and praised the lord, because the oppressed were going to
get relief.
Then some of those present said to him, “Peter, did you not wrongly
accept this money from her? for she is known all over rome for her pro-
miscuity, and it is said that she does not have only one man, for she makes
use even of her own servants. have nothing to do, therefore, with the table
of chryse,3 but let what came from her be sent back to her.”
After he had heard these things and laughed, Peter said to the broth-
ers and sisters, “Who she is in her other life i do not know. Because i have
accepted this money, i have not accepted it in vain, for she offered it as a
debtor to christ and gives it to the servants of christ. [christ] has made
provision for [the oppressed].”
2. They were bringing the sick to him on the sabbath and begging
for healing from their diseases. Many paralytics and people suffering
1. literally “the brothers” here and elsewhere in the text, but it is clear throughout
that Peter’s followers are a mixed audience.
2. chryse means “golden.”
3. or “the golden table.”
-7-
8 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
from gout and malarian fevers4 were healed, and those believing in the
name of Jesus Christ were healed of every bodily disease. And very many
were being added to the grace of the Lord each day. But after several days
had passed, Simon the sorcerer promised the crowd that he would refute
Peter for having believed not in a true god but a false one. Therefore, after
[Simon] had performed many illusions, those among the disciples who
were already steadfast were laughing at him. In the dining halls he was
making some spirits appear to them, but they were only apparitions and
did not truly exist. And what else is there to say? After he had been com-
pletely refuted in many ways concerning his magic, he made the lame and
the blind briefly appear to be healed, and he seemed to make alive and
move many who were once dead, even Stratonikos.5 And Peter was follow-
ing all these things and refuted him before those watching.
Because [Simon] was constantly being disgraced and mocked by the
crowd of Romans and was distrusted because he was promising to do
something he could not achieve, at last he said all these things to them,
“Men of Rome, you now suppose that Peter has overcome me, as if he were
more powerful, and you pay more attention to him. You are mistaken, for
tomorrow I will leave behind you godless and impious people and fly up to
God, whose power I am in weakened form. If, then, you have fallen, look,
for I am6 the one who stands. I am going up to the Father and will say to
him, ‘They wanted to bring down even me, the one who stands, your son.
But I paid no heed to them and have returned to myself.’ ”
3. And already on the next day a large crowd came together on the
Sacred Way,7 in order to see him fly. Peter came to the place to see the
spectacle, so that he might refute him even in this. For when [Simon] came
to Rome, he astonished the crowds by flying. But Peter, who rebuked him,
was not yet dwelling in Rome, the city that Simon deceived and misled so
4. Literally, “semi-tertian and quartan fevers.” These are two varieties of malarian
fevers distinguished by the frequency of the recurring onset of symptoms.
5. Earlier in the Acts of Peter, Simon had faked the resurrection of a certain Nico-
stratus. The Vercelli Codex of the Acts of Peter repeats that name here, instead of intro-
ducing the new figure Stratonikos.
6. Simon’s use of the specific expression ἐγώ εἰμί links him to divinity through
God’s self-identification in the Hebrew Bible (e.g., Exod 3:14, Isa 52:6). Cf. Jesus’s use
of this phrase in e.g., John 8:24, 8:58, 9:9.
7. The Via Sacra (Sacred Way) was a main street through Rome that connected
many of the city’s most important religious sites and was part of the traditional route
of the Roman Triumph.
10 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Ῥώμῃ, ἥνπερ οὕτως πλανῶν ἐφάντασεν, ὡς ἐκστῆναί τινας ἐπ’ αὐτῷ. στὰς οὖν
οὗτος ἐν τόπῳ ὑψηλῷ καὶ θεασάμενος τὸν Πέτρον, ἤρξατο λέγειν· Πέτρε, νῦν
μάλιστα ὅταν ἀνέρχομαι κατέναντι τούτων πάντων θεωρουμένων λέγω σοι· εἰ
σοῦ ὁ θεὸς δύναται, ὃν Ἰουδαῖοι ἀνεῖλον καὶ ὑμᾶς ἐλιθοβόλησαν τοὺς ὑπ’ ἐκείνου
ἐκλελεγμένους, δειξάτω ὅτι θεοῦ ἐστιν ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ, φανήτω ἐπὶ τούτῳ, εἰ
ἀξία θεοῦ ἐστιν. ἐγὼ γὰρ ἀνελθὼν ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδείξω τῷ ὄχλῳ τούτῳ παντὶ ὅστις
εἰμί. καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀρθέντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ὕψος καὶ πάντων ὁρώντων αὐτὸν εἰς ὅλην
<τὴν> Ῥώμην, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς ναοὺς αὐτῆς καὶ τὰ ὄρη ἠρμένον, ἀφεώρων οἱ
πιστοὶ εἰς τὸν Πέτρον.
καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἰδὼν τὸ παράδοξον τοῦ θεάματος ἐβόησεν πρὸς τὸν κύριον
Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν· ἐὰν ἀφῇς τοῦτον ποιῆσαι ὃ ἐπεχείρησεν, νῦν πάντες οἱ εἰς σὲ
πιστεύσαντες σκανδαλισθήσονται καὶ ἔσται ἃ δι’ ἐμοῦ ἔδωκας αὐτοῖς σημεῖα
καὶ τέρατα ἄπιστα· τάχυνον κύριε τὴν χάριν σου, καὶ καταπεσόντος αὐτοῦ
ἄνωθεν, ἐκλ<υθ>εὶς συστῇ καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ, ἀλλὰ <κε>νωθῇ καὶ τὸ σκέλος
κατεάξῃ ἐκ τριῶν τόπων. καὶ καταπεσόντος αὐτοῦ ἄνωθεν τὸ σκέλος κατέαξεν
ἐκ τριῶν τόπων. τότε αὐτὸν λιθοβολήσαντες ἓκαστος εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἀνεχώρησαν,
Πέτρῳ τὸ λοιπὸν πάντες πειθόμενοι.
εἷς δέ τις ἐλθὼν διὰ τάχους ἐξ ὁδοῦ τῶν φίλων τοῦ Σίμωνος, Γέμελλος
ὀνόματι, παρ’ οὗ πολλὰ ἔλαβεν ὁ Σίμων, Ἑλληνίδα τινὰ γυναῖκα ἐσχηκώς, ἰδῶν
αὐτὸν κατεάξαντα τὸ σκέλος εἶπεν· Σίμων, εἰ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ κατάσσεται,
μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ θεός, οὗ δύναμις εἶ, τυφλωθήσεται; δραμὼν οὖν καὶ ὁ Γέμελος
ἠκολούθει τῷ Πέτρῳ λέγων αὐτῷ· κἀγὼ τῶν ἐπὶ Χριστὸν πιστευόντων εὔχομαι
εἶναι.
ὁ δὲ Πέτρος· τίς οὖν ὁ φθόνος, ἔφη, ἄδελφέ μου; ἐλθὲ καὶ παρέδρευε.
ὁ δὲ Σίμων ἐν τῇ συμφορᾷ γενόμενος εὗρέν τινας τοὺς διακομίσαντας αὐτὸν
νυκτὸς κραββάτῳ ἀπὸ Ῥώμης εἰς Ἀρικίαν· κἀκεῖ ἐπιμείνας ἀπηνέχθη πρός
1. Martyrdom of the holy Apostle Peter 11
much that some lost their senses because of him. standing on an elevated
place and looking at Peter, he began to say, “Peter, as i am now ascending
in front of all these who are looking on, i say to you that if your God is
powerful—the one who was killed by the Jews, who also stoned those of
you who were called by this one—then let him show that faith in him is
from God. let it be shown in this case that this faith is worthy of God. for
by ascending i will show to this entire crowd what kind of person i am.”
Behold, he was raised up into the air, and everyone saw him in the entire
city of rome being lifted up above its temples and hills. The faithful were
looking at Peter.
And Peter saw this surprising spectacle and cried to the lord Jesus
christ, “if you permit this man to do what he has set out to do, then now
all those who have believed in you will be made to stumble, and the signs
and wonders that you gave to them through me will be disbelieved. hurry,
lord, to demonstrate your grace, and after he has fallen down, let him be
manifestly broken to pieces but not die. let him be destroyed, and let his
leg break in three places.” When simon fell down, his leg broke in three
places.8 After they had stoned him, each person went back to his own
house. After that everyone was convinced by Peter.
But a certain one of the friends of simon named Gemellus9 came
quickly from the road. simon had received many things through him, and
he had a Greek wife. seeing simon’s leg broken, Gemellus said, “simon, if
the power of God is broken, then will not God himself whose power you
are be blinded?” Then Gemellus ran and followed Peter, saying to him, “i
also pray to be among those who believe in christ.”
But Peter said, “What hindrance is there, my brother? come and stay
with us.” But simon, who was in misery, found some people to carry him
by night on a bed out of rome to Aricia.10 After staying there he was taken
to a certain castor, who had been banished from rome to Terracina on the
8. The Apostolic constitutions state that simon was thrown to the earth as he was
flying “in an unnatural way” (Apos. con. 2.3.14), while Arnobius of sicca claims that
simon tried to fly in a fiery chariot. Thrown down by the words of Peter, he broke his
legs and soon after committed suicide (Adv. Nat. 2.12).
9. in the other accounts of Peter’s death, this figure is identified as Marcellus, a
converted follower of simon the sorcerer.
10. cf. Pass. Apost. 11.
12 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
τινα Ῥώμης ἐξορισθέντα Κάστωρα εἰς Ταρακίνα<ν> ἐπ’ αἰτίᾳ μαγικῇ· κἀκεῖ
κατατεμνόμενος, τὸ πέρας τοῦ βίου ὁ τοῦ διαβόλου ἄγγελος ἔδωκεν Σίμων.
4. Πέτρος ὁ ἀπόστολος ἧν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἀγαλλιώμενος μετὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν
ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ εὐχαριστῶν τῷ θεῷ νυκτός τε καὶ ἡμέρας ἐπὶ τῷ ὄχλῳ τῷ καθ’
ἡμέραν προσαγομένῳ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ.
συνήγοντο οὖν καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες τοῦ πραιφέκτου Ἀγρίππα πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον,
τέσσαρες οὖσαι, Ἀγριππῖνα καὶ Ἰκαρία καὶ Εὐφημία καὶ Δῶρις. αὗται ἀκούσασαι
τὸν τῆς ἁγνείας λόγον καὶ πάντα τὰ τοῦ κυρίου λόγια, κατενύγησαν τὰς ψυχάς,
καὶ συνθέμεναι ἀλλήλαις ἁγναὶ τῆς Ἀγρίππα κοίτης διαμεῖναι ἠνοχλοῦντο ὑπ’
αὐτοῦ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας. διαποροῦντος οὖν τοῦ Ἀγρίππα καὶ λυπουμένου περὶ
αὐτῶν — καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα τούτων ἤρα — ἐπετηρεῖτο καὶ πέμψας ἰδεῖν ποῦ
προέρχονται, μανθάνει ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον. ἔλεγεν οὖν αὐταῖς ἐλθούσαις·
μὴ συνεῖναί μοι ὁ Χριστιανὸς ἐκεῖνος ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς· γινώσκετε ὅτι καὶ ὑμᾶς
ἀπολέσω κἀκεῖνον ζῶντα κατακαύσω. αὗται μὲν οὖν πᾶσαν κακοπαθίαν ὑπὸ
τοῦ Ἀγρίππα ὑπέμειναν, ἵνα μηκέτι μιαίνωνται, ἐνδυναμούμεναι ἐν τῷ κράτει
Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.
5. μία δέ τις καὶ μάλιστα εὐμορφοτάτη Ἀλβίνου φίλου τοῦ Καίσαρος γυνὴ
ὀνόματι Ξανθίππη ἅμα ταῖς λοιπαῖς ματρώναις συνερχομένη πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον
καὶ αὐτὴ τοῦ Ἀλβίνου ἀπέστη. 2 ἐκεῖνος οὖν μεμηνὼς καὶ ἐρῶν τῆς Ξανθίππης
καὶ λυπούμενος ὅτι ἀποστρέφεται αὐτόν, ὡς θηρίον ἠγριαίνετο, βουλόμενος τὸν
Πέτρον διαχειρίσασθαι· ἔγνω γὰρ αὐτὸν παραίτιον τοῦ χωρισμοῦ τῆς κοίτης
γεγενῆσθαι.
πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι γυναῖκες ἐρασθεῖσαι τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἁγνείας τῶν
ἀνδρῶν ἐχωρίζοντο καὶ ἄνδρες τῶν ἰδίων αὐτῶν γυναικῶν διὰ τὸ ἁγνῶς καὶ
σεμνῶς θέλειν αὐτοὺς θεοσεβεῖν. θορύβου οὖν ὄντος μεγίστου ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ καὶ
τοῦ Ἀλβίνου δηλώσαντος τὰ κατ’ αὐτὸν τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ καὶ λέγοντος αὐτῷ ὅτι·
ἢ σύ με, Ἀγρίππα, ἐκδίκησον ἀπὸ τοῦ χωρίσαντός μου τὴν γυναῖκα Πέτρου
ἢ ἐμαυτὸν ἐκδικῶ, καὶ ὁ Ἀγρίππας ταὐτὰ ἔλεγεν πεπονθέναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ. καὶ
ὁ Ἀλβῖνος ἔφη· τί οὖν μέλλεις, Ἀγρίππα; συσχῶμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ὡς περίεργον
ἄνδρα ἀνέλωμεν, καὶ ἐκδικήσωμεν ἑαυτοὺς, ὅπως σχῶμεν ἡμῶν τὰς γυναῖκας,
1. Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Peter 13
11. Literally, “being cut up,” but I assume that Castor is trying to help Simon.
12. From this point the text follows the updated edition in Otto Zwierlein, Petrus
in Rom: Die literarischen Zeugnisse, 2nd ed., UALG 96 (Berlin: de Gruyter, 2010),
404–24.
14 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
those who are not able to avenge themselves—those whose wives he has
also turned away from them.”
6. As they were pondering these things, Xanthippe learned her hus-
band’s scheme with Agrippa. She sent someone to tell this to Peter, so that
he might leave Rome. The other brothers and sisters together with Mar-
cellus begged him to leave. But Peter said to them, “Are we to run away,
brothers and sisters?”
But they said to him, “No, but so that you are able to serve the Lord,
stay in the flesh for our sake.”
Having been persuaded by the brothers and sisters, Peter left alone,
saying, “Let none of you go with me, but I will go out alone after changing
my appearance.” As he was going out the gate, he saw the Lord entering
Rome. Seeing him Peter said to him, “Lord, where are you going?”13
And the Lord said to him, “I am going to Rome to be crucified.”
And Peter said to him, “My Lord, you are being crucified again?”
And the Lord said to him, “Yes, Peter, I am being crucified again.”14
Then Peter came to himself and saw the Lord ascending into heaven,
and he went back into Rome rejoicing and praising the Lord, because he
said that he would be crucified again—which was a prophecy of what
would happen to Peter.
7. Then he went up to the brothers and sisters and told them what he
saw. After they heard him, they began to grieve in their spirits, and weep-
13. Cf. Zwierlein’s edition: “Lord, why are you coming here?” Zwierlein favors
this reading found in an eleventh-century manuscript from Ohrid, Macedonia. It runs
counter to the traditional reading, which I have maintained here because it is sup-
ported by the two other primary Greek textual witnesses (ninth–eleventh century)
and the other accounts of the scene in this volume (Lin. Mart. Pet. 6; Abd. Pass. Pet.
19; Pass. Holy 61; Acts Pet. Paul 82; Pass. Apost. 12). Zwierlein (Petrus in Rom, 82–92)
argues that the Ohrid reading makes more sense of Jesus’s answer to Peter, “I am going
to Rome to be crucified.” Because Peter meets Jesus as Jesus is entering the city, it is
obvious where Jesus is going—to Rome. Peter’s question is why Jesus is in Rome, and
the answer is crucifixion. In addition, Zwierlein claims that the account in Lin. Mart.
Pet. 6 was altered based on John 13:36 and Acts 12:11 and may have influenced even
some of the later Greek manuscripts of the Martyrdom of Peter. Zwierlein also notes
that a Coptic manuscript, dating perhaps from the fifth century, includes both ques-
tions, “Lord, why are you here, and where are you going?” Perhaps in support of Zwier-
lein’s attempts to problematize the dominant tradition, we should note that in the Hist.
Shim. 3, the question to Jesus is not “Where?” but “Why?”
14. Origen (Comm. Jo. 20.12.91) cites this saying of Jesus but assigns it to the Acts
of Paul. Cf. Ambrose, Aux. 13, who correctly connects the saying to Peter.
16 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
2. From the Latin frumentarii. These were soldiers specifically in charge of secur-
ing corn supplies for the military.
1. Martyrdom of the holy Apostle Peter 17
ing they said to him, “We beg you, Peter, think about those of us who are
newer in the faith.”
And Peter said to them, “if it is the will of the lord, then it will be done,
even if we do not wish it. But the lord is able to establish you in faith in
him, to set your foundations on him, and to strengthen those whom he
has planted. And you will plant others and give life to them through him.
But as for me, if the lord wants me to remain longer in the flesh, i will
not speak against it. But again, if he wants to take me, i will rejoice and be
glad.” While Peter was saying these things and all the brothers and sisters
were weeping, four soldiers arrested and took him to Agrippa. Agrippa,
on account of his illness,15 ordered him to be crucified. Then the whole
multitude of the brothers and sisters assembled—rich and poor, orphans
and widows, the powerless and powerful—wishing to see Peter and snatch
him away.
Then the people cried out uncontrollably and with one voice, “What
has Peter done wrong, Agrippa? how has he done you any harm? Tell us
romans. rome will rise in rebellion if this man dies.”
The apostle Peter went up to the place, calmed the crowd, and said,
“you who are being crucified to God, you who hope in God, you who have
life in christ, remember the signs and wonders that you saw through me.
remember the compassion of God, who performed so many and such
great healings through us among you. Wait, therefore, for him to come
and reward each one according to their deeds.16 do not be angry now
toward Agrippa, for he is a servant of his father’s essence and authority and
conspiracy, and what is coming to pass is happening exactly as the lord
revealed it to me. But why do i delay and not go forth to the cross?”
8. After coming to the cross and standing beside it, he began to say,
“oh, name of the cross, a mystery completely hidden. oh, grace inexpress-
ible, spoken in the name of the cross. oh, nature of humanity that cannot
be separated from the cross. oh, unspoken and inseparable love, which
cannot be revealed through unclean lips. i am compelled now to begin
revealing it and making it known to you, oh person, whoever you are, until
the end of my imprisonment here. i will not conceal the mystery of the
cross, which for a long time has been closed up and hidden in my soul.
do not let that which is visible be for you the name of the cross, oh you
15. That is, the sickness that resulted from being denied sex.
16. Matt 16:27; rom 2:5–6; 2 cor 5:10; rev 22:12.
18 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Χριστὸν ἐλπίζοντες· ἕτερον γὰρ τί ἐστιν παρὰ τοῦτο τὸ φαινόμενον ὑμῖν. καὶ
νῦν μάλιστα, ὅτε δύνασθε οἱ δυνάμενοι ἀκούειν ἐν ἐσχάτῃ ὥρᾳ καὶ, τελευταίᾳ
τοῦ βίου ὑπάρχοντός μου, ἀκούσατε· παντὸς φαινομένου αἰσθητοῦ χωρίσατε
ὑμῶν τὰς ψυχὰς μὴ ὄντος ἀληθοῦς· πηρώσατε ὑμῶν τὰς ὄψεις τῆς σαρκός,
πηρώσατε ὑμῶν τὰς ἀκοὰς ταύτας τὰς ἐν τῷ φανερῷ [πράξεις], καὶ γνῶτε
τὰ πάλαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ γεγονότα καὶ τὸ ὅλον τῆς σωτηρίας μυστήριον τὸ
πάντοτε λεγόμενον καὶ μηδ’ ὅλως ἀκουόμενον. ὥρα δέ σοι, Πέτρε, παραδοῦναι
τὸ σῶμα τοῖς λαμβάνουσιν. ἀπολάβετε οὖν, ὧν ἐστιν τὸ ἴδιον. ἀξιῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς
τοὺς δημίους, οὕτως με σταυρώσατε, ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν καὶ μὴ ἄλλως· καὶ διὰ τί,
τοῖς ἀκούουσιν ἐρῶ.
9. ὣς δὲ ἀπεκρέμασαν αὐτὸν ὃν ἠξίωσεν τρόπον, ἤρξατο πάλιν λέγειν· ἄνδρες,
ὧν ἐστιν ἴδιον τὸ ἀκούειν, ἐνωτίσασθε ἃ νῦν ἀναγγελῶ ὑμῖν ἀποκρεμάμενος.
γινώσκετε τῆς ἁπάσης φύσεως τὸ μυστήριον καὶ τῶν ἁπασῶν φύσεων τὴν ἀρχὴν
ἥτις ἦν. ὁ γὰρ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος, ὁ γενόμενος ἐν εἴδει ὃ ἔχω ἐγώ, κατὰ κεφαλῆς
ἐνεχθεὶς ἔδειξεν γένεσιν τὴν οὐκ οὖσαν πάλαι νεκράν, νεκρὰ γὰρ αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις,
νεκρὰν τε καὶ κίνησιν ἔχει· κατελθὼν οὖν ἐκεῖνος καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ εἰς
γῆν ῥίψας, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τὸ πᾶν τοῦτο τῆς διακοσμήσεως συνεστήσατο εἶδος, ἐν
ᾧ τὰ δεξιὰ ἀριστερὰ ἔδειξεν καὶ τὰ ἀριστερὰ δεξιά, καὶ πάντα ἐνηλλάγη τῆς
φύσεως αὐτῶν τὰ σημεῖα, ὡς καλὰ τὰ μὴ καλὰ νομισθῆναι καὶ τὰ ἐκ φύσεως
ἀγαθὰ κακά· περὶ ὧν ὁ κύριος ἐν μυστηρίῳ λέγει· ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσητε τὰ δεξιὰ ὡς
τὰ ἀριστερὰ καὶ τὰ ἀριστερὰ ὡς τὰ δεξιὰ καὶ τὰ κάτω ὡς τὰ ἄνω καὶ τὰ ὀπίσω
1. Martyrdom of the holy Apostle Peter 19
who hope in christ, for it is something other than what is visible to you.
And now especially, because you are able—you who are able—to hear me
as i am in the last and final hour of life, listen. separate your souls from
everything that seems to be perceptible but is not true. close the eyes of the
flesh, and close your ears to these things done only in appearance. Know
the things that were brought about by christ long ago and the entire mys-
tery of salvation, which was spoken everywhere but not completely heard.
But the hour has come for you, Peter, to surrender your body to those
taking it. Take it, then, for it is yours. i ask you executioners, crucify me in
this way—with my head down and no other way.17 i will say the reason to
those who are listening.”
9. Thus, they hung him up in the way that he had requested, and he
began to speak again: “oh men, whose duty it is to hear, pay attention to
the things that i will now proclaim to you as i am hanging here. under-
stand the mystery of all nature and what was the beginning of all natures.18
for the first man, who existed in the form that i now have and was brought
forth with his head down, showed an origin that did not exist long ago.19
for nature itself is dead, and it has dead movement. Therefore, because
that one came down after casting down his own beginning to the earth, he
framed for himself this entire form of the cosmos, in which he showed that
the things on the right are on the left, and the things on the left are on the
right. And all the signs of their nature were perverted, so that good things
are considered not good, and the evil things that come from their nature
are considered noble. concerning these things the lord says in a mystery,
‘unless you make the things on the right as things on the left, and the
things on the left as things on the right, and the things below as the things
17. The inverted crucifixion of Peter was widely recounted by patristic authors
(e.g., eusebius, Hist. eccl. 3.1; Jerome, Vir. ill. 1) and has inspired numerous works of
art, such as the famous paintings by Michelangelo and caravaggio. Many authors also
repeated Peter’s motivations for this request, e.g., Ambrose, Job 1.1.2; Theodoret, Car.
1309–1310.
18. sections 9.2–3 probably influenced the fourth-century Acts Phil. Mart. 19–34,
which recounts Philip’s inverted crucifixion and includes particular reference to “mys-
tery.” imitation of this type was common in the apocryphal acts, especially in the Acts
of Philip, as shown by françois Bovon, “The synoptic Gospels and the noncanonical
Acts of the Apostles,” HTR 81.1 (1988): 25–29.
19. Zwierlein’s inclusion of an additional νεκράν here renders the sentence virtu-
ally incomprehensible, so i favor the variant that omits this reading.
20 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ὡς τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. ταύτην οὖν τὴν
ἔννοιαν εἰς ἡμᾶς προάξας < … >.
καὶ τὸ σχῆμα ἐν ᾧ ὁρᾶτέ με ἀποκρεμάμενον ἐκείνου διατύπωσίς ἐστιν
τοῦ καταβεβηκότος καὶ εἰς γένεσιν ἐλθόντος ἀνθρώπου. ὑμᾶς οὖν, ἀγαπητοί
μου, καὶ τοὺς νῦν ἀκούοντας καὶ τοὺς μέλλοντας ἀκούειν, λήξαντας τῆς πρώτης
πλάνης ἐπαναδραμεῖν προσῆκεν πρὸς τὴν ἀρχαίαν πατρίδα, ἐπιβαίνειν οὖν
τῷ τοῦ κυρίου σταυρῷ, ὅς ἐστι τεταμένος λόγος, εἷς καὶ μόνος, περὶ οὗ τὸ
πνεῦμα λέγει· τί ἐστιν Χριστὸς ἀλλ’ ἢ λόγος, ἦχος θεοῦ; ἵνα λόγος ᾖ τοῦτο τὸ
εὐθύξυλον, ἐφ’ οὗ ἐσταύρωμαι· ἦχος δὲ τὸ πλάγιόν ἐστιν, ἡ ἀνθρώπου φύσις· ὁ
δὲ ἧλος ὁ συνέχων ἐπὶ τῷ ὀρθῷ ξύλῳ τὸ πλάγιον κατὰ μέσου, ἡ ἐπιστροφὴ καὶ
ἡ μετάνοια τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.
10. ταῦτα οὖν μοι σοῦ γνωρίσαντος καὶ ἀποκαλύψαντος, λόγε ζωῆς, ξύλον
νῦν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ εἰρημένον, εὐχαριστῶ σοι οὐ χείλεσι τούτοις οἷς προσηλωμένος
λαλῶ, οὐδὲ γλώσσῃ, δι’ ἧς τὸ ἀληθὲς, καὶ τὸ ψεῦδος προέρχεται, οὐδὲ λόγῳ
τούτῳ τῷ ὑπὸ τέχνης φύσεως ὑλικῆς προερχομένῳ, ἀλλ’ ἐκείνῃ φωνῇ σοι
εὐχαριστῶ τῇ διὰ σιγῆς νοουμένῃ, τῇ μὴ δι’ ὀργάνων σώματος προϊούσῃ, τῇ μὴ
εἰς σαρκικὰ ὦτα πορευομένῃ, τῇ μὴ φύσει φθαρτῇ ἀκουομένῃ, τῇ μὴ ἐν κόσμῳ
οὔσῃ καὶ ἐν γῇ ἀφιομένῃ καὶ ἐν βίβλοις γραφομένῃ, μηδὲ τινὶ μὲν οὔσῃ, τινὶ
δὲ οὔ· ἀλλὰ ταύτῃ, Ἰησοῦ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι σιγῇ — φωνῇ τῇ σῇ — ᾗ τὸ ἐν ἐμοὶ
πνεῦμά σε φιλοῦν καί σοι λαλοῦν καί σε ὁρῶν ἐντυγχάνει σοι, ὃς καὶ μόνῳ
πνεύματι νοητός εἶ.
σύ μοι πατήρ, σύ μοι μήτηρ, σύ μοι ἀδελφός, σὺ φίλος, σὺ δοῦλος, σὺ
οἰκονόμος, σὺ τὸ πᾶν καὶ τὸ πᾶν ἐν σοὶ ἕστηκεν καὶ οὐκ ἔστι σωτηρία ἐκτὸς
1. Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Peter 21
above, and the things behind as the things in front, you will not enter into
the kingdom of God.’20 Having presented this idea to us21 […].
“The form in which you see me hanging here is a perfect representa-
tion of that one who descended and came as a man at his own beginning.
Therefore, you, my beloved—both those who hear now and those who are
going to hear—having left off your earlier wandering, return, as it is fitting,
to your ancient place of origin. Go upon the cross of the Lord, who is the
word stretched out, the one and only, about whom the Spirit says, ‘What is
the Christ except the word, the sound of God?’22 So the word is this upright
tree on which I am being crucified, but the sound is the crossbeam, the
nature of humanity. And the nail that holds the crossbeam on the upright
tree across the middle is the turning and repentance of humanity.23
10. “Because you have made known and revealed these things to me,
oh word of life and tree now being spoken about by me, I thank you—not
with these lips with which I speak as I am nailed here, nor with this tongue
through which both truth and falsehood go forth, nor with this word that
goes forth by the skill of material nature. But I thank you with that voice
which is perceived through silence, which is not heard aloud, which does
not go forth through the organs of the body, which is not conveyed to
fleshly ears, which is not heard by perishable nature, which is not in the
world or spoken on the earth or written in books, which does not belong to
a certain one but not to another. I thank you, Jesus, with this silence—with
a voice that is yours—with which the spirit within me that loves you and
speaks to you and sees you also appeals to you—you who are known to the
spirit alone.
You are my father; you are my mother; you are my brother, my friend,
my servant, my household manager. You are everything, and everything is
20. Cf. Gos. Thom. 22. This statement of Jesus overall seems to be an amalgam
from multiple sources. On the use of otherwise unattested sayings in the acts, see
Bovon, “Synoptic Gospels,” 30–31. Wilhelm Schneemelcher has considered the pos-
sibility that these sayings could come from the lost Gospel of the Egyptians but finds
the evidence lacking (New Testament Apocrypha, ed. Wilhelm Schneemelcher, trans. R.
McL. Wilson, 5th ed. [Louisville: Westminster John Knox, 1993], 212–14).
21. Some manuscripts read “ … to you.” The lacuna that follows in the text makes
it difficult to determine the original reading.
22. The source of this statement is unknown.
23. This allegorical interpretation for inverted crucifixion is quite different from
the explanation in other accounts of Peter’s death, in which he does not feel worthy to
die in the same way as his Lord.
22 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
σοῦ τινι. ἐπὶ τοῦτον οὖν, ἀδελφοί, καὶ ὑμεῖς καταφεύγοντες ἀνανεωθήσεσθε·
ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ μόνῳ τοῦτο ὑπάρχει τὸ ὑμᾶς μαθόντας ἐκείνων τεύξασθαι ὧν
λέγει δοῦναι ὑμῖν· ἃ οὔτε ὀφθαλμὸς εἶδεν, οὔτε οὖς ἤκουσεν, οὔτε ἐπὶ καρδίαν
ἀνθρώπου ἁμαρτωλοῦ ἀνέβη. δεόμεθα σοῦ, ἀμίαντε, περὶ ὧν ἡμῖν ὑπέσχου
δοῦναι· αἰνοῦμέν σε εὐχαριστοῦντες καὶ δεόμενοι ἀνθομολογούμεθα, δοξάζοντές
σε ἔτι ἀσθενεῖς ὄντες ἄνθρωποι, ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ σωτὴρ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν καὶ θεὸς καὶ
πατὴρ καὶ δεσπότης μόνος καὶ οὐχ ἕτερος εἰ μὴ μόνος σὺ θεός, ᾧ ἡ δόξα καὶ νῦν
καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἅπαντας αἰῶνας. ἀμήν.
11. ὡς δὲ ὁ παρεστὼς ὄχλος τὸ ἀμὴν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ ἅμα αὐτῷ ἀνέπεμψεν,
καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος Πέτρος παρέδωκε τὸ πνεῦμα. ὁ δὲ Μάρκελλος, μηδὲ γνώμην
τινὸς λαβών, ὃ μὴ ἐξὸν ἦν, ἰδὼν ὅτι ὁ μακάριος Πέτρος ἀπέπνευσεν, ἰδίαις
χερσὶν καθελὼν τὸ σῶμα ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ ἔλουσεν γάλακτι καὶ οἴνῳ. καὶ
κόψας μαστίχης μνᾶς πεντήκοντα καὶ σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης καὶ φύλλου ἄλλας
μνᾶς πεντήκοντα ἐσμύρνισεν αὐτοῦ τὸ λείψανον καὶ γεμίσας μακρὰν σορὸν
λιθίνην πολλοῦ τιμήματος μέλιτος Ἀττικοῦ κατέθετο αὐτόν.
ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος Πέτρος νυκτὸς ἐπιστὰς τῷ Μαρκέλλῳ ἔλεγεν· Μάρκελλε,
οὐκ ἤκουσας τοῦ κυρίου λέγοντος· ἄφετε τοὺς νεκροὺς θάπτειν τοὺς ἑαυτῶν
νεκρούς;
τοῦ δὲ Μαρκέλλου εἰρηκότος· ναί.
εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος· ἐκεῖνα οὖν ἃ παρέσχου εἰς τὸν νεκρόν, ἀπώλεσας· σὺ
γὰρ ζῶν ὑπάρχων ὡς νεκρὸς νεκροῦ ἐπεμελήσω. ὁ δὲ Μάρκελλος διυπνισθεὶς
ἀνήγγειλεν τὸν ἐμφανισμὸν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ὑπὸ Πέτρου στηριχθεῖσιν τῇ εἰς
1. Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Peter 23
in you, and there is no salvation apart from you.24 You also, brothers and
sisters, will be renewed if you take refuge in him. For in him alone exist, as
you have learned, the things that have been prepared, which he says will
be given to you: ‘Things that neither eye has seen, nor ear has heard, nor
has entered into the heart of sinful humankind.’25 We ask you, undefiled
one, for the things that you promised to give to us. We praise you by giving
thanks, acknowledge you by making petition, and glorify you, although
we are only weak people, because you are the savior of our souls and none
other than God alone, to whom be the glory both now and throughout all
ages. Amen.”
11. As the crowd standing nearby offered up the “amen” in a loud voice
together with him, the apostle Peter gave up his spirit.26 But Marcellus,
who had not received this idea from anyone—and this was not allowed—
saw that the blessed Peter had died, and after taking the body off the cross
with his own hands, he washed it with milk and wine.27 After he cut up fifty
minas of mastic and myrrh and aloe, and another fifty minas of silphium,28
he embalmed his remains. And after filling a great stone coffin with a large
amount of expensive Attic honey, he placed Peter in it.
But the apostle Peter visited Marcellus by night and said, “Marcellus,
did you not hear the Lord say, ‘Leave the dead to bury their own dead’?”29
Then Marcellus said, “Yes.”
Peter said to him, “Therefore, those things that you offered for the
dead, you have lost, for you who are alive took care of the dead as if you
were dead.” But Marcellus awoke and recounted this appearance to the
brothers and sisters who had been strengthened in their faith in Christ by
τὸν Χριστὸν πίστει, στηριζόμενος καὶ αὐτὸς ἔτι μᾶλλον μέχρι τῆς ἐπιδημίας
Παύλου τῆς εἰς Ῥώμην.
12. ὁ δὲ Νέρων γνοὺς ὕστερον τὸν Πέτρον ἀπαλλαγέντα τοῦ βίου, ἐμέμψατο
τὸν πραίφεκτον Ἀγρίππαν, ὅτι μὴ μετὰ γνώμης αὐτοῦ ἀνῃρέθη. ἐβούλετο γὰρ
αὐτὸν μᾶλλον περισσοτέρως κολάσαι καὶ μειζόνως τιμωρήσασθαι· καὶ γάρ τινας
τῶν πρὸς χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ὁ Πέτρος μαθητεύσας ἀποστῆναι αὐτοῦ ἐποίησεν· ὥστε
ὀργίλως διακεῖσθαι τὸν Νέρωνα καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ μὴ λαλῆσαι.
ἐζήτει οὖν ὁ Νέρων πάντας τοὺς ὐπὸ Πέτρου μαθητευθέντας ἀδελφοὺς
ἀπολέσαι. καὶ ὁρᾷ τινα νυκτὸς μαστίζοντα αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντα· Νέρων, οὐ
δύνασαι νῦν τοὺς τοῦ Χριστοῦ δούλους διώκειν ἢ ἀπολλύειν· ἔπεχε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν
τὰς χεῖρας. καὶ οὕτως ὁ Νέρων περίφοβος γενόμενος ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης ὀπτασίας
ἀπέστη τῶν μαθητῶν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ, καθ’ ὃν ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ βίου ἀπηλλάγη.
καὶ ἦσαν τὸ λοιπὸν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ὁμοθυμαδὸν εὐφραινόμενοι καὶ ἀγαλλιῶντες ἐπὶ
τῷ κυρίῳ, δοξάζοντες πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς
αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν.
1. Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Peter 25
Peter. And he himself was strengthened even more until the arrival of Paul
in Rome.30
12. When Nero finally learned that Peter had departed this life, he was
angry at the prefect Agrippa, because he had killed him against his will.
For Nero wanted to punish him more extensively and exact even greater
revenge upon him, because Peter had made disciples of some of those close
to him, who had then left him. Thus, Nero remained angry and for a long
time did not speak to Agrippa.
Nero therefore wanted to kill all the brothers and sisters who had been
made disciples by Peter. One night he saw a certain figure whipping him
and saying, “Nero, you are now not able to persecute or kill the servants of
Christ. Keep your hands off them.”31 And Nero was so frightened by this
vision that he kept away from the disciples in that time after Peter departed
this life. After that the brothers and sisters were with one accord delighting
and rejoicing in the Lord, glorifying the Father and the Son and the Holy
Spirit, to whom be glory forever and ever. Amen.
30. This was Paul’s anticipated return to Rome, for he had previously been evan-
gelizing in the city according to Acts Pet. 1–4.
31. This anonymous figure is identified as Peter in Lin. Mart. Pet. 17.
2. Pseudo-Linus, Martyrdom of
Blessed Peter the Apostle
CANT 191 / BHL 6655
Contents
-27-
28 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Agrippa and Albinus. But in this text, the roman senate becomes involved.
Multiple senators rise up in the assembly and condemn the perversion that
Peter has introduced into their marriages. Thus, Peter is being opposed not
just by two sexually deprived husbands, but by the senate itself. Also, the
Greek text states that Xanthippe and the other believers were begging Peter
to leave the city. But here Peter is accosted by a series of different constitu-
encies concerned about his well-being. After “the brothers” have appealed
to him, the young men come to him, crying and wailing. Then come the
matrons, throwing dust on their heads and doing their best to sway Peter
with guilt. even Peter’s guards, who here are named, appeal to him to go
away. finally, the widows, orphans, and elderly come to Peter, beseeching
him to leave. yet another example occurs after Peter has returned to the
city. The author of this text inserts a dialogue between Agrippa and Peter.
Agrippa attacks Peter for destroying marriages, and Peter, with his face
shining like the sun, responds with a list of insults, even calling Agrippa the
“habitation of satan.” such dramatic flourishes occur throughout this text.
(2) liturgical and theological insertions. Peter’s manner of speaking in
this text, particularly in his prayers, suggests a strong liturgical influence.
This is most clearly seen in the scene of his death. After arriving at the
scene of his execution, Peter breaks out in no less than five prayers. every
time it appears that he is about to die, he launches into a new, theologically
dense soliloquy. As he is praying ostensibly to God, he is teaching theol-
ogy to those around him. important themes include remaining constant in
the face of persecution, the significance of the incarnation, and the role of
christ as the second Adam. Peter appears to be particularly familiar with
the Pauline epistles, for he alludes to them on multiple occasions, and he
is presented as anticipating the language of the fourth-century creeds of
nicea (325) and constantinople (381). indeed, Peter’s prayers in this text
seem more at home in a liturgical commemoration of his death than they
do in any realistic scene of the death itself. notably, the Platonic dualism
in Peter’s address to the cross in the Greek Martyrdom of Peter is softened
here by a more universalizing message, thus making Peter sound more
“orthodox” in his final moments.
literary Background
The date of the text is uncertain. The explicit references to the doctrinal
formulations of the fourth century make a date earlier than the last quar-
ter of that century unlikely. The account of Peter’s encounter with Jesus
2. Pseudo-linus, Martyrdom of Blessed Peter the Apostle 29
outside rome (“lord, where are you going?”) is very similar to that in
late fourth-century texts by Pseudo-hegesippus (ca. 370–375 ce) and
Ambrose of Milan (385 ce).1 however, it is impossible to prove literary
dependence in any direction that would establish the dating of Pseudo-
linus Martyrdom of Peter, and Gérard Poupon has suggested a common
source for these texts. At the same time, the references to the Mamertine
prison and the baptisms of Processus and Martinianus have caused some
to push the date as late as the first half of the sixth century. The Mamertine
prison, at the foot of the capitoline hill, had previously been known as
the Tullianum. The first evidence of the new title (perhaps apart from this
text) comes from the fifth century, and the name may not have been used
more broadly until the sixth. As for Processus and Martinianus, soldiers
with those names are the subject of a martyrdom story set in the time of
the emperor diocletian (285–305 ce). There was a church dedicated to
them in rome by the end of the fourth century, but when bishop Gregory i
(590–604 ce) preached a homily in their honor, he failed to identify them
as Peter’s guards. This could be an indication that the connection to Peter
does not occur until after Gregory’s time, but such an assumption is also
problematic, for the author of the sixth-century Acts of nereus and Achil-
leus appears to know Pseudo-linus’s Martyrdom of Peter. Thus, overall a
date later than the middle of the sixth century is unlikely. A middle way has
been proposed by Poupon, who believes the problematic passages about
the Mamertine prison and the names of the guards were later interpola-
tions. if Poupon is correct, then a date at the end of the fourth or in the fifth
century remains possible.
Tradition ascribes this text to linus, Peter’s successor as the bishop
of rome in some accounts. Poupon has suggested that linus was first
attached to the text due to the misinterpretation of a reference in the Acts
of nereus and Achilleus to a writing from linus to the churches of the east.
no matter how linus’s name became attached to this text, he cannot have
been its author for the chronological reasons discussed above, and even his
identification as the second bishop of rome is not universally supported in
all the ancient sources.2 Based upon the author’s detailed knowledge of the
roman context (e.g., the precise location of Peter’s death) and strong focus
on the preeminent position of Rome, Rome is the most likely location for
the text’s production.
This author is concerned with producing a text that is not only more
literarily dramatic and theologically informed, but also more rhetorically
sophisticated than the Greek Martyrdom of Peter. Indeed, the lengthy
opening sentence of this text, which poses a challenge for any translator
wishing to render it in a comprehensible way, has no parallel in the Greek
text. Overall, we may describe this as a “new and improved” Roman ver-
sion of the Greek Martyrdom of Peter.
It should be noted that although Pseudo-Linus’s Martyrdom of Paul
(translated in ch. 6 of this volume) is also traditionally credited to Linus,
there is no reason to link the dates or authors of Pseudo-Linus’s Martyrdom
of Peter and Pseudo-Linus’s Martyrdom of Paul. The shared ascription may
simply be a function of the fact that they were frequently copied together
in manuscripts, and there is no other apparent stylistic or historical con-
nection between them.
Text
Select Bibliography
Erbetta, Mario, trans. “La Passione di Pietro dello Ps. Lino.” Pages 169–77
in Atti e leggende. Vol. 2 of Gli apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento. 2nd ed.
Turin: Marietti, 1978.
Flamion, J. “Les Actes de Pierre.” RHE 11 (1910): 19–28.
Teach. Shim. 6. Cf. Abd. Pass. Pet. 3.15; the apocryphal Epistle of Clement to James 2;
and Tertullian, Praescr. 32, where Clement is identified as the second bishop of Rome.
3. Gérard Poupon, “Passion de Pierre (dite du pseudo-Linus),” in Écrits apocry-
phes chrétiens, ed. Pierre Geoltrain and Jean-Daniel Kaestli (Paris: Gallimard, 2005),
2:715. Poupon has clarified via personal correspondence that his edition offers signifi-
cant contributions to the critical apparatus but not to the text itself.
2. Pseudo-Linus, Martyrdom of Blessed Peter the Apostle 31
1. Thorus, a transliteration of the Greek θορός, refers to the male genitalia and is
used in this text in multiple expressions (often with commixtio) for sexual intercourse.
-32-
Martyrdom of Blessed Peter the Apostle Written by linus the Bishop
1. After various and multifarious proofs of the way and life of salvation
and numerous and very famous demonstrations of miracles; and after con-
flicts and various struggles on behalf of the name of the true christ had
taken place against simon the sorcerer and so many other heralds of Anti-
christ; and after numerous sufferings, the harshness of whips, and the ter-
rible squalor of prisons, the blessed Peter was exulting in the lord, giving
thanks both night and day with his brothers and sisters1 in a crowd of those
who had come to faith in our lord Jesus christ. he was being attentive to
prayers, to other matters of teaching, and to the duties of divine piety. first
and foremost, he was introducing the grace of charity and chastity into the
hearts of those hearing him, and he was exhorting those that believed in
christ to conduct themselves chastely and temperately. The city, the great-
est in the world, had become far too fully and overwhelmingly puffed up in
mind2 and in the arrogance of pride, so that it was accustomed to opulence
and idle carelessness and was dominated by a despicable laziness. indeed,
very often where there is arrogance of mind, the abuse of fleshly indul-
gence3 follows. it then came about through the blessed Peter’s preaching
that great love of chastity burned brightly among many women of different
ages and social status, even from among the nobility. As a result, very many
roman matrons were eagerly striving to keep their hearts and their bodies,
as much as they could, pure from intercourse with a man.
2. But when the time arrived that the faith and labors of the blessed
apostle should have been rewarded, the chief of perdition—obviously
the Antichrist nero, wickedness in its highest form—prevented this and
ordered Peter to be bound and fettered with shackles in the foulest prison.
1. literally, “brothers.” At points in this text it is clear that the group of Peter’s
disciples is mixed, so inclusive language will be used in those cases. in other cases,
however, the group is clearly set off as all male.
2. cf. col 2:18.
3. literally, “the abuse of the flesh.”
-33-
34 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
There four concubines of the prefect Agrippa, whose names were Agrip-
pina, eucharia, eufemia, and dionis, began to visit Peter frequently.4 hear-
ing from him the teaching about chastity and all the commands of our
lord Jesus christ, they were wasting away and distressed to be subject to
the sexual passions of Agrippa. As a result, they devoted themselves to
chastity and entered into a pact with one another. Greatly strengthened
by the lord Jesus christ, they resolved that they would no longer agree to
share his bed. After they had withdrawn not only from his embrace but
indeed from any manner of relation with Agrippa, he became extremely
vexed at this and was full of sadness.
sending careful and clever spies, he learned that the women were rush-
ing most eagerly to the blessed Peter. When they were brought back to
him, he was seized by a violent frenzy of lust and said, “i know where you
have been. That christian is teaching you not to have sex with me, but
rather to withdraw from your sexual duty to me. But i am certain that by
his magical arts he has not been able to weaken your love for me.” These
women, although enticed by many flatteries, neither yielded themselves to
his amorous speech nor paid heed to the kindling of desire in his lustful
look, because they had been grounded in apostolic teaching. The prefect
Agrippa saw that they were following the teaching of Peter, unanimously
spurning Agrippa’s sexual desires and not at all yielding themselves to his
flatteries. he then began to make terrible threats against them, swearing
that he would burn them alive with fire and would obliterate Peter from
the memory of those under heaven by subjecting him to the most extreme
torments. however, he was in no way able to pervert them to the filth of
intercourse. They said that it was better for them to undergo all kinds of
tortures for chastity than to reject christ, to whom they had vowed moral
purity. so Agrippa the prefect greatly despised the apostle and was gnash-
ing his teeth at him,5 seeking an opportunity to be able to kill him in a way
that would seem justified.
3. in the meantime a woman named Xanthippe, the wife of Albinus—
who was a close friend of the emperor—went to Peter along with many
others of the noblest matrons. After receiving from Peter the teaching
about a chaste life, she spurned not only sex with her husband, but also
every pleasure of this life. As a result, Albinus, greatly overcome by grief,
4. With the account of Agrippa’s concubines, this version picks up Mart. Pet. 4 and
generally follows the same storyline until the end.
5. cf. Acts 7:54, where the members of the crowd gnash their teeth at stephen.
36 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
on the next day certain senators rose up in the assembly of the senate
and said, “We bring to the attention of your greatness, noble men, that to
the perversion of the eternal city, Peter is making marriages into divorces.
he has separated our wives from us and has introduced among us we do
not know what new and unheard of law.” saying these things, they stirred
others into an uproar and secured an injunction [against Peter]. Then
Agrippa rejoiced, because with the favor of the senate he got what he
wanted concerning Peter. But this was not unknown to Peter and the broth-
ers. certain men, who were among the senators and had been enlightened
by the lord through Peter, made this known to them by a swift messenger.
4. Therefore, Marcellus and the brothers pleaded with Peter to depart.
Peter said, “it is not proper, brothers and children,11 to flee sufferings for the
sake of christ the lord, after he offered himself unto death for our salvation.”
But Marcellus and the brothers said with much weeping, “have pity,
merciful father, on the young and on those who are new in the faith. do
not leave us and them abandoned among the whirlwinds of faithless ones.”
Then Peter said to those begging him, “you are urging me to flee and
instill fear of suffering in the hearts of the young and weak by our example,
but we should constantly sow the word of God and preserve the holy foun-
dations of chastity that we have established. you think we should flee to
avoid death, which with many sighs and long groans we have longed for as
the entrance to life. for by death, according to his revelation, we ought to
glorify the lord.”12
hearing these things, the brothers lifted up their lamentation, saying,
“oh, truest father, what about the words that you said only recently, that
you were prepared to suffer death for our life? And now we are not able to
convince you to live a little longer for the sake of our salvation, until we
are strengthened.”
The young men also, whom Peter watched over diligently and edu-
cated carefully in the faith and in chastity, thrust their hands into heaven
and stretched out before him as if suddenly dead. They fell to the ground
and cried out, calling out with great wailing, “oh, good Peter, father and
shepherd, one of a kind in mercy after your lord, why did you recently
beget us for the lord with maternal affection through the sacred font? And
11. literally “sons,” but we know from the narrative that women are among the
crowd he is addressing.
12. This statement by Peter is a declaration of the evangelistic function of mar-
tyrdom.
40 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
yet now, for a premature consolation and with a cruel spirit, which you had
never shown before, you expose us to the bites of monstrous wolves?”
The matrons were also crying out, their heads covered with dust, “Is
this the compassion that you used to praise in your Savior, who showed
it to you, moved by your tears at the time that you had denied, and who
is also moved by pity? But you, despite such a great flow of tears, do not
permit yourself even a little more time, even though you are able both to
minister for the Lord in the flesh and obtain the eternal crown reserved
for you?”13
5. But the guards of the prison, Processus and Martinianus, together
with the other magistrates and those associated by way of their office,
appealed to him, saying, “Lord, go where you wish, because we believe that
the emperor has now forgotten about you. But that most wicked Agrippa,
enflamed by lust for his concubines and the intemperance of his passion,
is eager to destroy you. If an order from the king were accusing you, then
we would have a command concerning your execution from Paulinus—a
very prominent man to whom you were handed over and from whom we
received the order to guard you. After we believers in this region of the
Mamertine prison14 were baptized in the name of the Holy Trinity15 in a
spring brought forth from stone by prayers and the glorious sign of the
cross, you went around as freely as you pleased. No one bothered you or
would be doing so now, if the demonic fire that troubles the city had not
taken over Agrippa so violently. For this reason we beg you, minister of
our salvation, to do us this favor in return. Because you freed us from the
13. The matrons are levying a charge of hypocrisy against Peter. A weeping Peter
had received mercy from Jesus following his denials, but now Peter is callously ignor-
ing the tearful supplications of his own followers. The idea that Peter wept before Jesus
may be derived from the restitution scene of John 21:15–19, where Peter is described as
“grieved.” A reference to that scene is significant here, for that Johannine passage also
includes a foreshadowing of Peter’s death “to glorify God.”
14. The connection with the Mamertime prison first appears in this text. This was
Rome’s most famous prison and had housed enemies of the empire such as Jugurtha,
Vercingetorix, and the members of the Second Catilinarian Conspiracy. The author
places Peter here in order to emphasize that the apostle was among Rome’s most illus-
trious prisoners.
15. This reference to the concept of the “Holy Trinity” is a clear anachronism. The
earliest evidence for the use of the Latin Trinitas in this technical sense is Tertullian,
Prax. 2 (ca. 208–209 according to Timothy David Barnes, Tertullian: A Historical and
Literary Study, 2nd ed. [Oxford: Clarendon, 1985], 47, 55).
42 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
chains of sin and demons, now depart free from prison and being fettered
with chains—a cruelty that we are charged to enforce—not just with our
permission but at our request, for the salvation of so great a multitude.”16
Also the widows, orphans, and those greatly weakened by old age were
pulling out their hair, tearing their cheeks, and baring their breasts, saying,
“You have healed some of us of various diseases and even raised from death
itself others by whose aid we were comforted, but now you yourself are
leaving us, most benevolent father? Rather, send us all ahead of you, lest
our souls perish, deprived of the teaching of your instruction, and our
bodies waste away, abandoned by the consolation of your service. Hurry,
therefore, to go where you wish, lest by seeing our life after our master dies,
those of us remaining alive should die miserable.”
6. Then Peter heard these things, he who was merciful beyond all
human measure and never able to ignore the tears of the afflicted without
shedding his own tears. He was overcome by such great wailing and said,
“Let none of you come with me. After changing my appearance I will go
alone.” And so on the next night, after offering prayer he bid farewell to
the brothers and sisters,17 committed them to God with a blessing, and set
out alone.
While he was going, the bandages fell from his leg, which had been
damaged by the shackle. Just as he was about to pass through the gate of
the city, he saw Christ coming to meet him. He worshiped him and said,
“Lord, where are you going?”
Christ responded to him, “I am going to Rome to be crucified again.”18
And Peter said to him, “Lord, you will be crucified again?”
And the Lord said to him, “Yes, I will be crucified again.”
But Peter said, “Lord, I will turn back and follow you.” After these
words the Lord ascended into heaven. Peter followed him with an intent
look and very sweet tears. After these things Peter came back to himself
and realized that Christ had spoken about his passion, because the Lord
16. Unlike the prison guard of Acts 16, who is prepared to take his own life when
he believes that Paul and Silas had escaped, these guards seem eager to release Peter out
of gratitude for their salvation.
17. The use of “brothers” appears to apply to a mixed group here and for the
remainder of the text.
18. Origen (Comm. Jo. 20.12.91) cites this saying of Jesus but assigns it to the Acts
of Paul. Cf. Ambrose, Aux. 13, who correctly connects the saying to Peter.
44 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
was going to suffer in him—the Lord who suffers in the elect by the com-
passion of his mercy and the celebration19 of their glorification.
7. Peter turned around and reentered the city with joy, glorifying God
and telling the brothers and sisters that the Lord had met him on the way
and had declared to him that he (Christ) would be crucified again in him
(Peter). When he had revealed his impending passion, they all broke out
in weeping and wailing. All were grieving and pouring forth tears, saying,
“Consider your sheep, good shepherd. Uphold those whose rather feeble
faith longs to be strengthened by your teaching. Consider the wavering
hearts that know they must be stabilized through you.”
Peter said to them, “It is easy for the Lord to strengthen the hearts of
his servants even without my humble admonition. Those whom he planted
he will make grow to the point that they may be able to plant others.20 But
I, as a servant, must carry out the will of the Lord. Therefore, if he sends me
back to remain in the flesh for your sake, then I will not resist. But if he has
decided that I should suffer for his name and sees fit to receive me through
my passion, then I exult and rejoice in his grace.”21
8. Therefore, after with these and many other words he had consoled
the spirits of the brothers and sisters, and they had been unable to hold
back their tears, Hieros arrived with four deputies and ten other men. They
seized Peter, taking him from the midst of the brothers and sisters, and led
him in chains before Agrippa, the prefect of the city.22 Agrippa said to him,
“You wicked man, you have great confidence in the common people you
deceive and in the women who have withdrawn under your influence from
intercourse with their husbands. You have even dared, to the detriment
19. This may refer both to the actual day of a martyr’s death and the subsequent
celebrations of the martyr’s festival.
20. Cf. 1 Cor 3:5–9. From this point on in the text, Peter frequently speaks with
the words of Paul. See David L. Eastman, “Confused Traditions? Peter and Paul in the
Apocryphal Acts,” in Forbidden Texts on the Western Frontier: Christian Apocrypha in
North American Perspectives, edited by Tony Burke and Brent E. Landau (Eugene, OR:
Cascade, forthcoming).
21. This tension between dying for Christ or living for the sake of the community
recalls Paul’s words in Phil 1:20–26.
22. On ancient sarcophagi the predominant iconographical image of Peter’s mar-
tyrdom represents this scene of his arrest, rather than his actual execution. This may
result from the desire to draw parallels between the deaths of Christ and Peter. On the
famous sarcophagus of Junius Bassus (359 CE), for example, the arrest of Peter on the
viewer’s left is balanced on the right by the arrest of Christ.
46 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
of the gods, to introduce I do not know what Christ and to teach I do not
know what foolish and vain things against the sacred rite of the Romans
and the piety of the eternal city.”
Then the face of the apostle was made brilliant like the sun,23 and open-
ing his mouth he said to Agrippa, “I see what you are aiming at, you chief
of lusts, you lover of impurity, you creator of cruelty, you persecutor of the
innocent, you supporter of deceivers, you author of deceit, you habitation
of Satan. For you do not know the glory in which I boast, and therefore you
say that my boldness rests in men and women.”
And Agrippa said to him, “Because you know that I do not know the
glory in which you boast, make me know it now.”
And Peter said to him, “I have no glory except the cross of my Lord
Jesus Christ, whose servant I am.”24
And Agrippa said, “Do you wish, therefore, to be crucified just as your
God was crucified?”
Peter responded, “I am not worthy to make the testimony of my pas-
sion to the world on an upright cross, but through whatever kinds of
entreaties are necessary, I wish and desire to follow in the footsteps of his
passion.”25 Then the prefect, prompted by the sickness of his own incon-
tinence, put forth a charge of superstition26 and ordered the apostle to be
crucified.
9. And behold, suddenly there was formed a great assembly of people
of different ages and sex, of rich and poor, of widows and orphans, of weak
and strong, who were crying out with a loud voice, “Why is Peter being
killed? What crime did he commit? How did he harm the city? It is not
proper to condemn an innocent man. Should we not fear that God may
avenge the death of so great a man as this and may cause us all to perish?”
The people began to rage against Agrippa, striving to seize and protect
Peter unharmed, and Rome was thrown into disorder by the cacophony of
voices of the enormous crowd.
Then Peter stopped for a moment and climbed to a high place. With
a gesture he silenced the people and said, “Oh, faithful ones of God,27 you
who are soldiers in Christ! Oh, all of you who hope in Christ! If your affec-
tion for me is sincere, and if you demonstrate toward me hearts full of
piety, then do not call back one going to the Lord, and do not hinder one
hastening to Christ.28 Remain calm, therefore, rejoicing and being happy,
so that I may offer my sacrifice to the Lord with gladness, for God loves a
cheerful giver.”29 By these words a riot was narrowly averted, as was the
dispute with the prefect. The crowds had the ability to overthrow the pre-
fect, and indeed many people eagerly wanted to do so. However, they were
afraid to sadden the apostle, who was following the example of his master,
who had said, “I am able now, if I wish, to produce for myself more than
twelve legions of angels.”30
10. A great multitude then went together with the apostle and the dep-
uties to a place called the Naumachia, next to the obelisk of Nero on the
mountain,31 for there a cross had been placed. Observing the people weep-
ing and sensing their desire to stir up unrest again, Peter said in a loud
voice, “I implore you, brothers and sisters, not to stand in the way of my
offering. Do not rage against Agrippa and hold bitter feelings toward him.
He is just the servant of the work of another. For the devil is the author
27. The text also refers to them as “men,” but this is obviously a mixed group.
28. Cf. Ignatius Rom. 2, where Ignatius of Antioch asks the Roman Christians not
to intervene to prevent his martyrdom.
29. 2 Cor 9:7.
30. Matt 26:53.
31. The term naumachia refers to a mock sea battle or to the place where mock
sea battles were staged. Nero was apparently the first emperor to put on such an event
in an amphitheater (as opposed to a dug basin) in 57 CE. He constructed this building
on (or at least very near) the Field of Mars, opposite the Vatican hill (Suetonius, Nero
12.2–6; Cassius Dio, Hist. 61.9.5). Cassius Dio (Hist. 62.15.1) records that Nero staged
a battle there in 64 CE, preceded by animal hunts and gladiatorial shows. Its exact loca-
tion is unknown, but it is possible that the amphitheater and the place at which it was
located could have taken on the name of the spectacles staged there. Archaeologists
have identified a structure on the Vatican hill close to the Circus of Nero (where the
obelisk stood) that may have been constructed for naumachia and was dedicated by
Trajan in 109 CE. See Eva Margareta Steinby, ed., Lexicon topographicum urbis Romae,
5 vols. (Rome: Quasar, 1996), 3:338–39. This location is now the site of the Church of
San Pellegrino in Vaticano (formerly San Pellegrino in Naumachia). If the topographi-
cal allusion in this text is taken to refer to the Trajanic structure, then this would be a
clear anachronism.
50 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
32. This may be a reference to the story of Job, in which the Satan is given freedom
by God to attack Job’s body.
33. Through Peter’s preaching of chastity, the physical bodies of the believers have
been exalted to holiness and are no longer “vessels of reproach.”
34. Matt 10:24.
35. 2 Thess 2:15.
36. The cross thus reverses the curse of Gen 3:24, where God places a fiery sword
to block the way back to the garden and the tree of life.
52 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
to the eternal Father and renew and transform by your most blessed del-
egation, with the church37 leading the way on behalf of its children.
“I am suffering greatly for your sake, and now, at the point of con-
summation, I will not cease to make known the hidden mystery of God
concerning the cross—the mystery that my soul once proclaimed. Oh, you
who believe in Christ, may the cross not be for you what is visible, for there
is another, mystical meaning in what is visible to you. And now, most of all,
you who are able to hear as I pass the very last hour in this life, separate all
your affections and your souls from everything that is visible [and direct
them] toward that which is invisible. You know that in Christ the mystery
of salvation has been accomplished through the cross. As for you, Peter,
through those whose task is to kill the body you must give back to the earth
the body you received.”
12. To the chiefs of the executioners, however, he said, “Why are you
hesitating? Why do you permit these delays for me, deputies? Carry out
the order given to you. Strip me of this mortal garment, so that I may join
with the Lord in spirit.” He also entreated the masters of the executioners,
speaking to them and prevailing upon them, “I beg you, noble ministers of
my salvation, that when you crucify me, position me with my head down-
ward and my feet upward.38 It is not proper that I, the least of all servants,39
should be crucified in the same way as the Lord of the universe deemed
worthy to suffer for the salvation of the whole world, for he should be glori-
fied by my passion. This is also so that I may always be able to contemplate
with a focused gaze the mystery of the cross, and so that what I say from
the cross may be more easily heard by those standing around me.40
37. The church is thus brought into the center of the salvation story along with
God, Christ, and the cross, for it serves an additional mediation function.
38. Matthew C. Baldwin argues that the earliest reference to Peter’s inverted cru-
cifixion is found in Eusebius of Caesarea’s reference (Hist. eccl. 3.2) to the third book
of Origen’s Commentary on Genesis. See Matthew C. Baldwin, Whose Acts of Peter?
Text and Historical Context of the Actus Vercellenses, WUNT 2/196 (Tübingen: Mohr
Siebeck, 2005), 71–73. This passage is translated in ch. 15 of this volume.
39. Cf. 1 Cor 15:9; Eph 3:8.
40. The inverted crucifixion of Peter was widely recounted by patristic authors
(e.g., Eusebius, Hist. eccl. 3.1; Jerome, Vir. ill. 1) and has inspired numerous works of
art, such as the famous paintings by Michelangelo and Caravaggio. Many authors also
repeated Peter’s motivations for this request, e.g., Ambrose, Job 1.1.2; Theodoret, Car.
1309–1310.
54 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
quod cum factum fuisset, adorsus est Petrus flentem populum de cruce
consolari et alloqui mirabiliter dicens: grande et profundum est mysterium
crucis, et ineffabile atque inseparabile uinculum caritatis. per crucem ad se
trahit omnia Deus. hoc est lignum uitae quo destructum est mortis impe-
rium. hoc mihi tu aperuisti, Domine; aperi et omnium istorum oculos,
ut uideant consolationem uitae aeternae. et his dictis aperuit Deus oculos
eorum qui lugebant et lacrimas fundebant in passione eius, et uiderunt
angelos stantes cum coronis de floribus rosarum et liliorum et in uertice
crucis erectae stantem Petrum et librum a Christo accipientem et ea uerba
quae loquebatur inde legentem. quod uidentes ita coeperunt laetari et
gaudere in Domino, ut illi ipsi increduli et carnifices, uidentes eos exultare
et laetari quos prius tristes uiderant et plangentes, subito delitescerent et
uelut fumus euanescerent.
13. uidens autem Petrus quod demonstrata esset multis antea flenti-
bus gloria eius, gratias egit Domino Iesu Christo dicens: digne tu solus,
Domine, in altum porrecto uertice crucifixus es, qui totum mundum a
peccato redemisti. te imitari etiam in passione optaui; sed rectus crucifigi
non usurpaui, quia nos ex Adam puri homines et peccatores nati sumus,
tu uero ex Deo Deus, et lux uera de uero lumine ante omnia saecula, in
fine saeculorum pro hominibus homo sine contagione hominis fieri dig-
natus, redemptor hominis gloriosus existis. tu semper rectus, tu semper
2. Pseudo-Linus, Martyrdom of Blessed Peter the Apostle 55
When this was done, Peter began to offer the weeping crowd comfort-
ing words about the cross and to address them in an amazing way, saying,
“Great and profound is the mystery of the cross, and unspeakable and
inseparable is the bond of love. Through the cross God draws all things
to himself. This is the wood of life by which the empire of death has been
destroyed. You have revealed this to me, Lord. Open also all of their eyes,
so that they may perceive the consolation of eternal life.” After these words,
God opened the eyes of those who were mourning and shedding tears for
Peter’s passion. They saw angels standing with crowns made of roses and
lilies and Peter standing at the top of the raised cross, receiving a book
from Christ and reading from it the words that it was saying.41 Seeing this,
they began to rejoice and exult in the Lord, so that the unbelievers and
the executioners saw them exulting and rejoicing—the same people whom
they had previously seen sad and mourning—and suddenly they skulked
away and vanished like the mist.
13. Peter saw that his glory had been revealed to the many who had
previously been weeping, and he gave thanks to the Lord Jesus Christ,
saying, “You alone, Lord, were worthily crucified with your head raised on
high, you who redeemed the whole world from sin. I have sought to imi-
tate you also in my passion. But I did not presume to be crucified upright,
because we who were born from Adam are only human beings and were
born sinners, while you indeed are God from God and true light from
true light before all ages.42 At the end of the ages you lowered yourself
to become human for humanity but without the contamination of being
human,43 and you are the glorious redeemer of humanity. You are always
41. This description of Peter’s receiving a crown from an angel and a book from
Christ combines two iconographical traditions of antiquity that were meant to symbol-
ize the apostolic authority of Peter and Paul. In the one, Peter is presented (typically
with Paul) receiving a martyr’s crown from Christ. In the other, known as the Traditio
legis (“handing over of the law”), Christ hands to Peter (and often to Paul) a scroll or
book that contains the “law of Christ.” See e.g., Eastman, Paul the Martyr, 79–81; Bas
Snelders, “The Traditio legis on Early Christian Sarcophagi,” AnTard 13 (2005): 321–
33; Robin Margaret Jensen, Understanding Early Christian Art (New York: Routledge,
2000), 107–14.
42. This imagery appears in the Christological passages in Niceno-Constantino-
politan Creed of 381, which, unlike the Nicene Creed of 325, emphasizes both the
eternal beginning of Christ and his never-ending reign.
43. Cf. Phil 2:6–8.
56 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
excelsus, tu semper altus. nos secundum carnem primi hominis filii sumus,
qui principale suum demersit in terram. cuius lapsus significatur specie
generationis humanae: sic enim nascimur ut proni uideamur in terram
effundi, et quod ad dexteram est hoc ad sinistram sit, et quod ad sinistram
hoc ad dexteram fiat, eo quod in auctoribus huius uitae mutata conditio
est. hoc enim putat mundus iste dextrum quod est sinistrum, in quo tu
nos, Domine, sicut Niniuitas inuenisti, et perituros tua sancta praedica-
tione liberasti.
14. uos uero, fratres, quibus est proprium audire, aures cordis appo-
nite, et nunc quae annuntianda sunt uobis cognoscite, scilicet omnis natu-
rae mysterium et omnis factae constitutionis initium. nam primus homo,
cuius genus in specie ego habeo, misso deorsum capite ostendit olim per-
ditam generationem. mortua enim erat generatio eius et nec uitalem habe-
bat motum. sed tractum misericordia sua principium uenit in mundum
per corporalem substantiam ad eum quem iusta sententia in terram proi-
ecerat, et suspensum in cruce per speciem huius honorandae uocationis
uidelicet crucis restituit, et constituit nobis ea quae antea hominum iniquo
2. Pseudo-Linus, Martyrdom of Blessed Peter the Apostle 57
44. Or “just.” The author is likely appealing to the multiple meanings of rectus,
which can mean “upright” (a reference to Jesus’s physical position on the cross) and
“just” (a reference to his moral attributes).
45. Literally, “caused to sink” or “buried.”
46. This is a theological and allegorical explanation for the technique of childbirth.
Women in antiquity delivered in an upright position, such that the head of the child
(except in the case of breach) would come out pointed toward the ground, like the
head of Peter himself on his cross. This position during childbirth is attested by ancient
imagery and literary accounts, while the contemporary western practice of delivering
while lying on a bed seems to have been unknown. See e.g., Soranus of Ephesus, Gyn.
39–41; Donald Todman, “Childbirth in Ancient Rome: From Traditional Folklore to
Obstetrics,” ANZJOG 47.2 (2007): 82–85; Valerie French, “Midwives and Maternity
Care in the Roman World,” Helios 13.2 (1986): 69–84.
47. Because of the fall of Adam, human perception has been distorted, even some-
thing as simple as telling right from left. The fact that a child is born upside down
illustrates that this disorientation begins at birth.
48. Christ’s mission is compared to that of Jonah, who went and preached a mes-
sage of repentance to a people who were about to be destroyed on account of their wick-
edness (Jonah 1:1–2; 3:1–10) and could not tell their right hand from their left (4:11).
49. For the imagery in this passage, see 1 Cor 15:20–23, 45–49; Rom 5:12–21.
58 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
errore immutata fuerunt, praesentia uidelicet pro sinistra et quae pro sinis-
tra ducebantur aeterna. siquidem dextera glorificans omnia signa ad pro-
priam mutauit naturam, sicut bona intellegens quae non putabantur bona,
et reuera benigna quae maligna aestimabantur.
unde Dominus in mysterio dixerat: si non feceritis dexteram sicut
sinistram et sinistram sicut dexteram, et quae sursum sunt sicut deorsum,
et quae ante sicut quae retro, non cognoscetis regnum Dei. istam ergo sen-
tentiam in me produxi, fratres; et haec est figura qua me pendentem oculi
carnales conspiciunt. scema est enim primi hominis. uos uero, dilecti mei,
haec audientes et quae auditis ad perfectionem conuertendo et conuersando
ducentes, sicut de primo uestro errore ad certissimam fidei stationem redis-
tis, ita perseuerate currentes et ad quitem supernae uocationis tendite bene
conuersantes. uia enim qua illuc iter agere debetis, Christus est.
oportet igitur cum Iesu Christo Deo uero superascendere crucem, qui
est constitutus nobis sermo unus et solus. unde et Spiritus dicit: Christus
est uerbum et uox Dei. uerbum siquidem significat istud rectum lignum
in quo crucifigor. et quia uox proprie corporis est, quod liniamenta recipit
quae diuinitati non imputantur, lateralia crucis humanam praetendere
noscuntur naturam, quae immutationis errorem in primo homine passa
est, sed per deum et hominem ueram intelligentiam recuperauit. ipsa
2. Pseudo-Linus, Martyrdom of Blessed Peter the Apostle 59
temporary things clearly on the left and the eternal things that are consid-
ered to be on the left. Since in glorifying things on the right, he has altered
all the signs to their proper nature, it is as if he considers good the things
that were not being considered good, and considers favorable the things
that were being counted evil.50
“Concerning this the Lord said in a mystery, ‘Unless you make the
right as the left and the left as the right, and the things that are upwards as
the things that are downwards, and the things that are in front as the things
that are behind, then you will not comprehend the kingdom of God.’51 I
have presented this same idea in myself, brothers and sisters, and this is
the form in which your carnal eyes perceive me hanging. This is indeed
the form of the first man.52 You, my beloved ones, because you hear these
things and consider the things that you hear for your own perfection by
turning back and turning around, just as you returned from your former
error to the most certain standing of faith—keep running and in turn-
ing around stretch vigorously toward the rest of your heavenly calling.53
Indeed, Christ is the road on which you ought to make your journey.54
“It is necessary, therefore, to mount the cross with Jesus Christ, the true
God, who was placed among us as the one and only proclamation. There-
fore the Spirit says, ‘Christ is the word and voice of God.’55 Indeed, this
upright beam on which I am crucified stands for the word. Since the voice
is particular to a body, which receives the features that are not ascribed to
divinity, the crossbeams of the cross are understood to stand for human
nature, which suffered the error of alteration in the first man but has recov-
ered its true understanding through the one who is God and human.56 For
50. This confusing exposition on left and right may be a reference to the final
judgment passage in Matt 25:31–46, where the sheep are placed on the right side and
the goats on the left. Admittedly, connecting this passage to Matthew does little to
explain the peculiarity of this section.
51. The source of this saying is unknown, although Wilhelm Schneemelcher
(New Testament Apocrypha, trans. R. McL. Wilson, 5th ed., 2 vols. [Louisville: West-
minster John Knox, 1990], 1:213) has compared it to some other inversion statements
ascribed to Jesus and has suggested a possible connection to the Vorlage of the Gospel
of the Egyptians.
52. That is, with his head toward the earth.
53. Phil 3:14.
54. Cf. John 14:6.
55. The source of this reference is unknown.
56. This perhaps may be read: “Through God and the second man (i.e., the second
60 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
5. Clauus (nail) would seem more logical here than clauis (key), and a mistake
of this type in transmission would be easy to make. However, the participial form
astricta requires a feminine noun. Thus, either clauis is the correct reading, or clauus
was changed to clauis at some point, and the participle was correspondingly altered
from masculine to feminine. There are no variants in the manuscripts to suggest such
a change, so I have opted to retain the feminine noun clauis.
2. Pseudo-linus, Martyrdom of Blessed Peter the Apostle 61
the key of discipline is nailed in the middle of the cross, certainly by the
conversion and good conduct and repentance of humanity by faith.”
15. After saying these things with a joyful face and a peaceful coun-
tenance, he broke out in prayer and exclaimed, “you made these things
known to me, lord Jesus christ, the word of life, and i give you thanks
for revealing by my preaching the things that i have said from the cross. i
thank you not with this heart that often sneaks away toward some shame-
ful thing, nor with these lips that are closed tight, nor with this tongue
that produces both truth and falsehood, nor with a word produced by an
articulate and material nature. instead, i thank you, oh good King, with
that voice that is understood through silence, that is not heard openly, that
proceeds not from the organ of a corruptible mouth, that does not pass
through carnal ears, that is not perceived by a corruptible nature, that is
neither earthly nor sent forth on the earth, that is not written in material
books. no one experiences it materially, nor does it exist materially. But
i say that i thank you, Jesus christ, my lord and master, by that spirit
through which i trust you, know you, love you, and hold fast to you, and
with that voice with which i speak to you and address you, because you are
understood by a spirit that is whole and humble.
“you, oh lord, are my father and friend, the author and perfecter of
salvation.57 you are my desire, my consolation, and my sufficiency. you
are everything to me, and everything for me is in you. you are my all in
all, and you are to me everything that is. indeed, you are everything to me.
in you we live, move, and exist.58 Therefore, we ought to have you as our
everything, so that you may give to us those things that you have prom-
ised—things which neither eye has seen nor ear has heard nor have entered
into the heart of humanity, things which you have prepared for those who
love you.59 Guard these things for your servants. Grant and bestow them,
because you are the eternal shepherd and the highest good, the true son
of God. i entrust to you the sheep that you gave to me.60 Bring them into
your sheepfold and protect them, because you are the door of the sheepfold
and the doorkeeper;61 you are the pasture; and you are the refreshment
of eternal life. Glory to you with the Father and the Holy Spirit now and
forever and ever.”
16. As soon as all the people pronounced the “Amen” with a loud voice,
Peter surrendered his spirit.62 Immediately Marcellus did not at all wait for
permission, but seeing that the blessed apostle had expired, he took down
the holy body from the cross with his own hands and washed it with milk
and the best wine. Rubbing it with 1500 minas of mastic, aloe, myrrh, and
aromatic leaves, along with another 1500 minas of myrrh oil and various
other spices, he embalmed Peter with the greatest care. He also filled a new
sarcophagus with Attic honey and placed the body in it coated with spices.
On that same night, when Marcellus was keeping a vigil at Peter’s tomb
and weeping out of his severe grief—for he had decided not to be sepa-
rated in his own lifetime from the tomb of his most beloved teacher—the
blessed Peter came to him. Seeing him and beginning to shake, Marcellus
rose quickly and stood in front of him. Blessed Peter said to him, “Brother
Marcellus, did you not hear the voice of the Lord, who said, ‘Leave the dead
to bury their own dead’?”63
And Marcellus said, “I heard him, dear master.”
Then Peter said to him, “Therefore, do not seem to bury and weep for
the dead as if you were dead, but rather as one who is alive, delight in living
and rejoicing, and leave the dead to bury their own dead. But as for you, as
you learned from me, go and proclaim the kingdom of God.”64
With great gratitude Marcellus told this to all the brothers and sisters,
and by the merits of holy Peter, the faith of the believers was completely
confirmed by God the Father in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ and in
the sanctification of the Holy Spirit.
17. Nero learned that the blessed Peter had died—the one whom he
had ordered to have arrested but not killed. He sent for the prefect Agrippa
to be arrested, because Agrippa had killed without his approval the one he
had decided to punish with various tortures. [Nero] was lamenting that
he had been deprived of the spells of Simon, the patron of his salvation,
and he was grieving for the sake of so great a friend, who, he claimed, had
performed numerous favors for himself and the republic. Agrippa, with
the help of his friends, arranged to spend time at his own house, deprived
of the prefecture, out of public affairs, and despised. In this way he avoided
the wrath of Caesar, but he did not evade the vengeance of divine judg-
ment, for very soon he died in terrible suffering.
Then the very cruel Nero set his mind on the persecution of those
whom he learned had been close to the blessed Peter, so that his wrath
toward Peter might be satisfied by their punishments. But the blessed
apostle made this known to the brothers and sisters through a revela-
tion and recommended that they avoid Nero like a wild beast. Nero, in
fact, saw in a vision the holy Peter standing by him. After being scourged
brutally at [Peter’s] command, he heard, “Most impious one, withdraw
your hands from the servants of our Lord Jesus Christ, whom you will no
longer be able to bind.” Frightened by this, Nero calmed down a little from
that point on.
As for the brothers and sisters, they were rejoicing and exalting together
in the Lord, comforted often by a vision of the blessed apostle Peter. And
they glorified the Lord God the omnipotent Father and the Lord Jesus
Christ, together with the Holy Spirit, to whom is glory, strength, and ado-
ration forever and ever. Amen.
3. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Peter
cAnT 195 / BHL 6663–6664
contents
This latin text is part of a larger cycle recounting the lives and deaths of
the apostles. The section on Peter is always first in the sequence and begins
with a retelling of selected stories from the Gospels. it then moves to an
account of a conflict in caesarea Maritima between Peter and simon the
sorcerer that eventually leads Peter to rome and his martyrdom. This is the
point at which this translation joins the story.
simon has been actively trying to undermine Peter and finally pro-
poses a public debate. A crowd of simon’s followers joins the sorcerer in
the courtyard of Zacchaeus, the leading man of caesarea. Peter opens by
exhorting the crowd to avoid divine judgment by working for justice and
offers peace to all those present. simon rejects Peter’s offer of peace and
declares himself the “first power,” as evidenced by his many mighty deeds.
he claims to be the son of God—unlike Peter’s master, who was a crucified
sorcerer. Peter responds that if they go to simon’s house, he will prove that
simon is the sorcerer. The crowd turns on simon and drives him out, leav-
ing him with only one follower.
on the next day that follower comes to Peter begging for forgiveness.
he recounts that simon had decided to destroy the evidence of his sorcery
and convinced this man to carry the foul paraphernalia down to the sea,
where he threw it into the water. simon then promised him great honors
if he would remain loyal and travel with him to rome. The man then saw
simon for what he truly was, refused to go to rome, and came back to
Peter immediately to beg for mercy. Peter then presents him to the crowd
as proof of simon’s witchcraft.
After the insertion of a story, taken from the Pseudo-clementine Rec-
ognitions and Homilies, of the reunion of clement’s family, the account
rejoins Peter as he arrives in rome. one of his first actions is to ordain
-67-
68 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Clement as his successor, bestowing upon him the power of “binding and
loosing” (Matt 16:19). Paul soon comes to Rome, and the faith grows dra-
matically through their teaching and works of power. At this point Nero
enters the story. He had fallen under the influence of Simon through the
sorcerer’s deceptive acts, and because the apostles stood against Simon,
he actively began to oppose the apostles. Simon had, among other things,
claimed that he could raise the dead, so when a young relative of Nero
fell sick and died, the opportunity presented itself to determine whether
Simon or Peter truly had divine power. Simon momentarily deceives the
onlookers by appearing to make the head of the dead youth move, but
Peter counters that Simon had deceived everyone. Peter then raises the
young man in the name of Jesus Christ, and the mob turns on Simon,
intending to stone him.
Simon runs to Nero, complaining of his treatment at the hands of Peter.
The apostle proposes yet another contest between the two, this one involv-
ing the discernment of the opponent’s inner thoughts, and once again
Peter bests Simon. Now desperate, the sorcerer declares that he will ascend
into heaven as the final proof of his divine power. Peter prays to God, and
Simon is struck down from the sky. Simon soon dies, and Nero begins
actively seeking to kill Peter. The apostle is convinced to leave the city but
turns back after having a vision of Christ. He is hung on the cross upside
down and praises the mystery of the cross (although in a much shorter
form than in the Martyrdom of Peter and Pseudo-Linus’s Martyrdom of
Peter). After Peter’s death Marcellus takes his body, embalms it, and buries
it at the Vatican, where it is honored by all the people in Rome.
Literary Background
The text is generally dated to the end of the sixth century, because it seems
to come from the same literary context as the works of Gregory of Tours
(ca. 538–594 CE), Venantius Fortunatus (ca. 530–600 CE), and a recension
of the Martyrology of Jerome traced to southern Gaul. Lipsius proposed
the theory that an earlier text contained only accounts of the passions of
the apostles, and additional elements (including summaries of other gospel
stories) were added to produce this fuller cycle of apostolic lives. The strong
Gallic connections point to Gaul as the likely place of production and Latin
as the original language.
In the Middle Ages the author was identified as Abdias, bishop of Bab-
ylon, but this was probably due to a misunderstanding of a notation in the
3. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Peter 69
final part of the cycle. In the Passion of Simon and Jude, who according
to tradition had ordained Abdias, there is a reference to the writing of the
acts of the holy apostles by Abdias. This is probably meant to create the
appearance of historical veracity for the Simon and Jude account, because
the author had allegedly witnessed the events, but at a later date this ascrip-
tion to Abdias was placed at the beginning of the cycle and taken to apply
to its entirety. The convention has been to refer to the unknown author as
Pseudo-Abdias.
The author freely depends on the third- and fourth-century Pseudo-
Clementine Recognitions and Homilies and the writings of Pseudo-Hege-
sippus (ca. 370–375 CE).1 This shows familiarity with earlier, apocryphal
Petrine traditions and explains the patchwork nature of the text.
Text
The text survives in numerous manuscripts dating back to the ninth cen-
tury, and the quantity of manuscripts attests to its popularity in Europe in
the Middle Ages. The translation is based upon the publication by Fabri-
cius, which remains the standard edition of the text and was reproduced by
Giles in the nineteenth century.
Select Bibliography
Giles, John Allen, ed. Pages 270–77 in The Uncanonical Gospels and Other
Writings, Referring to the First Ages of Christianity, in the Original Lan-
guages: Collected together from the Editions of Fabricius, Thilo, and
Others. London: Nutt, 1852.
Lipsius, Richard A. Pages 1:117–78, 2.1:384–90, and Ergänzungsband 5–11
in Die apokryphen Apostelgeschichten und Apostellegenden. Braunsch-
weig: Schwetschke, 1883–1890.
Malan, Solomon C., trans. “The Conflict of S. Peter.” Pages 1–10 in The
Conflicts of the Apostles: An Apocryphal Book of the Early Eastern
Church. London: Nutt, 1871.
Migne, J.-P., trans. “Histoire de saint Pierre d’après l’Histoire apostolique
d’Abdias, liv. Ier.” Pages 701–16 in vol. 2 of Dictionnaire des apocryphes.
Paris: Migne, 1858.
Moraldi, Luigi, trans. “La splendida attività del Beato Pietro, primo degli
apostoli.” Pages 1441–59 in vol. 2 of Apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento.
Turin: Unione, 1971.
De rebus a beato Petro auctore Abdia
6. His ita gestis, surrexit quidam Simon Samareus genere, qui dudum
uisis miraculis Petri, pecunia comparare uoluit donum spirituale, qui se
magnum et perpetuo aliter stantem esse dicebat: promittens eos qui in se
crederent, prorsus dissolui non posse. hic etiam Petri cupiens euertere uias,
et ea, quae docebat, ad irritum reuocare, diem constituit, in quo conue-
nientibus turbis ad disputandum cum Petro, praesens adesset. erat autem
tunc Petrus apud Caesaream Stratonis.
igitur illucescente statuta die, Zachaeus, qui erat prior ciuitatis, adstitit
Petro dicens: tempus est ut procedas ad disputandum, Petre. turba autem
in medio atrii congregata opprimitur, te opperiens, quorum in medio
multis fultus adseclis constitit Simon.
tum Petrus ut haec audiuit, orationis gratia secedere aliquos iubens;
qui nondum erant diluti a peccatis, quae in ignorantia commiserant, ait ad
reliquos: oremus fratres, ut Dominus per Christum filium suum pro inef-
-72-
Concerning the Things Done by Blessed Peter, Written by Abdias
1. The conflict between Peter and Simon is one of the primary elements in this
text taken from the Pseudo-Clementine Homilies and Recognitions. On this dynamic
see Dominique Côté, Le thème de l’opposition entre Pierre et Simon dans les Pseudo-Clé-
mentines, Études Augustiniennes, Série Antiquités 167 (Paris: Institut d’Études Augus-
tiniennes, 2001); Nicole Kelley, Knowledge and Religious Authority in the Pseudo-Clem-
entines: Situating the ‘Recognitions’ in Fourth Century Syria, WUNT 2/213 (Tübingen:
Mohr Siebeck, 2006), esp. 147–78.
2. Acts 8:9–24.
3. Sections 6–8 closely follow Pseudo-Clement, Recog. 2.19–23.
4. That is, Caesarea Maritima.
5. Zacchaeus also appears in the Pseudo-Clementine Recognitions, where he hosts
Peter upon his arrival in Caesarea (1.73) and is later ordained the first bishop of the
city (3.66). He is perhaps meant to be the diminutive tax collector from Jericho who is
converted by the teachings of Jesus (Luke 19:1–10).
6. Peter asks the unbaptized to leave before he prays, thus reflecting the early
Christian practice of allowing the unbaptized to be present for only parts of the liturgy.
-73-
74 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
fabili misericordia sua adiuuet me, exeuntem pro salute hominum qui ab
ipso creati sunt. et haec quum dixisset, oratione facta, processit ad atrium
domus, in quo erat multitudo plurima populi congregata. quos ubi omnes
summo cum silentio esse attentos uideret, et Magum Simonem in medio
eorum uelut signiferum, statim hoc modo coepit:
7. pax uobis omnibus, qui parati estis dare dextras ueritati. quicunque
enim obediunt ei, uidentur quidem sibi aliquid gratiae conferre Domino;
porro autem ipsi ab eo donum summi muneris consequuntur, iustitiae
eius semitas incedentes. propter quod et primum est omnium, iustitiam
Domini, regnumque inquirere eius. iustitiam quidem, ut recte agere
doceamur: regnum uero, ut quae sit merces posita laborum et patientiae,
nouerimus. in quo est bonis quidem aeternorum bonorum remuneratio:
his autem, qui contra uoluntatem eius egerint, pro uniuscuiusque gestis
poenarum digna restitutio. hic ergo, hoc est, in praesenti uita positos opor-
tet uos agnoscere uoluntatem Domini, ubi et agendi locus est. nam, si quis
uelit, antequam actus suos emendet de his requirere, quae non potest inue-
nire, stulta et inefficax erit huiuscemodi inquisitio. tempus enim breue est,
et iudicium gestorum causa agetur, non quaestionum. ideoque ante omnia
hoc quaeramus, quod nos, aut qualiter agere oporteat, ut aeternam uitam
consequi mereamur. mea ergo ista sententia est, sicut et uero prophetae
uisum est: ut primum de iustitia requiratur, ab his maxime qui Dominum
3. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Peter 75
pray, brothers and sisters,7 that the Lord may help me through Christ his
Son on account of his unspeakable mercy, as I go forth for the salvation of
men who were created by him.” After he had said these things and offered a
prayer, he proceeded to the atrium of the house, in which a great multitude
of people was gathered. When he saw that they were all waiting there in
total silence and that Simon the sorcerer was in the middle of them like a
standard-bearer, he immediately began to speak in this way:
7. “Peace to all of you who are ready to give your right hands to the
truth. Those who obey it seem to themselves to confer some kind of favor
to the Lord, but thereafter they obtain from him the gift of greatest of
blessing as they march along the paths of his justice. Therefore, the most
important thing of all is to seek the justice of God and his kingdom8—his
justice, so that we may be taught to act rightly, and his kingdom, so that we
may know what reward has been set aside for our labors and perseverance.
In the kingdom there is a reward of eternal benefits for the good; but for
those who have acted against his will, there is a worthy payback of punish-
ments for the deeds of every person.9 Here, therefore—that is, in this pres-
ent life—it is necessary that you discover the will of the Lord and when it
is time to act. For if, before he changes his actions, one wishes to search for
the things he is not able to find, then an inquiry of this sort will be fool-
ish and useless. The time is short,10 and the judgment will be made on the
basis of deeds, not questions.11 Therefore, above all let us seek to be found
worthy to reach eternal life, no matter what we must do. This is my opin-
ion, which is the same as that of the true prophet,12 that first of all justice
See e.g., Augustine, Ennarat. Ps. 103.1.4: “What is it that is hidden in the church and
not open to everyone? The sacrament of baptism and the sacrament of the Eucharist.”
7. The text says “brothers” throughout, but it is clear that the group is not
uniquely male.
8. Matt 6:33.
9. Matt 16:27; Rom 2:5–6; 2 Cor 5:10; Rev 22:12.
10. 1 Cor 7:29.
11. Ethical change must precede the discovery of profound theological truths, and
faith will be proven by actions.
12. This term is used in reference to Christ in Pseudo-Clement, Recog. 1.16,
1.40–41, 1.45, 1.48, 5.10, 8.59, 10.51. Nicole Kelley (Knowledge and Religious Author-
ity, 135–78) has convincingly argued that its role there is to establish a line of succes-
sion from Christ (the True Prophet) to Peter and Clement, who therefore represent
legitimate prophetic knowledge over and against their opponents. Kelley’s argument
seems equally applicable to the use of the term in this text. J.-P. Migne suggests that this
76 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
se nosse confitentur. si ergo habet aliquis, quod esse rectius putet, dicat.
et quum dixerit, audiat sed cum patientia et quiete. propter hoc enim ab
initio, salutationis specie, pacem cunctis imprecatus sum.
8. ad haec Simon respondit: nos pace tua opus non habemus. si enim
pax et concordia sit, ad inueniendam ueritatem nihil proficere poterimus,
habent enim pacem inter se et latrones, et scortatores, et omnis nequitia
cum semetipsa concordat. et nos ergo si ob hoc conuenimus, ut pacis causa
omnibus quae dicuntur praebeamus assensum, nihil auditoribus confer-
emus, sed e contrario inlusis eis, nos amici discedimus. propter quod
noli inuocare pacem, sed magis pugnam et si potes expugnare errores,
ne requiras amicitiam, iniustis assentationibus partam. hoc enim te ante
omnia scire uolo, quia duobus inter se dimicantibus, tunc erit, quum alter
ceciderit superatus.
et Petrus ait: quid times crebro audire pacem? an ignoras, quia perfec-
tio legis est pax? ex peccatis enim bella nascuntur, et certamina. ubi autem
peccatum non fit, pax in disputationibus, ueritas in operibus inuenitur.
et Simon: nihil momenti continent haec uerba, quae loqueris. sed nunc
ostendam uirtutis ac diuinitatis meae potentiam, ut repente procidas, et
adores me.
9. ego sum prima uirtus, qui semper et sine initio sum. ingressus autem
in uterum Rachel natus sum ex ea, ut homo, quo ab hominibus uideri
3. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Peter 77
must be sought, especially by those who confess that they know the Lord.
Therefore, if anyone has something that he believes to be more correct,
let him say it. And after he proclaims it, let him listen, but with patience
and peace. For this reason from the outset, in the form of my greeting, I
invoked peace for all.”
8. Simon responded to these things, “We have no need of your peace.
If indeed there were peace and concord, then we could make no progress
toward finding the truth. Even robbers and fornicators have peace among
themselves, and every form of wickedness is at peace with itself. There-
fore, if we gather so that for the sake of peace we agree with everything
that is said, then we will do nothing for our listeners. On the contrary,
after making sport of them, we depart friends. Therefore, do not invoke
peace, but conflict. If you are able to refute errors, then you should not
seek friendship that is based on false flatteries. First of all, then, I want you
to know that there will be [peace] between two combatants only when one
overcomes and cuts down the other.”
And Peter said, “Why are you afraid to hear often about peace? Or do
you not know that the perfection of the law is peace?13 From transgressions
wars and conflicts are born; however, where there is no sin, peace is found
in discussions, and truth is found in deeds.”
And Simon said, “These words that you are saying are useless. But now
I will show you the power of my strength and divinity, and as a result you
will suddenly fall down and worship me.
9. “I am the first power,14 who is forever and without beginning. How-
ever, I entered the uterus of Rachel and was born from her, so that I might
title reflects “a trace of the doctrines of the Ebionites, who, refusing to recognize the
divinity of the Savior, willingly called him the true or unique prophet” (Dictionnaire
des apocryphes [Paris: Migne, 1858], 2:701–702 n. 679). Jarl E. Fossum follows Migne
in assigning Ebionite associations to the term and adds that it was also a “Samaritan
savior epithet” (The Name of God and the Angel of the Lord, WUNT 1/36 [Tübingen:
Mohr, 1985], 59).
13. Cf. Ps 119:165.
14. Cf. Pseudo-Clement, Recog. 3.47. The language of “first power” has multiple
possible resonances. According to Irenaeus, Simon’s successor, Menander, affirmed the
existence of a “first power that is unknown to all, but he himself is the one who was
sent by the invisible ones as a savior for the salvation of people” (Haer. 1.23.5). This
connection of the “first power” to a divine incarnation is also seen in the Pistis Sophia,
where Jesus claims that he visited Mary in the form of Gabriel and then “cast into her
the first power that I had received from Barbēlō—that is, the body that I had on high”
78 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
possim. ego per aerem uolaui, igne commixtus unum corpus effectus sum:
statuas moueri feci, animaui exanima, lapides panes feci, de monte uolatu
transmeaui, manibus angelorum sustentatus, ad terram descendi. haec non
solum feci, sed et nunc facere possum ut rebus ipsis probem omnibus, quia
ego sum filius Domini, stans in aeternum et credentes mihi similiter in
perpetuo stare faciam. tua autem uerba uana sunt omnia, nec ullum potes
opus ostendere ueritatis sicut et ille qui misit te magus, qui nec se ipsum
potuit liberare de crucis poena.
possum enim facere, ut uolentibus me comprehendere, non appaream,
et rursum uolens uideri, palam sim. si fugere uelim, montes perforem,
et saxa quasi lutum pertranseam. si me de monte excelso praecipitem
dedero, tanquam subuectus, in terram illaesus deferar. uinctus memetip-
sum soluam, eos uero, qui uincula iniecerint, uinctos reddam. in carcere
conligatus, claustra sponte patefieri faciam. statuas inanimatas reddam ita,
ut putentur ab his, qui uident, homines esse. nouas arbores subito oriri
faciam, et repentina uirgulta producam. igni meipsum iniiciam, ut non
ardeam. uultum meum commuto ut non cognoscar. sed et duas facies
habere me possum hominibus ostendere, ut ouis, ut capra efficiar, puer
paruus, barbam producam. In aere uolando inuehar, aurum plurimum
3. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Peter 79
be able to be seen by people as a man.15 I flew through the air mixed with
fire, and I was constituted as one body. I caused statues to be moved; I
reanimated the dead;16 I made stones into loaves of bread;17 down from a
mountain I crossed over in flight, supported by the hands of angels, and
descended to the earth. Not only did I do these things, but I am able to do
them even now, so that I may prove to everyone by these things that I am
the son of God who stands in eternity and can make those who believe in
me stand forever, as well. All your words are empty, however, and you are
not able to demonstrate any true deed—just like the one who sent you was
a sorcerer who was not able to free himself from the penalty of the cross.18
“I can disappear from those wanting to seize me but appear again
when I want to be seen.19 If I wanted to flee, then I would bore through
the mountains and pass through stones like clay. If I throw myself head-
long from a high mountain, I will bring myself to the earth unhurt, as if I
were carried down.20 If chained, I will free myself and send back in chains
those who had enchained me. If bound in prison, I will cause the bars to
be opened spontaneously. I will make inanimate statues appear to be men
to those who look at them. I will cause new trees to grow suddenly and
will produce bushes out of nowhere. I will cast myself into the fire but not
be burned. I can alter my appearance, so that I may not be recognized. I
am also able to have two faces to display to men, so that I can show myself
as a sheep and as a goat, or as a young boy or a man with a beard. I can
be carried flying into the air and reveal a great amount of gold.21 I will set
(Pist. soph. 1.8). Elsewhere in Gnostic literature, the Barbēlō itself is described as the
“first power” (Ap. John 4), and there is another, apparently destructive figure called the
“first power of darkness” (Dial. Sav. 3). The title in our text may also relate to Acts 8:10,
where the people are calling Simon the “Great Power of God.” On the association of
“Great Power” language with Samaritanism and later Gnosticism, see Fossum, Name
of God, 162–91.
15. Pseudo-Clement, Recog. 2.14.
16. Simon thus rivals Jesus’s power as displayed in the raising of Lazarus (John
11:1–44).
17. Cf. Matt 4:3. The fourteenth-century Byzantine chronicle of Nicephorus Cal-
listus Xanthopulus (Hist. eccl. 2.27) closely repeats this list.
18. Cf. Mark 15:31 and parallels.
19. Pseudo-Clement, Recog. 2.9.
20. Cf. the temptation of Jesus in Matt 4:5–7.
21. Cf. Pseudo-Clement, Hom. 2.32.
80 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
him.” When he had said these things, the whole multitude bent their knees
to the lord. Peter looked up into heaven and with tears prayed for them
that the lord, because of his goodness, would see fit to receive those who
were taking refuge in him. After he prayed and instructed them to gather
together early on the next day, he offered the sacrifice.25 Then he rested,
according to his custom.
11. When dawn came,26 a certain one of the disciples of simon came
and cried out, saying, “i beg you, Peter, to receive me, a miserable man who
was deceived by that great simon, whom i regarded as the heavenly lord
because of the amazing things that i saw done by him. however, after i
heard your teaching, i began to regard him as just a man—an evil man,27 in
fact. nevertheless, when he left here, i alone followed him, for i did not yet
clearly understand his impieties. When he saw me following, he called me
blessed and led me to his house. Around the middle of the night he said to
me, ‘i will make you greater than all other men, if you commit to stay with
me to the end.’ After i had promised this, he demanded from me an oath of
allegiance. When i agreed, he placed in my arms certain foul things and his
own accursed secret things for me to carry, and he followed me. When we
came to the sea, he boarded a ship that happened to be there, and he took
from me what he had ordered me to carry. shortly afterward he came out
and was carrying nothing. it was certain that he had thrown it into the sea.28
he asked me to depart with him, saying that he was traveling to rome,
where he would be held in high esteem as the lord and given divine honors
in public. ‘Then,’ he said, ‘i will heap all kinds of riches upon you, and if you
wish to return here, i will send you back being carried by many servants.’
“When i heard these things and saw that this promise was empty, i
realized that he was a sorcerer and deceiver and responded, ‘i ask you to
forgive me, because i have pain in my feet and am therefore unable to leave
caesarea. Besides, i have a wife and small children whom i am not able to
25. That is, he celebrated the eucharist. cf. Pseudo-clement, Recog. 3.50, where
Peter “offered the mass” (missam fecit).
26. Pseudo-clement, Recog. 3.63–64.
27. Migne (Dictionnaire des apocryphes 2:705) suggests that the correct reading
should be magus (“sorcerer”), instead of malus (“evil”), and ascribes the change to an
error by a copyist. however, the Pseudo-clementine Recognitions have malus, and
there is no evidence of the proposed variant in the manuscript tradition.
28. simon therefore destroyed the evidence that Peter had threatened to take the
crowd to his house to discover.
84 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
15. post haec autem Petrus Romam ueniens, in ipsis diebus sibi finem
uitae imminere praesensit. in conuentu ergo fratrum positus, adprehensa
Clementis manu repente consurgens in auribus totius ecclesiae haec protu-
lit uerba: audite me fratres, et conserui mei: quoniam sicut edoctus sum ab
3. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Peter 85
The author then includes the story of the reunion of Clement with his family,
taken from the Pseudo-Clementine Recognitions and Homilies. This trans-
lation picks up the story again when Peter arrives in Rome.
15. After these things Peter came to Rome, and in these days he sensed
that the end of his life was near. When he was in a meeting of the brothers
and sisters, he got up suddenly, seized the hand of Clement,30 and offered
these words in the hearing of the whole church, “Listen to me, my brothers
and sisters and fellow servants, because as I have learned from the one who
29. Practitioners of magic (including sorcery, divination, astrology, etc.) were sub-
ject to punishment under Roman law as early as the Twelve Tables and into the impe-
rial period, even before the arrival of Christianity. They were, for example, expelled
from the city in 139 BCE, 33 BCE, and 19 CE. On the tenuous status of magicians in
Rome, see Mary Beard, John North, and Simon Price, Religions of Rome: Volume 1:
A History (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1998), 231–36; Matthew Dickie,
Magic and Magicians in the Greco-Roman World (London: Routledge, 2001), 137–241;
Clyde Pharr, “The Interdiction of Magic in Roman Law,” TAPA 63 (1932): 269–95.
30. This account of Clement’s ordination is taken from the apocryphal Epistle of
Clement to James (§2). Tertullian (Praescr. 32) also claims that Clement was ordained
by Peter, while Irenaeus (Haer. 3.3.3) and Eusebius (Hist. eccl. 5.6.1–2) place Clement
fourth in the line of Roman bishops, and the Liberian Catalog lists him third (Chron-
ica minora saec. IV. V. [Link]., ed. T. Mommsen, [Link] 9 [Berlin: Weidmann,
1892], 73).
86 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
eo qui me misit Domino et magistro Iesu Christo, dies mortis meae instat,
Clementem hunc episcopum uobis ordinabo, cui soli meae praedicationis
et doctrinae cathedram credo, qui mihi ab initio usque ad finem comes in
omnibus fuit, et per hoc ueritatem totius meae praedicationis agnouit. qui
in omnibus tentationibus meis socius extitit fideliter perseuerans: quem
prae caeteris expertus sum, Dominum colentem, homines diligentem,
castum, discendi studiis deditum, sobrium, benignum, iustum, patientem,
scientem ferre nonnullorum etiam ex his, qui in uerbo Domini instruun-
tur, iniurias. propter quod ipsi trado a Domino mihi datam potestatem
ligandi et soluendi, ut de omnibus quibuscunque decreuerit in terris, hoc
decretum sit et in coelis. ligabit enim quod oportet ligari, et soluet quod
oportet solui. et haec quum dixisset, manus ei imposuit, eumque in cathe-
dra sua sedere compulit, multum eum instruens, qualiter aut ecclesiam sibi
commissam regeret, aut oues susceptas aleret.
16. tunc et Paulus apostolus Romam ueniens, Christum Dominum
praedicabat. tempore igitur Neronis Caesaris, erant Romae salutiferi doc-
tores Christianorum Petrus et Paulus apostoli, per quos dum fides Domini
Iesu Christi in omnium cresceret mentes, et religionis propagarentur aug-
menta, quia essent sublimes operibus, clari magisterio ob uirtutem diuinae
gratiae.
Nero per magum Simonem uehementer aduersari coepit apostolis:
quia diuersis illusionibus daemonum ita magus Caesaris animum obtinu-
erat, ut eum salutis suae praesulem, uitaeque custodem, remota ambigu-
itate confideret. nam et bellorum uictorias, et subiectiones gentium, et
prosperitatem rerum se per eum in omnibus habiturum esse credebat. sed
3. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Peter 87
sent me—namely, our Lord and master Jesus Christ—the day of my death
is near.31 I will ordain for you this man Clement as your bishop. I entrust to
him alone the seat of my preaching and teaching, for he was my companion
in all situations from the beginning up to the end, and for this reason he
knows the truth of my entire message. He proved to be a partner in all my
trials by faithfully persevering. I have found him above all others to be a
worshiper of God, a lover of men, chaste, dedicated to study and learning,
sober, kind, just, patient, and understanding of how to endure injuries from
others, even from those who are instructed in the word of the Lord. For
this reason I hand over to him the power of binding and loosing that was
given to me by the Lord,32 so that whatever he decrees on earth will also be
decreed in heaven. He will bind what is necessary to bind and loose what is
necessary to loose.” After Peter had said these things, he placed his hands
on [Clement] and brought him to sit in his seat.33 He taught him much
about how he should govern the church that had been commissioned to
him and how he should nourish the sheep whom he had received.34
16. Then the apostle Paul came to Rome and was preaching Christ
the Lord. Therefore, at the time of Nero Caesar,35 there were in Rome the
salvation-bearing teachers of the Christians, the apostles Peter and Paul.
Through them the faith of the Lord Jesus Christ was growing in the minds
of all, and the growth of religion was being spread, because they were dis-
tinguished in their deeds and famous in their teaching by the strength of
divine grace.
Nero, however, began to oppose the apostles vehemently under the
influence of Simon the sorcerer. Through various illusions of demons, the
sorcerer had gained control of the mind of Caesar to the extent that Nero
without hesitation placed confidence in Simon as the author of his salva-
tion36 and the guardian of his life. For he believed that he would enjoy
victories in war, the conquest of nations, and prosperity in all his affairs
1. Ms coecitatem.
3. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Peter 89
because of him. But the apostle Peter exposed his deceptions and all his
shameful acts, because the light of truth and the clarity of the divine word,
which had recently shone for the salvation of men, were driving out the
shadows of ignorance, while through the apostles the fog of all deception
was being dispersed from human minds. Then simon the sorcerer, struck
blind by the bright flash of the true light, immediately fell into a poor state
of mind. in fact, already in Judea he had been thwarted by the apostle
Peter from the wicked things he was doing37 and had fled across the sea.
he had also experienced the power of Peter in other parts of the world.
nevertheless, when he came to rome, he dared to boast that he was able
to raise the dead.
At that very time a certain young man who was from a noble family
and related to caesar died.38 When a large crowd of relatives had gathered
there, they were asking each other if there was anyone who was able to
raise the dead. Peter was very famous at that time because of the things
he had done, but the unbelievers39 had no faith in him. nevertheless, pain
forced them to seek for a remedy, so they hastened to Peter. There were
others, however, who thought they should call simon, so both came. Then
Peter said to the relatives of the dead youth that simon, who was boasting
about his power, should raise the dead man first, if he was able. if simon
were unable, then he had no doubt that christ would perform this deed for
the dead youth. Then simon, who was thought by the unbelievers to have
great power, proposed the condition that if he raised the dead, then Peter
should be killed, because he had inflicted harm on one of such great power
by exasperating him with his bold words. if he was able to do nothing and
Peter raised the dead, then the sorcerer should suffer the sentence that had
been established for the apostle. After this condition had been proposed,
Peter agreed.
simon began. Approaching the bed of the dead youth, he began to
chant and whisper horrible, incomprehensible incantations. And it seemed
to those standing around that the head of the dead moved, so a great cry
arose from the unbelievers that he was now alive and was speaking with
Simon. Great anger against Peter began to arise among all, because he had
dared to present himself as being so powerful.
Then Peter asked for silence and said, “If the dead man is living, then
let him speak. If he has been raised, then let him get up, walk around,
and talk. I will show you that it is an illusion, not the truth, that you
see the head of the dead move.” Then he said, “Let the sorcerer be sepa-
rated from the bed, and the deceptions of the devil will be completely laid
bare.” So Simon was led away from the bed, and the dead youth remained
immobile, without any hope of life. Peter stood at a distance, and having
focused inwardly in prayer for a little while, he said with a loud voice,
“Young man, I say to you, ‘Get up!’ Our Lord Jesus Christ heals you!”
Immediately the young man got up, spoke, and walked around, and
Peter gave him to his mother alive.40 When she wanted to pay the blessed
apostle,41 he said, “Be at peace, mother, concerning your son, and do not
fear. He has his own guardian.”
17. When the people wanted to stone Simon the sorcerer, Peter said,
“It is enough of a punishment for him to know that he was defeated in
his deeds. Let him live and see the kingdom of Christ grow against his
will.” Meanwhile the sorcerer was being tormented and beaten down by
the apostolic glory, so he ran to Nero Caesar. He contrived a new attack on
Peter and managed to get Nero to summon Peter.
When both of them stood in the presence of the emperor, Simon spoke
first, “I am amazed at you, Caesar,” he said, “that you consider this man
of any importance—an ignorant fisherman, the greatest liar, and endowed
with power neither in word nor in deed. I will no longer endure this enemy
but will now instruct my angels to come and avenge me on this man.”
Peter responded, “I do not at all fear your angels, who will be forced to
fear me in the power and the confidence of my Lord Jesus Christ—the one
you lie and say that you are. If there is divinity in you that can probe the
secrets of the heart, then tell me now, Simon, what I am thinking, or what
I am about to do. I will whisper into your ears, greatest Caesar, what I am
thinking before this sorcerer lies to you, so that he is not able to lie about
what I am thinking.”
Then Nero said, “Come here, and tell me what you are thinking.”
45. In other versions of this story, Simon jumps from a tower that Nero had con-
structed for him.
46. Cf. Lactantius, Inst. 2.16, where the verb adjuro is also used specifically in the
context of exorcism.
47. Literally, “the oars of wings.” This suggests that he was employing a rowing
motion as he flew and had constructed some type of artificial wings to aid his flight.
Cf. Arnobius, Adv. nat. 2.12, where the people of Rome “even saw the chariot [currum,
although a variant offers cursum, ‘journey’] of Simon the sorcerer and his fiery team
of horses, which were blown apart by the prayer of Peter and vanished at the mention
of Christ’s name.”
48. The Apostolic Constitutions state that Simon was thrown to the earth as he
was flying “in an unnatural way” (Apos. Con. 2.3.14), while Arnobius of Sicca claims
that Simon tried to fly in a fiery chariot. Thrown down by the words of Peter, he broke
his legs and soon after committed suicide (Adv. nat. 2.12).
96 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
other such things, but the people were tearfully entreating him not to leave
or ignore the tears of so many good people at a time when a storm was
coming against the Christians. Finally, convinced by the weeping of the
people, he agreed and promised that he would leave the city.
Therefore, on the next night, after saying farewell to the brothers and
sisters and offering prayer, he began to set out alone. When he came to the
gate [of the city], he saw Christ hurrying toward him. Peter worshiped him
and said, “Lord, where are you going?”
The Lord said to him, “I am coming to Rome to be crucified again.”49
When he heard this, the apostle knew that he was speaking about
his own suffering and that Christ would clearly be seen to suffer in him,
because it was known that Christ suffers in each one [of the martyrs]—
not in the pain of the body but by the consideration of his mercy and the
affection of his love.50 So Peter returned to the city. He was arrested by the
guards and soon sentenced to be crucified.
When this became known, a large mob of people suddenly rushed
together, and the streets could not contain the people of every age and sex
who were crying out with a loud voice, saying, “Why is Peter being killed?
What crime did he commit? What harm did he do to the city? It is wrong
to condemn an innocent man, and we should fear that Christ might avenge
the murder of such a great man and we would all perish.”
20. But Peter calmed the minds of the people, so they would not rage
against their leader,51 and said to them, “You men of Rome who believe in
Christ and hope in him alone, keep in mind his patience, and take com-
fort in these signs that you saw performed through me. Thus, wait for him
to arrive52 and repay each one according to his deeds.53 However, that
which you see being done to me now was already revealed to me by the
Lord, because a student is not above his teacher, nor is a servant above his
49. Origen (Comm. Jo. 20.12.91) cites this saying of Jesus but assigns it to the Acts
of Paul. Cf. Ambrose, Aux. 13, who correctly connects the saying to Peter.
50. The Latin text here is obscure and perhaps corrupt.
51. Cf. 1 Pet 2:13–17, where Christians are instructed to honor government
authorities. Perhaps the Petrine tradition, in the eyes of the author of this martyrdom,
could not support overt anti-imperial activity.
52. The verb used is directly connected to the term adventus, which was the word
used to describe the arrival of a victorious emperor or dignitary. Thus, Christ’s return
is being described with imperial overtones.
53. Matt 16:27; Rom 2:5–6; 2 Cor 5:10; Rev 22:12.
98 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
festinare, ut carne exutus Domino adsistam. sed quid moror, inquit, et non
accedo ad crucem? teneant persequutores corpus, ego Domino meo spiritu
adhaerebo. et accedens ad crucem, rogauit, ut cruci inuersis uestigiis figer-
etur. ea reuerentia, ne ita seruus crucifigi uideretur, ut Dominus.
quod ubi factum est, coepit de cruce ad populum loqui: o ineffabile
ac profundum mysterium crucis, o inseparabile uinculum caritatis. istud
est lignum uitae, in quo Dominus Iesus exaltatus, omnia traxit ad se. istud
est lignum uitae, in quo crucifixum est corpus Domini Saluatoris. at in
eo confixa est mors, et mundus totus aeternae mortis est uinculis abso-
lutus. o gratia incomparabilis, et amor crucis irrecessibilis. gratias itaque
tibi, Domine Iesu fili Dei uiui, non solum uoce et corde ago, sed etiam
spiritu, quo te diligo, quo te loquor, quo te interpello, quo te teneo, quo
te intelligo, quo te uideo. tu mihi omnia, et in omnibus tu mihi totum,
et nihil mihi aliud praeter te solum. qui es bonus et uerus Dei filius, et
Deus, cui cum aeterno Patre et Spiritu sancto honor et gloria est, in cuncta
semper secula seculorum. et quum magna uoce omnis populus respondis-
set: amen, emisit spiritum.
cuius corpus Marcellus, unus ex discipulis eius, nullius expectans sen-
tentiam, propriis manibus de cruce deposuit, et pretiosissimis aromatibus
conditum in suo ipsius sarcophago collocauit, in loco qui dicitur Uatica-
3. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Peter 99
place that is called the Vatican, next to the triumphal way, where it is hon-
ored in peace by the veneration of the entire city.61
61. This final line is reminiscent of the text of Jerome, Vir. ill. 1: Sepultus Romae
in Vaticano, iuxta viam triumphalem, totius orbis veneratione celebratur. Textual vari-
ants offer the reading “the entire world” (totius orbis) or “the entire city” (totius urbis).
Ernest C. Richardson chose the former in his critical edition (Hieronymus Liber de
viris inlustribus, TUGAL 14 [Leipzig: Hinrichs, 1896], 7), but the author of this mar-
tyrdom account reflects the latter. The reference to the triumphal way likely reflects
the Christian reappropriation of Roman space, such that the Basilica of St. Peter
now marked the beginning of the new via triumphalis. See e.g., Raymond Van Dam,
Remembering Constantine at the Milvian Bridge (Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 2011), 211–15.
4. History of Shimeon Kepha
the Chief of the Apostles
CANT 200 / BHO 935
Content
Our translation picks up the story of Peter, also identified by his Aramaic
name Shimeon Kepha, at the point of the apostle’s successful preaching in
Rome. The reference to his strengthening of the churches there serves to
establish Peter as the de facto founder of Roman and Italian Christianity.
Shimeon’s preaching attracts members of the imperial household and
various aristocratic women, including two wives and two concubines of
the prefect. His message of sexual renunciation causes them to withdraw
from Agrippa’s bed, despite the prefect’s violent threats. Then Xanthippe,
the wife of Albinus, is swayed by the apostolic preaching such that finally
Agrippa and Albinus conspire to kill Shimeon. Meanwhile, the apostle
(here again called Peter) senses that his death is imminent and does not
want to leave Rome. He is at last persuaded by the believers and sets out
alone. He is met on the road by a vision of Christ carrying a cross, a model
for how Peter was to die. Christ rebukes him for the weakness of his nature,
and a sense of guilt causes him to turn back to the city. He is arrested and
thrown into prison by the emperor, despite the protests of a large crowd,
and there he stays for an unspecified period of time.
The author then states that Peter oversaw the administration of the
Roman church for twenty-five years. Just before his death he ordained
Linus and instructed him to continue his preaching. Shimeon is crucified
upside down, so that he may symbolically kiss the place of Jesus’s feet, and
after his death Marcellus buries him in an expensive tomb.
A postscript identifies the author of the text as Clement, a disciple of
Peter who had bested Simon the sorcerer and translated a “letter of the
-103-
104 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
hebrews” into Greek. he also wrote other books but wrongly desired to
be bishop. The text closes with an appeal for prayer on behalf of the scribe.
literary Background
The history of shimeon Kepha the chief of the Apostles is the first in a
cycle of syriac Acts of the Martyrs and saints. earlier sections of the Pet-
rine account not translated here show dependence on several other works,
including the Acts of the Apostles, the Pseudo-clementine Homilies and
Recognitions (third and fourth century, respectively), the lost syriac trans-
lation of the Acts of Peter (uncertain date), and the syriac Teaching of
shimeon Kepha in rome (fifth or sixth century—the end of which appears
as ch. 13 in this volume). The text as we have it may date from the sixth or
seventh century, and the author and place of origin are unknown.
The Petrine martyrdom section of this history is largely a resume of
earlier renditions of Peter’s passion, especially the Martyrdom of Peter. The
primary elements of ascetical preaching, angry and scheming husbands,
and eventual crucifixion are present. The text does contain some interest-
ing characteristics of its own, however.
(1) The first of these is the apostle’s name. There is a preference for
identifying him as shimeon Kepha, instead of Peter. Martyrdom accounts
in Greek and latin tend to avoid Peter’s other biblical name, simon, prob-
ably because his primary antagonist in many of these texts is another
simon, simon the sorcerer. in syriac, the two can be distinguished by
the use of the letter Shin (“sh”) for shimeon, but Semkat (“s”) for simon.
indeed, in the postscript of this text we see the magician’s name with
Semkat ()ܣܝܡܘܢ.
(2) Another notable detail is the use of the term “christian.” Xan-
thippe is explicitly called a christian, and the conspiracy against shimeon
is hatched because he had provoked sexual renunciation and because “he
had made all of rome christian” (§30). This designation does not appear
in many other versions of the story.
(3) The author also expands on the famous scene of shimeon’s vision
of christ. While other accounts typically provide a brief dialogue—Peter
asks Jesus where he is going, and Jesus responds that he is going to rome
to be crucified again—here Jesus speaks at length about the centrality of
suffering. This is what shimeon must primarily do in Jesus’s place, if he can
overcome his weak nature.
4. History of Shimeon Kepha the Chief of the Apostles 105
(4) The author interrupts the climactic part of the story after Shime-
on’s arrest by inserting the ordination and teaching of Linus as the apostle’s
successor, thus establishing the line of episcopal authority. This requires
the assumption of a chronological gap between Shimeon’s imprisonment
and execution that is not evident in other accounts.
(5) The Clementine postscript includes some intriguing claims about
Clement’s connection to Peter and Simon, his alleged authorial and trans-
lation work (the suggestion of his authorship is a clear anachronism), and
his allegedly misguided desire to be bishop of Rome. In Pseudo-Abdias,
Pass. Pet. 15, by contrast, Clement is specifically identified as Peter’s legiti-
mate successor.
This text is the work of the same hand that produced the Syriac History
of the Holy Apostle Paul (ch. 8 in this volume), for the style is consistent
and the two works are transmitted together in the manuscripts. Unfortu-
nately, the Pauline text provides no further clues to a more precise date or
place of production, and the fact that there is no reference to Clement at
the end of that text is further indication of the imprecise nature of tradi-
tions about authorship.
Text
The version of the text translated here is attested by a single manuscript from
Kirkūk, Iraq, perhaps from the Monastery of Mār Thomas. Because the East
Syrian Christians of Kirkūk in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries were
reportedly Nestorians, this text is sometimes called a “Nestorian” text in the
secondary literature; but there is nothing distinctly “Nestorian” about it. It
was made available by Archbishop Khayyät of Diyarbekh to Ignazio Guidi,
who in turn permitted Paul Bedjan to publish an edition of the text.
The translation is from the Bedjan edition, supplemented by Guidi,
who later published several additions based on his reading of the manu-
script. These additions are printed in italics in the translation and marked
off with double square brackets in the Syriac text. This is the first trans-
lation available in any modern language. Another English translation is
anticipated from F. Stanley Jones but has not yet appeared.
There exists another unedited Syriac text that could be confused with
the History of Shimeon Kepha, because it has been identified by a simi-
lar title. It is preserved in two manuscripts in the British Museum (Add.
12172 and Add. 14732), and a French translation was published in 1898 by
106 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Select Bibliography
Baumstark, Anton. Pages 40–44 in Die Petrus- und Paulusacten in der lit-
terarischen Überlieferung der syrischen Kirche. Leipzig: Harrassowitz,
1902.
Bedjan, Paul, ed. “History of Shimeon Kepha the Chief of the Apostles” (in
Syriac). Pages 29–33 in Acta martyrum et sanctorum. Leipzig: Harras-
sowitz, 1890.
Guidi, Ignazio. “Bemerkungen zum ersten Bande der syrischen Acta Mar-
tyrum et Sanctorum,” ZDMG 46 (1892): 744–46.
Jones, F. Stanley, trans. “History of Simon Cephas, the Chief of the Apos-
tles.” In New Testament Apocrypha: More Noncanonical Scriptures.
Edited by Tony Burke and Brent E. Landau. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans,
forthcoming.
Peeters, Paul. “Notes sur la légende des apôtres S. Pierre et S. Paul dans la
littérature syrienne.” AnBoll 21 (1902): 121–40.
1. François Nau, “La version syriaque inédite des martyres de S. Pierre, S. Paul et
S. Luc d’après un manuscrit du dixième siècle,” ROC 3 (1898): 39–57.
1 ̈
ܕܫܠܝܚܐ ܬܫܥܬܝܐ ܕܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ ܪܫܐ
ܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܘܡܢ ܚܢ̈ܦܐ .ܘܒܢܐ (ܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ) ̈ܥܕܬܐ ܒ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ ܣܓܝܐܐ ܡܢ ̈ ̈ [29] .29ܘܐܬܬܠܡܕܘ
̈
ܘܒܟܠܗ ܐܝܛܠܝܐ .ܘܣܓܝ ܬܘܠܡܕܐ ܒܐܬܪܐ ܕ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ :ܘܐܦ ܣܓܝܐܐ ܡܢ ܒܬܝܗ ܕܩܣܪ ] [30ܗܝܡܢܘ ̇
̈ ̈
ܒܝܘܠܦܢܗ ܕܡܪܢ .ܒܬܪ ܗܠܝܢ ܐܬܝ ܬ̈ܪܬܝܢ ܢܫܘܗܝ ܕܐܓܪܘܦܝܢܘܣ ܗܓܡܘܐܢ ܘܬ̈ܪܬܝܢ ܕ̈ܪܘܬܟܗ .ܗܠܝܢ
ܫܡܗܝ̈ܗܝܢ :ܐܓܪܘܦܝܢܐ ܘܩܪܬܝܐܢ ]ܘܩܪܬܝܘܢܝܐ؟[ :ܘܐܦܝܐ ܘܕܪܘܣܝܢܐ .ܘܗܝܡܢ ܒܡܪܢ ܝܫܘܥ :ܘܐܚܕ
ܢܣܩܢ ܬܘܒ ܠܥܪܣܗ ܕܗܓܡܘܐܢ [[2.ܘܫܪܝ ܪܕܦ ܗܘܐ ܢܦܫܗܝܢ ܒܩܕܝܫܘܬܐ]] .ܘܣܡ ܒܪܥܝܢܗܝܢ ܕܐܠ ̈
̈
ܐܙܠܠܢ. ܐܙܠܠܢ ܘܐܬܝ̈ܢ .ܘܝܕܥ ܕܠܘܬ ܫܡܥܘܢ
̈ ̈
ܠܥܒܕܘܗܝ ܕܢܚܙܘܢ ܐܠܝܟܐ ܠܗܝܢ ܘܡܥܝܩ ܗܘܐ ܠܗܝܢ .ܘܦܩܕ
̈
ܢܐܙܠܠܢ ܠܘܬ ܗܘ ܟܪܣـܛܝܢܐ .ܡܛܠ ܕܐܢ ܐܫܡܥ ܕܬܘܒ ܐܙܠܬܝܢ ܠܘܬܗ: ̈ ܘܙܗܪ ܐܢܝܢ ܗܓܡܘܐܢ ܕܐܠ ܬܘܒ
ܗܘܝ ܒܡܪܢ :ܘܣܡ ܒܠܒܗܝܢ ܕܢܣܝܒ̈ܪܢ ܟܠ ܡܬܚܝܠܢ ̈̈ ܠܟܝܢ ܐܩܛܘܠ :ܘܠܗ ܒܢܘܪܐ ܐܘܩܕ .ܗܢܝܢ ܕܝܢ
ܢܗܘܝܢ ܥܡܗ. ܕܐܬܐ ܥܠܝܗܝܢ :ܘܬܘܒ ܐܠ ̈
ܕܫܡܗ ܟܣܢܬܦܐ ܐܢܬܬܬܗ ܕܐܘܠܒܝܢܘܣ ]ܕܠܐܒܝܢܘܣ؟[ ܪܚܡܗ ܕܩܣܪ :ܐܙܠܬ ̇ .30ܘܬܘܒ ܐܢܬܬܐ
ܕܢܫܡܥܢ ܡܢܗ ܡܠܬܐ ܕܠܐܗܐ .ܘܐܦ ܗܝ ܩܡܬ ̇
ܠܠܗ ܒܩܕܝܫܘܬܐ. ܠܘܬ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ ܥܡ ܚܐ̈ܪܬܐ ܐܚ̈ܪܢܬܝܐ̈ :
ܒܥܠܠܗ ܚܡܬܐ :ܘܒܥܐ ܠܡܩܛܠܗ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ ܡܛܠ ܐܢܬܬܗ ܕܗܘܬ ܟܪܣـܛܝܢܬܝܐ .ܘܐܦ ܓܒ̈ܪܐ ̇ ܘܐܬܡܠܝ
1. single brackets and parentheses are reproduced from the Bedjan edition, and
the superscript numbers in brackets indicate the page numbers in that edition. The
double square brackets indicate additions by Guidi.
2. from Greek ἡγεμών.
-108-
History of Shimeon Kepha the Chief of the Apostles
29. Many of the Jews and gentiles became disciples, and Shimeon Kepha
built churches in Rome and in all of Italy. He multiplied the teaching in
the region of Rome, and many from the household of Caesar also believed
in the teaching of our Lord. After them came two wives of Agrippinus1
the prefect and two of his concubines. They were named Agrippina,
Charithna,2 Aphia,3 and Darousina.4 They believed in our Lord Jesus, and
Shimeon captured their souls with holiness5 and established in their mind
that they would not go up again to the bed of the prefect. Agrippinus began
persecuting and harassing them, and he ordered his servants to see where
they were going to and coming from. He learned that they were going unto
Shimeon, and the prefect warned them not to go to that Christian again,
“Because if I hear that you are going to him again, I will kill you and burn
him with fire.” But they were strengthened in our Lord, and the Lord put it
in their hearts that they could endure anything that might happen to them.
And still they were not living with Agrippinus.
30. And also a woman named Xanthippe, the wife of Albinus—a
friend of Caesar—went to Shimeon Kepha with the other noble women,
so that they might hear from him the word of God. And she also remained
with him in holiness.6 Her husband was filled with rage and sought to kill
Shimeon, because his wife was a Christian.7 Many men with their wives
-109-
110 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܢܫܐ ܐܬܩܕܫܘ ܗܘܘ ܡܢ ܙܘܘܓܐ ܕܢܫܡܫܘܢ ܐܠܠܗܐ .ܘܐܬܪܙܙ ܐܘܠܒܝܢܘܣ ܥܡ ܗܓܡܘܐܢ ܕܢܐܡܪܘܢ ̈
ܣܓܝܐܐ ܥܡ ̈
̈ ̇
ܠܟܠܗ ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ ܟ̈ܪܣـܛܝܢܐ :ܘܦܪܫ ܐܢܝܢ ܠܢܫܝܢ ܡܢܢ. ̇
ܕܥܒܕܗ ܠܩܣܪ :ܘܢܩܛܠܘܢܝܗܝ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ .ܥܠ
ܘܫܡܥܬ ܟܣܢܬܦܐ ܘܐܘܕܥܬ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ :ܕܐܢ ܐܠ ܡܫܢܐ ܐܢܬ :ܐܝܟܢܐ ܡܟܪܙ ܐܢܬ :ܡܠܬܐ ܕܠܐܗܐ؟
]31[ .31ܛܘܒܢܐ ܕܝܢ ܦܛܪܘܣ ܐܪܓܫ ܕܡܛܐ ܙܒܢܐ ܕܒܗ ܢܫܢܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܪܢ ܒܡܘܬܐ ܕܚܠܦܘܗܝ ܘܐܡܪ
ܐܚܝ ܐܠ ܘܐܠ ܠܝ ܕܐܥܪܘܩ .ܘܟܕ ܡܠܟܘܗܝ ܘܐܦܝܣܘܗܝ ܘܫܚܩܘܗܝ ܣܓܝ :ܩܡ ܘܚܠܦ ̈
ܠܬܠܡܝܕܘܗܝ̈ :
ܠܒܘܫܘܗܝ ܘܢܦܩ ܠܗ ܒܠܚܘܕܘܗܝ .ܘܐܢܫ ܐܠ ܐܪܓܫ ܒܗ :ܡܛܠ ܕܥܘܡܩܗ ܕܠܠܝܐ ܐܬܝܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ. ̈
ܘܐܬܚܙܬܝ ܠܗ ܕܡܘܬܗ ܕܦܪܘܩܢ ܕܒܒܣܪ ܕܐܬܐ ܠܩܘܒܠܗ :ܘܛܥܝܢ ܥܠ ܬܟܦܗ ܩܝܣܐ :ܒܗܘ
ܐܦܘܗܝ ܟܕ ܪܐܬ ܘܐܡܪ ܠܗ: ̈ ܝܗܘܕܝܐ .ܘܐܬܬܙܝܥ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܘܢܦܠ ܠܗ ܥܠ ܛܘܦܣܐ 3ܕܒܗ ܐܙܕܩܦ ܡܢ ̈
ܡܢܐ ܗܝ ܥܠܬܐ ܕܟܕ ܡܢ ܝܡܝܢܐ ܕܠܐܗܐ ܡܙܕܝܚ ܐܢܬ :ܕܡܘܬܐ ܗܕܐ ܕܡܘܟܟܐ ܥܠ ܐܪܥܐ ܡܚܘܐ ܐܢܬ؟
ܘܐܡܪ ܠܗ ܡܪܢ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ :ܕܐܐܢ ܚܠܦ ܦܘܪܩܢܐ ܕܟܠ ܡܘܬܐ ܕܙܩܝܦܐ ܣܝܒܪܬ :ܘܒܗ ܓܡܪܬ
ܘܝܗܒܬ ܠܟܘܢ ܛܘܦܣܐ .ܕܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܟܕ ܐܠ ܚܝܒ ܐܐܢ ܩܒܠܬ ܚܫܐ ܕܨܠܝܒܐ :ܕܐܦ ܐܢܬܘܢ ܬܫܠܡܘܢ ܢܦܫܟܘܢ
ܠܚܫܐ ܚܠܦ ܫܪܪܐ ܕܝܘܠܦܢܝ .ܗܫܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܛܠ ܕܚܙܬܝܟܘܢ ܕܥܕܟܝܠ ܒܡܚܝܠܘܬܐ ܕܟܝܢܐ ܐܚܝܕܬܝܘܢ :ܘܐܠ ̈
ܝܬ̈ ̈
ܚܫܝ ܕܬܬܓܡܪܘܢ ܒܚܫܐ ܕܚܠܦ ܗܠܝܢ ܠܐܗ ܐ :ܐܬܬܝ ܕܙܒܢܬܐ ܕܬ̈ܪܬܝܢ ܐܚܫ .ܕܟܒܪ ܐܬܚܟܡܬܘܢ ܒܝܕ ̈
̈
ܬܬܓܡܪܘܢ ܘܐܠ ܬܫܦܠܘܢ ܡܢ ܚܫܐ ܕܚܠܦܝ.
ܘܟܕ ܗܠܝܢ ܫܡܥ ܦܛܪܘܣ ܪܒܐ ܐܬܬܘܝ :ܘܠܡܪܢ ܡܦܝܣ ܗܘܐ ܘܐܡܪ :ܡܛܠ ܕܝܠܦܬ ܡܢܟ
were also sanctified from sexual relations,8 so that they might serve God.
And Albinus conspired with the prefect that they would speak to caesar
and kill shimeon, because, “he has made all of rome christian, and has
separated our wives from us.” But Xanthippe heard this and made it known
to shimeon, “unless you depart, how will you preach the word of God?”
31. But the blessed Peter perceived that the time had come at which
he [Peter] would depart to our lord by death on account of him [christ].9
he said to his disciples, “My brothers and sisters,10 it is not fitting that i
should flee.” But after they exhorted and persuaded and prevailed upon
him greatly, he arose, changed his clothes, and set out alone. And he did
not notice that anyone was with him, because it was the dead of night.
Then the likeness of our savior, as he had been in the flesh, appeared
to him and came before him. he was carrying a cross upon his shoulder,
indicating how he had been crucified by the Jews. shimeon was disturbed
and fell down on his face before him. Trembling, he said to him, “Why have
you been led from the right hand of God11 to manifest this humble form
on earth?”12
our lord said to shimeon, “i endured death by crucifixion for the sal-
vation of all. in this i perfected and gave to you (pl.) a model, so that just
as i, although not guilty, accepted the pain of the cross, you (pl.) also may
perfect your souls by sufferings for the sake of the truth of my teaching. But
because i have seen that you are still limited by the weakness of your nature
and did not learn by my sufferings that you will be perfected by sufferings
on behalf of divine things, i have come to suffer a second time. Perhaps
you (pl.) will be perfected and will not become weary from the sufferings
for my sake.”
When the great Peter heard these things, he repented, and entreating
our lord he said, “Because i learned from you that this is your will, i will
8. The term can also mean marriage, but the issue is clearly that they are giving up
sexual activity even within the context of marriage.
9. The syriac here is somewhat obscure. This passage may indicate that through
Peter’s death the lord would die again. here Peter may be anticipating his role as the
stand-in for christ’s second death, unlike other texts in which Peter realizes this only
after christ speaks to the apostle as he is fleeing the city. cf. e.g., Mart. Pet. 1.6; Pseudo-
linus, Mart. Pet. 2.6; Pseudo-Abdias, Pass. Pet. 3.19.
10. The text states “brothers,” but the context makes it clear that the group includes
both men and women.
11. cf. rom 8:34; eph 1:19–21.
12. cf. Phil 2:6–8.
112 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܕܗܢܘ ܨܒܝܢܟ :ܒܚܕܘܬܐ ܐܣܝܡ ܢܦܫܝ ܚܠܦܝܟ .ܘܚܘܒܬܐ ܕܚܘܒܟ ܪܒܐ ܕܚܘܬܝ ܠܥܠܡܐ :ܒܟܡܐ ܕܡܨܝܐ
ܒܚܫܐ ܕܚܠܦܝܟ ܦܪܥ ܐܐܢ .ܘܡܚܕܐ [ ]32ܕܡܘܬܐ ܗܝ ̈
ܐܠܦܝ ܫܡܝܐ ܡܬܥܠܝܐ ܗܘܬ. ̈
̈ ̈
ܘܦܛܪܘܣ ܥܛܦ ܠܘܬ ܐܚܐ .ܘܐܫܬܥܝ ܠܗܘܢ ܡܕܡ ܕܚܙܐ ܘܫܡܥ .ܘܟܪܬܝ ܠܗܘܢ ܐܠܚܐ ܛܒ .ܐܡܪ
ܠܗܘܢ :ܐܠ ܬܟܪܐ ܠܟܘܢ ̈
ܐܚܝ :ܨܒܝܢܗ ܕܡܪܢ ܢܗܘܐ .ܐܢܬܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܫܬܪܪܘ ܒܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ ܗܕܐ ܕܩܒܠܬܘܢ :ܘܐܠ
ܬܬܪܦܘܢ.
.32ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܬܘ ܐܪܒܥܐ ܓܒ̈ܪܝܢ :ܘܐܚܕܘܗܝ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ ܕܢܘܒܠܘܢܝܗܝ ܠܘܬ ܩܣܪ .ܘܪܗܛܘ ܠܟܗܘܢ
ܘܡܣܟܢܐ ܘܩܥܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܘܐܡܪܝܢ :ܡܢܐ ܐܣܟܠ ܗܘܐ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܥܒܕܗ ܕܠܐܗܐ؟ ܘܡܢܐ ܒܝܫܬܐ ܥܒܕ ̈ ܥܬܝ̈ܪܐ
ܒܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܗܕܐ؟ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܡܪܝ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܒܣܝܡܐܬܝ ܐܪܝܡ ܐܝܕܗ ܘܫܬܩ ܐܢܘܢ :ܘܫܪܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܐܢܫ ܠܒܬܝܗ.
ܗܝܕܝܢ ܐܘܒܠܘܗܝ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ ܘܚܒܫܘܗܝ ܒܬܝ ܐܣܝ̈ܪܐ.
ܫܢܝܢ :ܘܟܕ ܐܪܓܫ ܕܩܪܝܒ .33ܟܕ ܫܡܫ ܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܐ ܕܦܘܪܩܢܐ ܒ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܥܣܪܝܢ ܘܚܡܫ ̈
ܕܒܡܘܬܐ ܕܨܠܝܒܐ ܢܫܒܚ ܐܠܠܗܐ :ܫܕܪ ܩܪܐ ܠܠܝܢܘܣ ܡܫܡܫܢܐ :ܘܥܒܕܗ ܐܦܣܩܘܦܐ ܚܠܦܘܗܝ ܒ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ.
ܘܙܗܪܗ ܘܦܩܕܗ :ܕܢܠܦ ܒܥܕܬܐ ܠܟܡܕܡ ܕܫܡܥ ܡܢܗ ܕܡܠܦ ܗܘܐ.
.34ܗܝܕܝܢ ܢܐܪܘܢ ܩܣܪ ܝܗܒ ܐܦܦܣܝܣ 4ܥܠܘܗܝ ܕܒܡܘܬܐ ܕܙܩܝܦܐ ܢܡܘܬ .ܘܟܕ ܐܦܩܘܗܝ
̈
ܠܙܩܘܦܘܗܝ ܘܐܡܪ :ܒܥܢܐ ܡܢܟܘܢ ܕܐܝܟ ܘܛܝܒܘ ܩܝܣܐ ܠܡܙܩܦܗ :ܚܕܝ ܘܐܘܕܝ ܠܡܪܢ .ܘܡܦܝܣ ܗܘܐ
ܗܘ ܠܝ: []33 ܕܨܒܐ ܐܐܢ :ܗܟܢܐ ܢܙܩܦܘܢܢܝ .ܘܐܠ ܒܗܘ ܢܝܫܐ ܪܒܐ ܕܡܪܝ :ܕܐܙܕܩܦ ܓܝܪ ܬܪܝܨܐܬܝ .ܩܢܛܐ
joyfully lay down my life for your sake. The debt of your love is clearly
great forever, and how much can I repay in these sufferings for your sake?”
Immediately the likeness was taken up toward heaven.
Peter returned to the brothers and sisters and told them what he had
seen and heard, and the brothers and sisters were exceedingly sad. He said
to them, “Do not feel sorrow, my brothers and sisters. Let the will of our
Lord be done. But be strong in this faith that you have received, and you
will not fall away.”
32. Then four men came and arrested Shimeon, so that they might
take him to Caesar. And all the people hastened, rich and poor, and cried
out, saying, “What offense did Shimeon, the servant of God, commit? And
what evil did he do in this city?” Then my lord13 Shimeon raised his hand
gently and silenced them. And he sent them away, each one to his home.14
Then they took Shimeon and threw him into prison.
33. He had administered the oversight of salvation in the city of Rome
for twenty-five years. When he perceived that he would soon glorify God
by death on a cross, he summoned Linus the deacon and made him bishop
of Rome in his place.15 He admonished and ordered him to teach in the
church everything that he had heard him teaching.
34. Then Nero Caesar pronounced a sentence upon him that he would
die by death on a cross. When they brought forth and prepared the cross to
crucify him, he rejoiced and praised our Lord. He beseeched his crucifiers
and said, “I ask of you that, as I wish, they may crucify me in this way, and
not in the great sign of my Lord, for he was crucified upright.16 I fear that if
I am nailed on a cross like he was, by the similarity I might presumptuously
13. The term marí (“my lord”) is frequently used in Syriac literature to refer to
holy people.
14. Cf. John 7:53.
15. This passage provides a foundation story for the Roman episcopate and its
claims to apostolic succession. The ordination of Linus by Peter is also recounted in the
Liberian Catalog from 354 CE (Chronica minora saec. IV. V. [Link]., ed. T. Mommsen,
[Link] 9 [Berlin: Weidmann, 1892], 73); Irenaeus (Haer. 3.3.3)—although Irenaeus
states that Peter and Paul together ordained Linus; Eusebius (Hist. eccl. 5.6.1); Hist.
Paul 12; and Teach. Shim. 6. Cf. Pseudo-Abdias, Pass. Pet. (§15); the apocryphal Epistle
of Clement to James (§2); and Tertullian (Praescr. 32), where Clement is identified as
the one ordained by Peter as the second bishop of Rome.
16. The upright cross is identified by Peter as the sign of the Lord.
114 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܕܒܗ ܒܕܡܘܬܐ .ܐܐܠ 5ܟܕ ܒܬܪ ܪܫܝ ܕܕܡ ܟܕܐܟܘܬܗ ܒܙܩܝܦܐ ܐܬܩܒܥ :ܡܪܚܘܬܐ ܐܩܛܘܦ ܡܢ ܦܚܡܐ ̇
̈ ̈
ܘܥܝܢܝ ܢܢܫܩܘܢ ܠܕܘܟܬܝܐ ܕܨܨܐ ܕܒܗܘܢ ̈ܪܓܐܠ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܠܚܫܐ ܕܚܠܦܝ .ܘܦܘܡܝ ̈
̈ ܡܙܕܩܦܐܐܢ :ܡܬܥܗܕ ܐܐܢ
ܕܠܐܗܐ ܡܠܬܐ ܐܬܩܒܥ̈ .ܙܩܘܦܐ ܕܝܢ ܥܒܕܘ ܠܗ ܐܝܟ ܕܨܒܐ :ܟܕ ܚܕܝܢ ܕܗܟܢܐ ܡܬܥܦܦ ܓܙܪ ܕܝܢܗ.
.35ܘܟܕ ܣܠܩܬ ܢܦܫܗ ܕܩܕܝܫܐ :ܩܪܒ ܗܘܐ ܡܪܩܠܘܣ :ܟܕ ܒܐܢܫ ܐܠ ܐܬܡܠܟ :ܘܐܚܬܗ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ
ܡܢ ܙܩܝܦܐ :ܘܐܣܚܝܗ .ܘܫܚܩ ܚܘܢܛܬܐ ܕܡܘܪܐ 6ܘܕܥܠܘܝ :ܚܢܛܗ .ܘܣܡܗ ܒܓܘܪܐܢ 7ܕܟܐܦܐ ܢܗܝܪܬܐ:
̈
ܣܓܝܐܐ .ܘܣܡܗ ܒܒܬܝ ܩܒܘܪܐ ܕܝܠܗ. ̈
ܒܛܝܡܐ ܘܙܒܝܢܐ
̈
ܕܫܠܝܚܐ :ܒܝܕ ܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ .36ܘܗܟܢܐ ܐܫܬܡܠܝ ܟܘܠܠܗ ܕܛܘܒܢܐ ܡܪܝ ܫܡܥܘܢ :ܒܘܟܪܐ
ܡܪܢ .ܕܠܗ ܫܘܒܚܐ :ܘܥܠܝܢ ̈ܪܚܡܘܗܝ ܠܥܠܡ ܥܠܡܝܢ .ܐܡܝܢ.
[[ .37ܩܠܡܝܣ ܕܝܢ ܬܠܡܝܕܗ ܕܦܛܪܘܣ ܐܬܝܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ .ܘܗܘ ܕܪܫ ܥܡ ܣܝܡܘܢ ܘܚܝܒܗ .ܘܗܘ
̈
ܫ�ܠܝܚܐ .ܘܕܫܒܥܝܢ ܘܬܪܝܢ. ܦܫܩ ܐܓܪܬܐ ܕܥܒ̈ܪܝܐ .ܡܢ ܥܒܪܝܐ ܠܝܘܢܝܐ 8.ܘܗܘ ܐܬܟܒ ܬܫܥܝܬ̈ ܐ ܕܬܪܥܣܪ
17. That is, Peter fears that even being crucified in the same form as Christ will be
presumptuous.
18. This imagery suggests that Peter wanted to be crucified not only upside down
but also with his face turned toward the cross, instead of facing out.
19. The Syriac here is somewhat unclear, but it appears that the crucifiers are
rejoicing that Peter has increased his suffering by being crucified upside down.
20. Literally, a “vessel” or “urn.”
21. Direct conflict between Clement and Simon Magus is not otherwise attested.
22. The tradition that Paul wrote Hebrews in Hebrew and had it translated into
Greek by Luke or Clement goes back at least as early as Origen of Alexandria, accord-
ing to Eusebius of Caesarea (Hist. eccl. 6.25). Eusebius considers Clement the more
likely translator, based on similarities in style and content between Hebrews and 1
Clement (Hist. eccl. 3.38).
23. It is unclear if the author of this postscript counts among these “histories” the
larger cycle of apostolic “histories” of which this Petrine text is the first part.
24. In Luke 10:1, Jesus sends out seventy or seventy-two disciples to preach
the gospel. The Greek manuscripts offer both variants. The Syriac Peshitta gives the
number as seventy, while Jerome favored seventy-two in the Latin Vulgate. Various
authors attempted to construct the list of names, including the third or fourth-century
author of the Pseudo-Hippolytan On the Seventy Apostles. In the thirteenth century,
Solomon of Basra (Lib. apis 49) gives a list of the seventy names and notes that Luke
and Mark were chosen from among them to write gospels.
25. Early Christian texts ascribed to Clement include 1 and 2 Clement, two letters
116 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܣܓܝܐܐ ܣܡ ܐܦܢ ܐܫܬܪܥ ܒܪܚܡܬ ܪܫܢܘܬܐ܀ ܫܠܡܬ ܬܫܥܬܝܗ ܕܢܨܝܚܐ ܦܛܪܘܣ ܫܠܝܚܐ.̈ ̈
ܘܬܟܒܐ
ܨܠܘܬܗ ܥܠ ܬܟܘܒܐ ܚܛܝܐ ܩܫܝܫܐ ܐܒܪܗܝܡ .ܐܡܝܢ]].
4. History of Shimeon Kepha the Chief of the Apostles 117
episcopacy. His history of the glorious Peter the apostle has come to an end.
May his prayer be upon the scribe, the presbyter Abraham, a sinner. Amen.
addressed to virgins, and the Homilies and Recognitions. None of these texts, however,
can be historically linked to a first-century disciple of Peter.
Part 2. The Martyrdom of Paul
5. Martyrdom of the holy Apostle Paul in rome
cAnT 211.v / BHG 1451–1452
contents
The story opens with luke and Titus, two of Paul’s closest disciples, wait-
ing for him in rome. upon arrival, Paul rents a dwelling outside the city
and begins preaching freely. This is presumably meant to connect this text
with the end of Acts (28:16–31), where a similar story is told. The apostle’s
preaching attracts large crowds, including a young man named Patroclus,
a servant of the emperor nero. like the young man eutyches in Acts 20,
Patroclus falls asleep while listening to Paul’s preaching and plummets
from an open window to his death. nero hears of this tragic event and
is greatly grieved. Meanwhile, Paul has already raised Patroclus from the
dead, and the young man returns to the service of the emperor. nero asks
how this came about, and Patroclus says that he was raised by Jesus christ,
the king of all the ages. nero is outraged that Patroclus would follow a rival
and soon discovers that several of his chief bodyguards are also followers
of that eternal king. he therefore orders the christians to be rounded up
and killed.
Paul is among those arrested. nero quickly recognizes that he is the
leader among the christians, and he accuses Paul of being a traitor by
recruiting soldiers for a rival king. Paul confirms that he follows christ
as the true king and is condemned to death by beheading. Many chris-
tians are killed, and finally a crowd of romans gathers before the imperial
palace to call upon nero to stop these executions. The apostle, however,
still must face his fate. Before going to his death, he promises nero that
he will come back from the dead to prove that he is still alive in his king
Jesus christ. Two soldiers named longinus and cescus offer to free Paul
in exchange for their salvation, but Paul refuses to be a deserter. Two other
soldiers arrive from nero to ensure that Paul is dead. They are foils to
longinus and cescus, for their response to Paul’s preaching is cynicism.
-121-
122 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
For Longinus and Cescus, however, Paul tells them to come to his tomb
the next day and meet Titus and Luke, who will baptize them. Paul says a
brief prayer in Hebrew and is then decapitated.
Nero hears this news, but while he is still pondering it in the pres-
ence of members of his court, Paul appears to them. He pronounces the
judgment of God in retaliation for Nero’s cruelty and the spilling of Chris-
tian blood. The emperor immediately releases all the Christian prisoners,
including Patroclus.
At dawn the next morning, Longinus and Cescus come to the tomb of
Paul and see Titus and Luke with Paul praying in the midst of them. They
are taken aback by this sight, and Titus and Luke begin to flee in fear of
their lives. However, the soldiers explain why they are there, and the two
disciples of Paul give them the seal in Christ.
Literary Background
Paul’s letters and the information in the Acts of the Apostles do not address
the end of the apostle’s life. The passing reference in 2 Tim 4:6–8 that Paul
is “already being poured out as a drink offering” offers no additional help.
Many critical scholars doubt that 2 Timothy is the work of the apostle,
and even if it was written by a close disciple of Paul, the epistle still tells
us nothing about Paul’s actual death. Later traditions and legends would
serve to fill in this gap in the evidence. The Martyrdom of Paul is one of
the earliest examples of this. The text circulated independently but is also
transmitted as the final act in the broader Acts of Paul. The Martyrdom
of Paul is thus equivalent to Acts of Paul 14, although Glenn Snyder1 has
argued that the Martyrdom of Paul may (and he argues should) be studied
on its own.
The precise date of this text is unknown, and here the connection of
the Martyrdom of Paul to the larger Acts of Paul becomes important. The
Acts of Paul is typically dated to the end of the second century based upon
two main factors. First, many scholars consider the relation of the Acts of
Paul to the Acts of Peter. Some argue that parts of the Acts of Paul outside
the martyrdom account are dependent on the Acts of Peter. Since the late
second century seems the earliest possible date for the latter text, it is also
the earliest possible date for the former. Second, Tertullian refers to a text
called the Acts of Paul around the year 200. He states that a presbyter in
Asia Minor had written a spurious work of this title out of love for Paul,
but then this presbyter lost his position because the work had been used
to justify the practice of women baptizing (Bapt. 17.5). This detail suggests
that Tertullian has in mind a scene from another part of the Acts of Paul,
namely the Acts of Paul and Thecla, in which Thecla baptizes herself in
an arena. However, if we treat the Martyrdom of Paul as an independent
text, then neither possible literary dependence on the Acts of Peter nor the
reference in Tertullian is determinative of the date. Snyder has suggested a
date for the martyrdom account as early as the reign of the Emperor Trajan
(98–117 CE) based upon the anti-Neronian polemic, while Willy Rordorf
et al.—who, it must be noted, treat the Martyrdom of Paul as part of the
Acts of Paul—suggest a date around 150.
The author and location are also difficult to determine. Tertullian’s
presbyter likely has nothing to do with this text (pace Rordorf), but Asia
Minor may still be its place of production. Indeed, Snyder has favorably
compared the anti-imperial rhetoric in the Martyrdom of Paul to 1 Peter
and Revelation, two texts connected to this region.
Like the Martyrdom of Peter, the Martyrdom of Paul was likely used
for liturgical celebrations of the apostle’s death based on its preservation in
Latin, Syriac, Coptic, and Ethiopic translations. Beyond that it is difficult to
say much about its early use and reception, except that as other texts in this
volume attest, this account had significant influence over later traditions
about Paul’s execution.
Text
The Greek text survives in two papyrus fragments and three manuscripts.
The papyri are Hamburg Pap. bil. 1 (ca. 300 CE) and Barcelona Palau-
Ribes 18 (fifth century). The manuscripts are from the Monastery of St.
John the Theologian in Patmos (MS 48; ninth century), the monastery
of Vatopedi on Mount Athos (MS 79; tenth/eleventh century), and the
municipal library in Ohrid, Macedonia (MS 44; eleventh century). This
last text was discovered in 1962 and prompted a recent edition by Otto
Zwierlein that incorporates all five textual witnesses and replaces the edi-
tion by Richard A. Lipsius. The translation is based upon this Zwierlein
edition, and apart from Zwierlein’s own translation into German, this is
the only available translation based on the most recent edition of the text.
124 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Select Bibliography
Bremmer, Jan N., ed. The Apocryphal Acts of Paul and Thecla. Kampen: Kok
Pharos, 1996.
Eastman, David L. Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin
West. WGRWSup 4. Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2011.
Elliott, J. K., trans. “Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Paul.” Pages 385–88 in
The Apocryphal New Testament. Oxford: Clarendon, 1993.
Erbetta, Mario, trans. “Gli Atti di Paolo: Martirio.” Pages 285–88 in Atti e
leggende. Vol. 2 of Gli apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento. 2nd ed. Turin:
Marietti, 1978.
Hennecke, Edgar, trans. “Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Paul.” Pages
260–63 in vol. 2 of New Testament Apocrypha. Edited by Wilhelm Sch-
neemelcher. English trans. edited by R. McL. Wilson. 5th ed. Louis-
ville: Westminster John Knox, 1993.
Lipsius, Richard A. and Max Bonnet, eds. Μαρτύριον τοῦ ἁγίου ἀποστόλου
Παύλου. Pages 104–17 in vol. 1 of Acta apostolorvm apocrypha post
Constantinvm Tischendorf. Leipzig: Mendelssohn, 1891. Repr.,
Hildesheim: Olms, 1972.
MacDonald, Dennis R. The Legend and the Apostle: The Battle for Paul in
Story and Canon. Philadelphia: Westminster John Knox, 1983.
Moraldi, Luigi, trans. “Martirio di san Paolo apostolo.” Pages 1125–30 in
vol. 2 of Apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento. Turin: Unione, 1971.
Rordorf, Willy, Rodolphe Kasser, and Pierre Cherix, trans. “Actes de Paul.”
Pages 1115–25 and 1172–77 in vol. 1 of Écrits apocryphes chrétiens.
Edited by François Bovon and Pierre Geoltrain. Pléiade 442. Paris:
Gallimard, 1997.
Snyder, Glenn. Acts of Paul: The Formation of a Biblical Canon. WUNT
2/352. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2013.
Tajra, Harry W. The Martyrdom of St. Paul: Historical and Judicial Context,
Traditions, and Legends. WUNT 2/67. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 1994.
Vouaux, Léon, trans. “Séjour à Rome. Martyre.” Pages 278–314 in Les Actes
de Paul et ses lettres apocryphes: Introduction, textes, traduction et com-
mentaire. Paris: Letouzey et Ané, 1913.
5. Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Paul in Rome 125
Zwierlein, Otto, ed. and trans. Μαρτύριον τοῦ ἁγίου Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου
ἐν Ῥώμῃ. Pages 426–49 in Petrus in Rom: Die literarischen Zeugnisse.
2nd ed. UALG 96. Berlin: de Gruyter, 2010.
Μαρτύριον τοῦ ἁγίου Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἐν Ῥώμῃ
-126-
Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Paul in Rome
1. Luke, who had come from Gaul,1 and Titus, who had come from Dal-
matia, were awaiting Paul in Rome.2 When Paul saw them he rejoiced and
rented a barn outside Rome in which he was teaching the word of truth
with the brothers and sisters.3 He became famous, and many souls were
being added to the Lord, so there was a certain sound going out in Rome.
And a great crowd came out to him from the house of Caesar and imme-
diately believed in the word,4 so that there was great joy for Paul and those
hearing. A certain cupbearer of Caesar, named Patroclus, came to the barn
one evening but was not able to go in to Paul because of the crowd.5 After
sitting on a certain high window, he was hearing the word of God. But
because the wicked devil was jealous of the love in the Lord and the salva-
tion of the brothers and sisters, Patroclus dozed off, fell down from the
1. The connection between Paul’s missionary circle and Gaul is probably related
to the perceived ambiguity in 2 Tim 4:10, where Titus went to Dalmatia and Cre-
scens went εἰς Γαλατίαν. The name Γαλατία (Galatia) was used in antiquity to refer
to both Galatia, the eastern region of Paul’s first missionary activity, and to Gaul.
Some patristic authors assumed it meant the latter, and some manuscripts of 2 Timo-
thy include the variant εἰς Γαλλίαν (Gallia)—no doubt meant to clarify that Crescens
was in fact in Gaul. Ironically the strongest textual evidence and interpretative sup-
port for Crescens’s Gallic mission come from the Greek East, not the Latin West. For
more discussion of this debate, see David L. Eastman, Paul the Martyr: The Cult of
the Apostle in the Latin West, WGRWSup 4 (Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature,
2011), 124–26. The three primary manuscripts of our text all read ἀπο Γαλλιῶν (from
the Gallians = Gaul). While the Latin translation (Pseudo-Linus, Mart. Paul 1) and
one Coptic manuscript preserve the potentially ambiguous Galatia, there is no such
ambiguity with the term Gallia.
2. Cf. 2 Tim 4:10–11.
3. Cf. Acts 28:16. The text literally says, “Men and brothers,” but Paul is speaking
to a mixed audience.
4. Phil 4:22.
5. Cf. Mark 2:4.
-127-
128 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
νυστάξας ἀπὸ τῆς θυρίδος, ἔπεσεν κάτω καὶ ἀπέπνευσεν, ὡς ἀποθανόντα αὐτὸν
ταχέως ἀναγγελθῆναι τῷ Νέρωνι ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκετῶν.
συνιδὼν δὲ τῷ πνεύματι ὁ Παῦλος εἶπεν· ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἔσχεν ὁ πονηρὸς
τόπον, ὅπως ἡμᾶς πειράσῃ· ὑπάγετε ἔξω, καὶ εὑρήσετε παῖδα πεπτωκότα
μέλλοντα ἐκπνέειν. τοῦτον ἐνέγκατε πρός με. καὶ ἀπελθόντες ἤνεγκαν αὐτῷ τὸν
παῖδα. ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι ἐταράχθησαν. καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Παῦλος· νῦν ἡμῶν ἡ πίστις
φανήτω· δεῦτε πάντες, κλαύσωμεν πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν,
ἵνα ζήσῃ οὗτος καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀνενόχλητοι μείνωμεν. καὶ πάντων εὐξαμένων πρὸς
κύριον ἀνέστη ὁ παῖς καὶ ἀνέλαβεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ· καὶ καθιστάντες αὐτὸν
ἀποπέμπουσιν μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας τοῦ Καίσαρος.
2. ὁ δὲ Καῖσαρ ἀκούσας τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Πατρόκλου μεγάλως ἐλυπήθη καὶ
ἐλθὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ βαλανείου ἄλλον ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι, ἐπὶ τοῦ οἴνου. οἱ δὲ παῖδες
εἶπον αὐτῷ· Καῖσαρ, Πάτροκλος ζῇ καὶ ἕστηκεν ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης.
καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν εἰσελθεῖν. καὶ εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἶπεν·
Πάτροκλε, ζῇς;
ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· ζῶ.
καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ εἶπεν· καὶ τίς ὁ ποιήσας σε ζῆσαι;
φρονήματι δὲ πίστεως φερόμενος ὁ Πάτροκλος εἶπεν· Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὁ
βασιλεὺς τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου καὶ τῶν αἰώνων.
ὁ δὲ Καῖσαρ ἐταράχθη καὶ εἶπεν· ἐκεῖνος οὖν μέλλει βασιλεύειν τῶν αἰώνων,
καὶ καταλύειν πάσας τὰς βασιλείας τὰς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν;
καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πάτροκλος εἶπεν· ναί, καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς βασιλεύει ἐν
οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς, καὶ οὐ μόνον τὰς βασιλείας τὰς ὑπὸ
τὸν οὐρανὸν καταλύει, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν σκότους καὶ ἐξουσίαν θανάτου καὶ
δύναμιν πονηράν. καὶ αὐτός ἐστι μόνος οὗ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος εἰς
τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν βασιλεία ἥτις διαφεύξεται αὐτόν.
ὁ δὲ ῥαπίσας εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ εἶπεν· Πάτροκλε, καὶ σὺ στρατεύει
τῷ βασιλεῖ τούτῳ;
καὶ εἶπεν· ναί, καὶ γὰρ αὐτός μέ ἤγειρεν τεθνεῶτα.
5. Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Paul in Rome 129
window, and died.6 It was quickly reported to Nero by his household ser-
vants that he had died.
Paul perceived it in his spirit and said, “Brothers and sisters, the evil
one has had an opportunity to test us. Go outside, and you will find a youth
who has just fallen and died. Bring him to me.” They went out and brought
the youth to him. Seeing this the crowds were troubled, but Paul said, “Now
let our faith be seen. All of you come, and let us cry out to our Lord Jesus
Christ, so that this youth may live and we may remain undisturbed.” After
they had all prayed to the Lord, the youth arose and regained his breath.
They set him on a beast and sent him away with the others from the house
of Caesar.
2. When Caesar heard about the death of Patroclus, he was deeply
grieved. Having come back from the bath, he ordered another to take
charge of the wine. But his servants said to him, “Caesar, Patroclus is alive
and is standing at the table.”
Caesar ordered him to come, and after he had come, he said, “Patro-
clus, are you alive?”
And Patroclus said, “I am alive.”
Caesar said, “Who made you alive?”
Empowered by the strength of his faith, Patroclus said, “Jesus Christ,
the king of the whole world and the ages.”7
Caesar was troubled and said, “Is that one, then, going to rule through-
out the ages and destroy all the kingdoms under heaven?”8
Patroclus answered and said, “Yes, for he rules in heaven and on earth,
namely Jesus Christ. He destroys not only the kingdoms under heaven, but
also every empire of darkness and the power of death and wicked authori-
ty.9 He alone is the one whose kingdom will have no end forever, and there
is no kingdom that will escape him.”
But Nero struck him on the face and said, “Patroclus, are you also a
soldier10 of that king?”
And he said, “Yes, for he raised me from the dead.”
6. This story has obvious connections to the account of Eutychus in Acts 20:7–12.
7. 1 Tim 1:17.
8. Cf. Dan 7:27.
9. 1 Cor 15:24–26.
10. The use of military language may be inspired by texts such as 1 Tim 1:18;
2 Tim 2:3, 4:7. See also Adolf von Harnack, Militia Christi: Die christliche Religion und
der Soldatenstand in den ersten drei Jahrhunderten (Tübingen: Mohr, 1905).
130 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
χαιρόμενος ὑπάγω πρὸς αὐτόν, ἵνα κἀγὼ ἔλθω μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ
πατρὸς αὐτοῦ.
λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· καὶ πῶς τραχηλοκοπηθέντος σοῦ ἡμεῖς ζήσομεν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ;
5. ἔτι δὲ αὐτῶν ταῦτα λαλούντων πέμπει ὁ Νέρων Παρθένιον καὶ Φέρητα
ἰδεῖν εἰ ἤδη τετραχηλοκόπηται ὁ Παῦλος· καὶ εὗρον αὐτὸν ἔτι ζῶντα. καὶ
προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Παῦλος εἶπεν· πιστεύσατε τῷ ζῶντι, θεῷ, τῷ κἀμὲ
καὶ τοὺς πιστεύσαντας αὐτῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείροντι.
οἱ δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ· ὑπάγομεν πρὸς Νέρωνα τέως· καὶ ὅταν ἀποθάνῃς καὶ
ἐγερθῇς, πιστεύομεν τότε τῷ θεῷ σου.
τοῦ δὲ Λογγίνου καὶ τοῦ Κέσκου δεομένων περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν
εἶπεν ὁ Παῦλος· ταχέως πορευθέντες ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον μου εὑρήσετε δύο ἄνδρας
προσευχομένους, Τίτον καὶ Λουκᾶν· κἀκεῖνοι ὑμῖν δώσουσιν τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ
σφραγῖδα. καὶ στραφεὶς ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς ἀνατολὰς ἐκτείνας τὰς χεῖρας ηὔχετο
ἐπὶ πολὺ τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ. καὶ καταπαύσας τὴν προσευχὴν ἐκοινώνησεν
αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον καὶ εἰπὼν τὸ ἀμὴν προέτεινεν τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ ἀποτμηθῆναι.
σιγῶντος δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ μηκέτι λαλοῦντος ἀπετίναξεν αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὁ
στρατιώτης. ὡς δὲ ἀπετμήθη ἡ κεφαλή αὐτοῦ γάλα ἐπύτισεν εἰς τοὺς χιτῶνας
τοῦ στρατιώτου. καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ παρεστῶτες ὄχλοι ἐθαύμασαν καὶ ἐδόξασαν
τὸν θεὸν τὸν δόντα τοιαύτην χάριν τῷ Παύλῳ. ἀπελθόντες δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ
Νέρωνι τὰ γεγονότα.
6. θαυμάζοντος δὲ καὶ διαποροῦντος τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἦλθεν ὁ Παῦλος ὡς περὶ
ὥραν ἐνάτην ἑστώτων πολλῶν μετὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος φιλοσόφων τε καὶ ἀρχόντων
καὶ πλουσίων καὶ ἐπισήμων, συμπαρόντος καὶ τοῦ ἑκατοντάρχου. καὶ πᾶσιν
φανεὶς ὁ Παῦλος εἶπεν· Καῖσαρ, ἴδε ὅτι ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ στρατιώτης οὐκ ἀπέθανεν,
ἀλλὰ ζῇ. σοὶ δὲ ἔσται πολλὰ κακά, ἀνθ’ ὧν αἷμα πολλῶν δικαίων ἐξέχεας, καὶ οὐ
5. Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Paul in Rome 135
Christ my king, I go away to him rejoicing, so that I may also come with
him in the glory of his Father.”23
They said to him, “And how, after you have been beheaded, will we live
in him?”
5. While they were still saying these things, Nero sent Parthenius and
Pheres to see if Paul had already been decapitated, and they found him still
alive. Paul called them to him and said, “Believe in the living God, who will
raise from the dead both me and those who have believed in him.”24
But they said to him, “We are going back to Nero in the meantime, but
after you die and rise, then we will believe in your God.”
Because Longinus and Cescus were inquiring about their salvation,25
Paul said, “Go quickly [at dawn]26 to my tomb, and you will find two men
praying—Titus and Luke. They will give you the seal in Christ.” After turn-
ing to the east and stretching out his hands, Paul prayed for a long time
in the Hebrew language.27 He ended his prayer and shared the word with
them. Then he said the “amen” and stretched out his neck to be severed.
When he was silent and no longer speaking, the soldier28 cut off his head.
As his head was cut off, milk spurted onto the clothes of the soldier. After
they saw this, the crowds standing there were amazed and glorified God,
who had given such grace to Paul.29 They went away and reported to Nero
the things that had happened.
6. While Caesar was still amazed and at a loss, Paul came at around the
ninth hour,30 when many philosophers and leaders—both rich and distin-
guished—were standing with Caesar, and when the centurion was present.
Appearing to them all, Paul said, “Caesar, see that the soldier of God did
not die but lives. There will be great evil for you on account of the many
23. Mark 8:38; Matt 16:27; Luke 9:26. The natural human reaction is to avoid
death, but Paul does not fear the sword, because physical execution does not truly
bring death.
24. Rom 8:11.
25. Cf. 1 Pet 1:10.
26. Some manuscripts insert ὄρθρου here.
27. On Paul’s ability to speak Hebrew (or perhaps Aramaic), see Acts 21:40, 22:2,
26:14.
28. Some manuscripts read σπεκουλάτωρ (“executioner”), a loanword from the
Latin speculator. The presence of a loanword from Latin is a likely indication that these
manuscripts represent later textual traditions.
29. Cf. Matt 9:8.
30. That is, around 3:00 p.m.
136 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
μετὰ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ἔσται σοι ταῦτα. ὁ δὲ Νέρων ταραχθεὶς ἐκέλευσεν λυθῆναι
πάντας τοὺς δεσμίους, τόν τε Πάτροκλον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἅπαντας.
7. καὶ ὡς ἐτάξατο ὁ Παῦλος, ὄρθρου πορευθεὶς ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος καὶ οἱ σὺν
αὐτῷ μετὰ φόβου καὶ δειλίας προσήρχοντο τῷ τάφῳ Παύλου. καὶ ἐγγίσαντες
εἶδον ἄνδρας προσευχομένους, Τίτον καὶ Λουκᾶν καὶ μέσον τὸν Παῦλον ἑστῶτα,
ὥστε ἐκπλαγῆναι αὐτοὺς ἰδόντας. Τίτος δὲ καὶ Λουκᾶς ἄνθρωποι ὄντες καὶ
φοβηθέντες ἔφυγον. τῶν δὲ διωκόντων καὶ καταλαβόντων αὐτοὺς εἶπον· οὐκ εἰς
θάνατον ὑμᾶς διώκομεν, δοῦλοι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον δῶτε ἡμῖν,
καθὼς ἐνετείλατο ἡμῖν Παῦλος ὁ μεθ’ ὑμῶν πρὸ μικροῦ μέσος προσευχόμενος.
καὶ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες ἀπεδέξαντο αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἔδωκαν
αὐτοῖς τὴν ἐν Χριστῷ σφραγῖδα χάριτι τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ
δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν.
5. Martyrdom of the Holy Apostle Paul in Rome 137
righteous people whose blood you spilled, and these things will happen to
you after not many days.” Nero was troubled and ordered that all the pris-
oners be set free, including Patroclus and all those remaining.
7. As Paul had ordered, at dawn the centurion and those with him went
with fear and hesitation and approached the tomb of Paul. They drew near
and saw men praying—Titus and Luke—and Paul standing in their midst.
They saw this and were astounded. Titus and Luke, being men and fearful,
started to flee. But after they pursued and laid hold of them, they said, “We
pursue you not to kill you,31 servants of Christ, but so that you may give us
eternal life, just as Paul—the one who was praying in your midst just a little
bit ago—commanded us.” After they heard these things, Titus and Luke
received them, glorified God, and gave them the seal in Christ, by the grace
of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be glory forever. Amen.32
Contents
-139-
140 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Martyrdom of Paul was a gnostic text of the late second century. This text
is more explicitly “orthodox” than the Greek Martyrdom of Paul, not less.
in these ways the additions mirror those in Pseudo- linus, Martyrdom
of Peter, but the styles of the two Pseudo-linus authors are demonstrably
different. The common ascription to linus may result from the fact that
these two texts were usually copied together in manuscripts and were likely
used together on the joint festival day of the apostles (June 29).1
literary Background
The date of this text is difficult to establish precisely. While it does not
reveal direct dependence on Pseudo-linus’s Martyrdom of Peter, it is pos-
sible that this Pseudo-linus takes his inspiration from the Petrine example.
if this is correct, then a date in the fifth or sixth century is likely. As a
number of texts in this volume attest, this was a popular period for the
production of martyrdom accounts about the apostles, but it is impossible
to establish this date with any certainty.
linus, traditionally identified as the second bishop of rome,2 cannot
be the author of this text. in the Acts of nereus and Achilleus, there is a
reference to a text addressed from linus to the churches in the east. Gérard
Poupon argues that this passage was incorrectly applied to this text and to
Pseudo-linus’s Martyrdom of Peter,3 so there is in fact no historical reason
to connect this text with even an author posing as linus.
rome is the likely place of production due to details like the author’s
inclusion of the roman senate in the narrative; but nothing in the text would
specifically eliminate other locations in the latin West as a possibility.
Text
Select Bibliography
Eastman, David L. Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin
West. WGRWSup 4. Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2011.
Erbetta, Mario, trans. “La Passione di Paolo dello Ps. Lino.” Pages 289–96
in Atti e leggende. Vol. 2 of Gli apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento. 2nd ed.
Turin: Marietti, 1978.
Lipsius, Richard A. Pages 2.1:84–109, 142–73 in Die apokryphen Apostelge-
schichten und Apostellegenden. Braunschweig: Schwetschke, 1887.
Lipsius, Richard A. and Max Bonnet, eds. Martyrium beati Petri apostoli a
Lino episcopo conscriptum. Pages 23–44 in vol. 1 of Acta apostolorvm
apocrypha post Constantinvm Tischendorf. Leipzig: Mendelssohn,
1891. Repr., Hildesheim: Olms, 1972.
Migne, J.-P., trans. “Passion de saint Paul.” Pages 665–74 in vol. 2 of Dic-
tionnaire des apocryphes. Paris: Migne, 1858.
Peebles, Rose Jeffries. The Legend of Longinus in Ecclesiastical Tradition and
in English Literature. Baltimore: Furst, 1911 (esp. pp. 5–31).
Tajra, Harry W. The Martyrdom of St. Paul: Historical and Judicial Context,
Traditions, and Legends. WUNT 2/67. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 1994.
Martyrium Pauli apostoli a lino conscriptum
-144-
Martyrdom of Paul the Apostle Written by linus
1. After luke had come to rome from Galatia,1 and Titus from dalmatia,
they waited for Paul in the city. When Paul came and saw them, he rejoiced
greatly and rented a barn for himself outside the city, where he held discus-
sions concerning the word of life with these and other brothers and sisters.2
Meanwhile he began to assemble a very great multitude, and by the grace
of God many souls were being added to the faith through him, so that
the sound of his preaching and sanctity rose through the whole city, and
his fame went out through the entire region. now indeed he became well
known to the roman world with signs and wonders and great teaching and
extraordinary sanctity.
A great throng of those believing in the lord Jesus christ was also
coming to him from the house of caesar, and great joy and gladness were
daily growing among the faithful. But the teacher of the emperor was
joined closely to Paul in friendship, seeing in him divine knowledge, such
that he was scarcely able to restrain himself from conversation with Paul.
Thus, if he was not able to speak to him face-to-face, he took delight in his
pleasantness and friendship, and in his conversation and counsel, through
letters frequently sent and received.3 By the action of the holy spirit, Paul’s
teaching was being widely disseminated and well received, so that now he
was teaching legally and was being heard freely by many people. he was
debating with the philosophers of the unbelievers and convincing them, so
that very many of them were giving themselves to his teaching. A teacher
of caesar read certain of his writings in the emperor’s presence and showed
-145-
146 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
him to be admirable in all things. Even the Senate had a particularly high
opinion of him.4
2. Then on a certain day, when Paul was devoted to teaching, at around
evening he was speaking to crowds in an upper room. A certain Patroclus,
one dear to the emperor and his cupbearer, withdrew from the emper-
or’s presence and went out to the barn where Paul was lodging, so that he
might hear the instructions of eternal life. He had been invited to this barn
and led in his soul by his companions and very close friends of Caesar, who
were eagerly following the teachings of Paul out of their close allegiance
to him. But when Patroclus was not able to go in to Paul because of the
multitude of people, he climbed to a very high window and sat in it, so
that he could better hear the word of God. Because his soul was burning,
he desired to be made new by the preaching of Paul. But when Paul kept
preaching for a long time, and the young man became weary and sleepy,
the jealousy of the wicked devil was grieved at how zealously the young
man showed his love for the word of God and the apostle himself. He made
the young man sleep just a little, and Patroclus fell from this very high
window and breathed out his spirit.
Immediately after Nero returned from the bath, this was announced
to him, for he very often asked this beloved youth to come to him. The
emperor was deeply saddened in his soul because of the death of Patroclus
and installed another to take his place as the wine servant, so that this one
could hand him the goblet.
3. Paul immediately knew through the Spirit what had occurred and
said to the people, “Brothers and sisters,5 the evil one has found an occa-
sion to test you, but the Lord Jesus Christ, in his usual way, will turn wick-
edness to his own glory. Go outside, therefore, and you will find a young
man, beloved of Caesar, who fell from a height and now lies dead. Lift him
up and quickly bring him here to me.”
They went out quickly and immediately brought the dead youth.
The crowds were amazed, however, at how Paul knew the affair in detail,
although no one had told him about it. Paul said to the crowds, “Now your
faith in the Lord Jesus Christ will be made manifest. It is indeed time that
the seed of eternal life, which has fallen onto good soil, should bear fruit a
4. These claims about Paul’s high standing with Caesar’s teacher and the Senate
are not present in the Greek Martyrdom of Paul, on which most of this story otherwise
depends.
5. Literally, “Men and brothers,” but Paul is speaking to a mixed audience.
148 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
hundredfold from what was planted.6 Draw near, therefore, to the Lord our
God with full faith,7 and let us entreat him so that the spirit in that young
man’s corpse may be restored, and he may live better than he had lived.”
When everyone had fallen down and cried out in prayer, Paul said, “Young
Patroclus, get up and declare how much God has done for you.” At the
sound of Paul’s voice, Patroclus immediately rose up as if from sleep and
began to glorify God, who had given such great power to people.8 Paul sent
him away with the others who were from the house of Caesar, and they all
went out rejoicing and exulting in the Lord, who does the will of those who
fear him and hears their prayers.9
4. While Nero was lamenting Patroclus and was overwhelmed with the
depth of his sadness, they10 came before Caesar and said, “Lord, let your
greatness not be weighed down by distress over the death of the young
man, for he is alive and is in front of your doors.” When Caesar heard that
Patroclus was alive—the one he learned was dead just a little earlier—he
was terrified in his heart and was reluctant to let him enter and stand in
his presence. But when he had been persuaded by his many friends, he
ordered him to enter.
Seeing him fully alive and having no signs of death, he was amazed and
said to him, “Patroclus, are you alive?”
And he responded, “Caesar, I am alive.”
Nero said, “Who made you alive?”
Enlivened in heart and kindled by the heat of his faith, Patroclus said
to him, “The Lord Jesus Christ, the King of all the ages.”
Nero was troubled by the name of the power of God and said to the
young man, “He, therefore, is to reign throughout the ages and abolish all
the kingdoms of the world?”11
Patroclus said, “Yes, Caesar, he will destroy all the kingdoms that are
under heaven, and all the kingdoms that are under heaven will serve him.
He is the only King of kings and Lord of lords.”12
Nero struck him on the cheek and said, “Are you therefore a soldier of
that King?”
Patroclus rejoiced and said, “Yes, for he raised me from the dead.”
5. Then Barnabas, Justus, a certain Paul, Arion the Cappadocian, and
Festus the Galatian,13 who were servants of Caesar and constantly attended
him, said to Nero, “Why, Caesar, do you strike this young man, who judges
rightly and responds most prudently and truthfully? For we are also sol-
diers of that unconquered King, Jesus Christ our Lord.” When Nero heard
them say with one accord and the same profession that Jesus was the
unconquered King, he sent them to prison in order to torture greatly those
he had previously loved greatly. He ordered the servants of that great King
to be found, and he issued an edict that wherever they were found, all the
soldiers of Christ should be punished through various tortures without
any questioning.14 Thus, through extensive searching by the servants of the
republic, and with the help of the storehouse of wickedness,15 the servants
of God were sought and found. How many of them were led into the pres-
ence of Caesar!
6. Among these Paul was brought and bound, bearing his usual chains
for the name of Christ. All those bound were looking toward him at the
same time, such that without any other indication Nero was easily able to
discern that he presided over the soldiers of the great King. Knowing that
Paul was the leader and chief of the servants of Christ, Nero said to him,
“You, oh man, who are a servant of the great King but have been captured
by me, why did it seem good to you to enter the kingdom of the Romans in
secrecy, undermine me, and gather soldiers for that King from among the
best of my army?”
Paul, however, was constantly filled with the Holy Spirit and said to
Caesar in the hearing of all those who were able to be present, “Nero, we
gather soldiers not only from your region, but also from the entire world.
I was ordered not to reject anyone from any nation who wishes to be a
soldier for my eternal King. The Lord of all is able to give the most lavish
gifts to all from his generous hand16 according to the merit of each one. If
indeed it also seems good to you to believe in him and obey him faithfully,
13. Or Festus the Gaul. The list in Mart. Paul 2 does not include Barnabas or the
other Paul, and the name Orion appears in place of Arion.
14. In other words, these Christians were being denied a legal process.
15. This is presumably a reference to Satan.
16. Ps 145:16.
152 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
noli putare, quia diuitiae huius saeculi, splendor aut gloria saluare te
debeant; sed si subiectus illi fueris, in perpetuum saluus eris. cum enim
uenerit iudicare uiuos et mortuos, deuastabit huius mundi figuram per
ignem, et ante mundi constitutionem parata et a saeculis occulta militibus
suis donatiua, quae numquam deficient et quae omnem excludent indi-
gentiam, largietur.
7. haec audiens Nero et ira succensus, quia mundi figuram per ignem
Paulus dixerat resoluendam, iussit omnes Christi milites igne cremari,
Paulum autem senatus consultu tamquam maiestatis reum capite secun-
dum Romanas leges truncari; tradiditque eum Longino et Megisto prae-
fectis atque Acesto centurioni, ut illum extra urbem ducentes et populo
spectaculum de eius occisione praebentes decollari praeciperent. quibus
Paulus sine intermissione uerbum praedicabat salutis.
ministros etiam et apparitores per omnem ciuitatem et circa regionem
cum uelocitate Nero diaboli exagitatus operatione direxit, qui summa dili-
gentia perscrutarentur latitantes et manifestos simul interficerent Chris-
tianos. unde tam multiplex occisa est turba Christianorum, ut populus
Romanus palacium uirtute irrumperet et seditionem contra Caesarem
excitare moliens proclamaret: pone modum, Caesar, iniustissimae ius-
6. Pseudo-Linus, Martyrdom of the Blessed Apostle Paul 153
then he will not disappoint you.17 Do not think that anything else—the
riches of this world, splendor, or glory—is necessary to save you. But if
you will be subject to him, you will be saved for eternity. When he comes
to judge the living and the dead,18 he will destroy the form of this world by
fire.19 Before the foundation of the world,20 the lavish gifts that he will give
to his soldiers were prepared and hidden from the world. They will never
waste away21 and will eliminate all want.”
7. Hearing these things Nero was inflamed with anger. Because Paul
had said that the form of the world must be destroyed through fire, he
ordered that all the soldiers of Christ be consumed by fire.22 But as for
Paul, by the decree of the Senate, and as if it were a case of treason,23 Nero
ordered that his head be cut off according to the Roman laws. He handed
Paul over to the prefects Longinus24 and Megistus and the centurion Aces-
tus, so that they could lead him outside the city and make a spectacle of
his death for the people by having him decapitated. Paul was preaching the
word of salvation to them without interruption.
But Nero, who had been roused by the agency of the devil, quickly
sent agents and deputies throughout the entire city and around the region.
With the utmost diligence they were seeking out the Christians who were
hidden and killing those who were found. Thus, so great a multitude of
Christians was killed that the Roman people rushed into the palace by
force, and attempting to incite an uprising against Caesar they cried out,
“Put an end, caesar, to this most unjust command! restrain your irrational
fury! let your wrath be satisfied, because this goes beyond the limits of
cruelty. The ones whom you kill are our own, and they defend the roman
empire. caesar, you are undermining roman strength, which was terrify-
ing to all nations based on the vast number of soldiers.” Then nero was
frightened by the cries of the people and published another edict, so that
no one would dare to seize christians or inflict any harm on them, until a
full report concerning the accusation against each one was sent to caesar.
8. for this reason Paul was once again brought into his presence. how-
ever, as nero saw him, he cried out loudly and said, “Take him away! Take
away this evildoer! cut off the head of this imposter! do not permit this
enchanter to live! destroy this distorter of the senses! remove this changer
of minds from the surface of the earth!”
Paul said to him, “nero, i will suffer for a short time, but i will live
forever with my God and the eternal King, the lord Jesus christ, who will
come to judge the earth with fire.”
nero said to longinus, Megistus, and Acestus, “remove his head
quickly. let him delude himself about eternal life but understand that i am
the unconquered king—i who chained him and conquered him by striking
him down.”
Paul said, “nero, so that you may know after my decapitation that i live
eternally with my unconquered King, but that you have been conquered—
you who now think that you are the conqueror—i will appear to you alive
after my head has been cut off. And you will be able to understand that
death and life are subservient to my lord Jesus christ. every kingdom
belongs to him, and he will give it to whomever he wishes. every victory is
his, and he causes to triumph greatly whomever he wants to be victorious.
he alone is the unconquered King forever.” With these words Paul was led
away to punishment.
9. When he was being led away, longinus, Megistus, and Acestus said
to him, “Tell us, Paul, where is that King, and where did he appear to you?25
And how do you know him? And what good did or will he confer upon
you, because you christians love him so fervently that you are willing to
give your assent to no part of our religion, although this would allow you
to live and enjoy the good things of this life? instead, with total delight you
25. The forms of “you” in this passage are all plural, suggesting that they are asking
Paul to speak on behalf of christians in general.
156 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
simulacra uana non sunt dii sed hominum factura et daemonia in eisdem
facturis latentia. quae licet in hoc concordari uideantur quia unanimiter
perditionem humani generis cupiunt, sibi tamen inuicem modis diuersis-
simis dissident. non est enim pax impiis, dicit dominus. in causa namque
est illud, cur homines festinant perdere et sibi socios in paenis habere, quia
sciunt in caelestem habitationem homines ascensuros per Dei gratiam,
unde ipsi spiritus ceciderunt per superbiam. uiri urbani, sensu cognoscite
quia deitatis nomen per plures nequaquam diuiditur, quoniam unus Deus
a quo omnia, et unus dominus Iesus Christus per quem sunt omnia, et unus
Spiritus Sanctus in quo consistunt uniuersa, cui fideliter fidelia obtemper-
ant omnia, et non est scisma in diuinitate quia caret pluralitate.
attendite, ciues Romani, unde discordia nata fuerit, et qua ratione
accrescens sic longe lateque miserabiliter adoleuerit, et cur tam multiplicia
non numina sed miserabilia emerserint deorum portenta, uidelicet quia
multi coeperunt uelle fieri principes ac tyranni et dominatores, non uitio-
rum sed hominum suae naturae consortium, unde ignorantiae tempestate
demersi et baratro elationis suae deiecti unusquisque potestatis suae deum
aut mutuauit aut statuit. unde et dicitur, quia primus in orbe timor creauit
deos. ad tantam miseri homines peruenerunt dementiam ut sic miser-
rimos homines sibi deos constituerent, quibus fierent similes ut mortem
pessimam deuitarent. sed et quidam eorum, quoniam non probauerunt
deum habere in notitiam, traditi sunt in uoluntates suas, ut exercerent illa
opera quae leges Romanae puniunt cum execratione, et impletum est in
6. Pseudo-linus, Martyrdom of the Blessed Apostle Paul 159
itself. Give attention to the fact that those worthless images are not gods
but the creations of human beings, and demons are concealed in these cre-
ations.30 it is possible that these demons may seem to be of one accord,
because they all seek the destruction of the human race; however, they are
at odds with each other in a great variety of ways. ‘There is no peace for
the wicked, says the lord.’31 This, then, is the reason why people rush to
die and to have their friends with them in these punishments, because they
know that people will ascend through the grace of God into the heavenly
abode, from which those [evil] spirits fell because of their pride.32 learned
ones, know by discernment that the name of the Godhead is in no way
divided among many, because there is one God by whom all things were
made, and one lord Jesus christ through whom all things exist,33 and one
holy spirit in whom all things have their existence and to whom all faithful
things comply faithfully. There is no division in the Godhead, because it is
free from plurality.34
“Pay attention, roman citizens, to where discord was born; and to why
it increased so deeply and so widely and unfortunately expanded; and to
why so great a number of not divinely-willed, but wretched, portents of
the gods have emerged. obviously it is because many have begun to wish
to become leaders and tyrants and rulers, not of their vices but of those
who share in their own nature. As a result they are submerged in a storm
of ignorance and hurled down into the abyss of their own exaltation. each
one has either borrowed or established a god by his own power. Thus it is
said, ‘The first one to create gods in the world was fear.’35 Wretched people
arrived at such a level of folly that they set up the most wretched people
as their gods, and they became like them, so that they might avoid the
worst death. But certain ones of them, because they did not show that they
held God in esteem, were handed over to their own desires,36 so that they
were carrying out those deeds that the roman laws punish with a curse.
illis, quod dictum est uerbis sanctissimis: similes illis, inquit, fiant qui faci-
unt ea. fecerunt enim sibi deos miseros et facti sunt ipsi miseri atque ad
tantam sunt insaniam deuoluti ut trunco ligni dicant: deus noster es, et
lapidi: adiuua nos, stipitemque fabrefactum adorent, qui eius sunt astulis
calefacti.
12. ad haec multae audientium turbae eleuantes uocem in planctum
dixerunt: errauimus, peccauimus, inique egimus, doctor salutis ac ueritatis
et aeternae uitae ostensor, miserere nostri, ut eruamur a laqueis peccato-
rum et possimus euadere ignem, quo exuretur mundus et quisque crucia-
bitur infidelis et pessimus.
tunc Paulus ait: o uiri fratres, quorum deus cor suo spiritu tetigit, state
uiriliter in fide. nam ministri aeternae salutis aderunt a quibus baptizabi-
mini, et bene perseuerantes in caritate domini nostri iesu christi salui
eritis in aeternum.
longinus quoque et Megistus et Acestus secretius alloquentes apos-
tolum dixerunt: rogamus te, domine, fac nos adscribi in militia regis
aeterni, ut possimus uenturum ignem euadere et regni perpetui participes
fieri: et dimittemus te, uel quocunque potius decreueris pergere, erimus
tibi itineris comites et usque ad mortem parentes.
quibus Paulus dixit: fratres mei, non sum profugus sed miles legitimus
regis mei. si enim scirem quia morerer et non potius ad uitam et gloriam
per hanc mortem peruenirem, non solum facerem quae rogatis, sed ego
hoc a uobis deposcerem. nunc autem non in uacuum cucurri per multas
passiones, nec sine causa patior. nam restat mihi corona iustitiae, quam
reddet mihi cui credidi et de quo certus existo quoniam ad illum uado et
cum ipso ueniam in claritate sua et Patris ac sanctorum angelorum iudi-
care orbem terrarum. propterea mortem istam contempno et uestram peti-
tionem ut abscedam non obaudiam neque faciam.
6. Pseudo-linus, Martyrdom of the Blessed Apostle Paul 161
And in them is fulfilled what is said in the most holy writings, ‘let those
who make them become like them.’37 indeed, they made for themselves
wretched gods and were themselves made wretched, and they fell headlong
to such insanity that they would say to a chunk of wood, ‘you are our god,’
and to a stone, ‘help us.’38 Those who worship a hewn log are also warmed
by its splinters.”
12. in response to these things, great crowds of those listening raised
their voice in lamentation and said, “We have erred! We have sinned! We
have acted unjustly! oh, teacher of salvation and truth, revealer of eternal
life, have mercy on us, so that we may be rescued from the snares of sin and
may be able to escape the fire by which the world will be consumed and
each faithless and very wicked person will be tormented.”
Then Paul said, “Brothers and sisters, whose God has touched your
hearts by his spirit, stand strong in the faith, for there will be ministers of
eternal salvation by whom you will be baptized. And if you persevere well
in the love of our lord Jesus christ, then you will be saved for eternity.”
longinus, Megistus, and Acestus spoke to the apostle separately and
said, “We entreat you, sir, to enlist us in the army of the eternal King, so
that we may be able to escape the coming fire and may be participants in
the eternal kingdom. We will release you wherever you decide it is best to
go and will be your traveling companions and servants until death.”
Paul said to them, “My brothers and sisters, i am not a deserter but am
a faithful soldier of my King. if i knew that i would die and would not go
on to life and glory through this death, then not only would i do what you
ask, but i would beg this from you. now, however, i did not run in vain39
through many sufferings, nor do i suffer for no reason. There remains for
me a crown of justice, which the one in whom i have believed, and about
whom i remain certain, will give to me.40 i am going to him and will come
with him in his splendor, and in the splendor of his father and the holy
angels, to judge the world.41 Therefore, i have no concern for this death and
will not obey or carry out your request that i flee.”
illi uero flentes dixerunt ei: quid ergo acturi sumus? quomodo te
punito uiuemus et ad illum in quo nos credere persuades peruenire ultra
ualebimus?
13. et cum haec inter se loquerentur et populus multus uoces in altum
ederet, misit Nero Parthenium quendam et Feritam milites, ut uiderent, si
iam Paulus esset occisus. qui aduenientes reppererunt eum adhuc uiuen-
tem et turbas diutissime alloquentem. quos Paulus ad se euocans dixit: uiri,
credite in deum uiuum, qui et me et omnes, qui in eum credunt, a mortuis
suscitabit.
at illi respondentes dixerunt: ad Caesarem prius ibimus renuntiantes,
et cum perfectum fuerit pro quo missi sumus, et cum mortuus fueris et
resurrexeris, tunc credemus tuo regi. tu autem explica moras quibus iussio-
nem differs, et uade ad destinatum locum ubi sententiam merito dictatam
suscipias.
Paulus quoque dixit eis: commoratione mea in carne plus uos indi-
getis, si credere uultis, quam ego qui ad uitam per mortem uado. sed iam
pergamus exultantes in nomine domini nostri Iesu Christi.
14. cumque ad locum pergerent passionis comitantibus populorum
turbis innumeris, uenit ad portam urbis Romae. ubi habuit obuiam nobil-
issimam matronam, nomine Plautillam, apostolorum feruentissimam dil-
ectricem et religionis diuinae cultricem, quae flens eius se coepit orationi-
bus commendare. ad quam Paulus ait: uale, Plautilla, aeternae salutis filia!
commoda mihi pannum quo caput tegis, et secede paululum in partem
propter plebis impedimentum, me hic expectans donec reuertar ad te et
tibi restituam beneficium. ligabo enim mihi oculos uice sudarii et tuae
dilectioni amoris mei pro Christi nomine pignus ad illum pergens relin-
quam. quae festinato pannum porrexit et ut apostolus iusserat oboediuit.
insultabant autem ei Parthenius et Feritas dicentes: quid credis
impostori et mago? cur perdis pannum optimum, non tantum per eum in
saeculo lucratura?
Paulus uero dixit ad eam: etiam, filia, hic praestolare aduentum meum,
et signa mortis meae in panniculo tibi afferam cum Christo uicturus.
6. Pseudo-Linus, Martyrdom of the Blessed Apostle Paul 163
Weeping, they said to him, “What are we going to do? How will we live
after you have been punished? And will we any more be able to come to the
one in whom you persuade us to believe?”
13. While they were saying these things among themselves and a great
number of people was yelling loudly, Nero sent soldiers—a certain Parthe-
nius and Feritas—to see if Paul had already been killed. When they arrived
they found him alive and speaking at length to the crowds. Paul summoned
them to himself and said, “Men and women, believe in the living God, who
will raise from the dead both me and all who believe in him.”
But they responded to him and said, “First we will go and report back
to Caesar. After the task for which we were sent has been completed, and
after you are dead and have been resurrected, then we will believe in your
king. You, however, explain the delays by which you are deferring this
order, and go to the designated place where you will suffer the sentence
that has been rightly prescribed.”
And Paul said to them, “If you wish to believe, then you need me to
remain longer in the flesh than I do, but I am going to life through death.
Now let us go, rejoicing in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.”
14. When they were proceeding to the place of his passion accompa-
nied by countless crowds of people, he came to the gate of the city of Rome.
There he met a matron of the highest nobility named Plautilla, a most
zealous lover of the apostles and supporter of the divine religion.42 She
was weeping and began to entrust herself to his prayers. Paul said to her,
“Greetings, Plautilla, daughter of eternal salvation. Give me the scarf with
which you cover your head, and back away a little because of the hindrance
of the people. Wait for me here until I return to you and repay your kind-
ness. I will bind my eyes in the manner of a shroud, and I will leave behind
a token of your love for me in the name of Christ as I am going to him. She
quickly offered the scarf and did as the apostle had ordered.
However, Parthenius and Feritas were insulting her, saying, “Why do
you believe this imposter and sorcerer? Why do you give away this very
expensive scarf, for you will not profit much through him in this world?”
Paul said to her, “Daughter, wait here for my arrival, and I will bring
you signs of my death in this little cloth when I am victorious in Christ.”
42. See similar stories in Acts Pet. Paul 80–84, where she is named Perpetua, and
Pseudo-Dionysius, Ep. Tim. 8, where she is called Lemobia.
164 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
apostle and were greatly amazed. For a long time they praised and con-
fessed the Lord Jesus Christ, the eternal and unconquered King, whom the
magnificent teacher and master of the gentiles had made known through
his preaching.
17. Those who had been sent to speed along Paul’s death turned back
and came to the gate of the city, where they met Plautilla, who was prais-
ing and glorifying the Lord for all the things she heard and saw through
his holy apostle. They asked her mockingly why she was not covering her
head with the veil that she had given to Paul. Kindled by the heat of faith,
she answered with greatness of spirit, “Oh, worthless and wretched men,
who do not know enough to believe the things that you see with your eyes
and touch with your hands! Truly I have that very same scarf that I had
given to him, made precious by the soaking of his glorious blood. Coming
from heaven and accompanied by a crowd of countless figures clothed in
white, he truly returned it to me. He gave thanks for the mercy contained
in it and said, ‘You, Plautilla, offered your service to me in earthly affairs.
I will most devotedly offer service to you very soon as you enter into the
heavenly kingdom, for in a very short time I will return for you and show
you the glory of the unconquered King.’” And pulling out from her red-
dened bosom the scarf stained with blood, Plautilla showed it to them.48
They were seized by great trembling and with a quickened pace hurried to
Caesar and told him the things that they had seen and heard.
18. When Nero heard this, he was greatly amazed and terrified.
Stunned and in a great stupor, he began to talk about these things that
had been reported to him with philosophers, friends, and officials of the
republic, as well as with those he was able to gather from the Senate. Their
conversations were marked by a sense of fear and confusion.
While they were marveling at these things and contemplating them
with each other, Paul came at around the ninth hour,49 although the doors
were closed, and stood before Caesar and said, “Caesar, look, I am Paul,
the soldier of the eternal and unconquered King. Now believe that I am
California Press, 2006); David L. Eastman, “The Matriarch as Model: Sarah, the Cult of
the Saints, and Social Control in a Syriac Homily of Pseudo-Ephrem,” JECS 21 (2013):
248–49.
48. See e.g., Guy Caesar Bauman, “The Miracle of Plautilla’s Veil in Princeton’s
Beheading of Saint Paul,” Record of the Art Museum, Princeton University 36.1 (1977):
2–11.
49. That is, around 3:00 p.m.
168 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
mortuus, sed uiuo Deo meo. tibi autem, miser, non post multum tempus
mala ineffabilia imminent et supplicium maximum, atque aeternus restat
interitus pro eo quod inter caetera flagitia pessima multum sanguinem ius-
torum effudisti iniuste. et haec dicens repente disparuit.
Nero siquidem his auditis ultra quam dici possit timore perculsus et
uelut amens effectus, ignorabat quid agere potuisset. suadentibus uero
amicis iussit Patroclum ac Barnabam et eos qui uincti erant cum illis solu-
ere atque quo uellent abire.
19. Longinus denique, Megistus et Acestus, sicut eis constituerat Paulus,
primo mane uenientes ad sepulchrum eius, uiderunt duos uiros orantes et
in medio eorum stantem Paulum. qui pertimescentes in uisu admirabili
horruerunt et reueriti sunt accedere propius. Titus autem et Lucas in se ab
extasi orationis reuersi, uidentes praefectos atque centurionem qui minis-
tri fuerant necis Pauli ad se properantes, humano timore subrepti in fugam
uersi sunt. et Paulus euanuit ex oculis eorum. illi uero post eos clamau-
erunt dicentes: non, ut suspicamini, beati Dei homines, ideo uenimus, ut
uos persequamur ad mortem, sed ut nos credentes per aquam baptismatis
ad uitam transferatis aeternam, sicut nobis uerus doctor Paulus promisit,
quem ante modicum in medio uestri stantem et orantem conspeximus.
haec namque audientes ab eis Titus et Lucas steterunt cum multa laeti-
tia et gaudio spirituali, imponentes eis mox manus et dantes signaculum
sanctificationis perpetuae, sicque ieiunio usque ad uesperam percurrente
baptizati sunt in nomine domini nostri Iesu Christi, cui cum Patre in uni-
tate Spiritus Sancti est honor et gloria, uirtus et imperium in omnia saecula
saeculorum. amen.
6. Pseudo-linus, Martyrdom of the Blessed Apostle Paul 169
not dead but live in my God. As for you, wretched man, unspeakable evils
and the greatest punishment will come upon you very soon. And eternal
destruction awaits because, among other terrible crimes, you have unjustly
spilled a large amount of blood of the righteous.” After saying these things
he suddenly disappeared.
When he heard these things, nero was struck with fear even more than
can be expressed, and he became like one who has lost his senses and did
not know what to do. At the urging of his friends he ordered the release of
Patroclus, Barnabas, and those who had been arrested with them, and that
they should depart to wherever they wished.
19. Then longinus, Megistus, and Acestus, just as Paul had ordered
them, came at first light to his grave. They saw two men praying and Paul
standing in the middle of them. frightened by this amazing sight, they
trembled and were afraid to go any closer. But Titus and luke, having
returned to themselves from the ecstasy of prayer, saw the prefects and the
centurion who had been the agents of Paul’s death hurrying toward them.
seized by human fear, they turned to flee, and Paul disappeared from their
sight. But those men cried out to them, saying, “Blessed men of God, we
have not come to persecute you to death, as you suspect. rather, we have
come so that you might transfer us believers through the water of baptism
into eternal life, as the true teacher Paul promised us—the very one whom
we saw a little bit ago standing and praying in your midst.” hearing these
things from them, Titus and luke stood up with great gladness and spiri-
tual joy. They immediately placed their hands on them and gave them the
sign of eternal sanctification. After fasting until evening, they were bap-
tized in the name of our lord Jesus christ, to whom, together with the
father in the unity of the holy spirit, be honor, glory, power, and dominion
forever and ever.50 Amen.
contents
This text was produced and transmitted as part of a cycle of apostolic lives
and martyrdom accounts. it is consistently second in the series, following
a version of the life and death of Peter (Pseudo-Abdias’s Passion of Peter).
The opening chapters are largely taken from the Acts of the Apostles and
recount the stories of Paul’s call and preaching up to the time he was taken
to rome. our translation picks up the account as the apostle is sailing
across the Mediterranean.
Paul miraculously survives a snake bite on the island of Malta and then
travels to rome and remains in free custody, which is where luke leaves
him at the end of Acts. The narrator tells us that Peter has already been
crucified on account of his conflict with simon the sorcerer, but God has
spared Paul from martyrdom for the time being so that he may continue
to preach the gospel. Paul has a conversation with some of the prominent
Jewish leaders in rome and otherwise preaches the gospel of Jesus christ
freely and openly.
Paul comes to nero’s attention because he is accused of teaching a
new superstition and inciting rebellion. Paul tells the emperor that he has
been preaching not rebellion but peace and love. By making multiple allu-
sions to his own letters, Paul provides a lengthy list of groups whom he has
taught to be obedient, temperate, and respectful of authority. At first nero
is simply amazed, yet he still decides that Paul must die by decapitation.
The emperor sends two soldiers to arrest Paul, and the apostle responds by
inviting them to salvation. They say that first they must oversee his death,
but then they hope he will pray for them so that they may believe in God.
Paul tells them to go to his sepulcher on the following day and look for
Titus and luke. The apostle bends his neck before the executioner, and
milk comes out of his body instead of blood. All are amazed, and a pious
-171-
172 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
woman named lucina takes his body and buries it on her own property on
the ostian road outside rome. The author specifies that Paul died on the
same date as Peter but two years later.
literary Background
This text has clear stylistic similarities to writings from Gaul in the sixth
century, specifically the works of Gregory of Tours (ca. 538–594 ce),
Venantius fortunatus (ca. 530–600 ce), and a recension of the Marty-
rology of Jerome traced to southern Gaul. richard A. lipsius theorized
that an earlier collection of apostolic martyrdom accounts lay behind the
Pseudo-Abdias cycle, but in the sixth century additional elements, such as
stories from the canonical Gospels, were added to supplement the cycle.
Because of the strong comparisons to other writings from Gaul, that region
is the most likely place of production for this latin text.
Abdias, the bishop of Babylon, was identified in the Middle Ages as the
author. however, this ascription is probably the result of a misunderstand-
ing. The Passion of simon and Jude is the final story in the apostolic cycle.
Tradition says that they had ordained Abdias, who is credited in the text
with producing their acts. in all likelihood, this detail is meant to give the
appearance of historical reliability to the simon and Jude story, as if it had
been written by an eyewitness. however, in the Middle Ages the reference
to Abdias was applied to the entire apostolic cycle, including the Pauline
text. Thus, the author has traditionally been identified as Pseudo-Abdias,
but his true identity is unknown.
The author is dependent on the Acts of the Apostles and other accounts
in this volume, which he generally follows in the primary elements of the
plot. The opening stories follow Acts, and subsequent details line up well
with the earlier Martyrdom of Paul and Pseudo-linus’s Martyrdom of Paul.
however, the author also provides some additional material. his account
of the events on Malta includes the story of a leader named Publius, whose
dying father is healed by Paul. Paul then performs many other healings and
is sent on his way to rome with many honors. i have already referred above
to the long list of groups who, according to Paul before nero, were taught
to live peaceful and obedient lives by the apostle. This series takes on the
tone of liturgical repetition and might suggest that the text was produced
for a liturgical context. it is combined with a traditional roman household
code such as we find several places in the Pauline corpus. The reference
to lucina at the end of the text situates it among a number of martyrdom
7. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Paul 173
accounts from late antiquity in which this pious matron (also sometimes
called Lucilla) cares for the bodies of the saintly dead.1
Text
Select Bibliography
1. See e.g., David L. Eastman, Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin
West, WGRWSup 4 (Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2011), 107–10.
174 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
5. Post haec Paulus, adscensa naui, uenit in insulam quae dicitur Miletus.
barbari uero praestabant non modicam humanitatem nobis, et accensa
pyra reficiebant nos omnes propter imbrem qui imminebat, et frigus.
quumque congregasset Paulus sarmentorum aliquantam multitudinem,
et imposuisset super ignem, uipera a calore prorupit, inuasitque manum
eius. ut uero uiderunt barbari pendentem bestiam de manu eius, ad inu-
icem dicebant: utique homicida est homo hic, qui quum euaserit de mari,
ultio non permittit eum uiuere. et ille quidem, excutiens bestiam in ignem,
nihil mali passus est. at illi existimabant eum in tumorem conuertendum,
et subito casurum, ac moriturum. quum autem illis sperantibus et uidenti-
bus, Paulo nihil mali fieret, conuertentes se, dicebant eum esse deum.
in locis autem illis erant praedia principis, nomine Publii, qui nos sus-
cipiens triduo benigne exhibuit. contigit autem patrem Publii febribus et
dysenteria uexatum, iacere. ad quem Paulus ingressus, quum orasset, et
imposuisset ei manus, saluauit eum. quo facto omnes qui in insula habe-
bant infirmitates, accedebant et curabantur ab eo. qui etiam multis honori-
bus Paulum sunt prosequuti. exinde nauigans uenit romam, ibique solutus
a uinculis mansit biennio toto in conducto suo, et suscipiebat omnes qui
ingrediebantur ad eum, praedicans subinde regnum dei, et docens quae
sunt de domino iesu christo.
6. post crucem uero Petri et elisionem simonis magi, in urbe adhuc
libera manebat custodia: qui a corona etiam martyrii eadem die dispensa-
-176-
[Passion of saint Paul by Pseudo-Abdias]
5. After this Paul boarded a ship and came to the island called Malta.1 The
barbarians showed us no small measure of humanity and rebuilt a burning
pyre for us all, on account of the rain and cold that were all around us. After
Paul had gathered some sticks and placed them on the fire, a viper rushed
out from the heat and seized his hand. When the barbarians saw the beast
hanging from his hand, they said to each other, “certainly this man is a
murderer, and although he escaped it by sea, vengeance does not permit
him to live.” And Paul shook off the beast into the fire and suffered no
harm. They supposed that he would swell up and suddenly fall down and
die. When, however, they had looked on expectantly but seen that no harm
would come to Paul, they changed their minds and said that he was a god.
in those places there were estates of the prince, named Publius, who
received us and treated us kindly for three days. it happened that the father
of Publius was lying ill, distressed by fevers and dysentery. Paul went in to
him, and after he had prayed and laid hands on him, he healed him. After
this was done, all those on the island who had illnesses came and were
healed by him. They even accompanied Paul with many honors. sailing
from there he came to rome, and there he remained free from chains for
two years in his own rented lodging. he received all who came to him,
preaching repeatedly the kingdom of God and teaching the things about
the lord Jesus christ.2
6. After the crucifixion of Peter and the elimination of simon the sor-
cerer, Paul remained in the city in free custody.3 he had been spared from
1. Acts 28:1–10.
2. Acts 28:30–31a.
3. cf. Acts 28:16, where Paul is allowed to live in a private dwelling but is guarded
by a soldier (military custody). on the different categories of imprisonment, see rich-
ard J. cassidy, Paul in Chains: Roman Imprisonment and the Letters of St. Paul (new
york: crossroad, 2001), 37–43. richard i. Pervo (Acts: A Commentary, hermeneia
[Minneapolis: fortress, 2009], 678 n 80) has suggested that luke’s rendition affords to
-177-
178 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
tione diuina subtractus fuerat, ut per eum omnes gentes euangelii praedi-
catione implerentur. itaque quum Romam a Iulio centurione Paulus fuisset
perductus, sub unius militis duntaxat custodia constitutus.
post tertium diem conuocauit primores Iudaeorum; quumque conu-
enissent in hospitium eius, loquebatur illis: ego, uiri fratres (inquit) nihil
aduersus plebem faciens, aut consuetudinem maiorum, uinctus ab Hiero-
solymis traditus sum in manus Romanorum. qui quum inquisitionem
de me habuissent, constituerant me primo dimittere, eo quod nulla esset
causa mortis in me. contradicentibus autem Iudaeis, coactus sum appellare
Caesarem. quam ob causam quum essem in itinere, rogaui uos uidere et
alloqui: propter spem enim Israelis hac sum catena circumdatus.
at illi dixerunt ad eum: nos neque literas accepimus de te a Iudaea,
neque adueniens aliquis fratrum adnunciauit nomen et conditionem tuam.
cupimus autem nunc ex te audire, quae sentis. nam de secta hac notum est
nobis, quia ubique ei contradicitur. igitur constituto die uenerunt ad eum
plurimi in hospitium ex Iudaeis. quibus exponebat ille scripturas, testifi-
cans regnum Dei, suadensque eis ex lege Moysi et Prophetis, a mane usque
ad uesperam docebat.
sed quum non omnes crederent in Iesum, dixit Paulus ad eos: Spiritus
Sanctus recte per Esaiam loquutus est, uade ad populum istum, et dicas,
aure audietis, et non intelligetis, et uidentes uidebitis, et non poteritis per-
spicere. incrassatum est enim cor populi huius, et oculos compresserunt, ne
7. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Paul 179
Paul more liberty than he could have actually enjoyed and may be modeled on Jose-
phus’s account of Agrippa’s situation in Ant. 18.188–237.
4. Cf. the tradition that Peter and Paul died on exactly the same day, as stated by
Jerome (Vir. ill. 5; Tract. Ps. 96.10) and Maximus of Turin (Serm. 1.2; 2.1; 9.1), and
implied by Dionysius of Corinth (Eusebius, Hist. eccl. 2.25.8). A passage linking this
opinion to Damasus of Rome is spurious, as demonstrated in Ecclesiae occidentalis
monumenta iuris antiquissima, ed. Cuthbert H. Turner (Oxford: Clarendon: 1899–
1939), 1.2:157
5. The text now follows Acts 28:17–31. Although the author had just above referred
to the end of Acts 28 concerning Paul’s stay in Rome, the author now goes back to 28:17
and recounts Paul’s encounter with some of the Jews in the city. The author actually
ends up citing Acts 28:30–31 again at the end of this section.
6. Leaders of a first-century Jewish community in Rome would have been all male,
so I have preserved the language of the original.
180 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
their eyes, lest by chance they would see with their eyes, hear with their
ears, understand with their hearts, and turn, and I would heal them.” ’7
Therefore, I wish it to be known to you that this salvific message of God is
being sent also to the gentiles, and I am going to them for their salvation.”8
When he had said these things, the Jews went out from him and had great
disagreements among themselves.9 Paul, however, remained in Rome for
two entire years in his own rented lodging. He received all those who came
to him, preaching the kingdom of God and teaching the things about the
Lord Jesus Christ with total confidence and without hindrance.
7. While the apostle was doing these things in Rome, it was reported
in the presence of the emperor Nero that not only was Paul bringing a
new superstition, but in fact he was inciting rebellions against the empire.
Therefore, he was summoned and questioned by Nero, so that he could
give an explanation of his teaching. In the presence of Caesar he spoke
thus:10 “Concerning the teaching of my master about which you asked me,
indeed no one can understand it except those who accept faith with a pure
heart.11 For whatever things contribute to peace and love, I have taught
them. Throughout my journey from Jerusalem as far as Illyricum,12 I have
spread the word of peace. I have taught them to outdo one another in show-
ing honor. I have taught the lofty and the rich not to elevate themselves
and hope in the uncertainty of riches, but to place their hope in God.13 I
have taught those with ordinary food and clothing to be content.14 I have
7. Isa 6:9–10.
8. The author omits Paul’s final insult directed at the Jews, “They will listen” (Acts
28:28), perhaps because we soon find out that gentiles like Nero did not in fact listen.
9. This reference to disagreements among the Jews is an expansion in some of
the Greek manuscripts of Acts and is designated Acts 28:29. This change appears
first in the Western Greek text (D-text) and was later adopted by the Byzantine text.
See Bruce M. Metzger, A Textual Commentary on the Greek New Testament, 2nd ed.
(New York: United Bible Societies, 1994), 444; Pervo, Acts, 685–86. The author may, of
course, be depending primarily on the Old Latin and/or the Vulgate instead of a Greek
manuscript. The details of that dependence are difficult to establish, however, because
not all editions of the Vulgate reflect this variant, and a critical edition of the Old Latin
is reportedly still in process.
10. Paul’s speech is taken nearly verbatim from Pseudo-Marcellus, Pass. Holy 36–38.
11. 1 Tim 1:5; 2 Tim 2:22.
12. Rom 15:19.
13. 1 Tim 6:17.
14. 1 Tim 6:8.
182 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
taught the poor to rejoice in their poverty.15 I have taught fathers to teach
their children the discipline of the fear of God.16 I have taught children
to obey their parents and the admonitions that bring salvation.17 I have
taught those who have possessions to pay tribute with care. I have taught
merchants to pay taxes to the servants of the republic.18 I have taught wives
to love their husbands and fear them as their masters.19 I have taught hus-
bands to be faithful to their wives, just as they wish to keep themselves
blameless in every way.20 That which a husband punishes in an adulterous
wife, the Father and maker of all things, God himself, punishes in an adul-
terous husband. I have meanwhile taught masters to deal mildly with their
servants.21 I have taught servants to serve their masters faithfully and as if
working for God.22 I have taught the assembly23 of believers to worship the
one omnipotent, invisible, incomprehensible God. This teaching was given
to me not by a human source, nor through another person, but through
Jesus Christ and the Father of glory, who spoke to me from heaven.24 And
when my Lord Jesus Christ sent me to preach, he said to me, ‘Go, and I will
be with you, as the spirit of life for all those who believe in me. And I will
forgive whatever things you may have said or done.’ ”25
8. When he had said these things, the emperor Nero was amazed. But
afterward he was angered and pronounced a sentence of death against
Paul, namely that he should have his head cut off. When Nero heard later
about the death of Paul, he sent two of his own armed men, Ferega and
Parthenius.26 They went and found Paul teaching all the people about the
miracles of Christ with all boldness and freedom. When Paul saw them
coming toward him, he spoke to them, saying, “Come, my sons, and
believe in God, so that your souls may be saved. God has raised up me and
all those who believe in him through the coming of his only begotten Son,
and he has placed us in his kingdom, which is eternal.”
They responded, saying, “First, Paul, we will go to Nero and announce
the finality of your death. But you pray for us, so that we may believe in the
God whom you preach.” They were beseeching Paul for their own salva-
tion, so that they might be baptized.
Then the apostle turned back and said, “After a little while, sons, come
here to my sepulcher, and you will find two men praying, Titus and Luke.
They will give you the sign of salvation after me.” When he had said these
things, the soldiers came and led him bound outside and out of the city.
When Paul had come to the place of punishment, he turned toward the
east. With his hands and eyes raised to heaven, he prayed for a very long
time. When his prayer was over, he gave peace to the brothers and sisters27
who had followed him. He said good-bye to them and, on bended knees,
protected himself with the sign of the cross. Then he offered his neck to the
executioner. After the head had been severed by his sword, milk rushed out
instead of blood, and the milky surge drenched the right hand of the execu-
tioner. When this was seen by those standing around, all were amazed and
glorified God, who had given such glory to his apostle. Lucina, a servant of
Christ, packed his body with spices and buried it at the second milestone
from the city on the Ostian Road on her own estate.28 He suffered on the
a noble matron named Plautilla with disdain, as opposed to the believing soldiers
Longinus, Megistus, and Acestus.
27. The text says “brothers,” but the group present at the execution was likely mixed.
28. This detail is consistent with Lib. pontif. 22. Lucina also appears in many
other texts, e.g., Pass. Sebast. 88. On the presence of Lucina as a clear sign of hagiogra-
phy, see David L. Eastman, Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin West,
WGRWSup 4 (Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2011), 107–10. The so-called
“Crypt of Lucina” is among the most ancient parts of the Catacomb of St. Callistus, but
it is on the Appian Road, not the Ostian Road. Ancient accounts of Paul’s martyrdom
and burial locate these events in different places in Rome (see ibid., 62–69, 94–114), so
the confusion here is not surprising. Archaeologists date the St. Callistus catacomb to
the second century at the earliest, so there are multiple reasons not to take this account
as historical. Giovanni B. de Rossi suggests that Lucina should be identified with Pom-
ponia Graecina, wife of Aulus Plautius, the first Roman governor of Britain. Tacitus
(Ann. 13.32) says that Pomponia was accused of following a “foreign superstition”
186 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
autem IIIo kalendas Iulias, duobus iam a passione Petri elapsis annis, reg-
nante domino nostro Iesu Christo, cui est apud aeternum Patrem et Spiri-
tum Sanctum honor et gloria, in secula seculorum. amen.
7. Pseudo-Abdias, Passion of Saint Paul 187
third calends of July (June 29) two years after the passion of Peter,29 during
the reign of our Lord Jesus Christ.30 To him, along with the eternal Father
and the Holy Spirit, be honor and glory forever and ever. Amen.
but acquitted in a trial. De Rossi reads this as a veiled reference to her conversion to
Christianity, at which time she took the name Lucina (Giovanni B. de Rossi, La Roma
sotterranea cristiana [Rome: Litografia Pontificia, 1864–1877], 1:319; 2:282, 362–63).
De Rossi’s bold conjecture finds little support in the evidence, however.
29. On the belief that the apostles died on the same day, see n. 4 above. Cf. also
Ambrose of Milan (Virginit. 19.124), Augustine (Serm. 295.7; 381.1), Prudentius
(Perist. 12.5, 21–22), Gregory of Tours (Glor. mart. 28), and Arator (Act. apost. 2.1247–
49), who record that the apostles died on the same date but a year apart.
30. It was standard Roman practice to date events by the tenure of the consuls or
the emperor, but here the author emphasizes that Christ, not Nero, was actually reign-
ing at that time.
8. History of the Holy Apostle My Lord Paul
BHO 889
Content
The first seven chapters of this history of Paul are a resume of the mate-
rial in the Acts of the Apostles. The author acknowledges as much and
states that he had quickly passed over those stories, because Luke had accu-
rately portrayed them. We pick up the story in the period after Paul’s initial
defense before the emperor Nero. The apostle is released and reaches his
goal of going to Spain to preach the gospel. Ten years later Paul hears of the
death of Shimeon (Peter) in Rome and returns to encourage the Christians
there. He converts many along the way, including thousands in Rome and
many from Nero’s household.
A prefect named Tertullus complains to Nero that Paul is making all
of Rome into Christians. Nero realizes that many of his close associates
have changed their lifestyles and even left his court in order to follow Paul’s
preaching, so he becomes angry and has the apostle arrested. Paul foresees
that he is about to die and writes a letter to Timothy predicting his demise.
Nero arrests Paul and sentences him to death. Not long after Shimeon
(Peter) had been killed, Paul is decapitated at the same place, and the blood
of the apostles mixes together. Bishop Linus takes Paul’s body and buries
it alongside Peter’s in a house that becomes a place of prayer for the Chris-
tians. The narrator then gives details of the chronology of Paul’s ministry
from the time of his calling to the time of his death.
Later, two trees miraculously grow at the place where the blood of
the apostles had been spilled. They perform many healings for those who
believe, but for unbelievers they do nothing. Every year during the Easter
Vigil, the trees would embrace each other at the moment of the passing
of the peace in the liturgy—a symbol of the harmony of their preaching.
Many, both Jew and gentile, are converted because of these miracles, until
some mischievous Jews cut down the trees.
-189-
190 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
The text closes with an appeal for the scribe, the owner, and the hearers
of the text to be brought to the glorious realm where the apostle resides.
literary Background
stylistic and manuscript evidence demonstrate that the author of the Pet-
rine history of shimeon Kepha the chief of the Apostles. (ch. 4 in this
volume) also produced this text. in fact, this Pauline account is the second
in the cycle of the Acts of the Martyrs and saints. examples of literary
dependence in the history of shimeon Kepha the chief of the Apostles
allow us to date it no earlier than the sixth or seventh century, so a similar
date should be assigned to this text. its place of production and author are
unknown.1
The author is clearly dependent upon the Acts of the Apostles for the
early sections of the text, and the basic narrative of execution at the hands
of nero could have been taken from any number of sources. The narrator
does connect with a particular detail from other accounts of Peter’s death,
namely his burial by Marcellus. in this story the elaborate tomb of Marcel-
lus holds Peter’s body for only a short time, because linus the bishop then
moves the body into a house along with the corpse of Paul. only at a later
date are the relics placed in a church. it is possible to read this as a justifi-
cation for the joint apostolic cult site on the Appian road south of rome,
although i have shown elsewhere that there were likely never any apostolic
remains at that site.2
The unique material in this account is notable. for example, the author
identifies the prefect of rome as Tertullus. This was the name of an orator
who was sent by the Jewish authorities to accuse Paul before the roman
procurator felix in caesarea Maritima (Acts 24:1–9). The memory of a
legal charge being brought against Paul by a figure named Tertullus is here
transferred to the roman context. Also, while other traditions state that
Paul and Peter died at different places and either on the same day or on the
same date one or two years apart, here their deaths are separated seemingly
by only a few days. Peter’s death is recent enough that his blood still lies
on the ground where Paul is decapitated, meaning that both apostles do
1. The claim of clementine authorship at the end of the Petrine history of shimeon
(ch. 4 in this volume) is not repeated here.
2. david l. eastman, Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin West,
WGrWsup 4 (Atlanta: society of Biblical literature, 2011), 94–114.
8. History of the Holy Apostle My Lord Paul 191
not die on June 29, their mutual feast day. Furthermore, this author adds
a legend about two miraculous trees that grow on the spot of the apos-
tolic deaths. The trees are emblematic of the author’s larger literary project,
which is to demonstrate the harmony of the apostles (concordia apostolo-
rum). Peter and Paul were never at odds with each other; in fact, even the
trees that rise to take their place greet and embrace each other. This witness
to apostolic agreement allows them to continue preaching the gospel even
from beyond the grave, and many come to faith in Christ as a result of the
miracles they perform. In a sense the apostles are symbolically martyred a
second time, when “the Jewish crucifiers” kill the trees. Finally, the author
seeks to clarify the precise chronology of Paul’s later life, beginning with
his release from Rome and thus picking up the story where the Acts of the
Apostles ends. He tells us precisely how long Paul preached after his first
defense and claims that 2 Timothy was written at the time of his second
imprisonment in Rome, which ended with his death.
Text
3. François Nau, “La version syriaque inédite des martyres de S. Pierre, S. Paul et
S. Luc d’après un manuscrit du dixième siècle,” ROC 3 (1898): 39–57. The Syriac text of
the Luke account is published later in that same volume, but Nau does not explain why
he does not provide the Syriac texts for the accounts of Peter and Paul.
192 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Select Bibliography
Baumstark, Anton. Pages 40–44 in Die Petrus- und Paulusacten in der lit-
terarischen Überlieferung der syrischen Kirche. Leipzig: Harrassowitz,
1902.
Bedjan, Paul, ed. “History of the Holy Apostle my Lord Paul” (in Syriac).
Pages 41–44 in Acta martyrum et sanctorum. Leipzig: Harrassowitz,
1890.
De Stefani, Luigi, trans. “Storia del Beato Apostolo S. Paolo.” GSAT 14
(1901): 201–16.
Guidi, Ignazio. “Bemerkungen zum ersten Bande der syrischen Acta Mar-
tyrum et Sanctorum,” ZDMG 46 (1892): 744–46.
Peeters, Paul. “Notes sur la légende des apôtres S. Pierre et S. Paul dans la
littérature syrienne.” AnBoll 21 (1902): 121–40.
ܬܫܥܬܝܐ ܕܫܠܝܚܐ ܩܕܝܫܐ ܡܪܝ ܦܘܠܘܣ
.8ܥܕܡܐ ܠܗܪܟܐ ܡܫܬܥܐ ܠܘܩܐ ܣܘܥ̈ܪܢܘܗܝ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ ܒܦܪܟܣܝܣ ܚܬܬܝܐܬܝ .ܘܥܠ ܗܕܐ ܚܢܢ
ܡܪܗܛܐܬܝ ܥܒܪܢܢ ܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܐܝܟ ܡܢ ܕܠܩ̈ܪܚ ܬܟܒܐ ܝܕܝܥܝܢ ܐܢܘܢ.
.9ܦܘܠܘܣ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܕܥܒܕ ܡܦܩ ܒܪܘܚܐ ܩܕܡ ܢܐܪܘܢ ܘܐܫܬܪܝ :ܬܘܒ ܠܬܫܡܫܬܐ
ܫܢܝܐ ܥܣܪ ܒܐܣܦܢܝܐ ܘܒܐܬ̈ܪܘܬܐ ܕܬܡܢ .ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܛܘܒܢܐ ܦܛܪܘܣ ܡܢ ܕܟܪܘܙܘܬܐ ܐܬܥܬܕ .ܘܢܦܩ ܘܣܒܪ ̈
ܐܚܐ ܕܬܠܡܕ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܫܪܝܘ ܐܦ ܗܢܘܢ ܡܬܠܡܕܝܢ ܐܠܚ̈ܪܐܢ ܥܕܡܐ ܠܡܐܬܬܝܗ ܢܐܪܘܢ ܐܬܠܟܠ ܗܘܐ̈ :
ܙܒܢܝܢ �ܠ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ .ܘܟܕ ܐܣܬܒܪ ܦܘܠܘܣ ܥܠ ܟܘܠܠܗ ܕܫܡܥܘܢ ܣܪܗܒ ܘܥܠ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ ܕܬܪܬܝܢ ̈
̈ ̈ ̈
�ܠ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ .ܒܬܪ ܕܬܠܡܕ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܣܓܝܐܬܐ :ܘܐܦ ܒܗ ܒ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ ܐܠܦܐ ܕܐܠ ܡܢܝܢ ܩܪܒ ܠܒܬܝܝܘܬܗ
ܕܡܫܝܚܐ :ܘܐܦ ܡܢ ܒܬܝܗ ܕܩܣܪ ܣܘܓܐܐ ܕܛܒ.
.10ܗܝܕܝܢ ܥܠ ܛܪܠܛܘܣ ܗܘܦܪܟܐ :1ܘܐܟܠ ܩ̈ܪܨܘܗܝ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ ܩܕܡ ܩܣܪ ܘܐܡܪ ܠܗ :ܕܥܒܕܗ
ܦܘܠܘܣ ܠܠܟܗ ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ ܟ̈ܪܣܜܝܢܐ .ܗܝܕܝܢ ܢܐܪܘܢ ܩܣܪ ܐܬܡܠܝ ܗܘܐ ܪܘܓܙܐ ܪܒܐ :ܘܦܩܕ ܗܘܐ ܘܐܣܪܘܗܝ
ܚܝܐܠ ܘܚܐ̈ܪܐ ܕܩܣܪ ܕܩܝܡܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܩܕܡܘܗܝ :ܫܒܩܘܗܝ ܗܘܘ ܘܫܢܝܘ ܠܦܘܠܘܣ .ܡܛܠ ܕܠܟܗܘܢ ̈ܪܒܝ ̈
̈
ܠܬܠܡܝܕܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ. ܕܢܦܠܚܘܢ ܡܬܝܪܘܬܐ ܕܦܐܝܐ
-194-
History of the Holy Apostle My Lord1 Paul
8. Up to this point Luke accurately related the deeds of Paul in the Acts of
the Apostles. For this reason we quickly passed over these things, as they
are already known by the readers of scripture.
9. But after Paul made his defense before Nero and was set free, he
again prepared for the ministry of preaching. He went and preached for
ten years in Spain and the regions around there.2 But after the blessed Peter
had been crowned3 by Nero, the brothers and sisters4 whom Shimeon5 had
made disciples also began making disciples of others until the arrival of
Paul in Rome for the second time. When Paul was told about the crowning
of Shimeon, he hurried and came to Rome. After he had made disciples
in many cities, he also brought into the household of Christ thousands
in Rome who could not be counted, including a great multitude from the
household of Caesar.6
10. Then Tertullus the prefect7 accused Paul before Caesar. He said to
him that Paul had made all of Rome into Christians. Then Nero Caesar
was filled with great anger. He issued an order and arrested Paul, because
all the commanders and noblemen of Caesar who had been in his presence
had left him and changed their way of living, so that they could exercise the
virtue8 that is proper for disciples of the truth.
1. The term marí (“my lord”) is frequently used in Syriac literature to refer to holy
people.
2. On the traditions of Paul’s visit to Spain, see Eastman, Paul the Martyr, 144–48.
3. That is, martyred. Crowning is one of dominant images attached to martyrdom.
4. Literally, “brothers,” but earlier parts of the text specify that both men and
women became disciples by Peter’s preaching.
5. In this section the author refers to the apostle by both his Greek (Peter) and
Semitic (Shimeon) names.
6. Phil 4:22.
7. Or governor. In Acts 24:1–9 an orator (ῥήτωρ) named Tertullus is hired by the
Jewish religious authorities to accuse Paul before the Roman procurator Felix in Cae-
sarea Maritima.
8. Both words in the expression “exercise the virtue” have connotations of asceti-
-195-
196 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
11.ܘܟܕ ܩܒܠ ܓܠܝܢܐ ܦܘܠܘܣ ܕܡܫܢܐ ܗܘܐ ܠܘܬ ܡܪܢ :ܬܟܒ ܠܘܬ ܛܝܡܬܐܘܣ ܬܠܡܝܕܗ
ܒܚܝܪܐ :ܕܗܐ ܠܡ ܙܒܢܐ ܕܐܫܬܪܐ ܡܛܝ :ܘܐܐܢ ܡܬܢܩܐ ܐܐܢ ܚܠܦ ܟܪܘܙܘܬܐ ܕܫܪܪܐ .ܟܕ ܗܟܝܠ ܐܬܕܠܚ
ܕܗܘܝ ܥܠܘܗܝ ܡܢ ̈ܪܫܝܥܐ :ܦܩܕ ܕܒܣܝܦܐ ܢܬܦܣܩ ܪܫܗ.̈ ܩܣܪ ܥܠ ܦܘܠܘܣ ܡܢ ܥܠܬ ܩܛ�ܓ̈ܪܢܘܬܐ
2
ܘܠܩܠܝܠ ܙܒܢܐ ܕܒܬܪ ܟܘܠܠܗ ܕܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ :ܕܒܪ ܐܦ ܠܦܘܠܘܣ ܠܕܘܬܟܐ ܗܝ ܕܒܗ ܐܬܠܟܠ
ܫܡܥܘܢ :ܘܫܩܠܘܗܝ ܪܫܗ ܒܣܝܦܐ .ܘܚܠܛ ܕܡܗ ܥܡ ܕܡܗ ܕܛܘܒܢܐ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ.
.12ܘܗܘܐ ܫܓܘܫܝܐ ܣܓܝܐܐ ܒܥܡܐ :ܘܥܩܬܐ ܡܪܝܪܬܐ ܐܡܠܬܟ ܒܠܟܗ ܥܕܬܐ :ܥܠ ܕܐܬܓܠܙܘ
ܕܫܠܝܚܐ .ܘܦܩܕ ܠܝܢܘܣ ܡܕܒܪܐܢ :ܘܩܦܣ ܦܓܪܗ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ ܒܠܠܝܐ :ܘܩܒܪܗ ܒܐܝܩܪܐ ̈ ܡܢ ܚܙܬܗܘܢ
ܪܒܐ ܐܝܟܐ ܕܣܝܡ ܗܘܐ ܡܪܝ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ .ܠܘ ܒܩܒܪܗ ܕܡܪܩܠܘܣ :ܡܛܠ ܕܒܬܪ ܙܒܢ :ܐܬܝܝܘܗܝ
ܠܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ ܡܢ ܬܡܢ ܘܣܡܘܗܝ ܒܒܬܝܐ ܚܕ .ܘܒܗܐܢ ܙܒܢܐ ܐܬܬܣܝܡ ܥܡܗ ܐܦ ܦܓܪܗ ܕܬܘܒܢܐ
̈
ܠܣܓܝܐܐ .ܘܟܕ ܗܘܐ ܫܝܢܐ ܒܥܕܬܐ: ܦܘܠܘܣ ܫܠܝܚܐ .ܘܗܘܐ ܒܬܝܐ ܗܘ ܕܣܝܡܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܒܗ ܒܬܝ ܨܠܘܬܐ
ܐܥܠܘ ܐܢܘܢ ܠܬ̈ܪܝܗܘܢ ܘܣܡܘ ܐܢܘܢ ܒܥܕܬܐ ܒܐܝܩܪܐ ܪܒܐ.
cal renunciation. Thus, these prominent Romans had left Nero’s court in order to
pursue lives of celibacy.
9. Phil 2:17; 2 Tim 4:6.
10. This contradicts the tradition that Peter died at the Vatican northwest of the
city, while Paul died on the Ostian Road south of the city. However, the Christian poet
Prudentius, writing at the turn of the fifth century, states that the apostolic blood had
symbolically mixed in the marshes along the Tiber River, which “was made holy by two
victories, for it witnessed both cross and sword when a rain of blood flowed over the
same grass twice and soaked it” (Perist. 12.7–10).
11. The ordination of Linus by Peter is also recounted in the Liberian Catalog from
354 CE (Chronica minora saec. IV. V. [Link]., ed. T. Mommsen, [Link] 9 [Berlin:
Weidmann, 1892], 73); Irenaeus (Haer. 3.3.3)—although Irenaeus states that Peter and
Paul together ordained Linus; Eusebius (Hist. eccl. 5.6.1); Hist. Shim. 33; and Teach.
Shim. 6. Cf. Pseudo-Abdias, Pass. Pet. 3.15; the apocryphal Epistle of Clement to James
2; and Tertullian, Praescr. 32, where Clement is identified as the one ordained by Peter
as the second bishop of Rome.
12. Mart. Pet. 11; Pseudo-Linus, Mart. Pet. 16.
13. This description of a joint cult site including a large church is probably a refer-
ence to the catacombs (now St. Sebastian) on the Appian Road south of Rome. Evi-
dence from graffiti places veneration of the apostles there at least as early as 258 CE,
198 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܫܢܝܢ .ܡܢ ܫܢܬ ܬܫܥܣ̈ܪܐ .13ܡܬܚ ܗܟܝܠ ܙܒܢܐ ܕܟܪܘܙܘܬܗ ܕܛܘܒܢܐ ܦܘܠܘܣ ܬܠܬܝܢ ܘܚܡܫ ̈
ܕܛܒܪܝܘܣ ܘܥܕܡܐ ܠܫܢܬ ܬܠܬܥܣ̈ܪܐ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܗ ܕܢܐܪܘܢ ܩܣܪ :ܥܣܪܝܢ ܓܝܪ ܘܚܕܐ ܫܢܬܐ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܐܫܬܠܡ
ܫܢܝܢ ܐܚ̈ܪܢܝܢ ܥܒܕ ܒܬܝ ܐܣܝ̈ܪܐ ܕܩܣܪܝܐ :ܘܬܪܬܝܢ ̈
ܫܢܝܢ ܐܢܝܢ ܕܥܒܕ ܠܘܩܕܡ ܡܢ ̈
ܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܒܝܗܘܕ .ܘܬܪܬܝܢ ̈
̈ ̈
ܒ̈ܪܗܘܡܐ :ܥܡ ܗܠܝܢ ܥܣܪ ܫܢܝܢ ܐܚ̈ܪܢܬܝܐ .ܕܟܢܫܢ ܠܟܗܝܢ ܡܢ ܩܪܬܝܗ ܘܥܕܡܐ ܠܟܘܠܠܗ ܬܠܬܝܢ ܘܚܡܫ
ܢܨܚܝܐ ܒܫܢܬ ܬܠܬܥܣ̈ܪܐ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܗ ܕܢܐܪܘܢ :ܕܗܝ ܗܝ ܫܢܬ ܬܠܬܝܢ ܘܫܬ ܫܢܝܢ .ܐܬܠܟܠ 3ܕܝܢ ܗܠܝܢ ̈ ̈
ܕܚܫܗ ܕܦܪܘܩܢ .ܫܡܥܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܐܬܠܟܠ ܩܕܡ ܦܘܠܘܣ :ܘܦܘܠܘܣ ܒܬܪܗ ܒܗ ܒܫܢܬܐ ܒܚܡܫܒܫܒܐ ܒܝܪܚ
ܬܡܘܙ ܒܥܣܪܝܢ ܬܫܥܐ ܒܗ.
̈ ̈ ̈
.14ܘܒܬܪ ܩܠܝܠ ܒܕܘܟܬܝܐ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܢܛܦ ܥܠܝܗܝܢ ܕܡܐ ܕܩܕܝܫܐ :ܝܥܘ ܬܪܝܢ ܐܝ�ܠܢܐ ܪܘ̈ܪܒܐ ܕܡܫܓܢܝܢ
ܘܚܝܐܠ ܪܘ̈ܪܒܐ ܒܗܘܢ ܡܫܬܡܫܝܢ ܗܘܘ: ܣܓܝܐܬܐ ̈
̈ ܗܘܘ ܡܢ ܠܟܗܘܢ ܐܝ�ܠܢ̈ܐ ܒܛ̈ܪܦܝܗܘܢ ܘܒܦܐ̈ܪܝܗܘܢ̈ .
ܘܐܣܘܬܐ
̈
ܣܓܝܐܐ ܨܝܒܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܕܢܚܙܘܢ ܚܙܬܐ ܗܝ ܚܕܬܐ ܘܬܡܝܗܬܐ .ܒܘܪܬܟܐ ܟܠ ̈
ܓܒܝܢ ܘܟܕ ܠܫܡܥܐ ܗܘ ܬܡܝܗܐ ܡܢ ܟܠ
̈ ̈
ܐܢܫ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܥܘܕܪܐܢ ܕܐܬܪܗ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܢܣܒ ܗܘܐ :ܘܡܚܠܡ ܗܘܐ ܠܟܠ ܟܐܒܐ ܩܫܝܐ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ ܠܗ ܡܬܩܪܒ ܗܘܐ.
ܠܢܦܫܬܐ ܕܒܢܝܢܫܐ ܢܘܓܪܐ ܕܙܒܢܐ ܗܘܝܢ ܗܘܘ .ܐܫܬܡܫ ܒܗܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܡܕܡ ܕܡܐܠ ܬܕܡܘܪܬܐ:̈ ܘܚܘܠܡܢ̈ܐ ̈
ܕ�ܠܝܐܠ
13. The time of the preaching of the blessed Paul, therefore, lasted for
thirty-five years, from the nineteenth year of Tiberius until the thirteenth
year of the reign of Nero Caesar.14 There were twenty-one years until he
was handed over by the Jews in Judea. Then he spent two further years in
prison in Caesarea and two in Rome the first time he was there. Together
with these were the ten other years,15 so that altogether from his calling
until his crowning there were thirty-five years. These victors were crowned
in the thirteenth year of the reign of Nero, which is the thirty-sixth year of
the passion of our Savior. Shimeon was crowned before Paul, and Paul was
crowned after him in that same year on Thursday, the twenty-ninth day of
the month of Tammuz.16
14. A little while later, in the places upon which the blood of the holy
men flowed, two great trees sprang up that were different from all the other
trees in regard to their leaves and their fruit. Many healings and great mir-
acles were performed by them. When the word about this marvel spread,
many people from everywhere were coming to see that new and amazing
spectacle. Everyone was receiving from the trees a blessing, as if (from) the
healing power of that place,17 and they were healing all the severe maladies
among those who approached them. There were ready healings for very
many people for a long time.
It was said by them that a certain marvel occurred, which was difficult
for the unbelievers to hear. Yet for those strong in faith, it was easy and
simple to accept. For nothing is difficult for God, according to the word of
the angel.18 For it is said that on the night of the resurrection of our Savior
at the time of the mysteries,19 at the moment that the deacon instructed
the people to offer the peace to each other, those trees used to bend toward
each other and embrace each other for about one hour. By this they were
demonstrating the harmony in their preaching, because not only in their
and Constantine built a basilica at the site during the first years when “there was peace
in the church.” See Eastman, Paul the Martyr, 71–114.
14. These dates would be approximately 33 to 67/68 CE.
15. In Spain (see above, §9).
16. Tammuz is the 10th month in the Syriac calendar and corresponds to July or to
late June and early July. If the Thursday designation were taken seriously, then the cal-
culation would yield a date of June 29, 67 CE. Note, however, that only Paul died on the
traditional feast day of June 29, for Peter is said to have died some time earlier that year.
17. The Syriac here is obscure.
18. Gen 18:14.
19. That is, the Eucharist celebrated during the Easter Vigil.
200 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܘܠܚ�ܠܝܡܝ ܒܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ ܕܠܝܠ ܘܦܫܝܩ ܒܩܘܒܠܗ .ܐܠ ܓܝܪ ̈ ܕܠܚܣܝ̈ܪܝ ܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ ܥܣܩ ܗܘܐ ܒܫܡܥܗ:
ܥܛܠ ܐܠܠܗܐ ܡܕܡ :ܐܝܟ ܡܠܬܗ ܕܡܐܠܟܐ .ܡܬܐܡܪܐ ܓܝܪ ܕܒܠܠܝܐ ܗܘ ܕܩܝܡܬܗ ܕܦܪܘܩܢ :ܒܥܕܐܢ ܕܐ̈ܪܙܐ:
�ܠܚܕܕܐ ܥܦܩܝܢ �ܠܚܕܕܐ :ܡܬܪܟܢܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܐܝ�ܠܢ̈ܐ ܗܢܘܢ .ܘܐܝܟ ܫܥܐ ܚܕܐ ̈ ܒܙܒܢܐ ܕܦܩܕ ܡܫܡܫܢܐ ܕܢܬܠܘܢ ܫܠܡܐ ̈
̈
ܗܘܘ .ܘܒܗܕܐ ܥܠ ܐܘܝܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܒܟܪܘܙܘܬܐ ܡܒܕܩܝܢ ܗܘܘ :ܒܗܝ ܕܐܠ ܗܘܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܕܒܚܝܐ ܕܦܓܪܐ ܡܣܬܥܪܬ
ܗܘܬ :ܐܐܠ 4ܐܦ ܗܫܐ ܒܡܘܬܗܘܢ ܝܘܩܢܐ 5ܐܠ ܡܬܛܥܝܢܐ 6ܕܫܠܡܘܬܗܘܢ ܕܒܐܠܗܝܬ̈ ܐ ܡܚܘܝܢ .ܘܟܠ ܫܢܐ ܒܗܐܢ
ܡܫܚܠܦܐ ܡܨ ܛܝܒܝܢ ܗܘܘ .ܘܐܦ ܚܢ̈ܦܐ ܥܕܐܢ ܠܟܗ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܠܬܡܢ ܢܦܩܐ 7ܠܚܙܬܐ ܕܬܕܡܘܪܬܐ :ܘܡܢ ܐܬ̈ܪܘܬܐ ̈
ܣܓܝܐܐ ܡܬܬܠܡܕܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܒܥܠܬܐ ܗܕܐ .ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܡܢ ܣܓܝܐܘܬܐ ܕܬܘܠܡܕܗܘܢ ܐܬܬܙܝܥ ̈ ܘܥܡܡܐ ܘܝܗܘܕܝܐ ̈
̈
ܨܠܘܒܐ :ܘܡܓܢܒܐܬܝ ܒܠܠܝܐ ܦܣܩܘ ܐܢܘܢ ܐܠܝ�ܠܢ̈ܐ ܗܢܘܢ .ܘܡܛܠ ܕܐܠ ܫܘܐ ܗܘܐ ܥܠܡܐ ̈ ̈
ܒܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܚܣܡܐ
̈
ܠܡܘܗܒܬܐ ܕܐܣܝܘܬܐ ܕܡܢܗܘܢ :ܬܘܒ ܐܠ ܝܥܘ ܐܝ�ܠܢܐ ܗܢܘܢ.
ܕܒܨܠܘܬܗ ܬܬܥܕܪ ܥܕܬܐ .15ܗܠܝܢ ܗܟܝܠ ܕܬܫܥܬܝܗ ܕܡܪܝ ܦܘܠܘܣ ܫܠܝܚܐ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܬܝܝܗܘܢ̈ .
ܘܫܡܘܥܐ ܢܫܬܘܘܢ ܕܥܡܗ ܢܬܒܣܡܘܢ .ܐܝܢ ܘܐܡܝܢ. ܘܒܢܝܗ ܕܒܟܠ ܐܬܪ .ܘܬܟܘܒܐ ܘܩܢܝܐ :ܥܡ ܩܪܘܝܐ ̈ ̈
̈ ̈
.16ܫܠܡܬ ܬܫܥܬܝܗ ܕܢܨܝܚ ܒܫܠܝܚܐ ܡܪܝ ܦܘܠܘܣ ܡܬܠܡܕܐܢ ܕܟܠ ܥܡܡܝܢ .ܘܐܠܠܗܐ ܫܘܒܚܐ.
ܐܝܢ ܘܐܡܝܢ.
bodily lives, but even now in their deaths, they showed an infallible image
of their agreement on divine matters.20 Every year at that time the entire
city went out there to see this marvel, and those from various places were
also present. Many unbelievers, both Jews and gentiles, were being con-
verted on account of this, so that jealousy was stirred up among the Jewish
crucifiers by a crowd of their disciples, and at night they secretly cut down
those trees. Because the world was not worthy of the gift of healing from
them,21 those trees did not spring up again.
15. This then is the history of my lord Paul the apostle, by whose
prayers the church and its children22 everywhere will be helped. May the
scribe and the owner, together with the reader and the hearers,23 be consid-
ered worthy to rejoice with him. Amen.
16. Thus concludes the history of the glorious one among the apostles,
my lord Paul, the teacher of all the nations. Glory to God. Amen.
20. This appeal to the harmony of the apostles (concordia apostolorum) was a cen-
tral element of Rome’s claims to apostolic foundations and authority. See e.g., Charles
Pietri, “Concordia Apostolorum et renovatio urbis (Culte des martyrs et propagande
pontificale),” MEFR 73 (1961): 275–322; J. M. Huskinson, Concordia Apostolorum:
Christian Propaganda at Rome in the Fourth and Fifth Centuries, BARIS 148 (Oxford:
British Archaeological Reports, 1982).
21. Cf. Heb 11:38.
22. Literally, “sons.”
23. The reference to a reader (or lector) and hearers strongly suggests that this
text was meant to be read in a liturgical context. The request of a blessing for the
scribe is not unknown (e.g., Hist. Shim. 37), yet here this request is extended to the
owner of the actual manuscript, who may also have been the patron and paid for its
production.
9. Martyrdom of Paul the Apostle and the
Discovery of His Severed Head1
BHO 884, 898
Content
This Syriac text may be divided into three distinct sections. In part one
the author provides a brief summary of Paul’s biography, recounting his
Jewish ancestry and eventual baptism by Ananias. After suffering many
persecutions Paul comes to Rome and finds Peter there. They agree that
Paul should focus his mission on the gentiles, while Peter will focus on
the Jews. Nero sentences both of them to death, and as they are on the
way to the executions, they lay hands on their disciples— Peter on Mark
and Paul on Luke. After Paul and Peter are killed, their bodies are col-
lected by the disciples and taken into the city. However, Paul’s head is not
found at that time. Later a shepherd finds and places it above his sheep-
fold. After dark a miraculous fire burns above the head, and the shepherd
makes this known to the bishop, Xystus. Everyone believes that it is the
head of Paul, but Xystus determines that they must verify this by seeing if
the head will reattach to the body. It does so, and everyone glorifies God.
The author specifies that thirty-five years passed between Paul’s calling
and his death: thirty-one spent as a traveling missionary, two in prison in
Caesarea, and two in Rome. Every year the church continues to celebrate
a feast in his honor.
Part two is identified as a historical account that should be placed at
the beginning of the Pauline corpus. The author opens with an extended
invocation of divine favor and mercy as he embarks upon the difficult task
of recounting these important events. He promises to recount the events
as accurately as possible. Then follows a biographical summary of Paul,
-203-
204 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Literary Background
The literary context for the Martyrdom of Paul and the Discovery of His
Severed Head is difficult to determine, for the three distinct sections were
likely gathered by an editor from separate sources, as the manuscript and
internal literary evidence suggest.2 The common theme is Pauline chronol-
ogy, but we should note that, for example, the explanation of the thirty-
five years between Paul’s Damascus Road experience and his death appears
twice, as does the claim that Paul died in the thirty-sixth year after the
death of Jesus. There is no progression of thought from one text to the next.
Instead, it appears that an editor identified different texts about the chronol-
ogy of Paul’s life and copied them together in the same manuscript.
There is little that would allow us to assign them to a specific author
or location, but several details could suggest Roman provenance (with
the caveat that the different sections could originally come from differ-
ent places). Part one places the apostolic division of the mission field in
Rome instead of in Jerusalem (cf. Gal 2:7). This attempt to replace Jerusa-
lem with Rome at a critical point in the history of the early church could
2. N.B. Although Rahmani puts the sections under a single title, there are two
separate entries in the BHO.
9. Martyrdom of Paul and the discovery of his severed head 205
reflect the roman church’s efforts to claim authority over other cities,
particularly the churches of the east. The story of Paul’s severed head is
another piece of possible evidence for rome. Bishop Xystus (sixtus) is
almost certainly Xystus ii, who occupied the episcopal seat from 257–
258 ce. other literary evidence tells us that on June 29, 258, the roman
church celebrated some kind of festival in honor of Paul and Peter: “[feast
of] Peter in the catacombs, of Paul on the ostian road, when Tuscus
and Bassus were consuls.” The nature of this festival is not specified in
the sources, but such an event could prompt a foundation myth, and the
discovery of Paul’s head would explain the establishment of a Pauline cult
on the ostian road.3
one final detail should be mentioned. At the end of part three, there
is a notation that the text was translated from Greek into syriac. We do
not know if this is meant to apply to all sections of the text or only this
final portion, but Greek was used by roman christians well into late
antiquity. it was the official liturgical language until the middle of the
fourth century and remained in parts of the liturgy as late as the eighth
century. Thus, it is possible that a text (or texts) like this could have been
produced in rome in Greek. All the factors mentioned here, it must be
emphasized, are highly speculative; so any suggestions of provenance
must be offered tentatively.
The editor states at the end of part three that the text was translated
from Greek into syriac 436 years after Paul’s death in 69 ce, or 499 ce.
This corresponds to the claim that this translation was done in year 810 of
Alexander the Great. syriac manuscripts typically begin their dating from
the seleucid period and october 1, 311 Bce, so year 810 would be 499 ce.
it is not certain that this date applies to all three parts of the text, but we
may assign it to the syriac translation of at least part of the text, with a date
slightly earlier assumed for the Greek original.
The story of the rediscovery of Paul’s head also appears in a slightly
different, and likely later, version in Pseudo-dionysius’s Epistle to Timothy
(ch. 12 of this volume).
3. Burying of the Martyrs (dep. mart.). The text has survived because it was
attached to the 354 filocalian calendar, a roman civil calendar. see david l. eastman,
Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin West, WGrWsup 4 (Atlanta: soci-
ety of Biblical literature, 2011), 22–24; 95–97.
206 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Text
The translation is the first in any modern language and is based on the edi-
tion by Rahmani from a single manuscript about which, unfortunately, he
does not provide details concerning its provenance or location.
Select Bibliography
Peeters, Paul. “Notes sur la légende des apôtres S. Pierre et S. Paul dans la
littérature syrienne.” AnBoll 21 (1902): 121–40.
Rahmani, Ignatius Ephraem II, ed. “Pauli Apostoli martyrium et ipsius
capitis truncati inventio.” Pages 3–5 in Studia Syriaca seu collectio doc-
umentorum hactenus ineditorum ex codicibus syriacis. Monte Libano:
Seminario Scharfensi, 1904.
]ܣܗܕܘܬܐ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ ܫܠܝܚܐ ܘܫܟܚܬܐ ܕܪܝܫܗ[
.1ܦܘܠܘܣ ܫܠܝܚܐ ܡܢ ܛܪܣܘܣ ܐܬܝܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ .ܡܢ ܫܒܛܐ ܕܒܢܝܡܝܢ .ܦܪܝܫܐ ܒܐܪܣܝܣ 1ܕܝܠܗ .ܘܟܕ
ܣܓܝܐܬܐ ܘܡܕܝܢ̈ܬܐ ܪܘ̈ܪܒܬܐ ܬܠܡܕ .ܘܩܝܢܕܘܢ̈ܘ 2ܕܐܠ ܒܙܥܘܪ ܣܒܠ ܘܣܝܒܪ ̈ ܥܡܕ ܡܢ ܚܢܢܝܐ .ܐܬ̈ܪܘܬܐ
ܚܠܦ ܫܡܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ .ܘܠܚܪܬܐ ܠܪܘܡܝ ܠܘܬ ܦܛܪܘܣ ܐܙܠ .ܘܟܕ ܦܘܠܓܐ ܕܬܒܝܠ ܥܒܕܝܢ ܗܘܘ.
̈
ܘܠܣܓܝܐܐ ܐܦܢܝܘ ܠܫܪܪܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ. ܕܥܡܡܐ ܠܦܘܠܘܣ ܡܛܬ .ܠܦܛܪܘܣ ܕܝܢ ܥܡܐ ̈
ܕܝܘܕܝܐ. ̈ ܡܢܬܐ
̈
ܦܩܕ ܢܐܪܘܢ ܕܒܡܚܘܬܐ ܡܪܝ̈ܪܬܐ ܢܡܘܬܘܢ ܬ̈ܪܝܗܘܢ .ܘܦܛܪܘܣ ܫܐܠ ܕܢܙܕܩܦ ܒܬܪ ܪܝܫܗ .ܕܢܗܘܐ ܡܢܫܩ
ܠܬܠܡܝܕܝܗܘܢ ܦܛܪܘܣ ̈ ̈
ܥܩܒܝ ܙܩܝܦܐ ܕܪܒܗ .ܘܟܕ ܢܦܩܝܢ ܕܢܬܩܛܠܘܢ .ܐܓܥܠܘ ܣܝܡ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܟܗܢܘܬܐ
̈
ܠܡܪܩܘܣ ܘܦܘܠܘܣ ܠܠܘܩܐ .ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܐܙܕܩܦ ܦܛܪܘܣ ܘܐܬܩܛܠ ܦܘܠܘܣ .ܘܣܓܝܐܐ ܥܡܗܘܢ ܡܢ
ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܬܬܠܡܕܘ ܠܗܘܢ .ܢܦܩܘ ܠܘܩܐ ܘܡܪܩܘܣ ܒܠܠܝܐ .ܘܐܥܠܘ ܦܓ̈ܪܝܗܘܢ ܠܡܕܝܢܬܐ .ܪܝܫܗ ܕܝܢ
̈
ܕܩܛܝܐܠ ̈
ܩܛܝܐܠ .ܘܐܠ ܐܫܬܟܚ .ܘܒܬܪ ܙܒܢܐ ܣܓܝܐܐ .ܟܕ ܪܥܝܐ ܥܒܪ ܒܕܘܬܟܐ .ܐܬܪ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ ܐܒܕ ܒܬܝ
ܐܬܛܡܪܘ .ܐܫܟܚܗ ܠܪܝܫܗ .ܘܫܩܠܗ ܒܪܝܫ ܚܘܛܪܗ .ܘܐܙܠ ܣܡܗ ܠܥܠ ܡܢ ܛܝܪܐ ܕܥܢܗ .ܘܒܠܠܝܐ ܚܙܐ
-208-
[Martyrdom of Paul the Apostle and the discovery of his severed head1]
1. The apostle Paul was from Tarsus, from the tribe of Benjamin, and he
belonged to the Pharisee sect. After he was baptized by Ananias, he made
disciples in many regions and great cities. he suffered and endured many
dangers for the name of christ, and finally he journeyed to rome, where
Peter was. They made a division of the inhabited earth—the portion of the
gentiles going to Paul, and the nation of the Jews going to Peter2—and they
converted many to the truth of christ. nero ordered that the two of them
should die by harsh blows. Peter asked that he be crucified with his head
downward, so that he may kiss the feet of his crucified master. When they
were proceeding to be killed, they entrusted the laying on of hands of the
priesthood to their disciples, Peter to Mark and Paul to luke.3 But after
Peter was crucified and Paul was killed, along with many whom they had
made disciples, luke and Mark went out at night and carried their bodies
into the city.4 The head of Paul, however, was lost among those killed and
was not found. A long time later, when a shepherd passed through the
place where those killed were buried, he found Paul’s head. he carried it
with the head of his staff and went and put it above the sheepfold of his
flock. After nightfall he beheld a fire break out above it, and he went and
made this known to bishop Xystus5 and the clergy. All of them understood
-209-
210 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܢܘܪܐ ܟܕ ܡܬܓܘܙܐܠ ܠܥܠ ܡܢܗ .ܘܥܠ ܐܘܕܥ ܠܟܣܘܣـܛܘܣ ܐܦܝܣܩܘܦܐ ܘܠܩܠܝܪܘܣ .ܘܐܫܬܘܕܥܘ
ܠܟܗܘܢ .ܕܕܫܠܕܗ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ ܐܬܝܘܗܝ ܪܝܫܐ .ܐܡܪ ܠܗܘܢ ܟܣܘܣـܛܘܣ .ܢܥܒܕ ܫܗܪܐ ܘܨܠܘܬܐ ܠܟܗ
ܘܢܦܩܝܗ ܠܫܠܕܐ ܘܢܣܝܡܝܘܗܝ ܠܪܝܫܐ ܠܘܬ ܪܓܠܗ .ܘܐܢ ܗܦܟ ܘܡܬܚܝܕ ܠܩܕܠܗ .ܝܕܝܥܐܗܝ ̇ ܠܠܝܐ.
ܕܕܦܘܠܘܣ ܐܬܝܘܗܝ .ܘܟܕ ܗܟܢܐ ܥܒܕܘ ܐܬܗܦܟ ܠܟܗ ܦܓܪܐ ܘܐܬܚܝܕ ܠܪܝܫܐ .ܐܝܟ ܗܘ ܕܐܠ ܐܬܦܣܩܬ
̈
ܚܝܘܗܝ. ܚܘܡܪܬܐ ܡܡܬܘܡ .ܘܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܚܙܘ ܬܡܗܘ ܘܫܒܚܘ ܐܠܠܗܐ܀ ܗܘܐ ܕܝܢ ܡܢ ܩܪܬܝܗ ܠܫܘܠܡ
ܬܠܬܝܢ ܘܚܡܫ ܫܢ̈ܝܢ .ܬܠܬܝܢ ܘܚܕܐ ܟܕ ܡܬܟܪܟ ܠܟܠ ܕܘܟ .ܘܬ̈ܪܬܝܢ ܒܒܬܝ ܐܣܝ̈ܪܐ ܕܩܐܣܪܝܐ .ܘܬ̈ܪܬܝܢ
ܒܒܬܐ ܗܕܝ̈ܪܐ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܐ. ܒܪܘܡܝ .ܘܐܣܗܕ ܒܫܢܬܐ ܕܬܠܬܝܢ ܘܫܬܝ ܕܒܬܪ ܚܫܗ ܕܦܪܘܩܢ .ܘܗܐ ܣܝܡ ̈
ܒܪܘܡܝ ܒܐܝܩܪܐ ܪܒܐ ܘܟܠ ܫܢܬܐ ܒܥܣܪܝܢ ܘܬܫܥܐ ܒܬܡܘܙ ܠܝܘܡܐ ܕܕܘܟܪܢܗ ܡܫܡܠܝܢܢ.
ܟܕ ܒܪܚܡܬ ܝܘܠܦܢܐ ܘܚܨܝܦܘܬܐ ܕܚܘܒܟ ܡܬܕܡܪ ܐܐܢ ܐܒܘܢ ܝܩܝܪܐ .ܒܟܘܚܕܐ ܘܒܡܫܬܡܥܢܘܬܐ
ܡܬܥܢܐ ܐܐܢ :ܘܒܚܘܠܢܐ ܠܐܝܨܐ ܘܩܛܝܢܐ ܕܬܫܥܬܝܐ ܢܦܫܝ ܡܫܡܪ ܐܐܢ .ܕܫܪܒܐ ܗܐܢ ܩܕܡ ܡܬܟܒܢܘܬܗ
ܕܦܐܘܠܘܣ ܐܣܝܡ .ܘܥܒܕܐ ܕܣܓܝ ܪܒ ܡܢܝ ܩܒܠܬ .ܥܠ ܕܕܚܠܬ ܡܢ ܐܠ ܡܫܬܡܥܢܘܬܐ ̇
ܒܗܝ ܕܝܕܥܬ
9. Martyrdom of Paul and the Discovery of His Severed Head 211
that it was the head of the corpse of Paul. Xystus said to them, “Let us
observe a vigil and prayer all night, and let us bring out the corpse and put
the head next to the feet. If the trunk turns around and is joined to its neck,
then it will be acknowledged that it is [the head] of Paul.” They proceeded
in this way, and the entire body turned around and was joined to the head,
as if a vertebra had never been severed. Those who saw it marveled and
glorified God. From Paul’s calling to the end of his life, there were thirty-
five years: thirty-one when he was traveling around everywhere, two in
prison in Caesarea,6 and two in Rome. He became a martyr in the thirty-
sixth year after the passion of our Savior. Behold, he was placed with great
honor in the splendid churches of the empire in Rome, and every year on
the twenty-ninth of Tammuz,7 we celebrate the day of his festival.
the Liberian Catalog, Optatus assigns the dates 117–126 CE, while Eusebius gives the
dates 119–128/129 (Hist. eccl. 4.4.1–4.5.5; Chron. Olympiad 224.3). Sixtus II (257–258
CE) is the more likely referent, for on June 29, 258, the Roman church celebrated the
feast of “Peter in the Catacombs, of Paul on the Ostian Road.” On the importance and
limitations of this notation on the Roman calendar, see Eastman, Paul the Martyr,
95–97.
6. Caesarea Maritima.
7. Tammuz, the tenth month in the Syriac calendar, corresponds to the end of
June and early July. Hence, the author is referring to the traditional June 29 date for
the feast of Peter and Paul. However, it should be noted that in the Ethiopian Ortho-
dox Church, the feast of Peter is observed on July 31 (Solomon C. Malan, The Conflicts
of the Apostles: An Apocryphal Book of the Early Eastern Church [London: Nutt, 1871],
8 n. 2).
8. This invocation probably refers to a more senior ecclesiastical authority, not to
God as Father, because the scribe asks for this father’s prayers to help him get to God.
9. Matt 7:14.
212 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܕܒܡܬܐܠ ܡܬܐܡܪܐ .ܕܒܪܐ ܠܡ ܐܠ ܡܫܬܡܥܢܐ ܐܠܒܕܐܢ ܢܫܬܠܡ .ܗܘ ܕܝܢ ܕܡܫܬܡܥ ܠܒܪ ܡܢ ܗܐܢ �ܠܗܝ ̈̇
̈ ̈ ̈ ̈
ܢܗܘܢ .ܐܐܠ ܕܝܢ ܨܠܘܬܟ ܗܒܠܝ .ܕܟܕ ܒܕܡܘܬ �ܠܩܐ ܡܟܐ ܘܡܟܐ ܓܦܐ ܢܩܢܝܢܢܝ ܢܬ̈ܪܨܢܢܝ ܠܘܬ ܠܐܗܐ.
ܐܝܕܘܗܝ ܦܪܣ .ܟܕ ܡܥܕܪ ܒܙܒܢ ܐܠܝܣܪܐܝܠ ܒܓܘ ܡܫܪܬܝܐ ܐܝܟܢܐ ܕܐܦ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܦ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܡܘܫܐ ܗܘ ܪܒܐ ̈
ܐܐܢ ܟܕ ܡܢ ̈ܪܘܚܐ ܕܐܐܪ ܕܡܩ̈ܪܒܢ ܐܫܬܘܙܒ :ܘܫܦܝܐܬܝ ܐܪܕܐ .ܐܠܠܦܐ ܕܡܠܬܐ ܠܠܡܐܐܢ 3ܕܫܝܢܐ ܐܡܢܥ .ܟܕ
̇
ܕܐܬܝܝܗ ܒܫܪܪܐ ܡܫܬܥܐܐܐܢ܀ ܡܫܪܐ ܐܐܢ ܗܟܝܠ ܒܡܥܬܐ .ܗܟܢܐ ܐܝܟ
.3ܦܘܠܘܣ ܫܠܝܚܐ ܥܒܪܝܐ ܡܢ ܐܬܝܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ ܒܓܢܣܗ 4.ܡܢ ܫܒܛܐ ܕܒܢܝܡܝܢ ܦܪܝܫܝܐ ܕܝܢ ܒܐܪܐܣܝܣ
ܕܝܠܗ .ܘܩܕܡ ܡܠܦܢܐ ܡܗܝܡܢܐ ܓܡܠܝܐܝܠ .ܒܢܡܘܣܐ ܕܡܘܫܐ ܐܬܪܕܝ .ܥܡ ܕܝܢ ܗܠܝܢ :ܒܛܪܣܘܣ
ܠܥܕܬܐ ܕܠܐܗܐ .ܘܥܠ ܗܕܐ ܐܦ ܩܪܝܒ ܗܘܐ ܒܩܛܠܗ ܕܐܬܝܝܗ ܥܝܢܐ ܕܩܝܠܝܩܝܐ ܥܡܪ ܗܘܐ ܪܕܦ ܗܘܐ ܕܝܢ ܘܒܐܙ ̈
̇
̈
ܕܐܣـܛܦܢܘܣ ܫܠܝܚܐ ܘܣܗܕܐ ܘܫܘܬܦܐ ܐܬܝܘܗܝ ܗܘܐ ܗܝܕܝܢ ܒܩܛܠܗ .ܟܕ ܩܒܠ ܥܠܘܗܝ ܠܡܛܪ ܡܐܐܢ
̈
ܫܓܘܫܐ ܡܬܚܙܐ ܕܠܟܗܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܪܓܡܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܠܗ̈ .
ܕܐܝܕܝܐ ܕܠܟܗܘܢ ܢܫܐܠ ܠܘܬ ܩܛܐܠ .ܘܩܕܡܝܐ ܥܡ
̈ ̈
ܕܠܒܢܝ ܡܠܬܐ .ܕܕܚܠܬ ܠܐܗܐ ܢܣܚܘܦ .ܘܣܓܝܐܬܐ ܐܬܝܝܗܝܢ ܘܪܘ̈ܪܒܬܐ ܗܠܝܢ̈ ܗܘܐ .ܟܕ ܚܨܝܦ ܒܠܟܕܘܟ.
ܕܒܗ ܬܝܝܪܐܬܝ ܡܣܒܪ ܗܘܝ .ܟܕ ܥܒܪܐ ܗܘܬ ܦܩܪܘܬܗ ܐܦ ܠܡܫܘܚܬܐ .ܗܝ ̇ ܗܘܝܢ ̈
ܕܡܢܗ ܠܘܩܒܠ ܥܕܬܐ ̈
ܗܘܐ ܕܡܚܘܐ ܕܚܠܬ ܠܐܗܐ ܘܡܬܪܨ ܪܘ̈ܪܒܬܐ .ܐܝܟ ܕܐܦ ܗܘ ܒܐܓܪܬܗ ܡܘܕܐ .ܘܠܘܩܐ ܬܘܒ ܡܫܬܥܐ ܒܬܟܒܐ
destruction,”10 but the one who is obedient will be spared from this. But
give me your prayers, so that like oars on both sides, they may give me
wings and carry me to God. Just as that great Moses then stretched out his
hands, when at that time he was helping israel within the camp, so i also
will be delivered from the spirits of the air that wage war on us11 and will
lead the ship of the word straight forward and will arrive with it in the port
of peace.12 i am now beginning with the affair and telling it truthfully just
as it was.
3. The apostle Paul was from the hebrew race, from the tribe of Benja-
min, and from the Pharisee sect. he was first instructed in the law of Moses
by the faithful teacher Gamaliel.13 Moreover, he was dwelling in Tarsus,
which is the main city of cilicia,14 and was persecuting and plundering
the churches of God. in addition to this, he was also present at the killing
of stephen the apostle and martyr. he was at that time a partner in ste-
phen’s killing, because he accepted the task of keeping the garments of all
those who were stoning him, so that all their hands may be engaged in the
killing.15 he was also seen to be first among those causing a disturbance,
because in every place that there were children of the word who feared
God, he would diligently cast them down. Many and great were the things
done by him against the church. The fury in him was beyond measure,
because more and more he believed that he was demonstrating the fear
of God and was setting many things right, as he also acknowledges in his
epistle.16 luke also tells about it in his second book.17 not only did he hate
and loathe the proclamation of the truth—as did a great portion of the Jews
after him—but he was also displaying an exceedingly fierce anger greater
than anyone else. for when he saw that the [christian] proclamation was
10. The reference here is to Prov 13:1 in the septuagint version, which does not
agree with the MT, the Peshitta, or the Targum.
11. exod 14:16–26.
12. Appeals for divine assistance in copying the Pauline epistles appear elsewhere
in the syriac manuscript tradition. see e.g., Amir harrak, Catalogue of Syriac and
Garshuni Manuscripts: Manuscripts Owned by the Iraqi Department of Antiquities and
Heritage, csco 126 (leuven: Peeters, 2011), 102–4.
13. Acts 22:3.
14. literally, the “eye of cilicia.”
15. Acts 7:58.
16. Gal 1:13–14. Paul believed he was displaying devotion toward God at that time
but later came to believe that he had been mistaken.
17. The Acts of the Apostles.
214 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
… .4ܒܒܬܝ ܐܣܝ̈ܪܐ ܕܩܐܣܪܝܐ܀ ܘܬܘܒ ܫܢ̈ܝܐ ܬ̈ܪܬܝܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܕܥܒܕ ܒܪܘܡܝ ܘܥܡܗܝܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܥܣܪ
ܕܢܗܘܝܢ ̈ܫܢܝܐ ܠܟܗܝܢ ܡܢ ܩܪܬܝܐ ܕܝܠܗ ܘܥܕܡܐ ܠܫܘܡܠܝܗ ܬܠܬܝܢ ܘܚܡܫ܀ ܐܐܠ ܫܢܝܐ ܐܚ̈ܪܬܝܐ .ܐܝܟ ̈
̈
ܐܠ ܐܢܫ ܡܛܠ ܗܠܝܢ ܢܥܕܠܢܝ .ܘܢܣܐܠ ܠܗܠܝܢ ܕܐܣܬܥ̈ܪܝ ܒܬܪ ܬܟܒܐ ܕܦܪܟܣܝܣ 5ܟܕ ܐܡܪ .ܕܠܘܩܐ
ܗܠܝܢ ܐܠ ܣܡ .ܡܫܐܠ ܠܗ ܓܝܪ ܐܢܫ ܠܗܐܢ ܒܒܘܝܢܐ .ܐܘ ܚܒܝܒܢ̣ ܐܠ ܡܩܒܠ ܐܢܬ ܠܙܒܢ̈ܐ ܕܒܬܪ
ܦܪܟܣܝܣ .ܐܐܠ ܐܡܪ ܠܝ ܕܚܘܐ ܠܝ ܕܡܫܬܥܐ ܠܘܩܐ ܥܠ ܣܗܕܘܬܗ ܕܦܐܘܠܘܣ .ܕܠܘܬ ܗܐܢ ܡܦܢܐ
ܚܝܘܗܝ ܕܦܐܘܠܘܣ ܕܒܪܘܡܝ .ܘܐܫܬܥܝ ܠܢ ܐܐܢ .ܕܠܐܘ ܠܘܩܐ ܒܗܠܝܢ ܬ̈ܪܬܝܢ ܫܢ̈ܝܐ ܒܠܚܘܕ ܡܫܚ ܠܢ ̈
ܥܠ ܣܗܕܘܬܗ .ܐܦܐܠ ܚܕ ܥܘܩܒܐ ܕܥܠ ܙܒܢ̈ܐ ܡܬܒܥܐ ܗܘܐ .ܐܐܠ ܡܛܠ ܕܥܠ ܣܗܕܘܬܗ ܗܐܢ ܐܠ ܐܬܟܒ.
ܒܬܪ ܓܝܪ ܙܒܢܐ ܣܓܝܐܐ ܕܡܬܟܒܢܘܬܗ ܗܘܬ .ܐܬܛܦܝܣ ܡܟܝܠ ܐܠܘܣܒܝܘܣ ܗܘ ܕܐܬܟܒ ܥܠ ܙܒܢ̈ܐ
̈
ܬܠܡܝܕܘܗܝ ܓܝܪ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ .ܟܕ ܒܦܝܣܐ ܘܒܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܘܠܬܫܥܬܝܐ ܒܨܒܝܢܐ ܛܒܐ ܐܘ ܚܒܝܒܢ ܩܒܠ.
ܕܠܒܢܝܢܐ ܕܝܠܗܘܢ ܘܕܐܚ̈ܪܐܢ ܠܡܫܠܡܢܘܬܐ ̈
ܕܐܒܗܬܐ ܕܡܠܦܢܘܬܐ ܡܩܒܠܝܢ ܝ̈ܪܘܬܐ ܗܘܝܢ ܕܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܕܫܡܝܐ܀
ܫܠܡ ܫܪܒܐ ܕܘܐܠ ܕܢܬܬܣܝܡ ܒܫܘܪܝ ܬܟܒܐ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ ܫܠܝܚܐ܀
shining forth, and that the word of truth was flourishing and prevailing
greatly over the teaching of the Jews, he suffered because of this. And
because he believed that it would be a great wrong if their doctrines were
not suppressed, he took great pains and was diligent against the children
of the church, so that either he might separate them from the teaching of
truth or might be esteemed a worthy judge…
4. … in the prison of caesarea, and in addition the two years that he
spent in rome, and along with those ten latter years.18 Thus, altogether
there were thirty-five years from his calling until his perfection.19 But let
no one find fault with me about these things and reject these things that
were done after the Book of the Acts20 by saying that luke did not mention
these things. for one might rightly ask such a person this: “our beloved,
do you not accept that there were times after the Acts of the Apostles?” But
he may say to me: “show me that luke tells about the martyrdom of Paul.”
And to this i respond: “if luke had measured out for us in these two years
alone the life of Paul in rome and had told us about his martyrdom, then
not even a single inquiry concerning the times would have been needed.
But, because he did not write about Paul’s martyrdom, which happened a
long time after he wrote, the narrative was taken up from there by euse-
bius, who wrote concerning the times and out of good will produced a his-
tory.21 oh, our beloved, accept this!” indeed, christ’s disciples are heirs of
the kingdom of heaven, because by persuasion and by faith they received
the tradition of the fathers of doctrine as their building and the building
of others.
here ends the narrative that it is proper to place at the beginning of the
book of Paul the apostle.
18. This is probably a reference to the tradition that Paul spent ten years traveling
in spain and the West after being released from rome. see e.g., hist. Paul 9 (ch. 8 in
this volume).
19. A term used for martyrdom.
20. That is, the Acts of the Apostles.
21. This need to fill in the gap left by luke is the author’s primary justification for
his own work and the work of others. in his Chronicle, eusebius dates the deaths of
Peter and Paul to 65 ce (Chron. olympiad 211).
216 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
6. From the Greek ἀγών, this term thus echoes the “good fight” language of 2 Tim
[Link] τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι.
9. Martyrdom of Paul and the Discovery of His Severed Head 217
In the days of Nero, Caesar of the Romans, the apostle Paul became a martyr
in Rome when his head was cut off by a sword. This was in the thirty-sixth
year after the passion of our Savior.22 The good fight23 was fought in Rome
on a Thursday in the month of Tammuz, on the twenty-ninth.24 The holy
martyr was perfected in martyrdom in the sixty-ninth year of the advent
of our Savior Jesus Christ. Thus, altogether from the time when he became
a martyr until the year 810 of Alexander the Macedonian, when this book
was translated from Greek into Syriac for the first time, there were 436
years.25 Accurately have I made known the time of the martyrdom of Paul.
22. The preceding text indicates that 35 years had elapsed, perhaps explaining why
his death here is placed “in the 36th year.”
23. Cf. 2 Tim 4:7.
24. See n. 7 above on the date.
25. The dating system in Syriac texts typically begins with the Seleucid period and
October 1, 311 BCE. Thus, year 810 equals 499 CE. Correspondingly, the author dates
Paul’s martyrdom to 69 CE, and between his death and the translation of the text into
Syriac there are 436 years, thus also yielding a date of 499 CE. On Syriac dating see
Ludger Bernhard, Die Chronologie der syrischen Handschriften, VOHDSupp 14 (Wies-
baden: Steiner, 1971).
Part 3. Joint Martyrdom Accounts of
Peter and Paul
10. Pseudo-Marcellus, Passion of
the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul
CANT 193.1 / BHL 6657–6659
and
Content
These two texts generally follow each other very closely, so they will be
introduced together.
One of the places they diverge, however, is at the beginning of the text,
where the Greek Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul (Greek Acts)
includes twenty-one additional chapters relating the travels and adven-
tures of Paul between Malta and Rome. Most notable among this addi-
tional material is a plot by some of the Jews in Rome to have Paul assassi-
nated by the order of the emperor. Nero issues an edict to kill Paul on sight.
The captain of one of Paul’s ships happens to bear a strong resemblance to
the apostle (primarily because he is bald) and is killed when he goes into
Puteoli preaching the gospel. Nero and his conspirators are put at ease, yet
meanwhile Paul has a disturbing dream about events in Rome and hastens
his journey to the city. Word reaches Rome that Paul is still alive, and the
Jewish leaders beg Simon the sorcerer to report the bad news to Nero.
Here the Latin Passion of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul (Latin Pas-
sion) joins the story. Paul arrives in Rome and is approached by the Jewish
leaders, who ask him to counter Peter’s teachings against the law. Peter is
made aware of Paul’s presence in Rome and hurries to greet him, recount-
-221
-
222 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ing the threats to the faith caused by simon the sorcerer. The apostles
then collectively resolve a dispute between Jewish and gentile believers by
emphasizing the universal nature of the gospel.
The apostolic preaching is so successful that some Jewish religious
leaders and pagan priests set out to thwart Paul and Peter. Peter’s preach-
ing is causing aristocratic women—including the wife of nero and the
wife of the prefect Agrippa—to withdraw from sexual contact with their
husbands, and Paul’s preaching is causing members of the military and
the imperial household to abandon their service. At this time simon the
sorcerer accuses the apostles of being frauds, but Peter counters him by
performing miracles and casting out demons. simon at last runs to nero
and warns that the empire will fall unless these two threats are eliminated.
The emperor summons the three of them into his presence, where the
two sides argue about who is telling the truth about having divine power.
Peter tells nero to read the letter of Pontius Pilate to claudius if he wants
to know the truth about christ and his apostles. The verbal sparring con-
tinues, and Peter defeats simon in a contest of discerning each other’s
thoughts. Paul confirms that all of Peter’s claims are true, and simon finally
claims that he will prove his power by ascending into heaven. he reminds
nero that he had already come back from the dead, although the narrator
explains that simon had only appeared to do so by deceiving a dimwitted
executioner. The insults continue back and forth, as both sides plead their
case before nero. The Greek Acts lacks several sections of this banter but
otherwise continues to parallel the latin Passion.
in keeping with simon’s request, nero constructs a tall tower in the
city. All the people come to see whether simon or Peter and Paul are telling
the truth. simon climbs the tower and begins to fly through the air, causing
nero initially to declare simon the winner. But as Paul prays, Peter com-
mands the demons to drop simon. The sorcerer falls to his death. nero
arrests the apostles and instructs the prefect Agrippa to kill them. Paul is
led away to his death—on the ostian road in the latin Passion, but at an
estate called Aquae salvias in the Greek Acts. The Greek Acts here includes
the story of a pious woman named Perpetua, who loans Paul a scarf to put
over his eyes at the time of his execution. The apostle promises to return it
to her after his death, which he does. Perpetua is blind in one eye, yet when
she puts on Paul’s bloody scarf, her eye is instantly healed.
The latin Passion and the Greek Acts are parallel once again in their
account of Peter being led away to crucifixion. A large crowd attempts to
stop nero from killing Peter, but the apostle calms the crowd, asks God to
10. Passion and Acts of the holy Apostles Peter and Paul 223
care for the believers left behind, and goes quietly to his death. suddenly
holy men from Jerusalem appear and, together with a nobleman named
Marcellus (who had previously been a follower of simon the sorcerer), take
Peter’s body and bury it on the Vatican hill.
The Greek Acts then inserts a continuation of the Perpetua story. The
soldiers who had met this woman on their way to kill Paul come upon her
once again. They are amazed to hear the miracle of the scarf and immedi-
ately declare themselves servants of christ, the master of Paul. They refuse
to go back into the city to serve the emperor. Perpetua brings the news
to nero and is arrested and thrown into prison. for their part, the newly
converted soldiers are immediately executed. in prison Perpetua meets a
christian maiden named Potenziana and tells her all about the teachings of
Paul. This Potenziana happens to be the sister of nero’s wife and convinces
her sister and other aristocratic women to withdraw from their husbands.
nero tortures and executes Perpetua and has Potenziana burned alive.
Another account of the mysterious visitors from Jerusalem marks the
rejoining of the two texts. They praise the romans for being worthy of
these two great martyr-patrons and predict the imminent demise of nero.
soon after, as they had predicted, an uprising forces nero to flee, and he
dies a horrible death in the wilderness.
At another time some “Greeks” attempt to take the bodies of the apos-
tles back to the east, but an earthquake stops them, and the romans take
their bodies to the catacombs on the Appian road. from there the bodies
are relocated—Peter to the Vatican and Paul to the ostian road. The Greek
Acts closes by specifying the dates of the deaths of all the martyrs men-
tioned in the account, most importantly June 29 for the apostles.
literary Background
There is no question that these two texts are connected. The overlap
throughout most of the narrative reflects direct translation, so which text is
the original? Both solutions have been proposed, but the literary evidence
favors the latin Passion as the original, for the Greek Acts gives indications
of being a translation. specifically, the Greek employs a number of terms
that are direct transliterations from latin, suggesting that the Greek ver-
sion is a translation of the latin, not the other way around. (This also sug-
gests an audience that speaks Greek but would also be familiar with latin.
see more on this below in the discussion of provenance.) After the initial
translation from latin into Greek, the two texts had parallel but largely
224 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
1. There exists one outlier to this general division. A codex of the sixteenth cen-
tury contains a Greek translation of the latin Passion as we have it, meaning that it
does not include the additional material in the Greek Acts (i.e., the twenty-one open-
ing chapters and the Perpetua story).
10. Passion and Acts of the holy Apostles Peter and Paul 225
2. david l. eastman, Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin West,
WGrWsup 4 (Atlanta: society of Biblical literature, 2011), 62–69.
226 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
are weak and do not eliminate the possibility that these chapters were
part of the Greek Acts in its original form. The Greek Acts also displays
more concern with linking this story to the liturgical calendar. The specific
dates of the deaths of Peter and Paul, the converted soldiers, Perpetua, and
Potenziana are listed only at the end of the Greek Acts. The text there-
fore serves as a foundation story for multiple festivals in Rome. Not all
differences between these texts are as innocuous as these, however. As I
have shown elsewhere,3 the Latin Passion places Paul’s death on the Ostian
Road, the dominant traditional site. In the Greek text, however, Paul dies
on the estate at Aquae Salvias, several kilometers from the Ostian Road
site. Gregory I supports this latter account in one of his letters, and so these
two texts, although closely related, nevertheless also reveal rivalry in Rome
concerning the Pauline cult sites.
Text
Both the Greek and Latin texts survive in numerous manuscripts from the
Middle Ages. The translations are the first available in English based on the
editions by Lipsius.4
Select Bibliography
Eastman, David L. Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin
West. WGRWSup 4. Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2011.
Erbetta, Mario, trans. “Gli Atti di Pietro e Paolo dello Ps. Marcello.” Pages
178–92 in Atti e leggende. Vol. 2 of Gli apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento.
2nd ed. Turin: Marietti, 1978.
Hennecke, Edgar. “Acta Petri et Pauli (Ps.-Marcellus).” Pages 440–42 in vol.
2 of New Testament Apocrypha. Edited by Wilhelm Schneemelcher.
English trans. edited by R. McL. Wilson. 5th ed. Louisville: Westmin-
ster John Knox, 1993.
3. Ibid.
4. The previous English translation of the Acts of Peter and Paul by Alexander
Walker (“Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul,” in Apocryphal Gospels, Acts and
Revelations, ANCL 16 [Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1870], 256–76) predates the publica-
tion of Lipsius’s critical edition and is based on the seventeenth-century edition by
Peter Lambeck.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 227
-228-
Passion of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul
1. When Paul had come to Rome, all the Jews came together to him, saying,
“Protect our faith in which you were born. It is not right that you, who are
a Hebrew of Hebrews, should consider yourself a teacher of the gentiles;
or that you, who are circumcised, have become a defender of the uncir-
cumcised and nullify faith in circumcision.1 Therefore, when you see Peter,
stand against his teaching, because he has nullified all observance of our
law, has eliminated our Sabbath and new moons, and has decimated our
lawful feasts.”
2. Paul responded to them, “From now on you will be able to verify
that I am a true Jew, when you will truly be able to observe the Sabbath
and pay heed to circumcision. For on the Sabbath day God rested from all
his works. We have the fathers and the patriarchs and the law. What sort
of thing is Peter preaching in the kingdom of the gentiles? If by chance he
wants to introduce any new teaching, then without any uproar or animos-
ity or trouble tell him that we want to see him, and in your presence I will
refute him.2 But if by chance his teaching is supported by true testimony
and the books of the Hebrews, then it is proper that we all obey him.”
3. After Paul had said these and other similar things, the Jews hastened
to Peter and said to him, “Paul came from the Hebrews and asks you to
come to him, because those who brought him3 are saying that they are not
able to release him, so that he may see whomever he wishes, before they
take him to Caesar.”
-229-
230 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
audiens haec Petrus gaudio gauisus est magno et statim exsurgens per-
rexit ad eum. uidentes autem se prae gaudio fleuerunt et in amplexibus suis
diutissime morati inuicem se lacrimis infuderunt.
4. cumque Paulus illi omnem textum suorum casuum indicasset
et qualiter nauigii fatigationibus aduenisset et Petrus dixisset illi, quas a
Simone mago pateretur insidias, abscessit Petrus ad uesperum, mane die
altero reuersurus.
5. cumque aurora diei daret initium, ecce Petrus adueniens inuenit
multitudinem Iudaeorum ante fores Pauli. erat autem inter Iudaeos Chris-
tianos et gentiles infinita conturbatio. Iudaei enim dicebant: nos genus
sumus electum regale amicorum Dei, Abrahae, Isaac et Iacob et omnium
prophetarum, cum quibus locutus est Deus, quibus ostendit mirabilia
magna et secreta sua. uos autem ex gentibus, nihil in semine uestro
magnum, nisi in idolis et sculptilibus inquinati et execrabiles extitistis.
6. haec et his similia dicentibus Iudaeis, gentes respondebant dicentes:
nos mox ut audiuimus ueritatem, reliquimus errores nostros et secuti eam
sumus. uos autem et paternas uirtutes scistis et prophetarum signa uidis-
tis et legem accepistis et mare pedibus siccis transistis, et inimicos uestros
demersos uidistis et columna nubis uobis per diem in caelo apparuit et
ignis per noctem, et manna uobis de caelo data est, et de petra uobis aquae
fluxerunt: et post omnia haec idolum uobis uituli fabricastis et adorastis
sculptile. nos autem nulla signa uidentes credimus Deum hunc, quem uos
non credentes dereliquistis.
7. haec et his similia contendentibus dixit apostolus Paulus, non debere
eos has contentiones inter se suscipere, sed hoc magis adtendere, quia
complesset Deus promissa sua, quae iurauit ad Abraham patrem nostrum,
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 231
quod in semine eius hereditarentur omnes gentes: non est enim persona-
rum acceptio apud Deum. quicumque enim in lege peccassent, secundum
legem iudicarentur; qui uero sine lege deliquissent, sine lege perirent. est
enim in humanis sensibus tanta sanctitas, ut bona laudet naturaliter et
puniat mala, quae inter se inuicem cogitationes aut accusantes puniat aut
remuneret excusantes.
8. haec et his similia Paulo dicente factum est ut mitigati essent et
Iudaei et gentes. sed principes Iudaeorum insistebant. Petrus uero his qui
eum arguebant, quod synagogas eorum interdiceret, dixit: audite, fratres,
Sanctum Spiritum promittentem patriarchae Dauid, quod de fructu uen-
tris eius poneret super sedem suam. hunc ergo cui dixit Pater de caelis:
filius meus es tu, ego hodie genui te, hunc crucifixerunt per inuidiam prin-
cipes sacerdotum. ut impleret autem redemtionem necessariam saeculo,
permisit se haec omnia sustinere, ut sicut ex costa Adae fabricata est Eua,
sic ex latere Christi in cruce positi fabricaretur ecclesia, quae non haberet
maculam neque rugam.
9. hunc Deus aditum aperuit omnibus filiis Abrahae et Isaac et Iacob,
ut sint in fide ecclesiae et non in infidelitate synagogae. conuertimini ergo
et intrate in gaudium Abrahae patris uestri, quia quod ei promisit Deus
adimpleuit. unde et propheta canit: iurauit Dominus et non paenitebit
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 233
13. Thus it came about that all the pious people were cursing Simon
the sorcerer and declaring that he was wicked. Those following Simon were
asserting by false testimony that Peter was a sorcerer, because they were
with Simon. This debate came even to the ears of the emperor Nero, and he
ordered Simon the sorcerer to come to him.
14. After coming and standing before Nero, he suddenly began to
change faces, such that he suddenly became a boy and after that an old
man, but in another moment a younger man. He was changed in sex and
age, and through many forms he was raging in the service of the devil.
When Nero saw this, he supposed that this was truly the son of God. Peter
the apostle was saying that this man was a thief, a liar, a sorcerer, foul,
wicked, apostate, an adversary of the truth in all matters that are the com-
mands of God, and that there was nothing left to do except, by the com-
mand of God, to make his iniquity openly manifest to all.
15. Then Simon went to Nero and said, “Hear me, good emperor. I am
the son of God who descended from heaven. Until now I have put up with
Peter, who says that he is the only apostle. Now this evil has been doubled,
for there is also Paul, who teaches the same things and speaks against me,
and at the same time is said to preach together with Peter. With regard to
them, it is certain that unless you plot their destruction, your kingdom will
not be able to stand.”
16. Then Nero was overwhelmed with anxiety and immediately ordered
them to be brought to him. On the next day, when Simon the sorcerer and
the apostles of Christ, Peter and Paul, went in to Nero, Simon said, “Here
are the disciples of that Nazarene, and it is not so good a thing for them that
they are from the common folk of the Jews.”
Nero said, “What is a Nazarene?”
Simon said, “There is a city in Judea20 that always acts against you and
is called Nazareth. Their teacher was from there.”
17. Nero said, “God admonishes and esteems every person, so why do
you persecute them?”
Simon said, “This is the race of people who have perverted all of Judea,
so that they do not believe in me.”
Nero said to Peter, “Why are you or your race so faithless?”
Then Peter said to Simon, “You were able to deceive everyone else, but
never me, for through me God recalled from error those whom you had
cauit. et cum expertum tibi sit, quod me superare non possis, miror qua
fronte in conspectu regis te iactes, ut putes per artem tuam magicam
Christi discipulos superare.
18. Nero dixit: quis1 est Christus?
Petrus dixit: hic est, quem hic Simon magus se esse adfirmat; hic autem
est homo nequissimus et opera eius diabolica. si autem uis scire, bone
imperator, quae gesta sunt in Iudaea de Christo, accipe litteras Pontii Pilati
missas ad Claudium, et ita cognoscis omnia. Nero autem iussit eas accipi et
in suo conspectu recitari. exemplar epistolae.
19. Pontius Pilatus Claudio suo salutem. nuper accidit quod ipse pro-
baui, Iudaeos per inuidiam se suosque posteros crudeli condempnatione
punisse. denique cum promissum haberent patres eorum quod illis Deus
eorum mitteret de caelo sanctum suum, qui eorum rex merito diceretur, et
hunc se promiserit per uirginem missurum ad terras,
20. is itaque me praeside in Iudaea Hebraeorum Deus cum uenis-
set, et uidessent eum caecos inluminasse, leprosos mundasse, paralyticos
curasse, daemones ab hominibus fugasse, mortuos suscitasse, imperasse
uentis, ambulasse siccis pedibus super undas maris et multa alia mirabilia
fecisse: cum omnis populus Iudaeorum Dei filium hunc esse dicerent, inu-
idia contra eum ducti sunt principes sacerdotum et tenuerunt eum et mihi
tradiderunt, et alia pro aliis mihi de eo mentientes dixerunt, istum magum
esse et contra legem eorum agere.
21. ego autem credidi ita esse et flagellatum tradidi illum arbitrio
eorum. illi autem crucifixerunt eum et sepulto custodes adhibuerent. ille
autem militibus meis custodientibus die tertio resurrexit. in tantum autem
exarsit nequitia Iudaeorum, ut darent pecuniam eis dicentes: dicite quia
discipuli eius corpus ipsius rapuerunt. sed cum accepissent pecuniam,
deceived. Because you know by experience that you are not able to defeat
me, I wonder in what guise you have brought yourself into the presence
of the king, so that you believe you are able to overcome the disciples of
Christ through your magical art.”
18. Nero said, “Who is the Christ?”
Peter said, “He is the one who this Simon the sorcerer claims to be.
But this man is completely worthless, and his deeds are diabolical. If you
wish to know, good emperor, what were the deeds done by Christ in Judea,
then get the letters of Pontius Pilate sent to Claudius, and you will know
everything.” Nero ordered them to be retrieved and read in his sight. This
is a copy of the letter:21
19. “Pontius Pilate to Claudius, greetings. Recently it happened that I
myself judged that through envy the Jews punished themselves and those
coming after them with a cruel sentence. Their fathers had been promised
that their God would send to them his own holy one from heaven, who
would justly be called their king. And God promised that he would be sent
to earth through a virgin.
20. “I was presiding in Judea of the Hebrews when God came down,
and they saw him give sight to the blind, cleanse the lepers, cure the para-
lytics, drive demons from people, raise the dead, command the winds, walk
upon the waves of the sea with dry feet, and perform many other wonders.
When the whole populace of Jews was saying that he was the son of God,
the leaders of the priests were driven by jealousy against him, seized him,
and handed him over to me. And they told me many falsehoods about him
and said that he was a sorcerer and had acted against their law.
21. “I believed that these things were so and handed him over to their
judgment after he had been flogged. They crucified him and placed guards
at his tomb.22 However, while my soldiers were on guard, on the third day
he rose again. The wickedness of the Jews was kindled to such a degree
that they gave money to the guards, saying, ‘Say that his disciples stole his
21. This letter is taken from Acts Pil. 13 (29). Quasten (1:116) suggests that it may
be the letter that Tertullian claims was written from Pilate to Tiberius (Apol. 5, 21, 24).
It must be distinguished from the equally spurious letters from Pilate to Tiberius pro-
duced in the Medieval period.
22. The pseudonymous author of this letter attempts to absolve Pilate of blame for
anything but the flogging by making the historically impossible claim that the actual
crucifixion was also carried out by the Jews.
240 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
quid factum fuerit tacere non potuerunt. nam et illum resurrexisse testati
sunt se uidisse, et a Iudaeis pecuniam accepisse. haec ideo ingessi ne quis
aliter mentiatur, et existimes credendum mendaciis Iudaeorum.
22. cumque perlecta fuisset epistola, Nero dixit: dic mihi, Petre, ita per
illum omnia gesta sunt?
Petrus ait: ita, non te fallo; sic enim est, bone imperator. hic Simon
plenus mendaciis et fallaciis circumdatus, ut putet se qui homo est, etiam
hoc esse quod Deus est. in Christo enim est omnis summa uictoria per
Deum et hominem, quem adsumpsit illa maiestas inconprehensibilis, quae
per hominem hominibus dignata est subuenire. in isto autem Simone sunt
duae substantiae, hominis et diaboli, qui per hominem conatur hominibus
inpedire.
23. Simon dixit: miror te, bone imperator, hunc te alicuius momenti
existimare, hominem inperitum, piscatorem, mendacissimum, et nec in
uerbo nec in genere nec in aliqua praeditum potestate. sed ne diutius hunc
patiar inimicum, modo praecipiam angelis meis, ut ueniant et uindicent
me de isto.
Petrus dixit: non timeo angelos tuos, illi autem me poterunt timere in
uirtute et confidentia Iesu Christi Domini mei, quem te esse mentiris.
24. Nero dixit: non times, Petre, Simonem qui diuinitatem suam rebus
adfirmat?
Petrus dixit: diuinitas in eo est qui cordis rimatur arcana. dicat nunc
mihi quid cogito uel quid facio. quam cogitationem meam, antequam hic
mentiatur, prius tuis auribus insinuo, ut non audeat mentiri quae cogito.
Nero dixit: accede huc, et dic mihi quid cogitas.
Petrus dixit: iube mihi adferri panem ordeaceum et occulte dari.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 241
body.’23 But after they had taken the money, they were not able to be silent
about what had happened, for they testified that he rose again and they saw
him. But they took the money from the Jews. These things I have brought
forth, lest someone should lie by telling a different story and you should
judge that that story should be believed based on the lies of the Jews.”
22. After the letter had been read, Nero said, “Tell me, Peter, were all
these things done through him in this way?”
Peter said, “Yes, I am not lying. It was thus, good emperor. But this
Simon is full of lies and encircled in deceit, so that he supposes that he,
a man, is even what God is. In Christ is the full, ultimate victory through
God and humanity24—which he assumed—and the incomprehensible
majesty that deigned to come to humanity through a man. In that man
Simon there are also two natures, that of humanity and that of the devil,
who tries to ensnare humankind through a man.”25
23. Simon said,26 “I am amazed at you, good emperor, that you con-
sider this man to be of any consequence, for he is an ignorant, lying fisher-
man and is gifted neither in word, nor in family descent, nor in any other
authority. But I will no longer endure this enemy and will order my angels
to come and avenge me on that man.”
Peter said, “I do not fear your angels. They, however, will be able to fear
me in the power and confidence of my Lord Jesus Christ, who you lie and
say that you are.”
24. Nero said, “Peter, do you not fear Simon, who confirms his divinity
with deeds?”
Peter said, “Divinity is in the one who reveals the secrets of the heart.27
Let him now say to me what I am thinking or what I am doing. But first I
will whisper what I am thinking in your ears, before this man lies to you,
so that he may not dare to lie about what I am thinking.”
Nero said, “Come here, and tell me what you are thinking.”
Peter said, “Order a barley loaf to be brought to me and given to me
secretly.” After what had been ordered was brought secretly and given to
cumque hoc iussum fuisset occulte adferri et dari Petro, Petrus dixit: dicat
nunc Simon, quid cogitatum, quid dictum, quidue sit factum.
25. Nero dixit: uis ergo ut credam quia haec Simon ignorat, qui et mor-
tuum suscitauit et se ipsum decollatum post diem tertium repraesentauit,
et quicquid dixit ut faceret, fecit?
Petrus dixit: sed coram me non fecit.
Nero dixit: sed me adstante haec omnia fecit; nam et angelos iussit ad
se uenire, et uenerunt.
Petrus dixit: ergo si quod maximum est fecit, quare quod minus est
non facit? dicat quid cogitauerim et quid fecerim
Nero dixit: quid dicis, Simon? ego me inter uos non conuenio.
Simon dixit: Petrus dicat, quid cogitem uel quid fecerim.
Petrus dixit: quid cogitet Simon, me scire docebo, dum fecerim quid
cogitauerit.
26. Simon dixit: hoc scias, bone imperator, quia cogitationes hominum
nemo nouit nisi unus Deus. ceterum Petrus mentitur.
Petrus dixit: tu ergo, qui filium Dei te esse dicis, dic quid cogitem;
quid fecerim modo in occulto, si potes, exprime. Petrus enim benedixerat
panem quem acceperat ordeaceum et fregerat et dextera atque sinistra in
manica collegerat.
27. tunc Simon indignatus quod dicere non posset secretum apostoli,
exclamauit dicens: procedant canes magni et deuorent eum in conspectu
Caesaris. et subito apparuerunt canes mirae magnitudinis et impetum
fecerunt in Petrum. Petrus uero extendens manus in orationem, ostendit
canibus eum quem benedixerat panem; quem ut uiderunt canes subito
nusquam conparuerunt.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 243
Peter, he said, “Let Simon now say what was thought, what was said, and
what was done.”
25. Nero said, “Do you want me to believe that Simon does not know
these things—he who raised the dead, and presented himself to me on
the third day after he had been decapitated,28 and did whatever he said he
would do?”
Peter said, “But he did nothing in my presence.”
Nero said, “But in my presence he did all these things, for he ordered
angels to come to him, and they came.”
Peter said, “If he has done the greatest thing, then why does he not do
a lesser thing? Let him say what I thought and did.”
Nero said, “What do you say, Simon? I myself cannot decide between
you.”
Simon said, “Let Peter say what I am thinking or what I did.”
Peter said, “I will show that I know what Simon is thinking by doing
what he was thinking.”
26. Simon said, “Know this, good emperor, that no one knows the
thoughts of people, except God alone.29 But Peter is lying.”
Peter said, “You, therefore, who say that you are the son of God, say
what I am thinking and what I just did in secret. If you are able, say it.”
Peter had blessed the barley loaf that he had received, broken it, and gath-
ered it under his sleeves in his right and left hands.
27. Then Simon was enraged that he was not able to tell the secret of
the apostle, and he cried out, saying, “Let great dogs come and devour him
in the sight of Caesar!” And suddenly dogs of amazing size appeared and
made an attack on Peter.30 Peter, however, extended his hands in prayer
and showed the dogs the bread that he had blessed. As soon as the dogs saw
it, they suddenly disappeared.
tunc Petrus dixit ad Neronem: ecce ostendi tibi scisse me quid cogi-
tauerit Simon, non uerbis, sed factis; nam qui angelos promiserat contra
me esse uenturos, canes exhibuit, ut se ostenderet non diuinos angelos sed
caninos habere.
28. tunc Nero ad Simonem dixit: quid est, Simon? puto uicti sumus.
Simon dixit: hic et in Iudaea et in tota Palaestina et Caesarea ista mihi
fecit, et saepe mecum certando ideo didicit, quia hoc eis erat contrarium:
me ergo ut euaderet didicit hoc. nam cogitationes hominum nemo nouit
nisi unus Deus.
et Petrus ad Simonem dixit: certe deum te esse mentiris. quare ergo
non manifestas cogitationes singulorum?
29. tunc conuersus Nero ad Paulum sic ait: tu quare nihil dicis, Paule?
Paulus respondit: hoc scito, Caesar, quia si dimiseris istum magum
tanta agere, magnum malum patriae tuae adcrescet, et regnum tuum ab
statu suo deiciet.
Nero Simoni dixit: quid dicis tu, Simon?
Simon dixit: ego nisi me aperte demonstrauero deum esse, nemo mihi
uenerationem debitam exhibebit.
Nero dixit: et quid modo moraris et non ostendis te deum esse, ut isti
puniantur?
30. Simon dixit: iube mihi turrim altam fabricare ex lignis, et ascendam
super eam, et uocabo angelos meos et praecipiam eis ut cunctis uidenti-
bus in caelum perferant me ad patrem meum. hoc isti dum facere non
potuerint, probabis eos homines esse inperitos.
Nero autem Petro dixit: audisti, Petre, quod Simon dixit? ex hoc appar-
ebit quantam uirtutem habeat uel ipse uel Deus tuus.
Petrus dixit: optime imperator, si uelles, poteras intellegere quia dae-
monio plenus est.
Nero dixit: quid mihi uerborum ambages [circuitus] facitis? crastinus
dies uos probabit.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 245
Then Peter said to Nero, “Look, I have shown you that I know what
Simon was thinking, not with words but with deeds, for he had promised
that his angels would come against me, but he produced dogs. Thus, he has
demonstrated that he has angels that are not divine, but canine.”
28. Then Nero said to Simon, “Well, Simon? I think that we are beaten.”
Simon said, “Here and in Judea and in all of Palestine and Caesarea
he has done these things to me,31 and by contending with me often, there-
fore, he has learned that this is hurtful to them. He thus learned this so
that he might escape me, for no one knows the thoughts of people except
God alone.”32
And Peter said to Simon, “Certainly, you lie in saying that you are a
god. Why, therefore, do you not reveal the thoughts of every person?”
29. Then Nero turned to Paul and said, “Why do you say nothing,
Paul?”
Paul responded, “I know this, Caesar, that if you let that sorcerer go
on doing such things, then great evil will increase upon your country, and
your kingdom will be thrown down from its current position.”
Nero said to Simon, “What do you say, Simon?”
Simon said, “Unless I openly show that I am a god, no one will offer the
veneration that is due to me.”
Nero said, “And why do you now delay and not show that you are a
god, so that these men may be punished?”
30. Simon said, “Order a tall tower to be built for me out of wood. I will
climb it and call upon my angels, and I will order them to carry me into
heaven to my father with everyone watching. When those men are not able
to do this, you will know that they are ignorant men.”
Nero then said to Peter, “Peter, did you hear what Simon said? From
this action it will be apparent how much power either he or your God has.”
Peter said, “Greatest emperor, if you were willing, you would come to
understand that he is full of a demon.”
Nero said, “Why are you so evasive with your words to me? Tomorrow
the day will test you.”
31. Simon dixit: credis, bone imperator, quia magus sum, cum mor-
tuus fuerim et resurrexerim?
egerat enim perfidus Simon praestigio suo, ut diceret Neroni: iube me
decollari in obscuro et ibidem dimitti occisum, et si non tertia die resur-
rexero, scias me magum fuisse: si autem resurrexero, scias me esse filium
Dei.
32. et cum hoc fieri iussisset Nero, in obscuro egit arte magica ut
aries decollaretur; qui aries tamdiu Simon uisus est quamdiu decollaretur.
decollatus autem in obscuro, cum scrutatus fuisset is, qui eum decollau-
erat, et caput eius protulisset ad lumen, inuenit caput berbicinum; sed nihil
uoluit regi dicere, ne se ipsum detegeret qui iussus fuerat hoc in abditis
perpetrare. hinc ergo dicebat Simon, se die tertia resurrexisse, quia caput
et membra berbicis tulerat, sanguis uero ibidem congelauerat. et tertia die
ostendit se Neroni et dixit: fac sanguinem meum qui effusus est extergi:
quia ecce qui decollatus fueram, sicut promisi, die tertia resurrexi.
33. cum ergo dixisset Nero: crastinus dies uos probabit; conuersus ad
Paulum ait: tu Paule, quare nihil loqueris? aut quis te docuit aut quem mag-
istrum habuisti, aut qualiter in ciuitatibus docuisti, uel quales exstiterunt
per tuam doctrinam? puto enim nullam te habere sapientiam, nec uirtu-
tem aliquam posse perficere.
Paulus respondit: putas me contra hominem perfidum et desperatum
magum maleficum, qui animam suam morti destinauit, cuius interitus et
perditio cito adueniet, debere loqui? qui fingit se esse quod non est, et arte
magica hominibus ad perditionem inludit?
34. huius tu uerba si uolueris audire uel fouere eum, perdes animam
tuam et imperium tuum. hic enim homo pessimus est, et sicut Aegyptii
magi Iamnes et Mambres qui Pharaonem et exercitum eius miserunt in
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 247
31. Simon said, “Do you believe, good emperor, that I am a sorcerer,
although I was dead and resurrected?”
The treacherous Simon had put a plan in motion by his deceptiveness33
and said to Nero, “Order me to be decapitated in the dark and my dead
body to be left there. If I do not rise on the third day, then you will know
that I am a sorcerer. If, however, I am resurrected, then you will know that
I am the son of God.”
32. And after Nero had ordered this to be done, in the dark Simon
brought it about by his magical art that a ram was decapitated. This ram
appeared to be Simon until it was decapitated. It was decapitated in the
dark, but when it was examined, the one who had decapitated it and
brought its head into the light discovered a ram’s head. He decided to say
nothing to the king, lest he get himself into trouble, because he had been
ordered to do this in secret. Therefore, from then on Simon was saying that
he had risen again on the third day, because he had taken the head and
limbs of the ram, but the blood had congealed there. On the third day he
showed himself to Nero and said, “Make my blood that was shed be wiped
up, because look, I who was decapitated have risen again on the third day,
as I promised.”
33. After Nero had said, “Tomorrow the day will test you,”34 he turned
to Paul and said, “And you, Paul, why do you say nothing? Who taught
you? Who was your master? How have you taught in the cities? What sorts
of things have happened through your teaching? I think that you have no
wisdom, nor are you able to demonstrate any power.”
Paul responded, “Do you think that I should speak against a treacher-
ous man and hopeless, wicked sorcerer, who has destined his soul to death,
and whose destruction and ruin will come quickly? A man who forms
himself into what he is not, and by his magical art fools people to their
destruction?
34. “If you are willing to listen to his words or support him, then you
will lose your soul and your kingdom. He is the worst kind of man, like
the Egyptian sorcerers Jamnes and Mambres,35 who led pharaoh and his
33. Cf. the account of Simon’s faked resurrection in Pass. Apost. 2–3.
34. The repetition of Nero’s quotation signals that chapters 31–32 were perhaps
later insertions into the text.
35. These are the names traditionally ascribed to the sorcerers who opposed
Moses in Exod 7–8. They are mentioned numerous times in ancient literature, includ-
ing CD V, 18–19; Menaḥ. 85a; 2 Tim 3:8–9; Pliny the Elder, Nat. 30.1.11; Apuleius, Apol.
248 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
errorem, quousque demergerentur in mari: sic et hic per patris sui diaboli
peritiam hominibus persuadet et multa mala facit per nicromantiam et
cetera mala, si qua sunt apud homines, et sic multos incautos seducit ad
temptationem imperii tui.
35. ego autem uerbum diaboli, quod per hunc hominem diffundi
uideo, gemitibus cordis mei ago cum Spiritu Sancto, ut cito possit ostendi
quid sit. nam quantum se exaltari putat ad caelos, tantum demergetur in
infernis inferioribus, ubi est fletus et stridor dentium.
36. de doctrina autem magistri mei, de qua me interrogasti, non eam
capiunt, nisi qui fidem mundi pectoris adhibuerint. nam quaecumque sunt
pacis et caritatis, ea docui: per circuitum ab Hierusalem usque Illiricum
repleui uerbum pacis.
37. docui, ut homines se inuicem diligant. docui ut inuicem se honore
praeueniant. docui sublimes et diuites non se extollere et sperare in incerto
diuitiarum, sed in Deo ponere spem suam. docui mediocres uictu et ues-
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 249
army into error until they were buried in the sea. He also persuades people
through the skill of his father the devil36 and does many evil things through
necromancy, and other evil things besides. If somehow these things take
place before the eyes of people, then he will thus lead astray many gullible
people as a test of your empire.
35. “I, however, see the word of the devil, which is being poured out
through this man. By the groanings of my heart I am acting with the Holy
Spirit,37 so that quickly [Simon] may be shown for what he is. For however
much he thinks that he is lifted into the heavens, to that same degree he
will be plunged into the depths of hell, where there is weeping and gnash-
ing of teeth.38
36. “Concerning the teaching of my master, however, about which you
asked me, no one can understand it except those who accept faith with a
pure heart.39 For whatever things concern peace and love, I have taught
them. Throughout my journey from Jerusalem as far as Illyricum,40 I have
spread the word of peace.
37. “I have taught people to love one another. I have taught them to
outdo one another in showing honor.41 I have taught the lofty and the
rich not to elevate themselves and hope in the uncertainty of riches, but
to place their hope in God.42 I have taught those with ordinary food and
90; and Numenius of Apamea (recorded in Eusebius, Praep. ev. 9.8.1). The Gelasian
Decree lists an apocryphal work entitled the Repentance of Jannes and Jambres (an
alternative spelling of Mambres), while Origen acknowledges that there is no record of
them in scripture but claims that there exists “a secret book called the Book of Jamnes
and Mambres” (Comm. ser. Matt. 28; 117 [quoted]). It is unclear how these references
might relate to the text reconstructed in Albert Pietersma, ed. and trans., The Apoc-
ryphon of Jannes and Jambres the Magicians: P. Chester Beatty XVI; (with new editions
of Papyrus Vindobonensis Greek inv. 29456 + 29828 verso and British Library Cotton
Tiberius B. v f. 87); with full facsimile of all three texts, RGRW 119 (Leiden: Brill, 1994).
On the various textual traditions related to these figures, see also Pietersma and R.T.
Lutz, “Jannes and Jambres,” in OTP 2:427–42. Palladius claims that their tomb in Egypt
was guarded by demons (Hist. laus. 18.5–8).
36. Cf. John 8:44.
37. Rom 8:26.
38. Matt 8:12; 13:42, 50; 22:13; 24:51, 25:30; Luke 13:28.
39. 1 Tim 1:5; 2 Tim 2:22.
40. Rom 15:19.
41. Rom 12:10.
42. 1 Tim 6:17.
250 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
inimicus fidei nostrae sed per ignorantiam. fuerunt enim ante nos pseu-
dochristi, sicut est Simon, fuerunt et pseudoapostoli, fuerunt et pseudo-
prophetae, qui contra sacros apices2 uenientes euacuare studuerunt ueri-
tatem. et contra hos necesse erat agere hunc uirum, qui ex infantia sua
nihil aliud studii gesserat, nisi diuinae legis scrutari mysteria, in quibus hoc
didicerat, ut defensor ueritatis et persecutor existeret falsitatis. quia ergo
persecutio eius non ex aemulatione fiebat, sed ex defensione legis, ipsa
ueritas eum de caelo adlocuta est dicens ei: ego sum ueritas quam defen-
dis: cessa me persequi, quia ego ipsa sum pro qua uideris dimicare contra
inimicos ueritatis. ergo cum cognouisset ita esse, deseruit quod defendebat
et coepit defendere hanc quam persequebatur semitam Christi, qui est uia
pure ambulantibus, ueritas nihil fallentibus et uita credentibus sempiterna.
40. Simon dixit: bone imperator, intellege conspirationem horum
duorum aduersum me. ego enim sum ueritas et isti aduersum me sapiunt.
Petrus dixit: nulla ueritas in te est, sed ex solo mendacio omnia ista
dicis et facis.
41. Nero dixit: Paule tu quid dicis?
Paulus dixit: quae a Petro audisti, hoc et a me dictum crede. unum
enim sentimus, quia unum habemus Dominum Iesum Christum.
Simon dixit: putas me, bone imperator, cum his habere disputationem,
qui aduersum me consensum fecerunt? et conuersus ad apostolos Dei
dixit: audite, Petre et Paule; si hic uobis nihil possum facere, ueniemus ubi
uos oportet me iudicare.
Paulus dixit: bone imperator, uide quales nobis minas ostendit.
Petrus dixit: cur non inrides hominem uanum et alieni capitis, qui
ludificatus a daemoniis putat se manifestari non posse?
42. Simon dixit: ego uobis parco, quousque ostendam uirtutem meam.
Paulus dixit: quasi tu hinc exiturus sis sanus.
2. Apex refers to a small stroke of a letter. It is the same term used in the Vulgate
of Matt 5:18.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 253
because he was hostile to our faith not through jealousy but through igno-
rance.56 Before us there were false christs, like Simon, and there were false
apostles, and there were false prophets, who came against the sacred writ-
ings and were eager to nullify the truth. It was necessary to send this man
against them—a man who from his youth had done nothing but search out
the mysteries of the divine law, from which he learned so that he could be
a defender of truth and a persecutor of falsehood. Therefore, because his
persecution was done not out of rivalry but out of defense of the law, the
truth itself spoke to him from heaven, saying to him, ‘I am the truth that
you are suppressing. Stop persecuting me, because I myself am the one for
whom you seem to struggle against the enemies of truth.’57 When he had
realized that it was so, he abandoned what he was defending and began to
defend that which he was persecuting—that is the path of Christ, which is
the way for those walking in purity, the truth for those who are not deceiv-
ers, and the life eternal for those who believe.”58
40. Simon said, “Good emperor, look at the conspiracy of these two
against me. I indeed am the truth,59 and they turn their thoughts against me.”
Peter said, “There is no truth in you, but everything you say and do
comes from only falsehood.”
41. Nero said, “What do you say, Paul?”
Paul said, “Consider that the things you heard from Peter were also
said by me. We feel the same way, because we have one Lord, Jesus Christ.”
Simon said, “Do you think, good emperor, that I am going to dispute
with these men, who have conspired against me?” And turning toward the
apostles of God, he said, “Listen, Peter and Paul. If I am able to do nothing
to you here, then we will go where it is right for me to judge you.”
Paul said, “Good emperor, see what sorts of threats he hurls at us.”
Peter said, “Why do you not laugh at this worthless and insane man, who
is made sport of by demons and believes that he is not able to be exposed?”
42. Simon said, “I am putting up with you until I reveal my power.”
Paul said, “[You speak] as if you will leave here unharmed.”60
Petrus dixit: nisi uiderit Simon uirtutem Domini nostri Iesu Christi,
non credit se Christum non esse.
Simon dixit: sacratissime imperator, noli istis credere, quia hi sunt qui
circumciduntur et circumcidunt.
Paulus dixit: nos antequam ueritatem cognosceremus, carnis circum-
sionem tenuimus; at ubi ueritas apparuit, cordis circumcisione et circum-
cidimur et circumcidimus.
Petrus dixit: si mala est circumcisio, tu quare circumcisus es?
43. Nero dixit: ergo et Simon circumcisus est?
Petrus dixit: nec aliter poterat decipere animas, nisi se Iudaeum simu-
laret et legem Dei docere ostenderet.
Nero dixit: tu, Simon, ut uideo, zelo duceris et ideo isto persequeris. est
enim ut uideo, zelus magnus inter te et Christum eorum, et uereor ne ab eis
conuincaris, et magnis malis consumptus esse uidearis.
Simon dixit: seduceris, imperator.
Nero dixit: quid est seduceris? hoc quod in te uideo hoc dico, euidenter
te aduersarium esse Petri et Pauli et magistri eorum.
44. Simon dixit: Pauli Christus magister non fuit.
Paulus dixit: qui Petrum praesens docuit, ipse me per reuelationem
instruxit. nam quod nos accusat circumcisos, dicat ipse, quare circumcisus
sit.
Simon dixit: quare me hoc interrogatis?
Paulus dixit: est ratio ut te interrogemus.
Nero dixit: cur uereris respondere illis?
Simon dixit: ideo quia a Deo praecepta est circumcisio illo tempore
quo ego eam suscepi.
45. Paulus dixit: audis, bone imperator, quid dixerit Simon? si ergo
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 255
Peter said, “Unless Simon sees the power of our Lord Jesus Christ, he
will not believe that he is not the Christ.”
Simon said, “Most holy emperor, do not believe those men, because
they are circumcised and circumcise.”61
Paul said, “Before we knew the truth, we held to the circumcision of
the flesh. But where the truth has appeared, we are circumcised and cir-
cumcise with the circumcision of the heart.”62
Peter said [to Simon], “If circumcision is evil, then why were you
circumcised?”
43. Nero said, “Simon was circumcised?”
Peter said, “He would not otherwise have been able to deceive souls,
unless he pretended to be a Jew and openly declared that he was teaching
the law of God.”
Nero said, “I see, Simon, that you are driven by jealousy and are there-
fore persecuting these men. I also see that there is great jealousy between
you and their Christ. I fear that you will be conquered by them and seen to
be overcome by great misfortunes.”
Simon said, “You are mistaken, emperor.”
Nero said, “What do you mean that I am mistaken? I say what I see in
you, that you are obviously an enemy of Peter and Paul and their master.”
44. Simon said, “Christ was not the master of Paul.”
Paul said, “He who taught Peter in person instructed me through a
revelation.63 But because Simon attacks us for being circumcised, let him
say why he was circumcised.”
Simon said, “Why are you asking me this?”
Paul said, “It is right that we ask you.”
Nero said, “Why are you afraid of answering them?”
Simon said, “I underwent circumcision, because at that time it was
prescribed by God.”
45. Paul said, “Do you hear, good emperor, what Simon said? If cir-
61. Simon is invoking a stereotype that Jews are untrustworthy because they
mutilate their flesh. For example, circumcision was one of the practices specifically
forbidden by Antiochus Epiphanes as part of his attempt to Hellenize the Jews in 165
BCE (1 Macc 1:48). Paul attacks his opponents in Philippi (the so-called “Judaizers”)
for promoting “the mutilation” (Phil 3:2), and the Roman historian Tacitus describes
Jewish rites such as circumcision as “depraved and abominable” (Hist. 5.5).
62. Rom 2:28–29.
63. Gal 1:1, 11–12.
256 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
cumcision is good, then why did you betray the circumcised and hastily
gather them together to be killed?”
Nero said, “I am hearing nothing good from either of you two.”
Peter and Paul said, “Whether you perceive good or evil from us is not
relevant to the matter at hand. For us it is necessary that what our master
promised should come about.”
Nero said, “What if I am unwilling?”
Peter said, “It is not what you will that will happen, but what he has
promised to us.”
46. Simon said, “Good emperor, these men have taken advantage of
your clemency and have ensnared you.”
Nero said, “But up to now you have not proven to me anything about
yourself.”
Simon said, “After I have shown you so many great deeds and signs, I
am amazed that you still seem to doubt.”
Nero said, “I neither doubt nor agree with anything that any of you are
saying. But answer me concerning what I am asking you.”
47. Simon said, “I will not answer you now.”
Nero said, “You say this because you are a liar. If I am not able to do
anything to you, then the God who is able will do it.”
Simon said, “I will no longer respond to you.”
Nero said, “And I will consider you to be nothing. As I see it, you are
deceitful in everything. But why should I say anything more? All three of
you have demonstrated your unstable souls and have caused me to doubt
everything such that I realize I am unable to believe anything.”
48. Peter said, “I preach that there is one God, the Father, in Christ
the Savior, together with the Holy Spirit, the creator of all things. He made
heaven and earth, the sea and everything that is in them. He is the true
king, and his kingdom will have no end.”64
Nero said, “Who is this king and lord?”
Paul said, “The savior of all nations.”
Simon said, “I am the one about whom you are speaking. But know,
Peter and Paul, that although you want me to deem you worthy of martyr-
dom, it will not be granted to you.”65
64. This creedal statement is taken from the Latin form of the Niceno-Constanti-
nopolitan Creed and scriptural passages such as Ps 146:6; Luke 1:33.
65. While Peter had stated above that their martyrdom was promised by God (45),
Simon here claims the divine authority to deny it to them.
258 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Petrus et Paulus dixerunt: numquam tibi bene sit, Simon mage et ama-
ritudinibus plene.
49. Simon dixit: audi, Caesar Nero, ut scias istos falsos esse et me de
caelis missum: crastina die ad caelos uadam, ut hos qui mihi credunt beatos
faciam; in istos autem qui me negare ausi sunt iram meam ostendam.
Petrus et Paulus dixerunt: nos olim uocauit Deus ad gloriam suam; tu
autem a diabolo uocatus ad tormenta festinas.
50. Simon dixit: Caesar Nero, audi me. istos insanos a te separa, ut dum
uenero ad patrem meum in caelis, possim tibi esse propitius.
Nero dixit: et unde hoc probamus quia in caelum uadis?
Simon dixit: iube turrim excelsam fieri ex lignis et trabibus magnis,
ut ascendam in illam; et cum in illam ascendero, angeli mei ad me in aëra
uenient: non enim in terra inter peccatores ad me uenire possunt.
Nero dixit: uolo uidere, si imples quod dicis.
51. tunc Nero praecepit in campo Martio turrim excelsam fieri et prae-
cepit ut omnes populi et omnes dignitates ad istud spectaculum conueni-
rent. altera uero die in omni hoc conuentu iussit Nero Petrum et Paulum ad
hoc spectaculum praesentari, quibus sic ait: nunc habet ueritas apparere.
Petrus et Paulus dixerunt: non enim nos eum detegimus, sed Dominus
noster Iesus Christus, filius Dei, quem hic se ipsum esse mentitus est.
52. et conuersus Paulus ad Petrum dixit: meum est genibis positis
Deum exorare, tuum est impetrare si quid uideris eum conari, quoniam tu
prior electus es a Domino.
et positis genibus orabat Paulus. Petrus autem intuitus Simonem dixit:
incipe, quod coepisti; adpropinquabit enim et tua detectio et nostra uoca-
tio. uideo enim Christum meum uocantem me et Paulum.
53. Nero dixit: et quo ituri estis contra meam uoluntatem?
Petrus dixit: quo nos accersit Dominus noster.
Nero dixit: quis est dominus uester?
Petrus dixit: Dominus Iesus Christus, quem ego uideo nos uocantem.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 259
Peter and Paul said, “May it never go well with you, Simon. You are a
sorcerer and full of bitterness.”
49. Simon said, “Listen, emperor Nero, so that you may know that
those men are false and that I was sent from the heavens. Tomorrow I will
depart into the heavens, so that I may make blessed those who believe in
me. However, against those who dared to deny me I will show my anger.”
Peter and Paul said, “God called us long ago for his glory, but you, who
were called by the devil, are rushing to punishment.”
50. Simon said, “Emperor Nero, listen to me. Separate these crazy men
from yourself, so that when I go to my father in the heavens, I may be able
to be gracious to you.”
Nero said, “And how may we prove that you go into heaven?”
Simon said, “Order a very tall tower to be built out of wood and great
timbers, so that I may ascend it. And after I climb upon it, my angels will
come to me in the air.66 They are not able to come to me on earth among
sinners.”
Nero said, “I want to see if you do what you say.”
51. Then Nero ordered a very high tower to be built on the Field of
Mars, and he ordered all the people and all the dignitaries to come together
at this spectacle. On the next day Nero ordered Peter and Paul to be present
at this spectacle before the whole assembly, and he said to them, “Now the
truth will be evident.”
Peter and Paul said, “We are not the ones exposing him, but it is our
Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God—who Simon has falsely asserted that
he is.”
52. Turning to Peter, Paul said, “It is up to me to entreat God on bended
knees, and it is up to you to act, if you see him attempt anything, because
you were chosen first by the Lord.”67
Paul was praying on his knees, but Peter looked at Simon and said, “Go
ahead with what you have started. Your exposure68 indeed approaches, as
does our calling. I in fact see my Christ calling me and Paul.”
53. Nero said, “And where will you go against my will?”
Peter said, “Where our Lord summons us.”
Nero said, “Who is your Lord?”
Peter said, “The Lord Jesus Christ, whom I see calling us.”
66. According to Pseudo-Clement, Hom. 2.32, flight was another of Simon’s powers.
67. The language of Petrine supremacy is placed in Paul’s mouth.
68. That is, the moment at which you will be exposed as a fraud.
260 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
69. The Sacred Way was the path of Roman triumphal processions, which began
on the Capitoline Hill and passed through the Forum. The Apostolic Constitutions
state that Simon was thrown to the earth as he was flying “in an unnatural way” (Apos.
Con. 2.3.14), while Arnobius of Sicca claims that Simon tried to fly in a fiery chariot.
Thrown down by the words of Peter, he broke his legs and soon after committed sui-
cide (Adv. nat. 2.12).
262 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
57. tunc Nero teneri fecit Petrum et Paulum in uinculis; corpus autem
Simonis iussit diligenter tribus diebus custodiri, putans eum resurgere
tertia die.
cui Petrus dixit: hic iam non resurget, quoniam uere mortuus est et in
aeterna poena dampnatus.
cui Nero dixit: quis tibi permisit tale scelus facere?
Petrus dixit: contentio eius, et si intellegas, multum est ei praestitum
ut periret, ne tantas Deo ad multiplicationem supplicii sui inferret blas-
phemias.
Nero dixit: suspecto animo me esse fecistis, ideoque uos malo exemplo
perdam.
Petrus dixit: non quae tu uis, sed quod promissum est nobis, necesse
est consummari.
58. tunc Nero dixit ad praefectum suum Agrippam: homines inreli-
giosos necesse est male perdere, et ideo caris ferreis acceptis iubeo eos in
Naumachia consumi et omnes huiuscemodi homines male consummari.
Agrippa praefectus dixit: sacratissime imperator, non congruenti
exemplo iubes eos puniri.
Nero dixit: quare?
Agrippa dixit: quoniam Paulus innocens uidetur; Petrus autem homi-
cidii reus est, insuper et inreligiosus.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 263
57. Then Nero ordered Peter and Paul to be bound in chains. The body
of Simon, however, he ordered to be kept carefully for three days, believing
that he would rise again on the third day.
Peter said to him, “He will not now rise again, because he truly is dead
and is damned to eternal punishment.”
Nero said to him, “Who gave you permission to do such a wicked thing?”
Peter said, “On the contrary, if you want to understand, it is quite right
for him to die, lest he commit such great blasphemies against God that he
would multiply his own punishment.”
Nero said, “You have made me mistrust you, and therefore I will
destroy you with an evil punishment.”
Peter said, “What has been promised to us, not what you wish, is what
must be done.”70
58. Then Nero said to his prefect Agrippa, “It is necessary to kill these
impious men in a cruel way. Thus, after they have been tortured with iron
claws,71 I order that they be killed in the Naumachia72 and that all people
of this sort be put to death cruelly.”
Agrippa the prefect said, “Most holy emperor, you order them to be
punished with a penalty that does not fit their crimes.”
Nero said, “Why?”
Agrippa said, “Because Paul seems to be innocent. Peter, however, is
the one guilty of murder and is impious besides.”
73. The description of his “hands downward” may suggest that the author believes
Peter was fixed to the cross not in the traditional cruciform shape (crux immissa), but
with hands and feet at full extension in opposite directions on a simple cross (crux sim-
plex)—which could be no more than a wooden beam—or on a T-shaped cross (crux
commissa). The form of ancient crucifixion has been the subject of several recent stud-
ies, e.g., John Granger Cook, “Envisioning Crucifixion: Light from Several Inscriptions
and the Palatine Graffito,” NovT 50 (2008): 262–85; idem, “Crucifixion as Spectacle
in Roman Campania,” NovT 54 (2012): 68–100; Gunnar Samuelsson, Crucifixion in
Antiquity: An Inquiry into the Background and Significance of the New Testament Ter-
minology of Crucifixion, WUNT 2/310 (Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2011). On the devel-
opment of Christian iconography of crucifixion scenes, see Felicity Harley-McGowan,
“The Constanza Gem and the Development of Crucifixion Iconography in Late Antiq-
uity,” in Gems of Heaven: Recent Research on Engraved Gemstones in Late Antiquity
AD 200–600, ed. Christopher Entwistle and Noel Adams, BMRP 177 (London: British
Museum Press, 2011), 214–20.
266 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
62. et ideo, filioli, nolite inpedire iter meum. iam pedes mei uiam caele-
stem ambulant. nolite tristari, sed congaudete mecum, quia hodie laborum
meorum fructum consequor. et cum haec dixisset, ait: gratias tibi ago, bone
pastor, quia oues quas mihi credidisti compatiuntur mihi. peto ut parti-
cipentur mecum de gratia tua. commendo tibi oues quas mihi credidisti,
ut non sentiant se sine me esse, qui te habent per quem ego gregem hunc
regere potui. et haec dicens emisit spiritum.
63. statim ibi apparuerunt uiri sancti, quos umquam nemo uiderat
ante nec postea uidere potuerunt. isti dicebant se propter ipsum de Hiero-
solymis aduenisse, et ipsi una cum Marcello, inlustri uiro, qui crediderat
et relinquens Simonem Petrum secutus fuerat, abstulerunt corpus eius
occulte et posuerunt sub terebinthum iuxta Naumachiam in locum qui
appellatur Uaticanus.
64. ipsi autem uiri qui se dicebant de Hierosolymis aduenisse, dixerunt
ad omnem populum: gaudete et exultate, quia patronos magnos meruistis
habere et amicos Domini Iesu Christi. sciatis autem hunc Neronem regem
pessimum post necem apostolorum regnum tenere non posse.
65. accidit autem post haec ut odium exercitus sui et odium populi
Romani incurreret; ita statuerunt ut publice cathomis tamdiu caederetur,
quousque ut erat meritus expiraret. quod cum peruenisset ad eum con-
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 267
74. Cf. Ignatius, Rom. 12.2, where Ignatius calls the Christians in Rome “the high-
way of those being killed for God.”
75. Or “are showing sympathy for me.” The fact that Peter then asks for these
sheep also to partake in Christ’s grace suggests to me that they are also sharing in
Peter’s suffering.
76. Cf. Matt 27:50; John 19:30.
77. Here Peter is singled out as the cause of their visit (propter ipsum), while the
Greek Acts states that they had come “because of the holy and chief apostles,” thereby
highlighting Peter and Paul equally.
78. For a discussion of Paul and Peter as martyr-patrons of Rome and friends of
Christ who could exert supernatural influence, see David L. Eastman, Paul the Martyr:
The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin West, WGRWSup 4 (Atlanta: Society of Biblical
Literature, 2011), 84–89.
79. On the origin of the obscure Latin word cathomis, see W. M. Lindsay, “ ‘Glos-
sae Collectae’ in Vat. Lat. 1469. Catomvm. Navmachia,” ClQ 15.1 (1921): 38–40.
268 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
trembling and unbearable fear fell upon him, and thus he fled and was
never seen again. There were some who said that after fleeing he was wan-
dering around in the forests, grew stiff from excessive cold and hunger, and
was devoured by wolves.
66. However, when the bodies of the holy apostles were removed by
some Greeks—bodies that they claimed had to be carried to the East—a
huge earthquake occurred. The Roman people ran and seized these men at
the place called the catacombs, on the Appian Road at the third milestone.
There the bodies were kept for a year and seven months, until the places
in which their bodies were placed could be built.80 From there the bodies
were retrieved with glorious singing and were deposited—that of holy
Peter in the Vatican at the Naumachia, and that of holy Paul on the Ostian
Road at the second milestone.81 In those places the blessings of prayers are
fully manifest forever and ever. Amen.
80. On the dual apostolic cult site on the Appian Road, which dates back at least
to the third century based on archaeological evidence, see Eastman, Paul the Martyr,
71–114.
81. There are several accounts (including one by Gregory I) of a failed attempt to
move the apostolic bodies to the East, see ibid., 110–14.
Πράξεις τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων Πέτρου καὶ Παὐλου
1. ἐγένετο μετὰ τὸ ἐξελθεῖν τὸν ἅγιον Παῦλον ἀπὸ Γαυδομελέτης τῆς νήσου
ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ Ἰταλίαν. καὶ ἀκουστὸν ἐγένετο τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν τῇ
πρεσβυτέρᾳ τῶν πόλεων Ῥώμῃ ὅτι Παῦλος ᾐτήσατο πρὸς Καίσαρα ἐλθεῖν.
2. λύπῃ οὖν μεγάλῃ περιπεσόντες καὶ ἀθυμίᾳ πολλῇ εἶπαν πρὸς ἑαυτούς·
οὐκ ἀρκεῖ ὅτι πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοὺς γονεῖς ἡμῶν ἔθλιψεν ἐν τῇ
Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ Παλαιστίνῃ μόνος· καὶ οὐκ ἠρκέσθη ἐν
τούτοις, ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔρχεται, δι᾽ ἐπιθέσεως αἰτησάμενος Καίσαρα τοῦ
ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς.
3. συνέδριον οὖν ποιήσαντες πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου καὶ πολλὰ
τρακταΐσαντες, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς προσελθεῖν Νέρωνι τῷ βασιλεῖ τῷ βασιλεύοντι ἐν
ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, ὥστε μὴ παραχωρῆσαι τὸν Παῦλον ἐλθεῖν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ.
ποιήσαντες οὖν εὐτρεπῆ οὐκ ὀλίγα δῶρα καὶ βαστάσαντες μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, μετὰ
δεήσεως προσῆλθον αὐτῷ λέγοντες δεόμεθά σου, ἀγαθὲ βασιλεῦ, ἀποστεῖλαι
κελεύσεις εἰς πάσας τὰς ἐπαρχίας τῆς ὑμετέρας εὐσεβείας περιεχούσας μὴ
πλησιάσαι Παῦλον ἐν τούτοις τοῖς μέρεσιν· διότι οὗτος ὁ Παῦλος θλίψας πᾶν
τὸ πατρῷον ἡμῶν ἔθνος ᾐτήσατο ἐλθεῖν ἐνταῦθα τοῦ καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι. καὶ
ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν, εὐσεβέστατε βασιλεῦ, τὴν θλίψιν ἣν ἔχομεν παρὰ Πέτρου.
4. ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ βασιλεὺς Νέρων ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς· γίνεται κατὰ
τὸ θέλημα ὑμῶν, καὶ γράφομεν πρὸς πάσας τὰς ἐπαρχίας ἡμῶν ἵνα παντελῶς
μὴ ὁρμήσῃ ἐν τοῖς μέρεσιν Ἰταλίας. ὑπέβαλον δὲ καὶ Σίμωνι τῷ μάγῳ
παρακαλέσαντες αὐτὸν ἵνα, ὡς εἴρηται, παντελῶς ἐν τοῖς μέρεσιν Ἰταλίας μὴ
ἐπιβῇ.
-270-
Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul
1. It came about, after holy Paul set out from the island of Malta,82 that he
came to Italy. And it came to be heard by the Jews of that most venerable of
cities, Rome, that Paul had asked to come to Caesar.83
2. Therefore, falling into great distress and losing heart, they said to
themselves, “It does not suffice that he alone afflicted all our fellow Jews84
in Judea and Samaria and all of Palestine. He was not satisfied by these
things, but behold, he even comes here, having appealed to Caesar so that
through an attack he may destroy us.”
3. So after all the Jews had turned the Senate against Paul and had
contrived many things, it seemed good to them to go to Nero, the emperor
who was ruling in those days, so that he would not permit Paul to come to
Rome. Therefore, after they had prepared many gifts and had deliberated
among themselves, they went to him with their petition, saying, “We beg
you, noble emperor, to send out orders to all the provinces under control
of your piety that Paul should not come near to these regions. We ask this
because this man Paul, who has afflicted the entire race of our people, has
asked to come here so that he may also destroy us. And the distress that we
have from Peter, most pious emperor, is already sufficient for us.”
4. Having heard these things, the emperor Nero answered them, “It
is done according to your will, and we are writing to all our provinces, so
that he may certainly not drop anchor in the regions of Italy.” And they
informed even Simon the sorcerer, having summoned him so that, as has
been said, Paul may not at all set foot in the regions of Italy.
82. Acts 27:39–28:10. The Greek form is Γαυδομελέτη, a name derived from the
combined names of the adjacent islands Gozo (ancient Gaulos) and Malta (ancient
Melita).
83. Acts 25:11–12
84. Literally, “brothers and fathers.” It is highly unlikely, however, that first-cen-
tury Jews would have considered those living in Samaria among this group.
-271-
272 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
3. From the Latin ordino. The number of loanwords in the text is an indication of
the Greek text’s dependence on a Latin original.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 273
5. When these things had been done, some of the gentiles who had
repented and been baptized through the proclamation of Peter85 sent envoys
to Paul with a letter saying, “Paul, servant and begotten of our master Jesus
Christ, and brother of Peter the first of the apostles, we have heard from
the teachers of the Jews who are in this greatest of cities, Rome, that they
have asked Caesar to dispatch orders to all his provinces that you be killed
wherever you may be found. But we believed and believe that just as God
does not separate the two great lights that he made, so does he not plan to
separate you from one another—that is, neither Peter from Paul, nor Paul
from Peter. However, we rightly have faith in our Lord Jesus Christ, into
whom we were baptized, because we are saints through your teaching.”86
6. But after receiving the two men sent with the letter on the 20th of
May, Paul became eager and gave thanks to our Lord and master Jesus
Christ. After sailing from Malta, he had not yet gone through Africa87 into
the regions of Italy. Instead, he landed on Sicily and went as far as the city
of Syracuse with two of the men sent to him from Rome.
7. Having sailed off from there he came to Rhegium in Calabria,88 and
from Rhegium he passed into Messina. There he ordained a bishop named
Bacchilus.89 After leaving Messina he sailed as far as Didymus90 and stayed
there for one night. He sailed from there and came to Puteoli91 on the
second day.
8. But the ship captain Dioscorus, who had taken Paul to Syracuse, was
favorable toward Paul, because he had delivered his son from death. He
left his own boat in Syracuse and went with him as far as Puteoli. Some of
the disciples of Peter who were there received Paul and begged him to stay
with them. He stayed for one week, hidden because of the order of Caesar.
9. All the provincial governors were on alert to lay hold of and kill Paul.
But Dioscorus the ship captain, who also was beginning to become bald,
85. The claim that Peter had preceded Paul to Rome and was the founder of the
Roman church would support later papal claims to Petrine primacy. Cf. Acts Pet. 6,
where Peter arrives to encourage a church that had already been founded by Paul.
86. This could be intended as a reference to Paul’s epistle to the Romans.
87. The sea journey to Rome would have passed very close to the northern coast
of Africa near Carthage.
88. Acts 28:13.
89. Bacchilus (or Bachiritis) is traditionally considered the first bishop of Messina.
90. This is modern Isola Salina in the Tyrrhenian Sea. The name Didymus is likely
derived from the twin volcanoes on the island.
91. Acts 28:13–14.
274 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
went out into the city of Puteoli on the first day, wearing his captain’s tunic
and speaking boldly. Therefore, believing that he was Paul,92 they seized
and decapitated him, and they sent his head to Caesar.
10. Then Caesar summoned the leaders of the Jews and reported to
them, saying, “Rejoice greatly,93 because your enemy Paul is dead.” And he
even showed them his head. Therefore, after they had held a great celebra-
tion on that day, which was the fourteenth day of the month of June, each
of the Jews was fully satisfied.
11. But Paul, who was in Puteoli and heard that Dioscorus had been
decapitated, was greatly distressed.94 Looking intently to the height of
heaven, he said, “Lord, all powerful heavenly one, you have given light to
me in every place that I have gone through your only-begotten Word, our
Lord Jesus Christ. Punish this city, but first bring out all those who have
believed in God and followed his Word.”
12. Then he said to them, “Follow me.” And going out from Puteoli
with those who had believed in the Word of God, they came to a place
called Baiae.95 Lifting up their eyes, they all beheld that city called Pute-
oli being plunged into the depths of the sea about one fathom. It is there
beneath the sea,96 even up to today, as a reminder.
92. The image of Paul as a bald man was well established in antiquity through
the physical description in Acts Paul 3.3 and the iconographical tradition reflected
on sarcophagi, gems, and gold glass. Paul’s baldness was later parodied in the tenth-
century Philopatris of Pseudo-Lucian (12): “I met a Galilean who was bald, had a
pointed nose, and had ascended to the third heaven and learned unspeakable things”
(2 Cor 12:2–4).
93. Literally, “Rejoice a great joy.” This is one of several obvious Semiticisms in
the text.
94. Literally, “distressed by a great distress.”
95. Located at the northern edge of the Bay of Naples, this was a famous resort
town in the later Roman Republic.
96. The reference here is somewhat obscure, but there are three possibilities: (1)
The author may be referring to the remains of the Portus Julius, a harbor built by
Marcus Agrippa in 37/36 BCE just west of Puteoli. Not long after its construction,
it went out of use because of silting. Eventually, hydrothermal activity (bradyseism)
caused the harbor area to sink into the sea. In his Variae, Cassiodorus includes a letter
from Theodoric (Var. 1.25, ca. 507–511 CE) that may refer to repairs to the Portus
Julius, which had been damaged (even possibly submerged) by the beginning of the
sixth century. However, the manuscript evidence is quite complicated, leaving this ref-
erence uncertain. (2) The reference could be to other submerged remains near Puteoli
on the Bay of Baiae. The area is famous for the destructive effect of its waves (Horace,
276 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
13. ἐξελθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βαΐας, ἐγένοντο εἰς Γαΐτας, κἀκεῖ ἐδίδασκεν
τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ· ἔμεινεν γὰρ ἐκεῖ τρεῖς ἡμέρας εἰς τὸν οἶκον Ἐράσμου,
ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Πέτρος ἀπὸ Ῥώμης διδάξαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ. ἐξελθὼν
δὲ ἀπὸ Γαΐτας ἦλθεν εἰς καστέλλιον4 λεγόμενον Ταρακίνας, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ
ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ εἰς τὸν οἶκον Καισαρίου τοῦ διακόνου, ὃν ἐχειροτόνησεν Πέτρος·
κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσας διὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἦλθεν εἰς τόπον καλούμενον Τρίβους
Ταβέρνης.
14. οἱ δὲ σωθέντες ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ποντιόλης τῆς ποντισθείσης ἀνήγγειλαν
τῷ Καίσαρι εἰς Ῥώμην ὅτι Ποντιόλη ἐποντίσθη μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῆς.
καὶ ἐν λύπῃ μεγάλῃ γενάμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς διὰ τὴν πόλιν, προσκαλεσάμενος
τοὺς πρώτους, τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ἴδε διὰ τὴν ὑπακοὴν ὑμῶν ἐποίησα
ἀποκεφαλισθῆναι τὸν Παῦλον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐποντίσθη ἡ πόλις.
15. οἱ δὲ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἶπαν πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα· εὐσεβέστατε
βασιλεῦ, μὴ οὐκ εἴπαμέν σοι ὅτι πᾶσαν χώραν αὐτὸς ἐτάραξεν τῆς ἀνατολῆς
καὶ τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν διέστρεψεν; προάγει οὖν, εὐσεβέστατε βασιλεῦ, ἵνα μία
πόλις ἀπόληται καὶ μὴ τὸ βασίλειόν σου· τοῦτο γὰρ εἶχεν παθεῖν ἡ Ῥώμη. καὶ
παρεμυθήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν.
16. ὁ δὲ Παῦλος παρέμεινεν εἰς Τρίβους Ταβέρνης ἡμέρας τέσσαρας.
καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν ἦλθεν εἰς Ἀππίου Φόρον καλούμενον Βικουσαράπη,5 καὶ
κοιμηθεὶς ἐκεῖ τὴν νύκτα ἐκείνην εἶδέν τινα καθήμενον εἰς καθέδραν χρυσῆν, καὶ
13. When they had set out from Baiae, they came to Gaeta. There Paul
was teaching the word of God, for he stayed there for three days in the
house of Erasmus,97 whom Peter sent from Rome to teach the gospel of
God. And going out from Gaeta, he came to the fortress called Terracina98
and remained there for seven days at the house of Caesarius the deacon, on
whom Peter had laid his hands. And having sailed off from there across the
river he came to a place called the Three Taverns.99
14. But those who had been saved from the city of Puteoli, which had
been plunged into the sea, reported to Caesar in Rome that Puteoli had
been plunged into the sea with all its multitude. Because he was in great
distress the emperor went through the city, summoning the leaders of the
Jews, and he said to them, “Look, because of your obedience [to me] I had
Paul beheaded, and because of that the city has been plunged into the sea.”
15. But the leaders of the Jews said to Caesar, “Most pious emperor,
did we not say to you that he stirred up the entire land of the East and
disturbed our fathers? It is therefore preferable, most pious emperor, that
one city be destroyed and not your kingdom, for Rome would have had to
suffer this.” And the emperor was relieved after he heard their words.
16. But Paul remained at the Three Taverns for four days. Setting out
from there he came to the Forum of Appius,100 called the House of Sara-
pis. While sleeping there that night, he saw someone sitting upon a golden
Carm. 2.18), and an early nineteenth-century traveler noted that the area “is lined
with ruins, the remains of the villas and the baths of the Romans; some advance a
considerable way out, and though now under the waves are easily distinguishable in
fine weather” (John Chetwode Eustace, A Classical Tour through Italy, 6th ed. [London:
Mawman, 1837], 4:410). (3) This reference to underwater ruins is a complete fabrica-
tion with no connection to any archaeological site.
97. This figure should be distinguished from Erastus, who was associated with
Paul (Rom 16:23; 2 Tim 4:20; Acts 19:22).
98. Ancient Tarracina/Unxur. This is the first site mentioned on the Appian Road,
although it would have been necessary to take the road for part of the trip from Baiae
to Gaeta.
99. Acts 28:15. The Peutinger Map (ca. 300 CE) shows a sizable river flowing
from the coast near Terracina through the mountains toward Ferentino. The Amaseno
River, now little more than a stream, most closely follows the path of the ancient river
that Paul allegedly would have crossed on the Appian Road by ferry.
100. Here the author is confused on the geography, for a trip from the south along
the Appian Road would have reached the Forum of Appius first, then the Three Tav-
erns (as in Acts 28). That the order is reversed here may indicate a lack of familiarity
with the geography of the region.
278 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
παριστάμενον αὐτῷ πλῆθος μαύρων καὶ λεγόντων· ἐγὼ ἐποίησα σήμερον υἱὸν
φονεῦσαι τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ.
ἄλλος δὲ ἔλεγεν ὅτι· κἀγὼ ἐποίησα πεσεῖν οἶκον καὶ φονεῦσαι γονεῖς μετὰ
τέκνων. ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλα ἐξηγοῦντο αὐτῷ πονηρὰ πολλά·
ἕτερος δὲ ἐλθὼν ἀνήγγειλεν αὐτῷ ὅτι· ἐγὼ ὠρδίνευσα ἵνα ὁ ἐπίσκοπος
Ἰουβενάλιος, ὃν ἐχειροτόνησεν Πέτρος, μετὰ τῆς ἡγουμένης Ἰουλιανῆς κοιμηθῇ.
17. ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα πάντα κοιμώμενος εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν Ἀππίου Φόρον
πλησίον Βικουσαράπης, εὐθέως καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀπέστειλεν ἐν Ῥώμῃ ἐκ τῶν
ἀκολουθησάντων αὐτῷ ἀπὸ Ποντιόλης πρὸς τὸν ἐπίσκοπον Ἰουβενάλιον, λέγων
τοῦτο αὐτὸ ὅπερ ἀπῄει ποιῆσαι.
18. καὶ δραμὼν τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ Ἰουβενάλιος ἔρριψεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὰ ἴχνη
τοῦ Πέτρου κλαίων καὶ ὀδυρόμενος καὶ λέγων ὅτι· παραπεσεῖν ἀπῄειν. καὶ
ἐξηγήσατο αὐτῷ τὸ κεφάλαιον καὶ εἶπεν· πιστεύω ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὃν περιέμενες
φωστῆρα.
ὁ δὲ Πέτρος πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔφη· πῶς ἐνδέχεται ἐκεῖνον εἶναι τελειωθέντος
αὐτοῦ;
19. ὁ δὲ Ἰουβενάλιος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος ἔλαβεν τὸν ἀποσταλέντα παρὰ Παύλου
πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτῷ ἀνήγγειλεν ὅτι ζῇ καὶ ἔρχεται, καὶ ὅτι ἐστὶν
εἰς Ἀππίου Φόρον. καὶ ηὐχαρίστησεν καὶ ἐδόξασεν ὁ Πέτρος τὸν θεὸν καὶ
πατέρα τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.
20. τότε προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς πεπιστευκότας μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ ἀπέστειλεν
αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἕως Τρίβους Ταβέρνης· ἔστιν δὲ τὸ διάστημα ἀπὸ
Ῥώμης ἕως Τρίβους Ταβέρνης μίλια τριάκοντα ὀκτώ. καὶ ἰδὼν τούτους ὁ Παῦλος
εὐχαριστήσας τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ ἔλαβεν θάρσος. κινήσαντες δὲ
ἐκεῖθεν ἐκοιμήθησαν εἰς πόλιν καλουμένην Ἀρικίαν.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 279
throne, and a multitude of dark figures101 was presented to him, and they
were saying, “Today I have made a son kill his father.”
And another said, “And I have made a house fall and kill the parents
with the children.” Still others related to him at length many evil deeds.
Yet another came and declared to him, “I arranged it so that the
bishop Juvenal,102 on whom Peter laid his hands, would sleep with the
abbess Juliana.”
17. After hearing all these things while sleeping at the Forum of
Appius, close to the House of Sarapis, Paul immediately and without delay
dispatched some of those who had followed him from Puteoli to bishop
Juvenal in Rome, telling this very thing that had just happened.
18. And Juvenal hurried on the next day and threw himself at the feet
of Peter, wailing and lamenting and saying what had just happened. And he
related to him at length the most important point and said, “I believe that
he is the light for whom you were waiting.”
But Peter said to him, “How is it possible that that man is from the one
who was perfected?”103
19. And Juvenal the bishop led to Peter the one who had been sent
from Paul, and this man reported to Peter that Paul was alive and coming,
and that he was at the Forum of Appius. And Peter gave thanks and praised
the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ.104
20. Then, after gathering together his disciples who had come to
believe, Peter sent them to Paul as far as the Three Taverns.105 The distance
from Rome to the Three Taverns is 38 miles. And when he saw them, Paul
gave thanks to our Lord Jesus Christ and was encouraged. After moving
from there, they spent the night at the city called Aricia.106
21. But it became known in the city of Rome that Paul, the brother of
Peter, was coming. Those who had come to believe in God were rejoicing
greatly.107 But there was a great disturbance among the Jews, and they went
to Simon the sorcerer and begged him, saying, “Report to108 the emperor
that Paul did not die, but is alive and has come.”
But Simon said to the Jews, “Whose, then, is the head that came to
Caesar from Puteoli? Was this not also the head of a bald man?”
22. When Paul came to Rome,109 a great fear fell upon the Jews. Then
they came to him and beseeched him, saying, “Defend this faith in which
you were born, for it is not right that a Hebrew of Hebrews110 should say
that he himself is a teacher of gentiles and defender of the uncircumcised,
or that you yourself, being circumcised, should undermine faith in circum-
cision.111 Therefore, when you see Peter, confront his teaching, because he
has undermined every observance of our law.”112
23. But Paul answered and said to them, “If his teaching is true, con-
firmed by the witness of the Hebrew books, then it is fitting that all of us
obey him.”
24. After Paul had said these and other similar things, it became known
to Peter that Paul was present in Rome. And he rejoiced greatly,113 got up
immediately, and went to him. Seeing each other, they wept for joy, and
after embracing each other for a long time, they soaked each other with
their tears.114
25. Paul reported to Peter the series of things he had done and how
he had come through the trials of the sea voyage. Peter likewise told him
the kinds of things he was suffering at the hands of Simon the sorcerer
and all his treacheries. After saying these things, [Peter] withdrew when
it was evening.
26. On the next day Peter arrived and found a crowd of Jews in front
of the doors of Paul. There was a great disturbance among the Jewish and
gentile Christians, for the Jews were saying, “We are a chosen race, a royal
priesthood,115 of the tribe of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and all the prophets.
God spoke with them and showed mysteries about himself and all his great
wonders. But you are from the gentiles, and there is nothing great in your
lineage, except that you have become defiled and abominable by your idols
and graven images.”
27. After the Jews had said these and other similar things, those from
the gentiles answered, saying, “As soon as we heard the truth, we immedi-
ately followed it and abandoned our wandering. But you knew the pow-
erful deeds of the fathers, had seen the prophetic signs, had received the
law, had walked through the sea with dry feet, and had seen your enemies
plunged into the sea. A pillar of fire from heaven appeared to you at night
and a cloud by day; manna was given to you from heaven; and water flowed
for you from a solid rock. And yet, after all these things you fashioned for
yourselves an image of a calf and worshiped a statue. But we, who saw none
of these signs, believe that this God is the savior, whom you abandoned in
your disobedience.”
28. As they were quarreling with these and other such words, the
apostle Paul said, “You should not have such disputes among yourselves.
Instead, turn your attention to the fact that God has fulfilled his promises,
which he swore to our father Abraham, because in his seed all the gentiles
have been blessed,116 for there is no partiality with God.”117
29. After Paul had said these things, both the Jews and the gentiles were
assuaged, but the leaders of the Jews attacked Peter. To those accusing him
of renouncing their synagogues Peter said, “Listen, brothers,118 to what the
Holy Spirit has proclaimed about the patriarch David, ‘[One] from the fruit
of your loins will be placed upon your throne.’119 But this one—to whom
the Father said, ‘You are my son; today I have begotten you’120—the chief
priests crucified out of jealousy. In order that he might complete the salva-
ταῦτα πάντα ἑαυτὸν παθεῖν. ὥσπερ οὖν ἐκ τῆς πλευρᾶς τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἐκτίσθη ἡ
Εὔα, οὕτως καὶ ἐκ τῆς πλευρᾶς τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκτίσθη ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἥτις σπῖλον
οὐκ ἔχει οὐδὲ μῶμον.
30. τούτοις οὖν πᾶσιν ὁ θεὸς εἴσοδον ἤνοιξεν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ
καὶ Ἰακώβ, τοῦ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ πίστει τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ μὴ ἐν τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ
διὰ τῆς συναγωγῆς. ἐπιστρέψατε οὖν καὶ εἰσέλθατε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ πατρὸς
ὑμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅτι ἃ ἐπηγγείλατο αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς ἐπλήρωσεν· ὅθεν καὶ ὁ προφήτης
λέγει· ὤμοσεν κύριος καὶ οὐ μεταμεληθήσεται· σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν
τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. Ἱερεὺς γὰρ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ γέγονεν, ἡνίκα τὴν ὁλοκάρπωσιν
τοῦ ἰδίου σώματος καὶ αἵματος ὑπὲρ τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς θυσίαν προσήνεγκεν.
31. ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια λέγοντος τοῦ Πέτρου τὸ πλεῖστον τοῦ
λαοῦ μέρος ἐπίστευσεν. συνέβη δὲ καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα Νέρωνος Λιβίαν καὶ τὴν
Ἀγρίππα τοῦ ἐπάρχου σύζυγον οὕτως πιστεῦσαι, ὥστε καὶ περιελεῖν ἑαυτὰς
ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἰδίων ἀνδρῶν πλευρᾶς. διὰ δὲ τῆς τοῦ Παύλου διδασκαλίας πολλοὶ
καταφρονοῦντες τῆς στρατείας προσεκολλῶντο τῷ θεῷ, ὥστε καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ
κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως ἐλθεῖν τινας πρὸς αὐτόν· καὶ γενόμενοι Χριστιανοὶ οὐκ
ἔτι ἠθέλησαν ὑποστρέψαι ἐν τῇ στρατείᾳ οὔτε ἐν τῷ παλατίῳ.
32. ὅθεν ὁ Σίμων ζήλῳ κινούμενος διεγείρεται, καὶ ἤρξατο περὶ Πέτρου
πολλὰ λέγειν κακά, μάγον καὶ ἀπατεῶνα λέγων αὐτὸν εἶναι. ἐπίστευον δὲ
αὐτῷ οἱ τὰ σημεῖα αὐτοῦ θαυμάζοντες· ἐποίει γὰρ ὄφιν χαλκοῦν κινεῖν ἑαυτόν,
καὶ λιθίνους ἀνδριάντας γελάσαι καὶ κινῆσαι ἑαυτούς, αὐτὸν δὲ δραμεῖν καὶ
αἰφνίδιον ἐν τῷ ἀέρι ἀρθῆναι.
33. κατέναντι δὲ τούτων ὁ Πέτρος ἀσθενοῦντας ἐθεράπευεν λόγῳ, τυφλοὺς
ἀναβλέπειν ἐποίει προσευχόμενος, δαίμονας κελεύσματι ἐφυγάδευεν καὶ
νεκροὺς ἤγειρεν. ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἵνα μὴ μόνον ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Σίμωνος
ἀπάτης φύγωσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δειγματίσουσιν αὐτόν, ὅπως μὴ φανῶσιν τῷ
διαβόλῳ δουλεύοντες.
34. καὶ οὕτως γέγονεν ὥστε πάντας τοὺς εὐλαβεῖς ἄνδρας βδελύττεσθαι
Σίμωνα τὸν μάγον καὶ ἀνόσιον αὐτὸν καταγγέλλειν. οἱ δὲ τῷ Σίμωνι κολληθέντες
τὸν Πέτρον ἔλεγον εἶναι μάγον, ὅπερ αὐτοὶ σὺν τῷ Σίμωνι ὑπῆρχον· ὥστε τὸν
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 285
tion of the world, he allowed himself to suffer all these things. Thus, just as
from the rib of Adam Eve was created, likewise from the rib of Christ the
church was created, which has neither spot nor blemish.121
30. “Therefore, God opened an entrance to all these—the children of
Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob—so that they might be in the faith of the church
and not in faithlessness through the synagogue. Turn, therefore, and enter
into the joy of our father Abraham, because God has fulfilled the things
that were promised to him. For this reason the prophet says, ‘The Lord has
sworn and will not change his mind, “You are a priest forever according to
the order of Melchizedek.” ’122 For he became a priest on the cross, when
he offered the whole burnt offering of his own body and blood as a sacrifice
for the whole world.”123
31. After Peter had said these and other similar things, the greater
portion of the people believed. And it came to pass that Livia, the wife of
Nero, and the wife of the prefect Agrippa124 believed, so that they withdrew
from the side of their own husbands. Through the teaching of Paul many
despised military service and clung to God, such that some went to him
even from the bedchamber of the emperor. Having become Christians,
they did not wish to return to military service or to the palace.
32. Then Simon was stirred and aroused by zeal, and he began to say
many evil things about Peter, namely that he was a sorcerer and a fraud.
Those who were amazed by his signs believed him, for he was making a
bronze serpent move by itself and stone statues laugh and move by them-
selves, and he made himself run and suddenly be raised into the air.
33. In response to these things Peter was healing the sick by his word,
restoring sight to the blind by prayer, casting out demons by his command,
and raising the dead. He was speaking to the people, so that they would not
only flee from the deceit of Simon, but would also expose him, so that they
might not seem to be serving the devil.
34. Thus it came about that all the pious people despised Simon the
sorcerer and declared him profane. But those attached to Simon were
saying that Peter was the sorcerer, because they were with Simon. Word of
λόγον καὶ ἐπὶ Νέρωνος ἐλθεῖν τοῦ Καίσαρος, καὶ προστάξαι Σίμωνα τὸν μάγον
πρὸς ἑαυτὸν εἰσαγαγεῖν.
35. ὁ δὲ εἰσελθὼν ἔστη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἤρξατο αἰφνιδίως μορφὰς
ἐναλλάσσειν, ὥστε γενέσθαι αὐτὸν ἐξαίφνης παιδίον καὶ μετ᾽ ὀλίγον γέροντα,
ἄλλοτε δὲ νεανίσκον, ἔχων ὑπουργὸν τὸν διάβολον. ὅπερ θεωρῶν ὁ Νέρων
ἀληθῶς υἱὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι θεοῦ ὑπελάμβανεν. ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος Πέτρος ἐδίδασκεν
ψεύστην τε εἶναι καὶ μάγον, αἰσχρόν τε καὶ ἀνόσιον καὶ ἀποστάτην, καὶ ἐν
πᾶσιν τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀληθείᾳ ἐναντίον.
36. τότε εἰσελθὼν ὁ Σίμων πρὸς Νέρωνα εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἄκουσον βασιλεῦ· εἰ
μὴ τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους ἐκδιώξεις ἐντεῦθεν, οὐ δυνήσεται στῆναι ἡ βασιλεία
σου.
37. τότε ὁ Νέρων πλησθεὶς μερίμνης ἐκέλευσεν σπουδαίως αὐτοὺς πρὸς
αὐτὸν ἀγαγεῖν. τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ εἰσελθόντων πρὸς Νέρωνα Πέτρου καὶ
Παύλου, τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀποστόλων ὁ Σίμων εἶπεν· οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ μαθηταὶ
τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ, οἷς οὐ πάνυ καλῶς ἔχει, ἵνα ὦσιν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων.
Νέρων εἶπεν· τίς ἐστιν ὁ Ναζαρηνός;
Σίμων εἶπεν· ἔστιν πόλις ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, ἥτις ὑμῖν ἀεὶ ἐναντία γέγονεν,
Ναζαρὲτ λεγομένη· ὁ οὖν διδάσκαλος τούτων ἐξ αὐτῆς γέγονεν.
38. τότε ὁ Πέτρος πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα ἔφη· θαυμάζω ποίῳ χρώματι ἑαυτὸν
ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως καταλαζονεύεις καὶ ὑπολαμβάνεις, ὅτι διὰ τῆς μαγικῆς
σου τέχνης τοὺς τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπερνικήσεις μαθητάς.
39. Νέρων εἶπεν· τίς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός;
Πέτρος εἶπεν· εἰ θέλεις γνῶναι, βασιλεῦ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, καὶ τὰ
πραχθέντα ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, λάβε τὰ γράμματα Ποντίου
Πιλάτου τὰ πρὸς Κλαύδιον πεμφθέντα, καὶ οὕτως γινώσκεις πάντα. ὁ δὲ
Νέρων ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὰ ἐνεχθῆναι καὶ ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἀναγνωσθῆναι. περιεῖχον
δὲ οὕτως·
40. Πόντιος Πιλάτος Κλαυδίῳ χαίρειν. ἔναγχος συνέβη, ὅπερ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ
ἐγύμνωσα· οἱ γὰρ Ἰουδαῖοι διὰ φθόνον ἑαυτούς τε καὶ τοὺς μετέπειτα ἰδίαις
δειναῖς κρίσεσιν ἐτιμωρήσαντο. ἀμέλει ἐπαγγελίας ἔχοντες οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν,
ὅτι πέμψει αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἅγιον αὐτοῦ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ὅστις εἰκότως βασιλεὺς
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 287
this thus reached even up to the emperor Nero, and he ordered Simon the
sorcerer to come before him.
35. Simon came and stood before him and at once began to change
shapes, so that he suddenly became a child, and a little after this an old
man. At another moment he was a young man, rendering service to the
devil. When he beheld these things, Nero supposed that he truly was the
son of God. But the apostle Peter was teaching that he was a liar and a
sorcerer, shameful and profane and apostate, and in all things against the
truth of God.
36. Then Simon came to Nero and said to him, “Listen, oh emperor. If
you do not expel these men from here, then your kingdom will not be able
to stand.”
37. Then Nero was filled with anxiety and immediately ordered them
to be brought to him. On the next day, after Peter and Paul, the apostles
of Christ, had come in to Nero, Simon said, “These are the disciples of the
Nazarene, and it is not at all good for them that they are from among the
people of the Jews.”
Nero said, “Who is the Nazarene?”
Simon said, “There is a city in Judea that has always been against you,
and it is called Nazareth.125 Their teacher comes from there.”
38. Then Peter said to Simon, “I wonder in what form126 you brag
boldly about yourself before the emperor and suppose that through your
magical art you will be victorious over the disciples of Christ.”
39. Nero said, “Who is the Christ?”
Peter said, “If you wish to know, oh emperor, who is the Christ, and
about the things done in Judea concerning the Christ, then take the letters
sent by Pontius Pilate to Claudius, and thus you will know everything.”
Nero ordered them to be brought and read before them. They included the
following:
40. “Pontius Pilate to Claudius, greetings. Lately there occurred some-
thing in which I myself was involved, for through jealousy the Jews have
inflicted on themselves and those coming after them harsh punishments.
Their fathers actually have promises that God will send to them the holy
one from heaven itself. He would rightly be called their king, and God
125. Nazareth is not in Judea but in Galilee. This geographical error is another
possible indication of the western provenance of the text.
126. Literally, “in what sort of skin.”
288 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
αὐτῶν λεχθείη, τοῦτον ἐπηγγείλατο διὰ παρθένου ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἀποστεῖλαι.
οὗτος τοίνυν ἐμοῦ ἡγεμονεύοντος ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν.
41. καὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν τυφλοὺς φωταγωγοῦντα, λεπροὺς καθαρίζοντα,
παραλυτικοὺς θεραπεύοντα, δαίμονας ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φυγαδεύοντα,
νεκροὺς ἐγείροντα, ἀνέμοις ἐπιτιμῶντα, ἐπὶ κυμάτων θαλάσσης πεζεύοντα καὶ
πολλὰ ἕτερα ποιοῦντα θαυμάσια, καὶ πάντα τὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων λαὸν υἱὸν αὐτὸν
τοῦ θεοῦ λέγοντα. φθόνῳ οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ κινούμενοι ἐκράτησαν καὶ
ἐμοὶ αὐτὸν παρέδωκαν, καὶ ἄλλα ἀντ᾽ ἄλλων καταψευσάμενοι ἔλεγον μάγον
αὐτὸν εἶναι καὶ ἐναντία τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν πράττειν.
42. ἐγὼ δὲ πιστεύσας ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν μεμαστιγωμένον παρέδωκα
αὐτὸν τῇ βουλῇ αὐτῶν· οἱ δὲ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν καὶ ταφέντος αὐτοῦ φύλακας
κατέστησαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. αὐτὸς δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν μου φυλαττόντων αὐτὸν τῇ
τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀνέστη. ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ ἐξεκαύθη ἡ τῶν Ἰουδαίων πονηρία, ὥστε
δοῦναι ἀργύρια τοῖς στρατιώταις λέγοντες· εἴπατε ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ
σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἔκλεψαν. ἀλλὰ αὐτοὶ λαβόντες τὰ ἀργύρια σιωπῆσαι τὸ γεγονὸς
οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν· κἀκεῖνοι γὰρ ἀναστάντα μεμαρτυρήκασιν ἑωρακέναι καὶ
παρὰ Ἰουδαίων ἀργύρια εἰληφέναι. ταῦτα δὲ διὰ τοῦτο ἀνήγαγον τῷ κράτει
σου, ἵνα μή τις ἄλλος ψεύσηται καὶ ὑπολάβῃς πιστεῦσαι ταῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων
ψευδολογίαις.
43. ἀναγνωσθείσης δὲ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς εἶπεν ὁ Νέρων· εἰπέ μοι, Πέτρε,
οὕτως δι᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐπράχθη πάντα;
ὁ δὲ Πέτρος εἶπεν· οὕτως ἔστιν, βασιλεῦ. ὁ γὰρ Σίμων οὗτος πλήρης
ψεύδους καὶ ἀπάτης ὑπάρχει, κἂν δοκῇ ἑαυτὸν τοῦτο εἶναι, ὅπερ οὐκ ἔστιν,
θεός· ἐν δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ μου Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ ἐστὶν πᾶσα ἡ ἄκρα νίκη, ὃς διὰ τὴν
τῶν ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίαν ηὐδόκησεν διὰ τῆς θείας οἰκονομίας τοῖς ἀνθρώποις
συναναστραφῆναι.
44. Σίμων εἶπεν· οὐκ ἀνέξομαί σου ἐπὶ πολύ, Πέτρε, ἀλλ᾽ ἄρτι προστάξω
τοῖς ἀγγέλοις μου, ὅπως ἐλθόντες ἐκδικήσωσίν με ἀπὸ σοῦ.
Πέτρος εἶπεν· οὐ φοβοῦμαι τοὺς ἀγγέλους σου ἐκεῖνοι δὲ μᾶλλον ἐμὲ
φοβηθήσονται ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ κυρίου μου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 289
promised to send this one to earth through a virgin. When I was ruling,
this one came to Judea.
41. “They saw him giving sight to the blind, cleansing lepers, healing
paralytics, casting out demons from people, raising the dead, controlling
the winds, walking upon the waves of the sea, and doing many other amaz-
ing things. And they saw all the people of the Jews saying that he was the
son of God himself. Thus, the chief priests, incited by jealousy against him,
seized him and handed him over to me. But they told one lie after another
and were saying that he was a sorcerer and was acting against their law.
42. “I believed these things were so and had him flogged and handed
over to their will. They crucified him127 and, after he was buried, set a guard
over him. However, while my soldiers were guarding him, on the third day
he rose again. The wickedness of the Jews was kindled to such a degree
that they gave money to the soldiers, saying, ‘Say that his disciples stole
his body.’128 But those who had taken the money were not able to be silent
about what had happened, for those men have testified that they saw him
risen and that they have received money from the Jews. For this reason I
have referred these things to your judgment, lest anyone else should lie and
you should decide to believe the falsehoods of the Jews.”
43. After the letter was read, Nero said, “Tell me, Peter, were all things
done by him in this way?”
And Peter said, “It did happen in this way, oh emperor, for this Simon
is full of falsehood and deceit, even if it may seem that he is what he is
not, namely a god. There is complete and ultimate victory in my Lord
Jesus Christ, who, for the sake of the salvation of humankind, was pleased
through the divine economy129 to live together with humankind.”
44. Simon said, “I will bear with you no longer, Peter, but will now
command my angels to come and avenge me on you.”
Peter said, “I am not afraid of your angels. Instead, they will fear me in
the power of my Lord Jesus Christ.”
127. The pseudonymous author of this letter attempts to absolve Pilate of blame
for anything but the flogging by making the historically impossible claim that the
actual crucifixion was also carried out by the Jews.
128. Matt 28:11–15.
129. This concept, credited to Irenaeus of Lyons, includes all elements of God’s
interaction with the world, from creation through final redemption. See Eric Osborn,
Irenaeus of Lyons (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001), 51–96.
290 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
45. Νέρων εἶπεν· οὐ φοβῇ τὸν Σίμωνα, Πέτρε, τὸν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θεότητα
πράγμασι βεβαιοῦντα;
Πέτρος εἶπεν· βασιλεῦ, ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἐστὶν ἡ θεότης, ὃς τὰ ἄδηλα ἐρευνᾷ τῆς
καρδίας. νῦν οὖν εἰπάτω μοι τί διαλογίζομαι ἢ τί ποιῶ εἰς τὸν διαλογισμόν
μου. πρὸ τοῦ ψεύσασθαι δὲ τοῦτον, τοῖς σοῖς ἐμφανίζω ὠσίν, ἵνα μὴ τολμήσῃ
ψεύσασθαι τί διαλογίζομαι.
Νέρων εἶπεν· προσελθὼν ὧδε εἰπέ μοι, τί διαλογίζῃ.
Πέτρος εἶπεν· κέλευσον ἐνεχθῆναι ἄρτον κρίθινον καὶ λάθρα δοθῆναί μοι.
καὶ εἶπεν πάλιν ὁ Πέτρος· εἰπάτω Σίμων νῦν τί τὸ διαλογισθέν, τί τὸ λεχθέν,
τί τὸ γεγονός.
46. Missing
47. Σίμων εἶπεν· τοῦτο γίνωσκε, βασιλεῦ, ὅτι τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν
ἀνθρώπων οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός.
Πέτρος εἶπεν· σὺ οὖν ὁ λέγων ἑαυτὸν εἶναι υἱὸν θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τί ἐνθυμοῦμαι· τί
ἄρτι πεποίηκα ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ, σαφήνισον. ἦν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εὐλογήσας ὃν εἰλήφει
κρίθινον ἄρτον, καὶ κλάσας δεξιᾷ καὶ ἀριστερᾷ ἐν τοῖς χεριδίοις ἐσώρευσεν.
48. τότε ὁ Σίμων μὴ δυνηθεὶς εἰπεῖν τὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἀπόρρητον, ἐβόησεν
λέγων· ἐξελθέτωσαν κύνες μεγάλοι καὶ καταφαγέτωσαν αὐτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ
Καίσαρος. καὶ ἐξαίφνης ἐφάνησαν κύνες μέγιστοι καὶ ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὸν Πέτρον.
ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐκτείνας τὰς χεῖρας εἰς προσευχὴν ἔδειξεν τοῖς κυσὶν ὃν ηὐλόγησεν
ἄρτον· ὃν ἰδόντες οἱ κύνες οὐκ ἔτι ἐφάνησαν ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφυγον.
τότε ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν πρὸς Νέρωνα· ἰδού, βασιλεῦ, ἔδειξά σοι μάγον
καὶ ἀπατεῶνα τὸν Σίμωνα εἶναι, οὐ ῥήμασιν ἀλλ᾽ ἔργοις· ὁ γὰρ ἀγγέλους
ὑποσχόμενος κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ πέμπειν, κύνας παρήγαγεν, ἵνα δείξῃ ἑαυτὸν οὐ θεϊκοὺς
ἔχειν ἀγγέλους ἀλλὰ κυνικοὺς δαίμονας.
49. τότε ὁ Νέρων πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα εἶπεν· τί ἐστιν, Σίμων; νομίζω,
ἡττήμεθα.
Σίμων εἶπεν· οὗτος καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Παλαιστίνῃ καὶ
Καισαρείᾳ τὰ αὐτά μοι ἐποίησεν.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 291
45. Nero said, “Peter, do you not fear Simon, who has confirmed his
divinity with deeds?”
Peter said, “Oh emperor, there is divinity in that man who searches
out the unseen things of the heart. Therefore, let him now tell me what
I am thinking or what I have under consideration. But before this man
lies, I will say it into your ears, so that he may not dare to lie about what
I am thinking.”
Nero said, “Come here and tell me what you are thinking.”
Peter said, “Order a barley loaf to be brought and given to me secretly.”
Then Peter said again, “Let Simon now say what was thought, what was
said, and what was done.”
46. This section, which would correspond to Pseudo-Marcellus, Pass.
Holy 25, is absent from the Greek text.
47. Simon said, “Know this, oh emperor, that no one knows the
thoughts of people but God alone.”130
And Peter said, “You, then, the one saying that you are the son of God,
say what I am thinking. Reveal what I have just done in secret.” But Peter
had blessed the barley loaf that he had received, broken it into his right and
left hand, and gathered it up in his sleeves.
48. Then Simon, being unable to say the apostle’s secret, cried out,
saying, “Let large dogs come forth and devour him in front of Caesar!” All
of a sudden very large dogs appeared and attacked Peter. But Peter, after
stretching out his hands for prayer, showed the dogs the bread that he had
blessed. Seeing it, the dogs no longer appeared from that hour onward, but
fled.
Then Peter said to Nero, “Look, oh emperor, I have shown you that
Simon is a sorcerer and a cheat, not with words but with deeds. For he
promised to send angels against me, but he produced dogs, thus showing
that he has not divine angels but canine demons.”131
49. Then Nero said to Simon, “Well, Simon? I think we have been beaten.”
Simon said, “This man did things like this to me in Judea and in all of
Palestine and Caesarea.”132
50. τότε ὁ Νέρων πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἐπιστραφεὶς ἔφη· σὺ διὰ τί οὐδὲν
λέγεις, Παῦλε;
ἀπεκρίθη ὁ Παῦλος καὶ εἶπεν· γίνωσκε τοῦτο, βασιλεῦ, ὅτι ἐὰν ἀπολύσῃς
τὸν μάγον τοῦτον τοιαῦτα πράττειν, μέγιστον τῇ πατρίδι σου αὐξάνει, κακὸν
καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σου ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας στάσεως καταβιβάσει.
ὁ δὲ Νέρων τῷ Σίμωνι εἶπεν· τί λέγεις σύ, Σίμων, πρὸς ταῦτα;
ὁ δὲ Σίμων εἶπεν· ἐγὼ ἐὰν μὴ φανερώσω ἐμαυτὸν καὶ ὑποδείξω εἶναι θεόν,
οὐδείς μοι τὸ ὀφειλόμενον ἀπονέμει σέβας.
Νέρων εἶπεν· καὶ νῦν τί χρονίζεις καὶ οὐκ ἀποδεικνύεις ἑαυτὸν θεόν, ὅπως
ἂν οὗτοι τιμωρηθῶσιν;
51. Σίμων εἶπεν· κέλευσόν μοι πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι ὑψηλὸν ἀπὸ ξύλων, καὶ
ἀνελθὼν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ καλέσω τοὺς ἀγγέλους μου καὶ προστάξω αὐτοῖς, ἵνα πάντων
ὁρώντων ἀναγάγωσί με πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. τοῦτο δὲ οὗτοι μὴ
δυνάμενοι ποιῆσαι ἐλέγχονται ὅτι ἄνθρωποί εἰσιν ἀπαίδευτοι.
ὁ δὲ Νέρων τῷ Πέτρῳ εἶπεν· ἀκήκοας, Πέτρε, τὸ παρὰ Σίμωνος εἰρημένον;
ἐκ τούτου φανήσεται, ὅσην δύναμιν ἔχει ἢ οὗτος ἢ ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν.
Πέτρος εἶπεν· κράτιστε βασιλεῦ, εἰ θέλεις, δύνασαι νοῆσαι, ὅτι δαιμόνων
πεπλήρωται.
Νέρων εἶπεν· τί μοι λόγων περιόδους ποιεῖτε; ἡ αὔριον ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς
δοκιμάσει.
52. Σίμων εἶπεν· εἰ μὴ πιστεύεις, ἀγαθὲ βασιλεῦ, ὅτι μάγος οὐκ εἰμί,
κέλευσον ἀποκεφαλισθῆναί με ἐν τόπῳ σκοτεινῷ, κἀκεῖ με ἐσφαγμένον
κατάλειπε, καὶ ἐὰν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ μὴ ἀναστῶ, γνῶθί με μάγον εἶναι· ἐὰν δὲ
ἀναστῶ, γίνωσκε υἱόν με εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ.
53. τοῦτο δὲ γενέσθαι κελεύσαντος τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, τῇ μαγικῇ
αὐτοῦ τέχνῃ ὁ Σίμων ἔπραξεν, ἵνα κριὸς ἀποκεφαλισθῇ· ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ ὁ
κριὸς ὡς Σίμων ἐφάνη, ἕως οὗ ἀπεκεφαλίσθη ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ. ἐρευνήσας γὰρ
ὁ ἀποκεφαλίσας αὐτὸν καὶ προαναγὼν εἰς τὸ φῶς τὴν κεφαλὴν εὗρεν αὐτὴν
τὴν κεφαλὴν κριοῦ· ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν τῷ βασιλεῖ εἰπεῖν ἐτόλμησεν, ἵνα μὴ μαστίξῃ
αὐτόν, κελεύσαντι τοῦτο ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ πραχθῆναι. ἐντεῦθεν οὖν ἔλεγεν ἑαυτὸν
ὁ Σίμων τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ ἐγερθῆναι, ὅτι τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ κριοῦ καὶ τὰ μέλη
ἦρεν, τὸ δὲ αἷμα ἐκεῖσε προσεπέπηκτο, καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ ἔδειξεν ἑαυτὸν
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 293
50. Then turning to Paul, Nero said, “Why do you say nothing, Paul?”
Paul answered and said, “Know this, oh emperor, that if you permit
this sorcerer to do such things, then very great evil will increase upon your
country and will bring down your kingdom from its proper standing.”
But Nero said to Simon, “Simon, what do you say to these things?”
Simon said, “Unless I show and demonstrate that I am a god, no one
will render the reverence due to me.”
Nero said, “And now why do you delay and not show that you are a
god, so that these men may be punished?”
51. Simon said, “Order a tall tower to be built for me out of wood. After
ascending it I will call my angels and give them orders, so that, when all are
watching, they will carry me to my father in heaven. But these men, being
unable to do this, will be put to shame, because they are ignorant men.”
Nero said to Peter, “Did you hear, Peter, what was said by Simon? From
this it will be revealed how much power either he or your God has.”
Peter said, “Oh mightiest emperor, if you are willing, then you are able
to perceive that he has been filled by demons.”133
Nero said, “Why are you being so evasive with me? Tomorrow the day
will test you.”
52. Simon said, “If you do not believe, good emperor, that I am not a
sorcerer, then order me to be decapitated in a dark place. Leave me there
dead, and if I do not rise again on the third day, then know that I was a
sorcerer. But if I rise again, then know that I am the son of God.”134
53. After Caesar had ordered this to be done in the dark, Simon by his
magical art made it so that a ram was decapitated. But the ram appeared
very much like Simon until it was decapitated in the dark. After searching
for the head, the one who had cut it off brought the head into the light and
discovered that it was the head of a ram. But he did not dare to say anything
to the emperor, who had ordered this to be done in secret, lest the emperor
beat him. After that, then, Simon was saying that he had been raised on
the third day, because he carried away the head and limbs of the ram, but
the blood had congealed there. On the third day he showed himself to
Nero and said to him, “Make my blood that was poured out be wiped up,
133. Both verbs are present tense, although we might expect the imperfect with
ἄν to create the contrary-to-fact construction: “If you were willing, then you would
be able to perceive.” The parallel Latin passage contains such a construction (Pseudo-
Marcellus, Pass. Holy 30).
134. Cf. the account of Simon’s faked resurrection in Pass. Apost. 2–3.
294 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
τῷ Νέρωνι λέγων αὐτῷ· ποίησον ἐκμαγῆναι τὸ αἷμά μου τὸ ἐκχυθέν, ὅτι ἰδού
ἀποκεφαλισθεὶς καθὼς ὑπεσχόμην τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀνέστην.
54. καθὼς δὲ εἶπεν ὁ Νέρων, ὅτι ἡ αὔριον ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς δοκιμάσει, στραφεὶς
πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον λέγει· σὺ Παῦλε διὰ τί οὐδὲν φθέγγῃ;
55. ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος εἶπεν· τούτου τοὺς λόγους μὴ βουληθῇς
ἀκούειν, βασιλεῦ. ἀπατεὼν γὰρ καὶ μάγος ἐστὶν καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν θέλει
ἀγάγαι τὴν ψυχήν σου καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σου. ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι μάγοι
Ἰαννὴς καὶ Ἰαμβρὴς ἐπλάνησαν τὸν Φαραὼ καὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον αὐτοῦ, ἕως οὗ
κατεποντίσθη ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, οὕτως καὶ οὗτος διὰ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ τοῦ
διαβόλου παιδεύσεως πείθει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πολλά κακὰ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ποιεῖν,
καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ἀκεραίων ἐξαπατᾷ πρὸς πειρασμὸν τῆς βασιλείας σου.
56. ἐγὼ δὲ θαρρῶ τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ κυρίου μου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὅτι τάχιον
φανερώσει αὐτὸν τὸ τίς ἐστιν, καὶ ὅσον δοκεῖ ἑαυτὸν ὑψῶσαι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν,
τοσοῦτον καταποντισθήσεται εἰς τὸν βυθὸν τοῦ ᾅδου, ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ κλαυθμὸς
καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων.
57. Νέρων εἶπεν· τίς ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ διδαχὴ τοῦ σοῦ διδασκάλου;
εἶπεν δὲ Παῦλος· περὶ τῆς τοῦ διδασκάλου μου διδαχῆς ἧς ἐπερώτησας, οὐ
χωροῦσιν ταύτην εἰ μὴ οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ τὴν πίστιν προσιέμενοι. ὅσα γὰρ
τῆς εἰρήνης ἐστὶν καὶ ἀγάπης, ταῦτα ἐδίδαξεν. κἀγὼ ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ μέχρι
τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ πεπλήρωκα τὸν λόγον τῆς εἰρήνης, καθὼς παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἔμαθον.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 295
because look, I who was decapitated have risen again on the third day, just
as I promised.”
54. After Nero said, “Tomorrow the day will test you,”135 he turned to
Paul and said, “And you, Paul, why do you say nothing?”
55. Paul answered and said, “Do not be willing to listen to the words
of this man, oh emperor, for he is a deceiver and a sorcerer and wants to
lead your soul and your kingdom to destruction. For just as the Egyptian
sorcerers Jannes and Jambres misled Pharaoh and his army until it was
plunged into the sea,136 so also does this man—through the teaching of his
father the devil137—persuade people to do many evil things to themselves.
And he deceives many of the innocent as a test of your kingdom.
56. “But I am confident that by the power of my Lord Jesus Christ, he
will quickly reveal [Simon] for what he is. And however much it seems that
he is raised into heaven, to that same degree he will be plunged down into
the depth of Hades, where there is weeping and gnashing of teeth.”138
57. Nero said, “What is the teaching of Christ, your teacher?”
Paul said, “Concerning the teaching of my teacher about which you
have asked, none comprehend it except the pure in heart who accept faith.139
For whatever things relate to peace and love, I have taught them. From
Jerusalem to Illyricum140 I have set out fully the word of peace, just as I
learned it from him.
135. The repetition of Nero’s quotation signals that chapters 52–53 were perhaps
later insertions into the text.
136. These are the names traditionally ascribed to the sorcerers who opposed
Moses in Exod 7–8. They are mentioned numerous times in ancient literature, includ-
ing CD V, 18–19; Menaḥ. 85a; 2 Tim 3:8–9; Pliny the Elder, Nat. 30.1.11; Apuleius,
Apol. 90; and Numenius of Apamea (recorded in Eusebius, Praep. ev. 9.8.1). The Gelas-
ian Decree lists an apocryphal work entitled the Repentance of Jannes and Jambres (an
alternative spelling of Mambres), while Origen acknowledges that there is no record of
them in scripture but claims that there exists “a secret book called the Book of Jamnes
and Mambres” (Comm. ser. Matt. 28; 117 [quoted]). It is unclear how these references
might relate to the text reconstructed in Pietersma, The Apocryphon of Jannes and Jam-
bres the Magicians. On the various textual traditions related to these figures, see also
Pietersma and Lutz, “Jannes and Jambres.” Palladius claims that their tomb in Egypt
was guarded by demons (Hist. laus. 18.5–8).
137. Cf. John 8:44.
138. Matt 8:12; 13:42, 50; 22:13; 24:51; 25:30; Luke 13:28.
139. 1 Tim 1:5; 2 Tim 2:22.
140. Rom 15:19.
296 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
58. “For I have taught people to outdo one another in showing honor;141
the lofty and the rich not to lift themselves up and hope in the uncertainty
of wealth, but to place their hope in God;142 the poor to rejoice in their
poverty;143 fathers to teach their children training in the fear of God;144
children to be obedient to their parents as a salvific admonition.145 I have
taught the assemblies146 of believers to believe in one God, the almighty
Father, who is invisible147 and incomprehensible, and in his only begotten
Son, my Lord Jesus Christ.
59. “This teaching was given to me not by a human source, nor through
a person, but through Jesus Christ, who spoke to me from heaven.148 He
sent me out to preach, having said to me, ‘Go, because I will be with you,
and I will forgive whatever things you have said or done.’ ”
60. After hearing these things Nero was amazed, and turning to Peter
he said, “What do you say?”
And Peter said, “All the things Paul said are true, because for a long
time I have received many letters from our bishops—who are in the entire
world—about the things done and said by him. For when he was a persecu-
tor of the law, the voice of Christ called him from heaven and taught him
the truth, because he was an enemy of our faith not through jealousy but
through ignorance. For before us there were false christs like Simon and
false apostles and false prophets, who came against the sacred writings and
set out to nullify the truth.
“It was necessary, therefore, to mobilize this man against them—a man
who from his youth was trained in nothing but searching out the mysteries
of the divine law, by which he became a champion of truth and a persecu-
tor of falsehood. Therefore, because his persecution resulted not from jeal-
ousy but from defense of the law, the truth itself spoke to him from heaven,
saying, ‘I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting.149 Stop persecuting me,
because I am the truth for whom you appear to struggle against the enemies
ὅπερ διεξεδίκα, ἤρξατο διεκδικῆσαι ταύτην τὴν τρίβον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἣν ἐδίωκεν,
ἥτις ἐστὶν ὁδὸς ἀληθείας τοῖς εἰλικρινῶς πορευομένοις ἐν αὐτῇ.
61. ταῦτα εἰρηκότος Πέτρου ὁ Σίμων εἶπεν πρὸς Νέρωνα· ἐννόησον, ἀγαθὲ
βασιλεῦ, ὅτι συνέπνευσαν οὗτοι οἱ δύο κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ· ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια, καὶ
οὗτοι ἐναντία μου φρονοῦσιν.
Πέτρος εἶπεν· οὐδεμία ἐν σοὶ ἀλήθειά ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ πάντα ψευδῆ λέγεις.
62-66. Missing
67. Σίμων εἶπεν· ἀγαθὲ βασιλεῦ, οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι συνελογίσαντο τὴν
εὐμένειάν σου καὶ συνέδησάν σε.
Νέρων εἶπεν· ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ σύ με περὶ σεαυτοῦ ἔτι ἐβεβαίωσας.
Σίμων εἶπεν· πόσων καλῶν πραγμάτων καὶ σημείων ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ σοι
ὑποδειχθέντων θαυμάζω, ὅτι ἀμφισβητεῖς.
Νέρων εἷπεν· ἐγὼ οὐδενὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν συναινῶ· ἀλλ᾽ ὃ ἐρωτῶ σε, μᾶλλον
ἀποκρίθητί μοι.
68. Σίμων εἶπεν· τὸ λοιπὸν οὐδέν σοι ἀποκρίνομαι.
Νέρων εἶπεν· ἐπειδὴ ψεύδῃ, διὰ τοῦτο ταῦτα λέγεις. τὸ λοιπὸν οὐδέν σε
ἔτι λογίζομαι· ὡς γὰρ εὗρον, ψεύστης εἶ ἐν πᾶσιν. καὶ τί πολλὰ λέγω; οἱ τρεῖς
ἐν πᾶσιν ἀμφισβητοῦντά με πεποιήκατε, ὥστε μὴ εὑρεῖν με τίνι πιστεῦσαι
δυνηθῶ.
69. Πέτρος εἶπεν· ἕνα θεὸν καὶ πατέρα τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ
κηρύσσομεν, τὸν ποιήσαντα τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ
πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὅς ἐστιν ἀληθινὸς βασιλεὺς καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οὐκ
ἔσται τέλος.
Νέρων εἶπεν· τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ βασιλεύς;
Παῦλος εἶπεν· Κύριος καὶ σωτὴρ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν.
Σίμων εἶπεν· ἐγώ εἰμι, ὃν λέγετε καὶ οἴδατε, Παῦλε καὶ Πέτρε, ἀλλ᾽
οὐ μὴ ἀποφήνωμαι καθ᾽ ὑμῶν· τοῦτο γὰρ ποθεῖτε, ἵνα τοῦ μαρτυρίου ὑμᾶς
καταξιώσω.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 299
of truth.’150 As soon as [Paul] knew that it was so, he abandoned the things
he was defending and began defending this way of Christ that he had perse-
cuted—which is the path of truth for those going along it in purity.”
61. After Peter had said these things, Simon said to Nero, “Under-
stand, good emperor, that these two have conspired against me, for I am
the truth,151 and they turn their thoughts against me.”
Peter said, “There is no truth in you, but you speak only lies.”
62–66. These sections, which would correspond to Pseudo-Marcellus,
Pass. Holy 41–45, are absent from the Greek text.
67. Simon said, “Good emperor, these men have taken advantage of
your good will and have entrapped you.”
Nero said, “But you have not yet proven to me anything about yourself.”
Simon said, “After you received so many good deeds and signs from
me, I am amazed that you doubt.”
Nero said, “I agree with nothing [that I have heard] from any of you,
but rather answer me about what I am asking you.”
68. Simon said, “I am not answering you any further.”
Nero said, “Because you lie, you say these things. I no longer count you
as anything, for as I have discovered, you are a liar in everything. And why
do I say all these things? The three of you have made me a doubter about
everything so that I find I am unable to believe anything.”
69. Peter said, “We proclaim the one God and Father of our Lord Jesus
Christ, who made heaven and earth and the sea and everything that is in
them, who is the true king, and whose kingdom will have no end.”152
Nero said, “Who is this king?”
Paul said, “The Lord and Savior of all nations.”
Simon said, “I am he153—the one about whom you speak and whom
you know, Paul and Peter. But I will not reveal myself against you, for you
do this so that I may deem you worthy of martyrdom.”154
150. This reference to Jesus as “the truth” is not found in Acts 9:3–9, 22:6–11, or
26:12–18.
151. Cf. John 14:6.
152. This creedal statement is taken from the Niceno-Constantinopolitan Creed
and scriptural passages such as Ps 146:6, Luke 1:33.
153. Simon employs the expression ἐγώ εἰμι (“I am”), thus linking himself to God’s
self-identification in the Hebrew scriptures. Cf. Jesus’s use of this phrase in e.g., John
8:58, 9:9.
154. Simon’s words are somewhat confusing here, but he appears to be threatening
to deny them the desired outcome of martyrdom.
300 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Πέτρος καὶ Παῦλος εἶπον· μηδέποτέ σοι εἴη καλῶς, Σίμων μάγε καὶ
πικρίας ἀνάμεστε.
70. Σίμων εἶπεν· ἀκουε, Καῖσαρ Νέρων, ἵνα γνῷς ψεύστας εἶναι τούτους,
κἀμὲ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν πεμφθέντα, τῇ αὔριον ἡμέρᾳ εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἀνέρχομαι,
ἵνα τοὺς πιστεύοντάς μοι μακαρίους ποιήσω· εἰς δὲ τούτους τοὺς τολμήσαντάς
με ἀρνήσασθαι τὴν ὄργήν μου ἐνδείξομαι.
Πέτρος καὶ Παῦλος εἶπον· ἡμᾶς πάλαι ὁ θεὸς ἐκάλεσεν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν δόξαν.
σὺ δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου κληθεὶς σπεύδεις πρὸς κόλασιν.
71. Σίμων εἶπεν· ἀγαθὲ βασιλεῦ, ἄκουσόν μου· τοῦς μαινομένους τούτους
ἀποχώρισον ἀπὸ σοῦ, ἵνα ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαί με εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα
μου δυνήσομαί σοι εἶναι
εὐΐλατος.
Νέρων εἶπεν· καὶ πῶς τοῦτο γνώσομαι, ὅτι εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνέρχῃ;
Σίμων εἶπεν· κέλευσόν μοι πύργον γενέσθαι ὑψηλὸν ἀπὸ ξύλων καὶ δοκῶν
μεγάλων, ἵνα ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀνέλθων οἱ ἄγγελοι μου εἰς τὸν ἀέρα με εὕρωσιν· οὐ γὰρ
δύνανται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς μεταξὺ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐλθεῖν πρός με.
72. τότε ὁ Νέρων προσέταξεν ἐν τῷ κάμπῳ Μαρτίῳ ὑψηλὸν γενέσθαι
πύργον· καὶ πάντες οἱ λαοὶ καὶ πᾶσαι τῶν στρατιωτῶν αἱ ἀξίαι ἐπὶ τὸ θεωρῆσαι
τοῦτον συνῆλθον. ἐν ταύτῃ οὖν τῇ συνδρομῇ ἐκέλευσεν ὁ Νέρων τὸν Πέτρον
καὶ τὸν Παῦλον παραστῆναι, οἷς οὕτως εἶπεν· νῦν ἔχει ἡ ἀλήθεια φανερωθῆναι.
Πέτρος καὶ Παῦλος εἶπον· ἡμεῖς αὐτὸν οὐ παραδειγματίζομεν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ κύριος
ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ὃν ἑαυτὸν εἶναι ἀπετόλμησεν
εἰπεῖν.
73. τότε ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον ἔφη· ἐμόν ἐστιν τῶν γονάτων τεθέντων
τὸν θεὸν ἱκετεῦσαι· σὸν δέ ἐστι τὸ ἀνύσαι, εἴ τι ἂν ἴδῃς αὐτὸν ἐπιχειροῦντα· ὅτι
σὺ πρῶτος ἐξελέχθης ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου.
καὶ θεὶς τὰ γόνατα ὁ Παῦλος προσηύχετο. ὁ δὲ Πέτρος πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα
εἶπεν· πλήρωσον ὃ ἐνήρξω· ἤγγισεν γὰρ ὁ σὸς παραδειγματισμὸς καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα
ἀνάκλησις· ὁρῶ γὰρ τὸν Χριστόν μου καλοῦντα ἐμέ τε καὶ τὸν Παῦλον.
74. Νέρων εἶπεν· καὶ ποῦ ἀπελεύσεσθε παρὰ τὴν ἐμὴν βούλησιν;
Πέτρος εἶπεν· ὅπου ἂν προσκαλέσηται ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν.
Νέρων εἶπεν· τίς ἐστιν ὁ κύριος ὑμῶν;
Πέτρος εἶπεν· Ἰησοῦς ὁ Χριστός, ὃν ἐγὼ ὁρῶ προσκαλούμενον ἡμᾶς.
Νέρων εἶπεν· οὐκοῦν καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν μέλλετε ἀνελθεῖν;
Πέτρος εἶπεν· εἴ τι δόξει τῷ καλοῦντι ἡμᾶς.
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 301
Peter and Paul said, “May it never go well with you, Simon, you sor-
cerer who is full of bitterness.”
70. Simon said, “Listen, emperor Nero, so that you may know that
these men are liars. But I was sent from the heavens, and tomorrow I will
go up into the heavens, so that I may make blessed those who believe in
me. But I will show my wrath to those who have dared to deny me.”
Peter and Paul said, “God called us long ago for his own glory. But you,
who were called by the devil, are hurrying to punishment.”
71. Simon said, “Good emperor, listen to me. Separate these madmen
from yourself, so that when I go to heaven to my father, it will be possible
for me to be merciful to you.”
Nero said, “And how will I know that you are going away to heaven?”
Simon said, “Order a high tower to be built for me out of wood and
great timbers, so that when I go up on it, my angels may snatch me up
into the air, for they are not able to come to me on earth in the midst of
sinners.”155
72. Then Nero ordered a high tower to be built on the Field of Mars,
and all the people and all the lofty men among the military came together
to see this. Then in the midst of this mob Nero ordered Peter and Paul to be
present, and he said to them, “Now the truth will be revealed.”
Peter and Paul said, “We are not making a public example of him, but
it is our Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of the living God, who he dared to say
that he is.”
73. Then Paul said to Peter, “It is up to me to beseech God on bended
knees, and it is up to you to put an end to it if you see him attempting any-
thing, because you were chosen first by the Lord.”
Paul bent his knees and prayed, but Peter said to Simon, “Finish what
you began, for your public shaming and our calling have arrived. For I see
my Christ calling both me and Paul.”
74. Nero said, “Where will you go against my will?”
Peter said, “Wherever our Lord will call us.”
Nero said, “Who is your Lord?”
Peter said, “Jesus Christ, whom I see calling us.”
Nero said, “Are you also therefore about to go up into heaven?”
Peter said, “If it will seem good to the one calling us.”
Σίμων εἶπεν· ἵνα γνῷς, βασιλεῦ, τούτους ἀπατεῶνας εἶναι, παραυτίκα οὖν
ὡς ἀναβῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, πέμψω τοὺς ἀγγέλους μου πρός σε, καὶ ποιήσω σε
ἐλθεῖν πρός με.
Νέρων εἶπεν· ποίησον ἐν τάχει· θέλω γὰρ ἰδεῖν εἰ πληροῖς ὃ λέγεις.
75. τότε ὁ Σίμων ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὸν πύργον ἐνώπιον πάντων, καὶ ἐκτείνας τὰς
χεῖρας ἐστεφανωμένος δάφναις ἤρξατο πέτασθαι. ὁ δὲ Νέρων ὡς εἶδεν αὐτὸν
πετόμενον, ἔφη πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον· ἀληθινὸς ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ὁ Σίμων, σὺ δὲ καὶ
Παῦλος πλάνοι ἐστέ.
πρὸς ὃν ὁ Πέτρος ἔφη· παραχρῆμα γνώσῃ, βασιλεῦ, ἡμᾶς μὲν ἀληθινοὺς τοῦ
Χριστοῦ εἶναι μαθητάς, τοῦτον δὲ μὴ εἶναι Χριστὸν ἀλλὰ μάγον καὶ κακοῦργον.
Νέρων εἶπεν· ἔτι ἐνίστασθε; ἰδοῦ θεωρεῖτε αὐτὸν ἀνερχόμενον εἰς τὸν
οὐρανόν.
76. τότε ὁ Πέτρος ἀτενίσας τῷ Παύλῳ εἶπεν· Παῦλε, ἀνάνευσον καὶ ἴδε.
ἀνανεύσας δὲ ὁ Παῦλος πλήρης δακρύων καὶ θεασάμενος πετόμενον τὸν
Σίμωνα εἶπεν· Πέτρε, τί παύῃ; τελείωσον ὃ ἐνήρξω· ἤδη γὰρ προσκαλεῖται
ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός.
καὶ ὁ Νέρων ἀκούσας αὐτῶν ὑπεμειδίασεν καὶ εἶπεν· οὗτοι βλέπουσιν
ἑαυτοὺς ἡττημένους ἄρτι καὶ ληροῦσιν.
Πέτρος εἶπεν· ἄρτι γνώσῃ μὴ εἶναι ἡμᾶς λήρους.
ἔφη δὲ ὁ Παῦλος τῷ Πέτρῳ· ποίησον τὸ λοιπὸν ὃ ποιεῖς.
77. τότε ὁ Πέτρος ἀτενίσας κατὰ τοῦ Σίμωνος εἶπεν· ὁρκίζω ὑμᾶς, οἱ
ἄγγελοι τοῦ σατανᾶ οἱ φέροντες αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν ἀέρα πρὸς τὸ ἀπατᾶν τὰς τῶν
ἀπίστων ἀνθρώπων καρδίας, τὸν θεὸν τὸν κτίστην τῶν ἁπάντων καὶ κύριον
Ἰησοῦν τὸν Χριστόν, ὃν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἤγειρεν ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, ἵνα ἀπὸ ταύτης
τῆς ὥρας μηκέτι αὐτὸν βαστάξητε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξεάσατε αὐτόν. καὶ παραχρῆμα
ἀπολυθεὶς ἔπεσεν εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Σάκρα Βία, ὅ ἐστιν ἱερὰ ὁδός· καὶ
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 303
Simon said, “So that you may know, oh emperor, that these men are
frauds, as soon as I ascend into heaven, I will send my angels to you, and I
will make you come to me.”
Nero said, “Do it quickly, for I wish to see if you might accomplish
what you say.”
75. Then Simon went up onto the tower in front of everyone, and
crowned with laurels he stretched out his hands and began to fly. When
Nero saw him flying, he said to Peter, “The true man is Simon, but you and
Paul are deceivers.”
Peter said to him, “Immediately you will know, oh emperor, that we are
the true disciples of Christ, but that this man is not Christ but a sorcerer
and evildoer.”
Nero said, “Do you still resist? Look, you see that he is going up into
heaven.”
76. Then Peter looked intently at Paul and said, “Paul, lift your head
and see.”
After Paul lifted his head, full of tears, and saw Simon flying, he said,
“Peter, why do you do nothing? Finish what you have started, for already
our Lord Jesus Christ is calling to us.”
Having heard these things, Nero smirked and said, “These men see
that they are defeated and now are going mad.”
Peter said, “Now you will know that we are not mad.”
Paul said to Peter, “Do what is left for you to do.”
77. Then Peter cast an intense gaze at Simon and said, “You angels of
Satan that are carrying him into the air in order to deceive the hearts of
faithless people, through God the creator of all things and the Lord Jesus
Christ, whom he raised from the dead on the third day, I command that
from this time you no longer carry him but let him go.” Immediately he was
let go and fell to the place called the Sacra Via, which is the sacred way.156
156. The author transliterates and then translates the Latin expression Sacra Via,
suggesting that the audience is not expected to be familiar with Latin. The Sacred Way
was the path of Roman triumphal processions, which began on the Capitoline Hill
and passed through the Forum. Regarding Simon’s fall, the Apostolic Constitutions
state that Simon was thrown to the earth as he was flying “in an unnatural way” (Apos.
Con. 2.3.14), while Arnobius of Sicca claims that Simon tried to fly in a fiery chariot.
Thrown down by the words of Peter, he broke his legs and soon after committed sui-
cide (Adv. nat. 2.12).
304 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
He was broken into four parts and turned into four stones, which are there
as a witness of the victory of the apostles up to today.
78. Then Nero was filled with rage, seized Peter and Paul, and threw
them into chains. But he ordered the body of Simon to be guarded carefully
for three days, thinking that he would be raised again on the third day.
Peter said to him, “This man will never again be raised, because he has
truly died and has been condemned to eternal punishment.”
But Nero said to him, “Who commanded you to do such a wicked
thing?”
Peter said, “His quarreling and wicked mind and his blasphemies have
sentenced him to be destroyed.”
Nero said, “You have made me suspicious of you, and therefore I will
destroy you in a cruel way.”
Peter said, “What you wish will not come about, but what Christ has
promised to us must be fulfilled.”
79. Then Nero said to Agrippa the prefect, “It is necessary that these
impious men be destroyed in a cruel way. After they have been beaten with
iron claws, I order them to be killed in the placed called Naumachia,157 and
all the people of this sort158 to be put to death cruelly.”
Agrippa the prefect said, “Good emperor, it is not proper that they
have vengeance taken upon them as if they were impious.”
Nero said, “Why?”
Agrippa said, “Because Paul seems not guilty, but Peter is guilty of
murder and is impious.”
157. The term naumachia refers to a mock sea battle or to the place where mock
sea battles were staged. Nero was apparently the first emperor to put on such an event in
an amphitheater (as opposed to in a dug basin) in 57 CE. He constructed this building
on (or at least very near) the Field of Mars, opposite the Vatican hill (Suetonius, Nero
12.2–6; Cassius Dio, Hist. 61.9.5). Cassius Dio (Hist. 62.15.1) records that Nero staged
a battle there in 64 CE, preceded by animal hunts and gladiatorial shows. Its exact
location is unknown, but it is possible that the amphitheater and the place at which it
was located could have taken on the name of the spectacles staged there. Archaeolo-
gists have identified a structure on the Vatican hill close to the Circus of Nero (where
the obelisk stood) that may have been constructed for naumachia and was dedicated
by Trajan in 109 CE. See Steinby, Lexicon topographicum urbis Romae, 3:338–39. This
location is now the site of the Church of San Pellegrino in Vaticano (formerly San Pel-
legrino in Naumachia). If the topographical allusion in this text is taken to refer to the
Trajanic structure, then this would be a clear anachronism.
158. That is, the Christians.
306 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Nero said, “By what sort of death should they be killed then?”
Agrippa the prefect said, “It seems to me that it is just for Paul to have
his head cut off as an impious man, but that Peter, on account of the murder
that he committed, should be fixed on a cross.”
Nero said, “You have judged most excellently.”
80. Peter and Paul were led away from the presence of Nero after they
received their sentence. They led Paul three miles outside the city in order
to decapitate him, and he was bound in irons.159 The three soldiers guard-
ing him were of a large race.160 After they left the gate and had traveled
about the distance of a bow shot, a pious woman came to meet them. When
she saw Paul being dragged along and bound in chains, she felt great pity
for him and wept bitterly. The name of the woman was Perpetua, and she
had only one eye. Seeing her crying, Paul said to her, “Give me your scarf,
and as I am returning I will give it back to you.” She took the scarf and gave
it to him willingly.
The soldiers approached the woman and said to her, “Why do you want
to lose your scarf, woman? Do you not know that he is going to be beheaded?”
Perpetua said to them, “I adjure you, by the well-being of Caesar, to
place this scarf on his eyes when you cut off his head.” And it happened in
that way. They decapitated him at the estate called Aquae Salvias, near the
pine tree. But just as God wished, before the soldiers returned, the scarf,
which was covered with blood, was given back to the woman. As soon as
she put it on, immediately and at that moment her eye was opened.
81. But as for the soldiers who had led away holy Peter, as soon as
they came to crucify him, the blessed one said to them, “Because my Lord
159. This account of Paul’s martyrdom varies significantly from the brief reference
in Pseudo-Marcellus, Pass. Holy 59. See Eastman, Paul the Martyr, 62–69. Perpetua
is identified in other versions of this legend as Plautilla (Pseudo-Linus, Mart. Paul
14–17) or Lemobia (Pseudo-Dionysius, Ep. Tim. 8).
160. The stories of the soldiers accompanying and evangelized by Paul do not
agree with each other. In Mart. Paul 2–5, Nero is deserted by three bodyguards named
Justus, Orion, and Hephaestus; Paul evangelizes two Romans (the prefect Longinus
and a centurion named Cescus); and Nero send two soldiers to ensure that Paul has
been killed (Parthenius and Pheres). In Pseudo-Linus, Mart. Paul 14–15, there are two
soldiers involved in the parallel Plautilla story (Parthenius and Feritas), while three
other Roman officials (two prefects and a centurion: Longinus, Megistus, and Acestus)
seek salvation from Paul. Likewise, in Pseudo-Abdias, Pass. Paul 8, Nero despatches
two soldiers to oversee the execution (Ferega and Parthenius). The number of soldiers
thus varies, but only in this text is there a reference to their deaths as Christian martyrs.
308 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κατέβη, ὀρθῷ τῷ σταυρῷ ὑψώθη· ἐμὲ δὲ ὃν ἀπὸ
τῆς γῆς εἰς οὐρανὸν καλέσαι καταξιοῖ, ὁ σταυρός μου τὴν κεφαλήν μου κατὰ
γῆν ὀφείλει δεῖξαι καὶ πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας μου. ἐπεὶ οὖν
οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος οὕτως ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ εἶναι ὡς καὶ ὁ κύριός μου, ἀντιστρέψατε τὸν
σταυρόν μου. κἀκεῖνοι εὐθέως ἀντέστρεψαν τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ
ἄνω προσήλωσαν.
82. συνῆλθεν δὲ ἀναρίθμητον πλῆθος λοιδοροῦντες τὸν Καίσαρα θυμοῦ
πεπληρωμένοι, ὥστε αὐτὸν βουλεύεσθαι κατακαῦσαι. ὁ δὲ Πέτρος διεκώλυεν
αὐτοὺς λέγων· πρὸ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν παρακληθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀνεχώρουν,
καὶ ἐθεώρησα τὸν κύριόν μου Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν· καὶ προσκυνήσας αὐτῷ εἶπον·
Κύριε, ποῦ πορεύῃ; καὶ εἶπέν μοι· ἀκολούθει μοι, ὅτι ἐν Ῥώμῃ ἀπέρχομαι πάλιν
σταυρωθῆναι. καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀκολουθεῖν με αὐτῷ ὑπέστρεψα πάλιν εἰς Ῥώμην. καὶ
εἶπέν μοι· μὴ φοβοῦ, ὅτι μετὰ σοῦ εἰμι, ἕως οὗ εἰσαγάγω σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ
πατρός μου.
83. διὰ τοῦτο, τεκνία μου, μὴ ἐμποδίσητε τὴν ὁδόν μου· ἤδη γὰρ οἱ
πόδες μου τὴν οὐράνιον ὁδεύουσιν ὁδόν. μὴ οὖν λυπεῖσθε, ἀλλὰ συγχάρητέ
μοι μᾶλλον, ὅτι σήμερον τῶν πόνων μου τὸν καρπὸν ἐπιτυγχάνω. καὶ τοῦτο
εἰπὼν προσηύξατο οὕτως· εὐχαριστῶ σοι, ἀγαθὲ ποιμήν, ὅτι κατηξίωσάς με τῆς
ὥρας ταύτης· ἀλλὰ δέομαί σου, τὰ πρόβατα ἃ ἐπίστευσάς μοι μὴ αἰσθανθῶσι
χωρισμόν μου, σὲ ἔχοντα δι᾽ οὗ ἐγὼ τὴν ποίμνην ταύτην ἠδυνήθην ποιμᾶναι.
καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα.
84. παραυτίκα δὲ ἐφάνησαν ἅγιοι ἄνδρες, οὓς οὐδέποτέ τις πρότερον
ἑωράκει οὐδὲ μετὰ ταῦτα θεάσασθαι ἠδυνήθη· οὗτοι ἔλεγον ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ
Ἱεροσολύμων παραγενέσθαι, ἅμα Μαρκέλλῳ ἀνδρὶ ἰλλουστρίῳ,9 ὅστις ἦν τῷ
Χριστῷ πεπιστευκῶς, καὶ καταλιπὼν τὸν Σίμωνα τῷ Πέτρῳ ἠκολούθει. ἦραν
δὲ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἁγίου Πέτρου λάθρα πιστοὶ καὶ ἔθηκαν αὐτὸ ὑπὸ τὴν τερέβινθον
πλησίον τοῦ ναυμαχίου εἰς τόπον καλούμενον Βατικάνον.
οἱ δὲ τρεῖς στρατιῶται οἱ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποτεμόντες τοῦ ἁγίου Παύλου, ὡς
μετὰ τρεῖς ὥρας τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν ἦλθον μετὰ τῆς βούλλας,10 ἀπάγοντες αὐτὴν
τῷ Νέρωνι, καὶ ὑπαντήσαντες τῇ Περπετούᾳ λέγουσιν αὐτῇ· τί ἐστιν γύναι;
ἰδοὺ πείσματι ἀπώλεσας τὸ φακιόλιόν σου.
Jesus Christ came down from heaven to the earth and was raised up on
an upright cross, as for me—whom he deigned to call from the earth to
heaven—my cross must place my head down to the ground and my feet
directed toward heaven. Because I am not worthy to be on a cross in the
way my Lord was, turn my cross upside down.” They immediately inverted
the cross and nailed his feet upward.
82. A countless mob gathered, reviling Caesar and filled with rage,
such that they wanted to burn him alive. But Peter prevented them, saying,
“A few days ago I was departing, because I had been exhorted to do so by
the brothers and sisters,161 and I saw my Lord Jesus Christ. I worshiped
him and said, ‘Lord, where are you going?’ And he said to me, ‘Follow
me, because I am going to Rome to be crucified again.’ In following him I
turned back again to Rome. And he said to me, ‘Do not fear, because I am
with you until I lead you into the house of my Father.’
83. “Therefore, my little children, do not hinder my way, for my feet are
already traveling on the heavenly road.162 Thus, do not grieve, but rather
rejoice with me, because today I receive the fruit of my labors.” After saying
this he prayed in this way, “I thank you, good shepherd, because you have
deemed me worthy of this hour. But I beg you that the sheep that you
entrusted to me would not notice my departure, because they have you
through whom I was able to shepherd this flock.” Saying this, he gave up
his spirit.163
84. Immediately holy men appeared, whom no one had ever seen before
nor was able to see after these things. These men said that they came from
Jerusalem along with Marcellus, a nobleman who, after he had believed in
Christ, left Simon and followed Peter. The faithful secretly took the body of
holy Peter and placed it under a turpentine tree next to the Naumachia at
a place called the Vatican.
But as for the three soldiers who had cut off the head of holy Paul, three
hours later on that same day they were going with the decree164 and taking
it back to Nero. They met Perpetua and said to her, “Well, woman? Look,
because of your confidence you have lost your scarf.”
161. Literally, “the brothers,” but textual evidence points to this being a mixed group.
162. Cf. Ignatius, Rom. 12.2, where Ignatius calls the Christians in Rome “the
highway of those being killed for God.”
163. Matt 27:50; John 19:30.
164. This is a reference to Paul’s death warrant issued by Nero.
310 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
But she said to them, “I have received my scarf, and my eye has recov-
ered its sight. The Lord, the God of Paul, lives, because I also called upon
him, so that I might be deemed worthy to become a servant of his Lord.”
Then the soldiers who had the decree, after they recognized the scarf
and saw that her eye had been opened, cried out with a loud voice as if
from one mouth and said, “We also are the servants of the master of Paul!”
Perpetua therefore departed and announced in the palace of the
emperor Nero that the soldiers who had decapitated Paul say, “We will no
longer enter the city, for we believe in Christ, whom Paul preached, and we
are Christians.” Then Nero was filled with rage and ordered Perpetua, who
had informed him about the soldiers, to be thrown into prison bound in
chains. And as for the soldiers, he ordered one to be beheaded, another to
be sawn in two, and the other to be stoned outside the gate about one mile
from the city. But Perpetua was in prison.
In this same prison was being held Potenziana,165 a pious maiden,
because she had said, “I am leaving my parents and all the support of my
father, and I wish to become a Christian.” Therefore, she attached herself to
Perpetua and learned from her everything about Paul, and she contended166
even more for the faith in Christ. But the wife of Nero was the sister of
Potenziana, and Potenziana secretly explained to her about Christ, namely
that those who believe in him see everlasting joy, and that everything
here is temporary, but there it is eternal. As a result even she fled from the
palace—and some of the women of senatorial rank with her. Then Nero
δήσας λίθον μέγαν εἰς τὸν τράχηλον αὐτῆς ἐκέλευσεν ῥιφῆναι εἰς κρημνόν.
κεῖται δὲ τὸ λείψανον αὐτῆς εἰς πόρταν Νωμεντάναν. ἡ δὲ Ποτεντζιάνα καὶ
αὐτὴ ὑπομείνασα κριτήρια πολλά, τέλος δὲ ποιήσαντες ἐσχάραν, ἔκαυσαν εἰς
μίαν ἡμέραν.
85. οἱ δὲ ἅγιοι ἄνδρες οἱ εἰπόντες ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παραγενέσθαι, οὓς
οὐδεὶς πρώην ἑωράκει, εἶπον πρὸς πάντα τὸν λαόν· χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε,
ὅτι μεγάλους πάτρωνας ἠξιώθητε ἔχειν τοὺς ἁγίους ἀποστόλους καὶ φίλους
τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. γινώσκετε δὲ τοῦτον τὸν Νέρωνα τὸν πονηρότατον
βασιλέα μετὰ τὴν σφαγὴν τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι τὴν
βασιλείαν κατασχεῖν.
86. συνέβη δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα μισηθῆναι τὸν Νέρωνα ἀπὸ παντὸς τοῦ στρατοῦ
αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ὥστε κρῖναι εἰς ἑαυτοὺς δημοσίᾳ τοῦτον
τύψαι, ἕως οὗ, ὡς ἦν ἄξιος, τυπτόμενος ἐκπνεύσῃ. ὡς οὖν ἤκουσεν ὁ Νέρων
ταῦτα, ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ φόβος καὶ τρόμος ἀνυπόστατος, καὶ οὕτως ἔφυγεν, ὥστε
μὴ ὁραθῆναι αὐτὸν ἔτι. ἔλεγον δέ τινες, ὅτι ὡς ἐπλανᾶτο ἐν ταῖς ὕλαις φεύγων,
ἀπὸ τοῦ ψύχους καὶ τοῦ λιμοῦ ἀτέψυξεν, καὶ ὑπὸ λύκων καπεβρώθη.
87. τὰ δὲ τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων σώματα συνέβη ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνατολικῶν
ἐπαρθῆναι τοῦ κομίσαι αὐτὰ ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ. ἐγένετο δὲ σεισμὸς μέγας ἐν
τῇ πόλει· καὶ δραμόντες οἱ λαοὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων κατέλαβον αὐτοὺς ἐν τόπῳ
λεγομένῳ Κατακούμβας ὁδῷ τῆς Ἀππίας τῆς πόλεως τρίτου μιλίου· κἀκεῖ
ἐφυλάχθησαν τὰ σώματα τῶν ἁγίων, ἐνιαυτὸν ἕνα καὶ μῆνας ἓξ μέχρι τοῦ
κτισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τόπους, ἐν οἷς ἀποτεθῶσιν. καὶ τὸ μὲν τοῦ ἁγίου Πέτρου
σῶμα εἰς τὸν Βατικάνον τόπον πλησίον τοῦ ναυμαχίου μετὰ δόξης καὶ ὕμνων
ἀνεκλήθη, τὸ δὲ τοῦ ἁγίου Παύλου εἰς τὴν Ὀστησίαν ὁδὸν ἀπὸ μιλίων δύο τῆς
πόλεως· ἐν οἷς τόποις διὰ τῶν προσευχῶν αὐτῶν εὐεργεσίαι πολλαὶ παρέχονται
τοῖς πιστοῖς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.
88. ἐτελειώθη δὲ ὁ δρόμος τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων τε καὶ μαρτύρων τοῦ
Χριστοῦ Πέτρου καὶ Παύλου μηνὶ Ἰουνίῳ κθ· τῶν δὲ τριῶν στρατιωτῶν μηνὶ
10. Passion and Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul 313
took vengeance upon Perpetua with many tortures. At last he bound a large
stone to her neck and ordered her to be thrown over a cliff, and her remains
lie at the Nomentan gate.167 But Potenziana herself endured many trials,
and at last they made a furnace and burned her there one day.
85. Then holy men came saying that they were from Jerusalem, and
no one had ever seen them before. They said to all the people, “Rejoice
and be glad, because you have merited to have as your great patrons the
holy apostles and friends of the Lord Jesus Christ.168 Know that this Nero,
the most wicked emperor, is no longer able to keep his kingdom after the
slaughter of the holy apostles.”
86. It came about after these things that Nero was so hated by his entire
army and by the Roman people that they decided among themselves to
beat him publicly until, as he deserved, he died from being beaten. When
Nero heard these things, fear and uncontrollable trembling fell upon him,
and thus he fled, so that he might never be seen again. Some said that as he
was wandering and fleeing into the forest, he died from cold and hunger
and was eaten by wolves.
87. It then happened that people from the East dug up the bodies of the
holy apostles in order to carry them away to the East. But there was a great
earthquake in the city, and the people of Rome ran out and seized them in
a placed called the catacombs on the Appian Road, three miles from the
city. There the bodies of the saints were kept for a year and six months,
until the places were built for them in which they are placed.169 The body
of holy Peter was brought back with praise and singing to the Vatican near
the Naumachia, and the body of holy Paul to the Ostian Road at the second
milestone from the city. In these places through their prayers, many good
deeds are done for the faithful in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.170
88. The race of the holy apostles and martyrs of Christ, Peter and Paul,
was completed on June 29. That of the three soldiers was completed on July
167. This gate is located on the northeast side of Rome near the camp of the Prae-
torians. I can find no evidence that a church or shrine for Perpetua was ever built there.
168. For a discussion of Paul and Peter as martyr-patrons of Rome and friends of
Christ who could exert supernatural influence, see Eastman, Paul the Martyr, 84–89.
169. On the mention of a version of this story in a letter of Gregory I, see ibid.,
110–14.
170. Graffiti from the catacombs (St. Sebastian) in Rome demonstrate that pil-
grims had been seeking the apostles’ prayers on their behalf since at least the third
century (ibid., 72–73, 84–89).
314 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
2,171 and on July 8 for holy Perpetua and Potenziana.172 In the grace and
love of our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom, together with the Father and the
Holy Spirit, be glory, power, and honor now and always and forever and
ever. Amen.
171. See n. 160 above on the various identifications of the soldiers in the Paul
story. The Roman liturgical calendar known as the Burying of the Martyrs (Depositio
martyrum) dates from 336 CE and shows no evidence of a festival for three soldiers.
However, an eighth-century manuscript of the so-called Martyrology of Jerome, which
may have its roots in the sixth century, lists a feast in Rome for “Orion with the others”
(Orion cum aliis) on July 1 (the kalends of July). In Mart. Paul 2, one of the soldiers
who abandons Nero because of Paul’s preaching is named Orion, so perhaps this text
reflects this festival. The evidence is tenuous, however. See J. B. de Rossi and Louis
Duchesne, eds., Acta sanctorum novembris (Brussels: Société des Bollandistes, 1894),
2.1:85 (Cod. Bern.).
172. There is no record of July 8 as the feast day for Perpetua and Potenziana in
the Burying of the Martyrs or the Martyrology of Jerome. The traditional feast day for
Potenziana was May 19 until the 1969 revision of the Roman calendar, when her name
was removed because her acts were considered spurious.
11. Passion of the Apostles Peter and Paul
cAnT 194 / BHL 6667
content
Peter and Paul enter rome, seemingly together, and are received by the
many christians already in that city. They renew their acquaintance with
a relative of Pontius Pilate, whom they had known in Judea. Meanwhile,
a skilled sorcerer named simon comes to nero’s attention. nero initially
orders his arrest but ends up inviting him into his household. he asks
simon where he comes from, and the sorcerer claims that he comes from
the east, was rejected and crucified by the Jews, and rose on the third day.
he offers to prove to nero that he can rise from the dead, and the emperor
finally agrees to this test. simon deceives his would-be executioner in a
dark chamber and reappears “resurrected” when nero is in the presence of
the roman senate. nero invites simon into his inner bedchamber, where
simon reveals to him the full power of his witchcraft.
later nero takes simon with him to a meeting of the senate, introduc-
ing him as a man sent by God, and simon invites the senators to have him
conjure any of their dead relatives. The unnamed relative of Pontius Pilate
stands up and denounces simon, who reacts by making more explicit his
claim to divine authority by identifying himself as the christ. Pilate’s rela-
tive tells nero to invite Peter and Paul to settle the question, because surely
they will be able to recognize the christ. nero leaves the senate chamber
only to discover that simon had also been outside speaking to the people
while he was inside with the senate. Amazed by this feat, the emperor
erects a statue in his honor.
on the next day Peter and Paul are brought to nero. They deny that
simon is the christ, and simon denies that they are truly Peter and Paul. A
series of contests of supernatural power then occurs. Peter shows his ability
to discern the inner thoughts of simon and defeat the sorcerer’s phantom
attack dogs. Then, simon fails to raise from the dead a young relative of
-317-
318 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Caesar, but Peter succeeds. Finally, Simon states that he will fly into heaven
as the ultimate proof of his power. Paul and Peter, aware that their deaths
are imminent, pray to God as Simon begins his spectacle. Peter rebukes the
demons carrying Simon, who falls to the earth and later dies.
Nero determines to kill the apostles, so the Christians beg Peter to
leave the city. He finally agrees, leaving the believers in the care of Paul.
But as he leaves the city, he is met by a vision of Jesus, who says he is going
to be crucified again. Peter understands that this is a prediction of his own
passion and returns to the city. Meanwhile, the emperor has been waiting
for Simon to rise again, but the rotting corpse shows no signs of life. Nero
is enraged anew and orders the execution of the apostles. The prefect, here
named Clement, sentences Paul to decapitation and Peter to crucifixion.
Peter and Paul are killed (with the specific date given) and then received
into heaven, while Simon is taken to hell.
Literary Background
This text is constructed from various sources. The story of Simon’s faked
resurrection is an expansion, or at least a further explanation, of an event
referred to in Pseudo-Marcellus, Pass. Holy 25 / Acts Pet. Paul 46, where
Simon deceives an executioner and the emperor himself. The text also fol-
lows Pseudo-Marcellus’s Passion of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul and
the Greek Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul in its recounting of a
verbal debate between Simon and the apostles in the presence of Nero, a
contest of supernatural power involving ravenous dogs conjured by Simon
and dispelled by Peter, and the ultimate showdown when Simon attempts
to fly. Chapters 8–12 also show dependence on Pseudo-Hegesippus. The
dates of the sources from which the author borrows makes a date in the
latter sixth century or early seventh century most likely. This is supported
by the specific date given for the apostolic martyrdoms—June 29, 57 CE—
which is otherwise first attested in a chronicle from 533 CE.
The author is unknown, as is the place of provenance. Rome is often
assumed, but the differences from Pseudo-Marcellus’s Passion and the Greek
Acts of Peter and Paul may suggest another location in the Latin West.
Although the Passion of the Apostles Peter and Paul follows Pseudo-
Marcellus’s Passion and the Greek Acts of Peter and Paul in its emphasis
on the unified apostolic mission in Rome, it nevertheless contains some
dramatic details that distinguish it. Simon’s ability to disappear, reappear,
and bilocate is not otherwise attested, even in the accounts of his sorcery
11. Passion of the Apostles Peter and Paul 319
Text
Select Bibliography
-320-
Passion of the Apostles Peter and Paul
1. in those days after the blessed Peter and Paul, the disciples of our lord
Jesus christ, had entered rome, by the will of God they were received by
the many faithful who had believed in christ.1 They frequently visited
the home of a certain relative of Pontius Pilate, because they had been
acquainted when Pilate was governor2 in Judea. After a few days, when
nero had risen to become emperor, a certain man named simon became
attached to him.3 This simon was a very skilled sorcerer, accomplished in
every despicable aspect of his art. When the emperor nero had become
aware of this, he strictly ordered that simon be held in custody by soldiers.4
But simon, through the deception of his art, could not be found anywhere.
so the emperor nero heard that simon, whom he had ordered to be held
in custody by soldiers, could not be found anywhere, and he was consider-
ably amazed.
however, after a few days, when nero had risen to become emperor,
and as he was offering sacrifices to his own gods, behold, suddenly simon
the sorcerer appeared to the emperor nero saying, “Why, lord emperor,
are you looking for me? Behold, i am simon, whom a few days ago you
ordered to be held in custody by soldiers. do not think that i am going to
1. unlike other accounts in this volume, this text states that Peter and Paul entered
rome at the same time, not one before the other.
2. Pilate was technically the prefect (praefectus) of Judea, but the text here fol-
lows the designation of governor (praesidatus) as in the latin Vulgate. in the biblical
account Pilate’s wife is the only relative mentioned (Matt 27:19).
3. nero became emperor in late 54 ce, so the author places the arrival of Peter and
Paul in rome prior to that date.
4. suspicion, and even legal suppression, of those labeled “magicians” was a fea-
ture of the roman world: “There was the danger of being prosecuted for magic-work-
ing under the law; then there were the police actions that the authorities might take at
any given time to eliminate magic-workers from their midst, either executing them or
expelling them” (Matthew W. dickie, Magic and Magicians in the Greco-Roman World
[london: routledge, 2001], 142).
-321-
322 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
flee, and do not wish to lose what you have found. Besides, i have offered
myself to you.”
The emperor nero said5 to him, “you have nothing to fear. Move about
freely and remain always in my palace.”
2. simon was very pleased and did not depart anymore from nero.
nero questioned him, saying, “i beg you to tell me what race you are or
where you were born.”
simon said, “i was born in Phoenicia6 but was sent from the east by the
divine majesty, so that the Jews would believe the things that i was saying
to them. not only did those people refuse to believe me, but they even
nailed me to a cross, and after the third day i was raised from the dead.
so that you may know that i am telling the plain truth, order one of your
executioners to come and cut off my head in your sight, and you will know
what i am able to do.” nero, however, by no means believed such words.
nevertheless, after simon had compelled and urged him excessively, the
executioner came.
The emperor nero said to him, “Go and cut off his head, and let us see
if he was truly sent by the divine majesty.”
Then simon said to nero, “order this to be done in a dark and very
clean place, lest someone tread on my blood and something evil or unfor-
tunate happen to you.”7 The executioner entered a dark place in which a
burning torch was set up, so that he could cut off simon’s head with a sword.
nero then called to his chamber-servant, saying, “Put (pl.) that head
into a basket and put a cover on it. i will seal it with my ring and place it in
my bedchamber.” And thus it was done. on the next day nero said to his
chamber-servant, “Tell me the place, and let us see the man’s head, lest he
perhaps deceived us before out of fear and naturally wished to die, because
he was not able to prove that he himself was that very famous christ.”8 The
imperator et agnouit sigillum suum. et inuenit caput arietis, quod per fan-
tasiam nusquam conparuit. et Nero mirari coepit et praecepit uenire sena-
tum et omnibus retulit gestum rei et multi eorum mirabantur.
3. die igitur tertio, cum intraret Nero curiam senatus, et ecce Simon
apparuit in medio eorum, et adorans imperatorem clara uoce dixit: ego
sum quem ante diem tertium iussisti decollari; et ecce suscitatus sum. Nero
autem amplius mirari coepit et omnes qui cum eo erant; et iussit ei pro hoc
facto statuam poni. tunc Simon ait: nunc multa uobis ostendam, ut intel-
legatis quia a maiestate missus sum.
Nero imperator dixit: licet nihil facias, iam credam tibi quia quod-
cumque uis possis facere. et post multa quae dicta sunt, Nero in palatium
suum discessit; iussit autem et Simonem secum ingredi. et cum simul intus
essent, introierunt in cubiculum interius: et nescio quas iniquas et magicas
sanctiones faciens Neroni, plurimas ei ostendit artis suae uirtutes.
4. die autem alio Nero Simonis manum tenens ad curiam senatus
simul processerunt. cumque sederet Nero senatui sic ait: patres conscripti,
magnum hominem Deus patriae nostrae misit. hic est, quem offenderunt
Iudaei et morti tradiderunt.
11. The Passion of the Apostles Peter and Paul 325
chamber-servant brought the basket, and the emperor Nero opened it and
recognized his seal. And he found the head of a ram,9 because through
deception Simon could not be found anywhere. Nero was amazed and
ordered the Senate to come. He reported the affair to all, and many of them
were amazed.
3. On the third day, when Nero entered the chamber of the Senate,
behold, Simon appeared in the midst of them. Addressing the emperor
he said in a loud voice, “I am the one whom you ordered to be decapi-
tated three days ago. Behold, I have been raised.”10 Nero and all those who
were with him were all the more amazed, and he ordered that a statue for
Simon be set up in honor of this deed.11 Then Simon said, “Now I will
show you many things, so that you may understand that I was sent by the
divine majesty.”
The emperor Nero said, “Even if you do nothing, I already believe that
you are able to do whatever you want to do.” After many things were said,
Nero departed to his palace and ordered Simon to go with him. When they
were together inside, they went into the inner bedchamber. Performing for
Nero I know not what diabolical and magical spells, Simon revealed to him
the many powers of his art.
4. On another day Nero took Simon’s hand, and they proceeded to
the Senate chamber together. When Nero sat down, he spoke thus to the
Senate, “Senators, God sent a great man to our country. Here he is, a man
whom the Jews beat and handed over for death.”
would commit suicide, because he knew he was about to be discovered as a fraud, also
appears in Hippolytus, Haer. 6.20.3. [N.B.: All references to section 6.20 in Hippolytus
correspond to section 6.15 in older editions and translations.]
9. According to the Pseudo-Clementine Homilies (2.32, 34), Simon could alleg-
edly turn himself into animals.
10. Hippolytus recounts that Simon attempted to prove that he was Christ by
having his followers bury him alive, claiming that he would rise again on the third day.
“He remained there to this day … for he was not the Christ” (Haer. 6.20.3–4).
11. Justin Martyr records that a statue for Simon stood between two bridges on
the Tiber (1 Apol. 26). He probably misinterpreted the inscription on the statue, but
it is not impossible that followers of Simon used this statue as a focus of worship. See
Richard A. Lipsius, Die apokryphen Apostelgeschichten und Apostellegenden (Braunsch-
weig: Schwetschke, 1887), 2.1:33–35; Otto Zwierlein, Petrus in Rom: Die literarischen
Zeugnisse, 2nd ed. (Berlin: de Gruyter, 2010), 129–34. This would assume, of course,
that Simon ever actually had disciples in Rome.
326 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
And while everyone was marveling, simon said, “if any one of you
desires to see his relative or any one of his friends whom he has lost pre-
viously, let him say it to me, and immediately that person will appear to
him.”12
Then one of the relatives of Pontius Pilate stood up—one who remained
from that time when Pilate was governor in Judea. he recognized right
away that simon was not the christ and said, “Greatest emperor, i was
indeed well acquainted with the affair in Judea. however, i do not know
this man, although some things he says seem to be true. But give the order
for me to question him publicly on what i know, and i will recognize
whether he truly is the christ or not.”
The emperor nero said, “Question him, if it seems good to you.”
The relative of Pontius Pilate said to him, “What is your name?”
And simon said, “i am the christ, whom, after i was beaten with whips,
the Jews handed over to be crucified.”
That man, knowing full well that he was not the christ but simon the
sorcerer, said, “you are lying, but you are simon the sorcerer. i know you
quite well, in fact. you previously used to follow the christian way of life,
but because you were defeated by that man Peter, who was truly a disciple
of christ, you departed from Judea.13 you are able to lie to everyone except
me, because i know very well all the things that happened there.” Then
turning to the emperor he said, “i ask you, lord emperor—because here
in your city are Peter and Paul, the disciples of that christ—order them to
come, so that they may recognize each other.”
Being unsettled, simon began to say to the emperor, “order them to
come, and if they are truly Peter and Paul, then they will recognize me.”
The emperor nero said, “look for them, and see to it that they come
to us tomorrow.”
5. After the emperor left, he saw in that same hour a large crowd gath-
ered in front of the palace, and he asked what was going on. someone said
to him, “That man who was speaking to you inside is speaking here to
the people and is saying to the people the same words that he was saying
12. in Pseudo-clement, Hom. 2.32, a former disciple of simon states that his abili-
ties included conjuring images at banquets.
13. Acts 8:4–24, although Peter and John rebuked, rather than “defeated,” simon
in that encounter. The reference to simon’s defeat and departure from Judea seems to
come from the Acts of Peter, where Peter twice claims to have driven simon from Judea
because of his treatment of a woman named eubula (Acts Pet. 17; 23).
328 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
quae in conspectu uestro dicebat ipsa etiam populo dicit. imperator Nero
et omnis senatus mirati sunt, quomodo in una eademque hora et in palatio
in conspectu imperatoris fuisset, et foris ad populum loqueretur. unde hoc
diuinitati redigens iussit ei aliam erigi statuam habentem facies duas, unam
intendentem ad senatum et aliam ad populum.
6. sequenti uero die introiuit Simon ad Neronem in cubiculum, quia
carissimus factus ei fuerat, et ait: Hic sunt illi duo quos parens Pontii Pilati
magnos esse proposuit. sed audi, imperator, diutius uiuere non debent,
quia isti totam Iudaeam subuerterunt. nam Petrus et Paulus alii sunt.
Nero autem iussit colligi senatum et Petrum et Paulum introduci.
quibus ait: quid uocamini?
responderunt: Petrus et Paulus discipuli Domini Iesu Christi.
tunc ostendit eis Simonem dicens: nostis hominem hunc?
et dixerunt: nouimus magum peruersum ualde.
subridens uero Nero dixit: quid uocatur?
dixerunt: Simon. iste et ad nos uenit et baptizatus uoluit uirtutem diui-
nam pretio conparare. unde maledictus et condemnatus a nobis discessit in
suam perditionem. nam Christus non est quem2 esse se dicit: etsi alios per
iniquitates suas inducit, nos tamen nullo modo fallere potest.
Nero imperator dicit: quis est Christus, cuius uos discipulos esse dix-
istis?
Petrus et Paulus dixerunt: si uis scire, lege omnes uirtutes et doctrinas
eius, et uera praeclara mirabilia, et inuenies Christum. nam iste fallax est
et iniquus.
7. Nero imperator ait: et iste multa mirabilia fecit me praesente et quic-
quid uolui statim demonstrauit mihi.
2. Read quemadmodum.
11. The Passion of the Apostles Peter and Paul 329
in your presence.” The emperor Nero and the whole Senate were amazed
at how in that same hour he had been in the palace in the sight of the
emperor and outside speaking to the people. Ascribing this to divinity,
Nero ordered that another statue be erected for him having two faces, one
directed toward the Senate and the other toward the people.14
6. On the following day Simon went into Nero in his bedchamber,
because he had become very dear to him, and he said, “They are here,
those two men whom the relative of Pontius Pilate declared to be great. But
listen, emperor. They should not live any longer, because they turned all of
Judea upside down. These men are not Peter and Paul.”15
Nero then ordered that the Senate be gathered and that Peter and Paul
be brought in. He said to them, “What are your names?”
They responded, “Peter and Paul, disciples of the Lord Jesus Christ.”
Then he showed Simon to them, saying, “Do you know this man?”
And they said, “We know this wicked sorcerer very well.”
Smiling, Nero said, “What is his name?”
They said, “Simon. He came to us, and after he was baptized, he
wanted to purchase divine power for a price. Rebuked and condemned,
he departed from us into his own destruction,16 for he is not the Christ as
he says he is. He seduces others through his evil deeds, but he is in no way
able to deceive us.”
The emperor Nero said, “Who is the Christ, whose disciples you have
said you are?”
Peter and Paul said, “If you wish to know, read about all his virtues and
his teachings, which are both true and clearly wondrous, and you will find
Christ. But that man with you is deceitful and perverted.”
7. The emperor Nero said, “That man did many miracles in my pres-
ence, and he immediately demonstrated for me whatever I wanted.”
14. Simon’s disciple in the Pseudo-Clementine Homilies says that “he becomes
two-faced” (Pseudo-Clement, Hom. 2.32). In regards to Simon’s alleged divinity, Hip-
polytus records that followers of Simon worshiped “an image of Simon fashioned into
the image of Jupiter” (Haer. 6.20.1), and Robert P. Casey argues that “the cultus of
Simon was regularly performed before statues of Zeus” (“Simon Magus,” BegC 5:154).
15. Literally, “Peter and Paul are other men.”
16. In Acts 8 Simon is confronted by Peter and John, not Peter and Paul. Paul
had his own confrontation with a μάγος named Bar-Jesus in Acts 13:6–12. However,
according to the Acts of Peter, Simon attempted to buy power from Peter and Paul in
Jerusalem after seeing the miracles they performed (Acts Pet. 23).
330 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Peter and Paul said, “If he did something, he did it up until now
through deception and in an illusion, for neither did he do anything that
was really true, nor is he going to do anything.”
Simon said, “Let Peter say what I now have in mind to do.”
Without a word Peter asked for bread, and holding it under his sleeve
he said to Simon, “Do what you have in mind to do, so that all may know
that everything you do is an illusion.” Simon immediately raised his hand
and thrust forth his fingers, and suddenly there appeared what seemed to
be enormous dogs. They viciously attacked Peter and Paul, and everyone
fled out of fear. Peter threw the bread on the ground, and at once the imagi-
nary dogs were nowhere to be found.
And he said to Simon, “If the things you did are true, then why did the
bread remain in your hand, while those who would eat have disappeared?”17
The emperor Nero then said to Simon the sorcerer, “I think we are
beaten.”
Simon said, “Listen, good emperor, so that your people may know the
things that I showed them at another time.”18
Then turning to Paul, Nero said to him, “Paul, what do you have to say?”
Paul said to him, “Unless you destroy this man quickly, great evil will
increase upon your country.”
8. At that time it happened that a certain young man died.19 He was
noble and related to Caesar, and many in the city were mourning him.20
And many were recalling their own experience and asking whether Peter
would be able to raise the dead youth, because he was already considered
17. The narrative resembles other accounts in which Simon and Peter have a
showdown that involves the discernment of each other’s unspoken intentions, bread,
and dogs (Pseudo-Abdias, Pass. Pet. 17–18; Pseudo-Marcellus, Pass. Holy 27; Acts Pet.
Paul 48). However, the author of this text presents a corrupt version of the story, for
it makes no sense that the bread is suddenly in Simon’s hand. Notably, the author also
inserts Paul into the account, in order to emphasize the mutuality of the apostles. For
further explanation of this story and the medieval associations of Simon with dogs, see
the notes to Pseudo-Abdias, Pass. Pet. 17–18 (ch. 3 in the present volume).
18. Simon seems to be invoking Peter and Paul as witnesses of his former deeds
of power. Indeed, despite the vitriol reserved for Simon by early Christian writers such
as Justin, Irenaeus, and Hippolytus, none of them questions his power as a sorcerer.
19. Chapters 8–12 appear to be dependent on Pseudo-Hegesippus, Exc. Hier. 3.2.
20. The death and resurrection of a youth attached to Nero is also a theme in e.g.,
Acts Pet. 25–26 and Mart. Paul. 1–2.
332 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
very famous in different places for these kinds of deeds.21 But among the
unbelievers22 there was significant doubt about him. Others were saying
that Simon should be brought, so that, if possible, he might raise him from
the dead. Therefore, both were brought to where the body was. After a large
number of Senators who were with Nero had come together, they wanted
to know whether either of those men would be able to raise the young boy
from the dead. Peter responded, saying, “The one who presents himself as
more powerful, let him come forth—the one who previously said that by
his power he is able to raise the dead.”
Then Simon proposed a condition: If he were to raise the dead, then
Peter would be killed immediately. But if Peter were to prevail, then the
sentence would be turned against Simon. Peter agreed to the proposed
condition. Then Simon approached the bed of the deceased, and he began
to offer incantations and murmur abominable chants. After a long time
the head that had been dead seemed to move, and immediately a great cry
arose among those who were present, because the youth was now alive.
Anger and indignation, therefore, rose up from everyone against Peter,
because he had dared to claim superiority to such power.
9. Then holy Peter the apostle asked for silence, saying, “If he is living,
let the dead man speak. And if he has been revived, let him get up, walk,
and talk. It is an illusion, not the truth, that the head seems to have moved.”
Then he said, “Let Simon be taken away from the bed, and let us see if the
dead man is able to move again.” After this was done, the body remained
lifeless just as it had been. So Peter stood at a distance from the bed and
within himself offered a prayer with tears. Then he said with a loud voice,
“Young man, get up! May the Lord Jesus Christ heal you!” And immedi-
ately the young man arose, spoke, walked around, and ate food. And Peter
gave him to his mother.23 When she asked Peter not to leave him, he said,
“Have no fear. The one who raised him up will never abandon him.”
All the people, however, moved toward simon to stone him,24 and
Peter said, “leave him alone. it is sufficient25 for him to know that his arts
are powerless. let him live longer and see the kingdom of christ arise, and
let him be tormented every day out of envy.”
10. however, that man fled to nero and said that he was no longer able
to live in the city, because he had been insulted by the Galileans.26 There-
fore, he promised that he would fly—that he would be carried into the
sky—and he asked the emperor to build a wooden tower for him and then
construct it for him on the capitoline hill.27 Therefore, on the appointed
day all the people from the least to the greatest gathered to see what simon
had promised to accomplish. nero ordered that Peter and Paul should not
leave, but should be brought to this spectacle. nero said to them, “Behold,
what simon is preparing to do is a great thing. But so that i may believe
that he can do anything by his other arts, i wish to see your power, so that
i may verify that it does not come from heaven.”
Peter and Paul said, “We are men and have no power, except that our
God is able to thwart him in your sight.”
Peter turned to Paul and said, “let us pray to our lord on our knees.”28
And so they began to pray.
Then Paul said to Peter, “do what you started to do. our departure
from the world draws near.”
hearing this nero said, “And where will you go that is outside my
authority?”
Paul said, “We do not know the will of the lord or where he commands
us to be led. however, we know that we will go soon.”
simon said, “oh great emperor, so that you may know that they are
deceitful, i will now prove it to you.”
24. hippolytus at one point compares simon to a libyan sorcerer named Aps-
ethus, who was burned alive by a mob when they realized that he had duped them by
his phony magic tricks (Haer. 6.7.2–6.8.4).
25. literally, “it is not not enough.”
26. only Peter was from Galilee, while Paul was from cilicia. The term is being
used here for christians in general.
27. flight was another of simon’s alleged powers (Pseudo-clement, Hom. 2.32).
28. The basilica of santa francesca romana (santa Maria nova) in rome sits in
the ancient forum just below the capitoline hill, simon’s launching site. The church
displays a stone that is said to have the imprints made by the knees of Peter and Paul
when they knelt to pray. see david l. eastman, Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle
in the Latin West, WGrWsup 4 (Atlanta: society of Biblical literature, 2011), 108.
336 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
imperator Nero dicit: comple, quod facturus es, et faciam de illis quod-
cumque uolueris.
11. Simon autem ascendens turrem extensis manibus coepit in altum
uolare, omnisque populus ut uidit clamare nimium coepit. Nero autem
Petro et Paulo dicit: uidetis, quia uere a maiestate missus est quem magum
esse dixistis; uos potius estis hominum seductores.
Petrus ait: scimus quia post paululum cum Christo erimus.
Nero autem ait: adhuc perseueratis in uanitate hac? ego enim uideo
eum paene iam caelum introire, et conamini eum adhuc falsum dicere?
Paulus autem Petro dicit: erige oculos et mentem ad Deum et ora.
cumque eleuasset Petrus caput lacrimis plenus et Neronem uidisset mirari
uolantem Simonem in aëre, dixit ei Paulus: quid dicis, Petre famule Christi?
hodie nos iste impius perdet, si Simon iste adhuc in sua praeualuerit potes-
tate.
haec Nero cum audisset sic ait inridens eos: isti iam delirant.
Petrus uero cum magna constantia dicit ei: modo scies, imperator quia
non deliramus.
Paulus Petro dicit: fac quod faciebas: ora Deum omnipotentem ut
suam potentiam ostendat et inimici confundat astutiam.
Petrus autem iterum faciem eleuans in caelum extensis manibus ait:
increpo uos, daemonia qui eum fertis, per Deum Patrem omnipotentem
et per Iesum Christum filium eius, ut sine mora eum dimittatis. omnes
enim dicent quia ipse est saluator huius mundi. cumque hoc diceret, uenit
Simon ex alto in terram, et crepuit medius; nec tamen continuo exani-
matus est, sed fracto debilitatoque corpore, ut poenam suam et ruinam
cognosceret, ad locum qui uocatur Aricia sublatus, post paululum cum
diabolo eius anima discessit in Gehennam.
11. The Passion of the Apostles Peter and Paul 337
The emperor nero said, “finish what you are going to do, and i will do
with them whatever you wish.”
11. simon climbed the tower and, with hands outstretched, began to fly
into the sky. All the people, as they saw this, began to raise a tremendous
shout. nero said to Peter and Paul, “you see that the one whom you said was
a sorcerer was in fact sent by the divine majesty, but you deceive people.”
Peter said, “We know that after a little while we will be with christ.”
Then nero said, “even now do you persist in this foolishness? Just now
i saw him go into the sky, and you are still trying to say that he is a fraud?”
Paul said to Peter, “lift your eyes and mind and pray to God.” And
when Peter, his eyes filled with tears,29 lifted his head and saw that nero
was amazed at simon flying in the sky, Paul said to him, “What do you say,
Peter, servant of christ? Today that impious man will kill us, if that simon
now prevails over us in his own power.”
When nero heard these things, he laughed at them and said, “now
they are going mad.”
With great resolve Peter said to him, “you will know without any
doubt, emperor, that we are not mad.”
Paul said to Peter, “Go back to doing what you were doing. Ask the
omnipotent God to show his power and thwart the craftiness of the enemy.”
Peter then lifted his face again to the sky, stretched out his hands, and
said, “i rebuke you, you demons who are carrying him, through God the
almighty father and Jesus christ his son. let go of him right now, and all
will say that christ is the savior of this world.” When he said this, simon
fell from the heights to the earth and crashed in the midst of them. how-
ever, he was not killed immediately but lay there with his body broken and
debilitated, so that he might be aware of his punishment and ruin.30 he was
carried to the place which is called Aricia,31 and after a little while his soul
descended with the devil into hell.
29. cf. Pseudo-Marcellus, Pass. Holy 55, and Acts Pet. Paul 76, where Paul is the
one with tears in his eyes.
30. The Apostolic constitutions state that simon was thrown to the earth as he
was flying “in an unnatural way” (Apos. con. 2.3.14), while Arnobius of sicca claims
that simon tried to fly in a fiery chariot. Thrown down by the words of Peter, he broke
his legs and soon after committed suicide (Adv. nat. 2.12).
31. cf. Mart. Pet. 3. Aricia was home to a temple of diana near lake nemi,
“diana’s Mirror,” where the goddess was honored with a three-day festival each August
(ovid, Fast. 3.263–264, 267–270).
338 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
12. quo audito Nero deceptum se et destitutum dolens tanti casu amici,
quem subito sibi sublatum plangebat, uirum sibi utilem et necessarium rei
publicae, indignatus quaerere coepit causas, quibus Petrum occideret.
et quia iam tempus aderat quo sancti apostoli ad suum Dominum
uocarentur, denique dato praecepto ut comprehenderentur, rogabatur
Petrus a diuersis Christianis ut alio se loco conferret. quibus ille resiste-
bat dicens, nequaquam se facturum ut tamquam metu mortis territus
effugeret; bonum esse pro Christo pati, qui pro omnibus se obtulit; semper
docebat, illam non esse mortem pro Christo, sed inmortalitatem et uitam
aeternam potius praedicabat. haec et alia Petrus loquebatur eis qui eum
fugere suadebant. sed plebs ne se inter procellas fluctuantes gentilium
destitueret hoc ei suadebant. uictus itaque Petrus omnium fletibus cessit
promisitque egredi urbem.
proxima ergo nocte celebrata oratione uale omnibus faciens, relicta
omni plebe cum Paulo, solus coepit proficisci. ut autem uentum est ad
portam urbis, uidet sibi Christum occurrere; et adorans eum cum ingenti
gaudio dicit: Domine, quo uadis?
dicit ei Iesus: uenio iterum crucifigi.
intellexit ergo Petrus pro sua hoc dictum passione, quod in eo Christus
passurus uideretur, qui in omnibus martyribus suis pati cognoscitur: et
conuersus ad urbem in loco quo fuerat redit, captusque est a persecutori-
bus sequenti die cum conseruo suo Paulo.
13. custodierat autem Nero corpus Simonis putans eum sicuti ante
fuerat resuscitari. at ubi cognouit eum iam in fetore et putredine uersum,
partes corporis eius obrui praecepit. accensus autem iracundia magna adu-
ersus Petrum et Paulum sic ait Clementi praefecto urbis: Pater Clemens,
isti homines increduliores sunt nimis, et possunt omnino nostram disper-
11. The Passion of the Apostles Peter and Paul 339
12. When he heard this, Nero began to mourn the fact that he had been
cheated and deprived by the fall of such a great friend. He was wailing for
the one who suddenly was taken from him, a man useful to himself and
necessary for the republic, and in anger he began to look for reasons that
he might strike down Peter.
Because the time had now arrived when the holy apostles were being
called to their Master, the order was then given that the apostles should be
arrested. Peter was begged by many Christians to go somewhere else. He
resisted these people, saying that he would by no means flee on account of
being terrified by the fear of death. He also said that it is good to suffer for
Christ, who offered himself for all. He was always teaching that that which
is done for Christ is not death, but he preached instead that it is immor-
tality and eternal life. Peter said these and other things to those who were
persuading him to flee. But the people, being tossed about amid the uproar
of their fellow countrymen, did not desist and persuaded Peter to do this.
And so, after being convinced, Peter left while all were weeping and prom-
ised to go out of the city.
Therefore, on the next night, after he offered a prayer, he said farewell
to all. Having left all the people with Paul, he began to set out alone. How-
ever, as he came to the gate of the city, he saw Christ coming to meet him.
He worshiped him with great joy and said, “Lord, where are you going?”
Jesus said to him, “I am going to be crucified again.”
Peter understood that this was said about his own passion, because
in him Christ—who is understood to suffer in all his martyrs—would be
seen to suffer. Peter therefore turned back, returning to the city in the place
where he had been, and he was seized by the persecutors on the following
day, along with his fellow servant Paul.
13. Nero had been caring for the body of Simon, counting on the fact
that he would be resurrected just as he had before. But, when he recognized
from the terrible smell and rottenness that Simon was decomposing,32 he
began to bury the parts of his body. Aroused by great anger against Peter
and Paul, he spoke thus to Clement,33 the prefect of the city, “Father Clem-
ent, those men are far too impious, and they are able to destroy our religion
dere religionem, si eos adhuc uiuere passi fuerimus. sed accipiant utrique
cardos ferreos et inuicem se lacerare cogantur.
Clemens praefectus ait: optime imperator, quoniam Paulus non tantum
incredulior apparet, aliter ipse pereat.
Nero imperator dicit: quomodo uis pereant.
tunc Clemens praefectus urbis dedit sententiam dicens: Paulus contu-
max contra Romanum imperium capitali sententia puniatur, Petrus autem
qui carminibus suis homicidium perpetrauit crucifigatur. postulauit autem
Petrus ut inuersis uestigiis crucifigeretur, eo quod indignum se iudicaret
eo modo crucifigi quo Dominus et magister eius Iesus Christus filius Dei
crucifixus est. passi sunt autem tertio kalendarum Iuliarum, Nerone bis et
Pisone consulibus.
ipsi uero in caelum recepti sunt, Simon autem deductus est in infer-
num. nam qui in Christo credunt, uiuent cum eo semper in gloria sempi-
terna per omnia saecula saeculorum. amen.
11. The Passion of the Apostles Peter and Paul 341
completely if we allow them to live any longer. But let them take iron claws34
and be forced to beat each other in turn.”
Clement the prefect said, “Greatest emperor, because Paul seems to be
not so impious, let him die some other way.”
The emperor Nero said, “Let them die as you wish.”
Then Clement the prefect of the city gave the sentence, saying, “Paul,
the insolent one against Roman power, let him be punished by the sentence
of decapitation. But Peter, who committed murder by his incantations, let
him be crucified.” Peter, however, asked that he be crucified upside down,
because he considered himself unworthy to be crucified in the way that his
Lord and Master Jesus Christ, the Son of God, had been crucified. They
suffered on the third kalends of July, when Nero for the second time and
Piso were consuls.35
And Peter and Paul were received into heaven, but Simon was led away
into hell, for those who believe in Christ will live with him forever in eter-
nal glory, forever and ever. Amen.
Content
-343-
344 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
literary Background
1. Adrian fortescue, The Orthodox Eastern Church (Piscataway, nJ: Gorgias Press,
2001), 21–25. The council in Trullo officially recognized and ranked these five sees in
692, but Justinian is the first to refer to their bishops as patriarchs.
12. Pseudo-dionysius, Epistle to Timothy on the Death of Peter and Paul 345
Jeremiah, Amos, and Joel are among those evoked to express the author’s
angst at the death of Paul and Peter, and now Timothy must take up the
mantle from Paul, just as Elisha did from Elijah.
One comment on the current form of the text is in order. The story of
Paul’s head was probably not part of the original letter. It is absent from a
number of the eastern manuscripts, and even when it does appear in those
texts it does so at different points in the story. The Latin editor has added it
to the end of the text with an awkward statement that Peter’s head remained
attached to his body, no doubt meant to transition the reader to the story
of a head (Paul’s) that did not remain attached. This is a clear seam in the
text and points to a later insertion. In addition, as the Martyrdom of Paul
the Apostle and the Discovery of His Severed Head (ch. 9) in this volume
attests, the story of Paul’s rediscovered head had its own, separate history
of transmission. It was probably added to this epistle as further evidence of
the supernatural signs that resulted from the martyrdoms of the two great-
est pillars of the church.
Text
Select Bibliography
-348-
epistle of Blessed dionysius the Areopagite
to Timothy on the death of the Apostles Peter and Paul
1. i greet you, honored disciple and spiritual son of our true father and
good friend, you who fulfilled the will of your master, underwent with him
trials and all kinds of sufferings,1 and bore steadfastly contests and flog-
gings. you also accepted with him hunger and thirst, and you received all
kinds of abuse and contempt and tortures and oppression. you also were
sold with him, laboring at all times and in afflictions with pain and bit-
terness. Amid perturbations and trials and with diligence you carried out
your ministry, unconquered in self-denying vigils and prayers and acts of
grace in strength and in struggle. on voyages with him you were scorned
and flogged, held in contempt and cast out by enemies and friends. never
were you reluctant to be obedient or to yield to your spiritual master,
afflicted and dragged through the streets, flogged and torn apart, broken
to pieces and reviled in every place with him. you endured shipwreck on
the sea, tossed about with him in ships. you were wounded in cities, in
distress and in abuses, insults, and reproaches, in prisons day and night
with him, in chains and in iron bars and shackles. in these trials you were
his companion. you suffered not only these, but harsher and innumerable
torments and struggles with him.
2. he was the father of fathers, the teacher of teachers, and the shep-
herd of shepherds. he was crucified to the world, and he bore the marks
in his own body of our lord Jesus christ.2 i am speaking of Paul, the deep
well of wisdom, the greatest pitch-pipe and tireless preacher of truth, the
noblest apostle who brought light to the churches, who strengthened the
christians, and who destroyed the gates of sin, like a sword twice-sharp-
ened. he put to flight the unbelievers and threw down the temples of idols.
he demolished altars. he broke into pieces the abominable idols and
destroyed their altars. he threw down and humiliated the dwelling places of
-349-
350 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
demons and caused their festivals and their worship to cease.3 He was truly
an earthly angel and a heavenly man, the image and likeness of divinity,4
the glory of believers. He was a friend of the penitent, an advocate for his
own race,5 esteemed and longed for by the peoples of the diaspora. He was
an enemy of the Jews, held in contempt by the Pharisees, the destroyer of
their synagogue.6 He was a builder of the assembly of the saints and present
to those in spiritual anxiety. He was a shield of faith,7 a servant of Christ,8
a herald of his gospel, a divine mouth, and a spiritual tongue. He was an
examiner of divine utterances, a seeker of the lost,9 a father of orphans, a
zealous defender of widows,10 a comforter of the lame, the strength of the
broken.11 He was an ornate ship with sails, attacking on the raging waves.
He was a shipmaster diligent in spiritual wisdom, arranging all things well
out of affection and longing for unwavering unity. He was an enemy of
heretics and those corrupt in mind, a diligent father and most excellent
shepherd, a very great master and a pleasant and spiritual teacher. He was
a holy craftsman, a glorious architect, and an eager boxer.12 He was holy
and most worthy, and his divinely formed spirit has abandoned us all. I say
that we are poor and unworthy in this contemptible and wicked world, but
he went forth to Christ his God and Lord and friend.
3. Oh, my brother, dear to my soul, where is your spiritual father, oh
good disciple and lover of his master? From what far off place will he greet
you? From the sea or from the desert? From Galatia or from Spain? From
Asia or from Corinth? Behold, you have indeed been made an orphan
3. Acts 19:24–41.
4. Cf. Acts Paul Thec. 3.3, where Paul is described as follows: “A man small of stat-
ure, with a bald head and crooked legs, in a good state of body, with eyebrows meeting
and nose somewhat hooked, full of friendliness. Sometimes he appeared like a man, but
other times he had the face of an angel” (emphasis added).
5. Rom 9:3.
6. The author distinguishes between Paul’s advocacy for “his own race” and his
antagonism toward “the Jews” and “the Pharisees.” It is not clear how these elements
hold together, given that Paul trumpeted his credentials as both a Jew and a Pharisee,
e.g., Rom 11:1; Phil 3:5. See also Acts 23:6, 26:5.
7. Eph 6:16.
8. Rom 15:16; 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 11:23.
9. Luke 19:10.
10. Ps 68:6.
11. Ps 145:14; 146:8.
12. 1 Cor 9:26.
352 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
3. From the Greek κιλίκιον for “hair shirt.” See, e.g., Ps 35:13.
12. Pseudo-dionysius, Epistle to Timothy on the Death of Peter and Paul 353
and have remained alone. he has departed, and your course is complete,13
which you were making with your spiritual father, or because of which
you were proceeding quickly to him. And now by no means will he write
to you with his most holy hand, saying “Most beloved son.”14 And he will
not send to you from far away, calling, “Make haste to come to me.15 i am
waiting for you in such and such a city.” oh, dearest brother Timothy, you
have finished your course, because you wrote and said to me: “if you have
heard, where is my master? Tell me, so that i may hurry to him.” Today is
fulfilled what the lord said to his disciples, “Although you will desire your
master for one hour, you will not see him.”16
Woe to me, brother Timothy, because this day of sadness and shad-
ows and loss has befallen us, for we have been orphaned. Who will give
water to our eyes and fountains of tears to us orphans, so that we may
weep day and night17 for the light of the churches, because it has been
extinguished? Brother, fold up the books of the prophets and place a seal
upon them, because we have no interpreter of their parables and examples
and pronouncements. We should therefore say, like Amos the prophet, “i
am feeding in deserted places and in pastures where there is no food.”18
Where are the lamentations of Jeremiah the prophet, who said, “My heart
is overwhelmed by suffering and groans. There is no consolation or rest for
me.”19 Alas, my brother Timothy. now his epistles will not come to you,
in which it is written, “Paul, the humble servant of Jesus christ.”20 And no
longer will he write about you to the citizens, saying, “receive my beloved
son, Timothy.”21 Alas, my brother! Woe is me! Who will not put on wailing
and groaning? or who will not be clothed with garments of lamentation or
astounded and confounded in their minds? oh, dearest brother and spiri-
tual priest, servant of christ and the church, be clothed with sackcloth and
quia uox in rhama audita est ploratus et ululatus.4 et non tantum ploratus
et ululatus sed mortis et orphanitatis.
hae duae plagae terribiles et amarae in die una nobis uenerunt et
completum est in nobis dictum Iacob patriarchae: dum Ioseph adhuc
perditus esset et Symeon non rediret. ecce et enim Petrus fundamentum
ecclesiarum et gloria sanctorum apostolorum recessit a nobis orphanos
dereliquit. Paulus quoque gentium familiaris consolator parentum defecit
nobis et ulterius non inuenitur. et completum est in uos uerbum Dauid
dicentis: posuerunt morticina seruorum tuorum escas uolatilibus caeli et
carnes sanctorum tuorum bestiis terrae. ubi est cursus Pauli et labor sanc-
torum pedum eius euaserunt enim uincula et carceres et ligno constricta et
uecte. sed nec manus eius industriae tradentur amodo alligari uinculis fer-
reis. ubi est os loquens et lingua consulens et spiritus beneplacens Deo suo?
4. o frater mi Thimothee sollemnisemus pro eo qui non eget oratio-
nis patrocinio. quis non ploret et ululet? nam qui meruerunt gloriam et
honorem apud Deum tanquam malefactores traduntur in mortem. o frater
mi Thimothee si uidisses agones consumationis eorum defecisses quidem
prae tristitia et dolore. quoniam autem non interfuisti facile tibi ui detur
opus agonis ipsorum. quis non fleret hora illa quando praeceptum sen-
tentiae egressum in eos est ut Petrus silicet crucifigeretur et Paulus decol-
laretur? uidisses utique tunc turbas Iudaeorum et gentilium multitudines
percutientes eos illudentes eis et spuentes in facies eorum ipsi uero quieti et
tranquilli extiterunt sicut agni innocentes et mansueti. adueniente autem
terribili tempore consumationis eorum cum separarentur ab inuicem
4. MS hululatus.
12. Pseudo-Dionysius, Epistle to Timothy on the Death of Peter and Paul 355
5. This phrase employs three Greek loan words: πλῆκτρον, ψαλτήριον, and
δεκάχορδον.
12. Pseudo-Dionysius, Epistle to Timothy on the Death of Peter and Paul 357
then the soldiers bound the pillars of the world, and the brothers29 left each
other with groaning and weeping.
Then Paul said to Peter, “Peace to you, founder of the churches and
shepherd of the sheep and lambs of Christ.”30
Peter then said to Paul, “Go in peace, preacher of good tidings, media-
tor and chief of the salvation of the just.”31
5. When they separated them from each other, I followed my master
Paul, because they did not kill them in the same part of the city. In that hour
there was great sadness, my beloved brother, when the executioner told
Paul to prepare his neck. Then the blessed apostle looked up into heaven
and strengthened his forehead and chest with the sign of the cross. He said,
“My Lord Jesus Christ, into your hands I commit my spirit.”32 Then with-
out sadness or compulsion he extended his neck and received his crown.
6. Woe is me, because in that hour I gazed upon the holy body stained
with innocent blood!33
7. Oh, my spiritual father and master and teacher, you were indeed not
worthy of such a death. Now where will I go to look for you, oh glory and
praise of the Christians? Who silenced your voice, oh greatest pipe and
plectrum of the ten-stringed lyre? Where may I seek you, oh my teacher?
Where may I seek and find you? Oh true leader, what should I say to your
disciples? Should I not say that you were arrested and enchained? Or who
among them will be useful to you, and should I send him to you? But from
now on you have no need of us or of any others. You have gone to your
God and Lord, whom you have sought and desired with all your heart.
29. The image of Peter and Paul as brothers appears in several of these martyrdom
texts, reinforcing their unity in life and death.
30. John 21:15–17.
31. Roman tradition fixed the site of this final farewell on the Ostian Road, just
south of the Gate of St. Paul. This prompted the founding of a small church, known
as the Chapel of the Farewell, the Chapel of the Parting, or the Chapel of Saints Peter
and Paul. A plaque on the church bore an inscription featuring the parting greetings
from this text. Mussolini tore down the church, but the plaque can still be seen in the
church of Santissima Trinita dei Pellegrini in the Piazza dei Pellegrini in Rome. See
Mariano Armellini, Le chiese di Roma dal secolo IV al XIX, 2nd ed. (Rome: R.O.R.E.,
1942), 2:1148–49.
32. Ps 31:5; Luke 23:46.
33. The Syriac version of this letter inserts here the story of the discovery of Paul’s
head during the time of Xystus (Sixtus). An alternative version of this same story
appears below in §9.
358 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Woe is me, because they bound in double chains those innocent hands,
and in Rome they freed them. David the prophet was bewailing his son
Absalom, saying, “Woe is me on account of you, my son. Woe is me!”34 But
I say, woe is me on account of you, master. Truly, woe is me! From now
on your disciples will no longer come and look for you in Rome. Now no
one will say, “Let us go and see the teachers,35 and let us ask them how
we should oversee the churches that were commissioned to us. They will
interpret for us the teachings of our Lord Jesus Christ and the oracles of
the prophets.” Jerusalem and Rome are made equals in evil in a hideous
friendship: Jerusalem crucified the Lord Jesus Christ, and Rome slew his
apostles. Jerusalem serves the one it crucified. Rome celebrates with a feast
the ones it slew.36
8. Oh, beloved brother, listen to a miracle and behold a sign that
occurred on the day of their sacrifice, for I was present at the time of their
departure. After their deaths I saw them one after the other entering the
gates of the city hand in hand, and I saw them dressed in garments of light
and adorned with bright and radiant crowns. I was not the only one who
saw this, but Lemobia, a handmaid in the service of the emperor and a dis-
ciple of Paul, also saw it.37 When Paul was being led to a martyr’s death and
was leaving the city, he met this handmaid, who was weeping with sorrow.
Then Paul said to her, “Do not weep, but give me the veil that is covering
your head, and I will give it back to you immediately.” After the executioner
had struck and cut off the head of Paul, the most blessed man spread out
the veil on the wound and collected his own blood with the veil. He then
tied the veil, wrapped it, and gave it back to that woman.
When the executioner was returning, the holy Lemobia said to the sol-
dier, “Where did you send my master Paul?”
The soldier responded, “He lies together with his friend there outside
the city in the valley of the fighters,38 and his face is covered with your veil.”
However, she responded and said, “Behold, Peter and Paul have already
entered, dressed in radiant garments, and they had on their heads shining
crowns radiating light.” And she took out the veil stained with blood and
showed it to them. On account of this deed, very many believed in the Lord
and became Christians.
9. And now, my brother Timothy, the ones whom you loved and
longed for with all your heart are not separated in death, just as they were
not separated in life—like king Saul and his son Jonathan.39 I also was not
separated from my lord and master, except when evil and wicked men sep-
arated us. The separation of this hour will not be forever. His spirit knows
his beloved,40 even if those who were separated at that time do not speak.
On the day of the resurrection, however, it will be a great loss to be sepa-
rated from them.41 But truly, my brother, woe to these children42 that were
deprived of a spiritual father. This flock has been deprived. Woe even unto
us, brother, who have been deprived of our spiritual masters, those who
gathered the understanding and knowledge of the old and new law and
bound them up in their epistles. One of them said, “If there is not in the
assembly one who may interpret, then let the reader be silent.”43
Armamentaria, a term used for the gladiatorial training facility (also known as the
Ludus Magnus) located in a valley next to the Roman Coliseum. If this identification
is correct, then the author of the epistle has made two mistakes. Domitian constructed
the Armamentaria at the end of the first century CE in the valley between the Esqui-
line and Caelian hills, so it would not have existed at the time of Paul’s death. Second,
the Armamentaria was built in a location that had been within the city walls since the
construction of the Servian Wall in the fourth century BCE. Thus, Paul in fact would
not have been lying “outside the city.” The chronological and spatial problems likely
indicate a lack of familiarity with the layout of Rome. Even in an otherwise spurious
text such as this, we might still expect an author familiar with Roman topography to
get certain details right. See also Eva Margareta Steinby, ed., Lexicon topographicum
urbis Romae (Rome: Quasar, 1996), 1.126; 3.196–97.
39. 2 Sam 1:23.
40. Cf. 2 Tim 2:19.
41. The argument seems to be that Peter and Paul will never be separated from
each other or from their Lord. Therefore, if any are separated from the apostles on the
day of resurrection, then they will necessarily be separated also from the Lord, which
will be for them a great loss. It is possible, however, that the text is corrupt here, and
another meaning is intended.
42. Literally, “sons,” but the author is referring to Christians in general.
43. Cf. 1 Cor 14:27–28.
362 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
And now, my beloved brother and spiritual friend Timothy, make haste
to seek the lord with prayer and fasting, with vigils and great effort, so that
he may give to you the grace of God that your master had, just as he gave
the grace of elijah to his disciple elisha, when elisha stayed with elijah
and did not depart until God took elijah from him into heaven. elisha
also endured the attacks of the impious and those who out of envy said to
him, “Behold the disciple of a false prophet and transgressor of the law.” he
heard these things but did not separate from his master. for this reason he
obtained it, because he was seeking the same spirit.44 in the same way Paul
had many disciples, yet on none of them did his spirit rest as much as it did
on you. you endured with him trials and tribulations, which you endured
with a joyful heart. you alone are truly worthy to receive such charismatic
gifts. May it be credited to you from above, since they hung glorious Peter
on a cross, and his head remained with his body.
When they decapitated Paul, however, they separated his head from
his body and threw it into a valley separate from the body. it disappeared
among the multitude of the dead who had been killed on that day, and the
head of holy Paul was not found among the killed in that valley. however,
all the christians knew that the head of holy Paul had not been found.
After a long time, the emperor ordered a trench to be dug. When it was
dug, the head of holy Paul was thrown in with the other remains. however,
a certain shepherd making a journey near the place picked up the head on
his staff and attached it next to the sheepfolds of his own sheep. on that
same night he saw above that head a light and unspeakable glory, and he
saw this three nights in a row. Then he entered the city and told his master
what he had seen. his master went out and saw the same thing the shep-
herd had seen. Quickly he announced it to the roman patriarch fabellius45
and to all the presbyters and leaders of the people. Many went out to see it,
and they said the same thing: “Truly this is the head of Paul.”
44. 2 Kgs 2:1–15. The source of the quotation about elisha is unknown. There is
no parallel in 2 Kgs, nor is there any reference to elijah’s being called a “false prophet
and transgressor of law.” The author of this text is most likely taking charges levied
against Paul and retroactively applying them to elijah, in order to strengthen the com-
parison between elisha and Timothy.
45. This name is not among any list of roman bishops. sabellius was a third-
century theologian in rome, but he was condemned as a heretic and unlikely to be
confused with a bishop.
364 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
The patriarch went out with a great multitude. They carried the head
on a golden table and wanted to place it with the body of Paul, but the
patriarch prohibited it, saying, “We know that many faithful people were
killed in this city, and in that time their members were scattered by the
unbelievers and not joined together. Thus, I do not dare to join the head
to the body of holy Paul. Let us set out the body of holy Paul and place the
head at the feet of the body. Then let us pray and seek the mercy of God,
so that if this head was torn off this body, then the body will turn and be
joined to the head.” This idea, according to the judgment of the patriarch,
was accepted, and there was no doubt or hesitation that the body would be
able to go to meet the head. And they did as the patriarch had said. While
he was praying, the body turned and joined to the head. It was connected
to the joint of the neck in its proper place, and all who saw it were amazed
and gave glory to God. They knew that it was the body of the immaculate
Paul, who was a servant and apostle of our Lord Jesus Christ. To him be
glory, praise, and adoration, with the Father and the Holy Spirit, now and
always and forever and ever.
13. Teaching of Shimeon Kepha
in the City of Rome
CANT 199 / BHO 936
Content
The text had opened with a summary of some stories from the Gospels
and an account of the arrival of Peter, here called Shimeon Kepha, in Rome
(chs. 1–5). In the midst of a sermon, where this translation begins, Shimeon
turns his attention to Simon the sorcerer. He admonishes the crowd not to
be fooled by Simon’s deceptions; rather, they should bring him to a public
competition, where the true worker of miracles will be identified by his
ability to perform a sign. Some people go to Simon and invite him to this
confrontation, confident that he can do anything he wants and will over-
come Shimeon.
The body of a dead man happens to be passing, and the crowd decides
that raising him will be the basis of the competition. Simon is granted the
first opportunity but fails to raise the man, despite his many incantations.
Shimeon approaches and immediately raises him in the name of Jesus
Christ. The crowd declares that Peter’s Christ is true and calls for Simon
to be stoned. The sorcerer manages to escape the mob, and the entire city
embraces Shimeon. The apostle is invited to live in the house of the young
man he had raised from the dead. Through his preaching and continued
deeds of power, many Jews and gentiles become disciples in Rome. He
strengthens the church in Rome and throughout Italy and presides for
twenty-five years.
Later Nero arrests Shimeon and puts him in prison. The apostle knows
his death is imminent, so he ordains Ansus (probably Linus) to take his
place as bishop and continue his teaching. When the emperor orders
Shimeon to be crucified and Paul decapitated, the whole church rises up
in protest at the loss of the apostles. The bishop takes the bodies away at
-367-
368 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
night and buries them, and this location becomes a place of meeting for
the christians.
nero loses the kingdom as if by divine judgment, and the persecution
quiets down for a time. The author closes with the comment that many
years later there was a famine in rome but offers no explanation of the
significance of this event.
literary Background
1. see the introduction to the history of shimeon for a discussion of this depen-
dence.
13. Teaching of Shimeon Kepha in the City of Rome 369
cessor, his execution by Nero, and the establishment of a joint cult site for
the relics of Peter and Paul.
The Teaching of Shimeon Kepha in the City of Rome should not be
confused with another text of a similar title, the Preaching of Peter (Ker-
ygma Petrou), a product of the second half of the second century CE. In
order to distinguish our text, the phrase “in the City of Rome” is typically
included in its title.
Text
Select Bibliography
Baumstark, Anton. Pages 40–44 in Die Petrus- und Paulusacten in der lit-
terarischen Überlieferung der syrischen Kirche. Leipzig: Harrassowitz,
1902.
Cureton, William, trans. “Doctrine of Simon Cephas in the City of Rome.”
Pages 35–41 and 173–77 in idem, Ancient Syriac Documents: Relative
to the Earliest Establishment of Christianity in Edessa and the Neigh-
bouring Countries. London: Williams & Norgate, 1864.
Haase, Felix. Page 205 in Apostel und Evangelisten in den orientalischen
Überlieferungen. NTAbh 9.1–3. Münster: Aschendorff, 1922.
Hennecke, Edgar. “Doctrina Petri (syriaca).” Page 437 in vol. 2 of New
Testament Apocrypha. Edited by Edgar Henncke and Wilhelm Sch-
neemelcher. English trans. edited by R. McL. Wilson. 5th ed. Louis-
ville: Westminster John Knox, 1993.
Lipsius, Richard A. Pages 2.1:206–7 in Die apokryphen Apostelgeschichten
und Apostellegenden. Braunschweig: Schwetschke, 1887.
Peeters, Paul. “Notes sur la légende des apôtres S. Pierre et S. Paul dans la
littérature syrienne.” AnBoll 21 (1902): 121–40.
Pratten, Benjamin P., trans. “The Teaching of Simon Cephas in the City of
Rome.” ANF 8:673–75.
ܡܠܦܢܘܬܗ ܕܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ
ܥܒܕܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܠܢܫܐ ܕܐܠ ܗܘܐܢ .ܕܐܠ ܝܕܥܝܢܒܕܡܘܬܐ ܕܡܚܘܐ ܠܟܘܢ ܕܐܠ ̈ .6ܐܠ ܢܛܥܝܟܘܢ ܣܝܡܘܢ ܚܪܫܐ ̈
ܟܠܗ ܡܕܝܢܬܟܘܢ .ܘܓܒܘ ܠܟܘܢ ܕܢܦܪܫܘܢ ܡܕܡ ܕܚܙܝܢ ܘܫܡܥܝܢ .ܫܕܪܘ ܗܟܝܠ ܐܬܝܐܘܢܝܗܝ ܐܝܟܐ ܕܟܢܫܐ ̇
�ܠܗܝ ܐܬܐ ܕܝܠܟܘܢ ܗܝ ܕܬܗܝܡܢܘܢ ܒܗ̇. �ܠܗ ̇ ܐܬܐ ܡܕܡ ܕܢܥܒܕ ܩܕܡܝܟܘܢ .ܘܗܘ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܚܙܝܢ ܐܢܬܘܢ ܕܥܒܕ ̇
̈
ܘܒܗ ܒܫܥܬܐ .ܫܕܪ ܐܬܝܝܘܗܝ ܗܘܘ ܠܣܝܡܘܢ ܚܪܫܐ .ܘܐܡܪܘ ܗܘܘ ܠܗ ܐܢܫܐ ܒܢܝ ܪܥܝܢܗ. ̇ .7
ܐܝܟ ܓܒܪܐ ܕܬܟܝܠܝܢܢ ܥܠܝܟ .ܕܐܬܝ ܒܟ ܚܝܐܠ ܕܠܟܡܕܡ ܬܥܒܕ .ܥܒܕ ܐܬܐ ܡܕܡ ܩܕܡ ܟܘܠܢ .ܘܢܚܙܐ ܗܐܢ
ܫܡܥܘܢ ܓܠܝܠܝܐ ܕܡܟܪܙ ܠܡܫܝܚܐ.
̈ ̈
.8ܘܟܕ ܗܟܢܐ ܐܡܪܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܠܗ ܐܣܬܩܒܠ ܥܒܪ ܗܘܐ ܡܬܝܐ ܚܕ ܒܪܗ ܕܚܕ ܡܢ ̈ܪܫܐ ܘܝܕܝܥܐ ܘܡܫܡܗܐ
ܕܒܗܘܢ .ܘܐܡܪܘ ܗܘܘ ܠܗ ܠܟܗܘܢ ܟܕ ܟܢܝܫܝܢ ܗܘܘ .ܕܐܝܢܐ ܡܢܟܘܢ ܕܡܚܐ ܠܗ ܠܗܐܢ ܡܬܝܐ .ܗܘ ܗܘ ܫܪܝܪ
ܘܡܗܝܡܢ ܘܡܩܒܠ .ܘܒܬܪܗ ܐܙܠܝܢܢ ܠܟܢ ܒܠܟܡܕܡ ܕܐܡܪ ܠܢ .ܘܐܡܪܘ ܗܘܘ ܠܗ ܠܣܝܡܘܢ ܚܪܫܐ
ܡܛܠ ܕܐܢܬ ܗܘ ܩܕܝܡ ܐܢܬ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ ܓܠܝܠܝܐ ܗܪܟܐ .ܘܠܟ ܗܘ ܝܕܥܝܢܢ ܩܕܡܘܗܝ .ܐܢܬ ܚܘܐ ܚܝܐܠ ܕܠܘܐ
ܠܟ ܩܕܡܐܬܝ .ܣܝܡܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܢܛܝܐܠܬܝ ܩܪܒ ܗܘܐ ܨܐܕܘܗܝ ܕܡܬܝܐ ܘܣܡܘܗ ܗܘܘ ܠܥܪܣܐ ܩܕܡܘܗܝ .ܘܚܐܪ
ܣܓܝܐܬܐ .ܡܢܗܝܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܩܥܬܐ ܐܡܪ ܗܘܐ.̈ ܗܘܐ ܠܝܡܝܢܐ ܘܠܣܡܐܠ .ܘܒܫܡܝܐ ܡܬܒܩܐ ܗܘܐ .ܟܕ ܐܡܪ ܗܘܐ ̈ܡܐܠ
ܘܡܢܗܝܢ ܒܟܣܝܐ ܕܐܠ ܩܥܬܐ .ܘܐܓܪ ܗܘܐ ܛܘܪܐ ܣܓܝܐܐ ܘܡܕܡ ܐܠ ܗܘܐ ܗܘܐ ܘܐܠ ܐܣܬܥܪ .ܘܡܬܝܐ ܗܘ ܒܥܪܣܗ
ܪܡܐ ܗܘܐ.
ܘܒܗ ܒܫܥܬܐ ܩܪܒ ܗܘܐ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ ܬܟܝܐܠܬܝ ܠܘܬܗ ܕܡܬܝܐ ܗܘ .ܘܩܥܐ ܗܘܐ ܩܕܡ ܠܟܗ ̇ 9.
ܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܒܐܘܪܫܠܡ ܘܐܢܚܢܢ ܡܣܒܪܝܢ ܟܢܫܐ ܕܩܐܡ ܗܘܐ ܬܡܢ .ܒܫܡܗ ܕܝܫܘܥ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܗܘ ܕܙܩܦܘ ܗܘܘ ̈
-370-
Teaching of Shimeon Kepha [in the City of Rome]
6. “Do not let Simon the sorcerer deceive you with the apparent deeds that
he shows you but are not real, as though you were people without under-
standing who do not know how to discern what they see and hear. There-
fore, send and summon him to where your entire city is gathered. Choose
for yourselves some sign for us to perform in your presence. Whichever
one you see performing that sign, it will be up to you to believe in him.”
7. In that hour they sent and summoned Simon the sorcerer, and the
men who followed his teaching said to him, “Because you are a man who
we believe has the power to do anything, perform some sign in front of us
all, and this Shimeon the Galilean, who preaches Christ, will see it.”
8. As they were saying this to him, a dead man happened to be passing
by, the son of one of the leaders who was well known and famous among
them. All those who were gathered said to him, “Whichever one of you
restores this dead man to life, he is true and to be believed and accepted,
and we will all follow him in everything that he says to us.”
And they said to Simon the sorcerer, “Because you were here before
Shimeon the Galilean, and we knew you before him, you show the power
that is in you first.” But Simon reluctantly drew near to the dead man, and
they set down the bier in front of him. He looked to the right and the left
and gazed up into heaven. He then spoke many words—some of them he
said aloud, and some of them secretly and not aloud. He waited for a long
time, but nothing happened and nothing was done, and the dead man kept
lying on his bier.1
9. At that moment Shimeon Kepha confidently drew near to that dead
man and cried out in front of the entire crowd that was standing there,
“In the name of Jesus Christ, whom the Jews crucified in Jerusalem and in
1. In other accounts of a similar story, Simon initially seems to make the dead man
move, and the crowd thinks he has brought him back to life. See e.g., Pseudo-Abdias,
Pass. Pet. 16.
-371-
372 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܚܢܢ ܠܗ .ܩܘܡ ܡܢ ܬܡܢ .ܘܥܡܗ ܕܡܠܬܗ ܕܫܡܥܘܢ ܚܝܐ ܗܘܐ ܡܬܝܐ ܗܘ ܘܩܡ ܗܘܐ ܡܢ ܥܣܪܐ .ܘܚܙܐ
̈
ܣܓܝܐܐ ܠܟܗ ܥܡܐ ܘܐܬܕܡܪ .ܘܐܡܪܘ ܗܘܘ ܠܗ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ .ܕܫܪܝܪ ܗܘ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܕܡܟܪܙ ܐܢܬ ܠܗ ܘܩܥܘ
ܘܐܡܪܘ .ܢܬܪܓܡ ܣܝܡܘܢ ܚܪܫܐ ܘܡܛܥܝܢܐ ܕܠܟܢ .ܣܝܡܘܢ ܕܝܢ ܒܥܠܬܐ ܕܪܗܛ ܗܘܐ ܠܗ ܠܟܢܫ ܕܢܚܙܐ
ܠܡܬܝܐ ܗܘ ܕܚܝܐ .ܦܠܛ ܗܘܐ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܡܢ ܫܘܩܐ ܠܚܒܪܗ ܘܡܢ ܕܪܬܐ ܠܕܪܬܐ ܘܐܠ ܢܦܠ ܗܘܐ ܒܐܝ̈ܕܝܗܘܢ
ܒܗܘ ܝܘܡܐ.
ܟܠܗ ܐܚܕܬ ܗܘܬ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ ܘܩܒܠܘܗܝ ܗܘܘ ܚܕܐܬܝ ܘܚܒܝܒܐܬܝ .ܟܕ ̇ .10ܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܕܝܢ
̈
ܣܓܝܐܐ .ܩܘܦܪܝܢܘܣ ܐܬܘܬܐ ܘܬܕܡ̈ܪܬܐ ܐܠ ܫܐܠ ܗܘܐ ܕܢܥܒܕ ܒܫܡܗ ܕܡܫܝܚܐ .ܘܡܗܝܡܢܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܒܗ ܡܢ ̈
ܕܝܢ ܐܒܘܗܝ ܕܗܘ ܕܚܝܐ ܗܘܐ ܐܘܒܠܗ ܗܘܐ ܥܡܗ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ ܠܒܬܝܗ ܘܩܒܠܗ ܗܘܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܙܕܩ .ܟܕ
̈
ܣܓܝܐܐ ܡܗܝܡܢ ܗܘܐ ܗܘ ܘܒܢ̈ܝ ܒܬܝܗ ܠܟܗܘܢ ܒܡܫܝܚܐ ܕܒܪܗ ܗܘ ܕܠܐܗܐ ܚܝܐ .ܘܐܬܬܠܡܕܘ ܗܘܘ ܬܡܢ
̈
ܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܘܚܢ̈ܦܐ .ܘܟܕ ܣܓܬܝ ܗܘܬ ܚܕܘܬܐ ܒܡܠܦܢܘܬܗ ܒܢܐ ܗܘܐ ܬܡܢ ܥܕܬܐ ܒܪܗܘܡܐ ܘܒܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܡܢ ̈
̈
ܕܦܩܘܕܐ ܥܣܪܝܢ ܘܚܡܫ ܕܚܕ̈ܪܝܗ ܘܒܩܘ̈ܪܝܐ ܠܟܗܝܢ ܕܒܢ̈ܝ ܐܝܛܠܝܐ ܘܫܡܫ ܗܘܐ ܬܡܢ ܕܪܓܐ ܕܡܕܒܪܢܘܬܐ
̇
ܫܢ̈ܝܢ.
̈
.11ܘܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܗܠܝܢ ܫܢܝܐ ܠܒܟܗ ܗܘܐ ܢܪܘܢ ܩܣܪ .ܘܚܒܫܗ ܗܘܐ ܒܬܝ ܐܣܝ̈ܪܐ .ܘܝܕܥ ܗܘܐ ܕܙܩܦ ܗܘܐ
ܠܗ .ܘܩܪܐ ܗܘܐ ܐܠܢܣܘܣ ܡܫܡܫܢܐ ܘܥܒܕܗ ܗܘܐ ܐܦܣܩܘܦܐ 1ܚܠܦܘܗܝ ܒܪܗܘܡܐ .ܘܗܢܝܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܐܡܪ ܗܘܐ
whom we believe, rise up from there!” At the word of Shimeon the dead
man came back to life and got up from the bier.
All the people saw and were amazed, and they said to Shimeon, “The
Christ whom you preach is true.”
And many cried out and said, “Let Simon, the sorcerer and deceiver
of us all, be stoned!” But because everyone was running to see the dead
man who was now alive, Simon escaped them by going street-to-street and
courtyard-to-courtyard, and he did not fall into their hands on that day.
10. But the entire city took Shimeon Kepha and received him gladly
and affectionately. When he did not cease doing signs and wonders in the
name of Christ, many believed in him. Cuprinus, the father of the one
who was alive again, brought Shimeon Kepha with him into his house and
received him as it was proper. Then he and all the children of his house
believed in Christ, that he is the Son of the living God. Many Jews and
gentiles there became disciples.2 There was great rejoicing in his teaching,
and he built up the church there in Rome, in the cities around it, and in all
the villages of the people of Italy. And he served there as the overseer of the
Mass for twenty-five years.3
11. After these years Nero Caesar seized him and put him in prison.
Shimeon knew that Nero would crucify him, and he called Ansus4 the
deacon and made him bishop of Rome in his place.5 Shimeon said these
and other things that were his own [teachings].6 He also ordered that
2. Cf. Peter’s role in the salvation of the household of Cornelius and other gentiles
in Acts 10:1–11:18.
3. This is a way of identifying him as the bishop.
4. From other accounts we know that this figure should be Linus. The initial
lamadh can signify the direct object, but here it is part of the name. The copyist seems
confused by the distinction and is inconsistent in his rendering of the name. See Wil-
liam Cureton, Ancient Syriac Documents: Relative to the Earliest Establishment of Chris-
tianity in Edessa and the Neighbouring Countries (London: Williams & Norgate, 1864),
176.
5. This passage has close parallels to Hist. Shim. 33. The ordination of Linus by
Peter is also recounted in the Liberian Catalog from 354 CE (Chronica minora saec.
IV. V. [Link]., ed. T. Mommsen, [Link] 9 [Berlin: Weidmann, 1892], 73); Irenaeus
(Haer. 3.3.3)—although Irenaeus states that Peter and Paul together ordained Linus;
and Eusebius (Hist. eccl. 5.6.1). Cf. Pseudo-Abdias, Pass. Pet. 15; the apocryphal Epistle
of Clement to James 2; and Tertullian, Praescr. 32, where Clement is identified as the
one ordained by Peter as the second bishop of Rome.
6. The Syriac is obscure here.
374 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ܗܘ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܘܫܪܟܐ ܬܘܒ ܐܦ ܐܚ̈ܪܢܬܝܐ ܕܐܬܝ ̈ܗܘܝ ܠܗ ܦܩܕܗ ܗܘܐ ܐܠܢܣܣ ܕܗܘܐ ܡܠܦ ܩܕܡ ܥܡܐ ܟܕ ܐܡܪ
ܗܘܐ ܠܗ ܕܥܡ ܕܬܝܩܐ ܚܕܬܐ ܘܥܬܝܩܬܐ .ܐܠ ܗܘܐ ܡܬܩܪܐ ܩܕܡ ܥܡܐ ܡܕܡ ܐܚܪܐܢ ܕܐܠ ܙܕܩ.
.12ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܦܩܕ ܗܘܐ ܩܣܪ ܕܢܙܕܩܦ ܗܘܐ ܫܡܥܘܢ ܒܬܪ ܪܫܗ ܐܝܟ ܕܗܘ ܒܥܐ ܗܘܐ ܡܢ ܩܣܪ ܘܕܢܫܬܩܠ
̇
ܒܟܠܗ ܥܕܬܐ .ܐܝܟ ܕܐܬܓܠܙܘ ܗܘܐ ܪܝܫܗ ܕܦܘܠܘܣ .ܗܘܐ ܗܘܐ ܫܓܘܫܝܐ ܣܓܝܐܐ ܠܥܡܐ ܘܥܩܬܐ ܡܪܝܪܬܐ
ܕܫܠܝܚܐ .ܘܩܡ ܗܘܐ ܐܢܣܣ ܡܕܒܪܐܢ ܘܩܦܣ ܗܘܐ ܦܓ̈ܪܝܗܘܢ ܒܠܠܝܐ .ܘܩܒܪ ܗܘܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܒܐܝܩܪܐ ̈ ܗܘܘ ܡܢ ܚܙܬܐ
̈
ܪܒܐ ܘܗܘܐ ܗܘܐ ܬܡܢ ܒܬܝ ܨܘܒܐ ܠܣܓܝܐܐ.
ܡܠܟܘܬܗ ܘܥܪܩ .ܘܗܘܐ ܫܠܝܐ ܩܠܝܠ ܡܢ
̈ .13ܘܒܗ ܒܙܒܢܐ ܗܘ ܐܝܟ ܕܡܢ ܕܝܢܐ ܕܟܢܘܬܐ ܫܒܩ ̈ܗܘܐ ܢܪܘܢ ̈
ܪܕܘܦܝܐ ܕܐܩܝܡ ܗܘܐ ܥܠܝܗܘܢ ܢܪܘܢ ܩܣܪ .ܘܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܫܢܝܐ ܣܓܝܐܬܐ ܕܟܘܠܠܗܘܢ ܪܒܐ ܕܫܠܝܚܐ ܕܢܦܩܘ ܗܘܘ
ܘܒܟܠܗ ܐܝܛܠܝܐ .ܓܕܫ ܕܝܢ ܘܗܘܐ ܗܘܐ ܟܦܢܐ ̇ ̇
ܒܟܠܗ ܪܗܘܡܐ ܡܢ ܥܠܡܐ ܟܕ ܪܕܝܐ ܗܘܬ ܐܝܕܐ ܕܟܗܢܘܬܗܘܢ
ܪܒܐ ܒܪܗܘܡܐ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ.
.14ܫܠܡܬ ܡܠܦܢܘܬܗ ܕܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ.
13. Teaching of Shimeon Kepha in the City of Rome 375
Ansus should teach before the people, saying to him, “Alongside the New
Testament and the Old, let nothing else that is not right be read in front of
the people.”7
12. But when Caesar ordered that Shimeon be crucified head down-
ward, as he himself had requested from Caesar, and that the head of Paul be
cut off, there was a great commotion among the people and bitter distress
in the whole church, because they were deprived of the presence of the
apostles. Ansus the bishop arose and took their bodies by night and buried
them with great honor, and that place became a meeting house for many.8
13. In that time, as if by a judgment of justice, Nero left his kingdom
and fled. There was a brief respite from the persecution that Nero Caesar
had stirred up against them. Many years after the great crowning of the
apostles, who had left the world, while the handing down of their priest-
hood was continuing in all of Rome and all of Italy,9 it happened that there
was a great famine in the city of Rome.10
14. Here ends the teaching of Shimeon Kepha.
content
in the sections prior to what is translated here, the author asserts that
after the events of Pentecost, the apostles put in place certain regulations
concerning worship, the church calendar, the roles and qualifications of
church leaders, and various other issues. Then follows a gazetteer of apos-
tolic missions. different regions from Britain to india are described as
having received “the apostles’ hand of priesthood” from certain apostles,
probably a reference to the ordination of bishops through the laying on
of hands.
The final section of the text refers to the apostolic deaths. The author
specifies that luke reported the deeds of the apostles in Acts and handed
these things down through Aquila and Prisca (Priscilla), two of the tradi-
tional missionary partners of the apostle Paul. They remained with luke
until his death, just as several of Paul’s disciples had done with him all the
way to rome. The text then makes a sudden turn to Peter (shimeon Kepha)
and states that nero killed him with the sword in rome.
literary Background
-377-
378 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
First Three Centuries,1 but there is no reason for suggesting a date so much
earlier than the manuscript evidence supports.2 With regard to author and
provenance, Ms. Add. 14644 credits it to the apostle Addeus, who is said
to have been active in the regions of edessa and Mesopotamia. This syriac
text likely was produced in the christian east, but the ascription to a first-
century apostle is specious.
This text is an example of a church order document, of which we
have several from early christianity with similar names, e.g., the didache
(Teaching of the Twelve Apostles) from the late first or early second cen-
tury and the third-century Teaching of the Apostles (didascalia apostolo-
rum). The latter is also preserved in syriac but was translated from a lost
Greek original. in order to distinguish it from our text, we have adopted
the title The doctrine of the Apostles.3
The doctrine of the Apostles notably also includes the gazetteer. This
section of the text depends on earlier such lists recounting the mission-
ary fields of the apostles. in eusebius of caesarea’s Ecclesiastical History,
he cites origen as providing a brief list in his Commentary on Genesis.4
in other cases these lists are associated with the “seventy (or seventy-two)
apostles” mentioned in luke 10:1. on the seventy Apostles of christ is a
text falsely ascribed to hippolytus of rome that seeks to recount the mis-
sionary activities of this broader group of apostles, rather than just the core
twelve. Another work entitled the Acts of the seventy Apostles was once
credited to dorotheus of Tyre but has been shown to be a work of pseude-
pigraphy. These examples attest to the interest among early christians to
establish what happened to the apostles and how the gospel came to vari-
ous regions of the world. The doctrine of the Apostles fits squarely within
this tradition.
of primary interest in all such lists are the two greatest apostles, Paul
and Peter, and their stories are the focus of the final lines of the text. how-
ever, here we find an interesting variation in the text. The author brings Paul
to rome to face emperor nero and does not finish the story, but instead
states that nero killed Peter (shimeon Kepha) with the sword. This is obvi-
ously a divergence from the dominant tradition that is attested throughout
this volume. Paul is the one killed by the sword, and Peter dies by cruci-
fixion. i have described this elsewhere as “Apostolic confusion,”5 in which
the traditions about Peter and Paul are mixed and/or inverted. it is not sur-
prising that the death of Peter would be emphasized in relation to rome,
because earlier in the text the author claims, “The city of rome and all of
italy, spain, Britain, and Gaul, along with the rest of the countries around
them, received the apostles’ ordination to the priesthood from shimeon
Kepha, who went there from Antioch. he was the ruler and leader in the
church that he built there and in the regions around it” (doct. Apost. 35).
shimeon Kepha, not Paul, was the primary founder of the roman church,
yet it is still surprising to find Peter being killed in the Pauline fashion.
in the history of transmission, one scribe sought to correct this. in
British library Add. 17193, the scribe adds the phrase “crucifying him on
a cross.” Thus, the final line in that manuscript reads: “And nero caesar
killed him [i.e., Paul] with a sword and shimeon Kepha, crucifying him
on a cross in the city of rome.” This correction also requires the insertion
of an implied Waw (“and”), which is not in the text, yet the end result is
to bring this account into line with the dominant apostolic traditions. in
his english translation of this text, William cureton introduces his own
editorial change. he correctly omits the reference to the crucifixion in his
critical edition and translation, but he also inserts the absent Waw (“and”),
thus yielding: “And nero the emperor slew him [Paul] with the sword, and
simon cephas, in the city of rome.”6 inserting the comma after “sword”
creates the impression that the reference to death by the sword should
apply only to what comes before—the reference to Paul. The mention of
shimeon Kepha is somehow a new topic, and Peter’s method of death
simply goes unstated, rather than stated in a nontraditional way. cureton’s
translation therefore agrees with tradition but does not accurately reflect
the Syriac text.
Overall, then, this text displays both dependence on earlier sources
and unique characteristics.
Text
The manuscripts cited above are the basis for the edition by William Cure-
ton on which the translation is based.
Select Bibliography
Cureton, William, trans. “The Doctrine of the Apostles.” Pages 24–35 and
166–73 in idem, Ancient Syriac Documents: Relative to the Earliest
Establishment of Christianity in Edessa and the Neighbouring Countries.
London: Williams & Norgate, 1864.
Lagarde, A. P. de, ed. Pages 32–44 in Reliquiae iuris ecclesiastici antiquis-
simae syriace. Vienna: Teubner, 1856.
Peeters, Paul. “Notes sur la légende des apôtres S. Pierre et S. Paul dans la
littérature syrienne.” AnBoll 21 (1902): 121–40.
Pratten, Benjamin P., trans. “The Teaching of the Apostles.” Pages 35–49 in
Syriac Documents Attributed to the First Three Centuries. Edinburgh:
T&T Clark, 1871.
̈
ܕܫ�ܠܝܚܐ ܡܠܦܢܘܬܐ
̈
ܕܫܠܝܚܐ .40ܠܘܩܐ ܕܝܢ ܐܘܢܓܠܣܛܐ 1ܗܘܬ ܠܗ ܒܛܝܠܘܬܐ ܗܕܐ ܘܬܟܒ ܗܘܐ ̈
ܢܨܚܢܐ ܕܣܘܥ̈ܪܢܝܗܘܢ
̈
ܘܛܟܣܐ̈ 2
ܘܢܡܘܣܐ 3ܕܬܫܡܫܬܐ ܕܟܗܢܘܬܗܘܢ .ܘܐܠܝܟܐ ܐܙܠ ܗܘܐ ܚܕ ܚܕ ܡܢܗܘܢ ܒܒܛܝܠܘܬܗ ܗܟܝܠ
̈ ̈
ܘܕܣܓܝܐܢ ܡܢ ܗܠܝܢ ܬܟܒ ܗܘܐ ܘܣܡ ܒܝܕ ܦܪܝܣܩܘܣ ܘܐܩܠܘܣ ܬܠܡܝܕܘܗܝ .ܘܠܘܝܢ ܕܠܘܩܐ ܗܠܝܢ
ܗܘܘ ܠܗ ܥܕܡܐ ܠܝܘܡܐ ܕܡܘܬܗ ܐܝܟ ܕܠܘܐ ܗܘܐ ܠܦܘܠܘܣ ܛܝܡܬܐܘܣ ܘܐܪܣـܛܘܣ ܕܡܢ ܠܘܣـܛܪܐ.
-382-
Doctrine of the Apostles
40. But Luke the evangelist took care to write down the heroic deeds of
the Acts of the Apostles, the rules and laws of the ministry of their priest-
hood, and where each one of them went. Thus, with care Luke wrote these
things and more than these, and he placed them in the hand of Priscus and
Aquilus,1 his disciples. They accompanied him until the day of his death,
just as Timothy and Erastus of Lystra2 and Menaeus,3 the first disciple of
the apostles,4 had accompanied Paul until he went up to the city of Rome,
1. Aquila and Prisca (Priscilla in Acts) were a husband and wife team that part-
nered with Paul at several points (Acts 18:2–3, 18–19, 24–26; Rom 16:3–5; 1 Cor 16:19;
2 Tim 4:19). The traditional connection between Paul and Luke probably accounts for
the claim that they were Luke’s disciples. The Syriac author has modeled the masculine
name Aquilus on the Greek form Ἀκύλας, rather than on the Latin Aquila. Notably, the
name Priscus involves changing the feminine name Πρίσκα/Πρίσκιλλα (Prisca/Pris-
cilla in the Vulgate) to a more typically masculine form (Priscus in Latin). It would
appear, therefore, that the Syriac author thinks, or wants us to believe, that both of
these important early figures were male. Cf. the sixth-century Palestinian Aramaic text
of 1 Cor 16:19 in the Codex Climaci Rescriptus, which gives the names as Aq(u)ilus
and Prisca ()ܐܩܝܠܣ ܘ ܦܪܝܣܩܐ. See Christa Müller-Kessler and Michael Sokoloff, eds.,
A Corpus of Christian Palestinian Aramaic (Groningen: Styx, 1998), IIB:87.
2. Timothy and Erastus are mentioned together in Acts 19:22. According to Acts
16:1, Timothy was from Lystra. A certain Erastus is sent to Macedonia with Timothy
(Acts 19:22), but Erastus’s place of origin is never specified. This is almost certainly not
meant to be the Corinthian city official in Rom 16:23. A third mention of an Erastus
(2 Tim 4:20) could be either of these figures, or neither.
3. Cureton (Ancient Syriac Documents, 173) suggests the name should be Manaen,
who is mentioned in Acts 13:1 as a member of the community in Antioch. A figure
named Menaeus is not known in the New Testament, which would make his designa-
tion as the “first disciple” peculiar.
4. The scribe has perhaps mistakenly placed the seyame (plural indicator) over
“apostle” instead of “disciple.” If the seyame were moved over “disciple,” then these
three figures would be collectively and more logically identified as “the first disciples
of the apostle.”
-383-
384 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
̈
ܕܫܠܝܚܐ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܣܠܩ ܠܪܗܘܡܐ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ .ܕܩܡ ܗܘܐ ܠܘܩܒܠ ܛܪܛـܠܘܣ ܘܡܢܐܘܣ ܬܠܡܝܕܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ
ܪܗܛܪܐ 4.ܘܫܩܠܗ ܗܘܐ ܢܪܘܢ ܩܣܪ ܒܣܝܦܐ ܠܗ ܠܫܡܥܘܢ ܟܐܦܐ ܒܪܗܘܡܐ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ܀
because he stood up against Tertullus the orator.5 And Nero Caesar killed
Shimeon Kepha with a sword in the city of Rome.6
5. The term orater (ῥήτωρ) is the same term used to describe the Tertullus hired by
the Jewish religious authorities to accuse Paul before Felix in Caesarea Maritima (Acts
24:1–9). Cf. Hist. Paul 10, where Tertullus is described as a prefect (also with a Greek
loan word, ὕπαρχος).
6. On the author’s confusion (or at least conflation) of the apostolic deaths, see
Eastman, “Confused Traditions?”
Part 4. Patristic Literature
15. Early Christian and Patristic References
to the Deaths of Peter and Paul
The martyrdom accounts of the apostles are not the only references to these
events in early Christian literature. As early as the end of the first century
CE, other authors refer to these events, even if only obliquely at first. In the
patristic period such references become more common and explicit as the
legacy of apostolic martyrdom is evoked in various contexts and for vari-
ous reasons.1 This chapter presents a broad selection of the most significant
examples, without making any claims to being exhaustive.
-389-
1. 1 Clement 5.1–71
ἀλλ’ ἵνα τῶν ἀρχαίων ὑποδειγμάτων παυσώμεθα, ἔλθωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔγγιστα
γενομένους ἀθλητάς· λάβωμεν τῆς γενεᾶς ἡμῶν τὰ γενναῖα ὐποδείγματα. διὰ
ζῆλον καὶ φθόνον οἱ μέγιστοι καὶ δικαιότατοι στῦλοι ἐδιώχθησαν καὶ ἕως θανάτου
ἤλθησαν. λάβωμεν πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἡμῶν τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἀποστόλους· Πέτρον,
ὃς διὰ ζῆλον ἄδικον οὐχ ἕνα οὐδὲ δύο, ἀλλὰ πλείονας ὑπήνεγκεν πόνους καὶ
οὕτω μαρτυρήσας ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον τόπον τῆς δόξης. διὰ ζῆλον καὶ
ἔριν Παῦλος ὑπομονῆς βραβεῖον ἔδειξεν· ἑπτάκις δεσμὰ φορέσας, φυγαδευθείς,
λιθασθείς, κῆρυξ γενόμενος ἔν τε τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἐν τῇ δύσει τὸ γενναῖον τῆς
πίστεως αὐτοῦ κλέος ἔλαβεν· δικαιοσύνην διδάξας ὅλον τὸν κόσμον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ
τέρμα τῆς δύσεως ἐλθὼν καὶ μαρτυρήσας ἐπὶ τῶν ἡγουμένων, οὕτως ἀπηλλάγη
τοῦ κόσμου καὶ εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον ἐπορεύθη, ὑπομονῆς γενόμενος μέγιστος
ὑπογραμμός.
1. Annie Jaubert, ed., Clément de Rome: Épître aux Corinthiens, SC 167 (Paris:
Cerf, 1971), 106–8.
2. Paolo Bettiolo, Ascensio Isaiae: textus, CCSA 7 (Turnhout: Brepols, 1995), 145.
-390-
1. 1 Clement 5.1–7 (80–130 CE)
But so that we may cease with the ancient examples, let us come to the ath-
letes who are nearest to us, and let us take up the examples from our time.
On account of jealousy and envy the greatest and most righteous pillars
were persecuted and fought to the death. Let us place before our eyes the
noble apostles. Because of unjust jealousy Peter endured hardships, and not
once or twice but many times. Thus, after bearing witness he went to the
place of glory that was due him. On account of jealousy and conflict Paul
pointed the way to the prize for perseverance. After he had been bound in
chains seven times, driven into exile, stoned, and had preached in both the
east and the west, he received the noble glory for his faith, having taught
righteousness to the whole world and having gone even to the limit of the
west. When he had borne witness1 before the rulers, he was thus set free
from the world and taken up to the holy place, having become the greatest
example of perseverance.
2Afterthis has taken place, Beliar, the great ruler and king of this world, will
descend—the one who has ruled it since it came into being. He will descend
from his firmament in the form of a man, who is a lawless king and a mur-
derer of his mother. He himself, this king, will persecute the plant that the
1. By this time the verb μαρτυρέω does not appear to have taken on the technical
meaning of dying as a martyr, as argued by, e.g., Boudewijn Dehandschutter, “Some
Notes in 1 Clement 5, 4–7,” in Fructus centesimus: Mélanges offerts à Gerard J. M. Bar-
telink à l’occasion de son soixante-cinquième anniversaire, ed. Antoon Bastiaensen et
al., IP 19 (Steenbrugis: Abbatia S. Petri, 1989), 83–89; Thomas A. Robinson, Ignatius of
Antioch and the Parting of the Ways: Early Jewish-Christian Relations (Grand Rapids:
Baker Academic, 2009), 156–57. Cf. Robert F. Stoops, “If I Suffer … Epistolary Author-
ity in Ignatius of Antioch,” HTR 80 (1987): 165–67, who argues that the verb does
mean to die as a martyr in 1 Clement, Acts, and Revelation.
2. These opening lines in italics are based on the Ethiopic translation. I include
them in the translation to provide some context for the fragmentary Greek text.
-391-
392 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ διώξε[ι], καὶ [τ]ῶν δώδεκα [εἷς] ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ π[αραδ]
οθήσεται. οὗτος [ὁ ἄρ]χων ἐν τῇ εἰδέᾳ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκείνου ἐλεύσεται, [κ]αὶ
αἱ δυνάμεις πᾶσαι [ἐλ]εύσ[ον]ται τ[ο]ύτ[ου τ]οῦ κό[σμου] …
[1] οἶδα τίς εἰμι καὶ τίσιν γράφω. ἐγὼ κατάκριτος, ὑμεῖς ἠλεημένοι· ἐγὼ ὑπὸ
κίνδυνον, ὑμεῖς ἐστηριγμένοι. [2] πάροδός ἐστε τῶν εἰς θεὸν ἀναιρουμένων,
Παύλου συμμύσται, τοῦ ἡγιασμένου, τοῦ μεμαρτυρημένου, ἀξιομακαρίστου,
οὗ γένοιτό μοι ὑπὸ τὰ ἴχνη εὑρεθῆναι, ὅταν θεοῦ ἐπιτύχω, ὃς ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ
μνημονεύει ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ.
καὶ πορεύου εἰς πόλιν ἄρχουσαν δύσεως, καὶ πίε τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐπηγγειλάμην
σοι ἐν χειρεὶ5 τοῦ υ(ἱο)ῦ τοῦ ἐν Ἅιδου, εἵνα6 ἀρχὴν λάβῃ αὐτοῦ ἡ ἀφάνια· καὶ
σὺ δεκτὸς τῆς ἐπαγ᾽γελεί[ας.
3. Michael W. Holmes, The Apostolic Fathers: Greek Texts and English Translations,
3rd ed. (Grand Rapids: Baker, 2007), 192.
4. Peter van Minnen, “The Greek Apocalypse of Peter,” in The Apocalypse of Peter,
ed. Jan N. Bremmer and István Czachesz, SECA 7 (Leuven: Peeters, 2003), 38–39.
This reading of the so-called Rainer Fragment ([Link].G 39756) is confirmed in
Thomas J. Kraus and Tobias Nicklas, eds., Das Petrusevangelium und die Petrusapo-
kalypse: die griechischen Fragmente mit deutscher und englischer Übersetzung, GCS NS
11 (Berlin: de Gruyter, 2004), 127. Kraus and Nicklas cite van Minnen’s reconstruction
several times in support of their edition.
5. Read χειρί.
6. Read ἵνα.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 393
twelve apostles of the beloved one will plant, and one of the twelve3 will be
given over into his hands. This leader will come in the likeness of that king,
and all the powers of this world will be present …4
Go to the city that rules over the West, and drink the cup that I promised
you,8 which is in the hands of the son of the one who is in Hades, so that his
destruction may begin. And you … acceptable … of the promise.9
παρακαλῶ οὖν πάντας ὑμᾶς πειθαρχεῖν τῷ λόγῳ τῆς δικαιοσύνης καὶ ὑπομένειν
πᾶσαν ὑπομονήν, ἣν καὶ εἴδατε κατ’ ὀφθαλμοὺς οὐ μόνον ἐν τοῖς μακαρίοις
Ἰγνατίῳ καὶ Ζωσίμῳ καὶ Ῥούφῳ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις τοῖς ἐξ ὑμῶν καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ
Παύλῷ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀποστόλοις. πεπεισμένους ὅτι οὗτοι πάντες οὐκ εἰς
κενὸν ἔδραμον ἀλλ’ ἐν πίστει καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ, καὶ ὅτι εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον αὐτοῖς
τόπον εἰσὶ παρὰ τῷ κυρίῷ ᾧ καὶ συνέπαθον. οὐ γὰρ τὸν νῦν ἠγάπησαν αἰῶνα,
ἀλλὰ τὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀποθανόντα καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναστάντα.
7. Paul Hartog, Polycarp’s Epistle to the Philippians and the Martyrdom of Poly-
carp: Introduction, Text, and Commentary, OAF (Oxford: Oxford University Press,
2013), 88.
8. Adelin Rousseau and Louis Doutreleau, eds., Irénée de Lyon: Contre les hérésies
Livre III, vol. 2, SC 211 (Paris, Cerf, 1974), 22–24. The Greek of this text survives only
in various fragments, this one preserved in Eusebius of Caesarea, Hist. eccl. 5.8.2–3.
The text survives complete in an early Latin translation: Ita Matthaeus in Hebraeis ipso-
rum lingua scripturam edidit Euangelii, cum Petrus et Paulus Romae euangelizarent et
fundarent Ecclesiam. Post uero horum excessum, Marcus discipulus et interpres Petri et
ipse quae a Petro adnuntiata errant per scripta nobis tradidit. Et Lucas autem spectator
Pauli quod ab illo praedicabatur Euangelium in libro condidit.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 395
I encourage you all, then, to obey the teaching about righteousness and
to discipline yourselves with all the discipline that you saw with your own
eyes—not only in the blessed men Ignatius, Zosimus, and Rufus, but also
in others from among your number, and in Paul himself, and in the other
apostles. Be assured that all of these did not run in vain, but in faith and
righteousness, and that they are in the place that is due them in the pres-
ence of the Lord, with whom they suffered. For they did not love the pres-
ent age but the one who died for us and was raised again by God for our
sake.10
that Buchholz’s reconstruction is clarifying at every point. For example, how could
Nero be called “my son who is without sin”? See Your Eyes Will Be Opened: A Study
of the Greek (Ethiopic) Apocalypse of Peter, SBLDS 97 (Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1988),
230, 232.
10. Polycarp alludes to Phil 2:16 and 2 Tim 4:6–8 in the context of a discussion
about Paul’s martrydom. For further discussion of this passage, see David L. Eastman,
“Paul as Martyr in the Apostolic Fathers,” in Todd D. Still and David E. Wilhite, eds.,
The Apostolic Fathers and Paul, PPSD 2 (London: T&T Clark, forthcoming).
11. In Haer. 3.3.3 Irenaeus identifies Eleutherus (ca. 174–189) as the Roman
bishop at the time he was producing the text.
12. That is, their deaths.
396 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Acta aute(m) omniu(m) apostolorum sub uno libro scribta sunt. Lucas
obtime Theofile conprindit quia sub praesentia eius singula10 gerebantur
sicuti et semote passione(m) Petri euidenter declarat sed et profectione(m)
Pauli ab urbe ad Spania(m) proficiscentis.
[1] Age iam, qui uoles curiositatem melius exercere in negotio salutis tuae,
percurre ecclesias apostolicas apud quas ipsae adhuc cathedrae apostolo-
rum suis locis praesident, apud quas ipsae authenticae litterae eorum reci-
tantur sonantes uocem et repraesentantes faciem uniuscuiusque. [2] prox-
ima est tibi Achaia, habes Corinthum. si non longe es a Macedonia, habes
9. Henry M. Gwatkin, ed., Selections from Early Writers Illustrative of Church His-
tory to the Time of Constantine, updated ed. (London: Macmillan, 1911), 84. Variations
in Latin orthography are evident here: scribta for scripta; obtime for optime; conprindit
for comprendit.
10. MS sincula.
11. Eligius Dekkers and Attilio Carpin, eds., Tertulliano Difesa del Cristianesimo:
Apologeticum, CCSL 1 (Rome: San Clemente; Bologna: Studio Domenicano, 2008),
138–40.
12. F. Refoulé, ed., Tertullien Traité de la prescription contre les hérétiques, SC 46
(Paris: Cerf, 1957), 137–38.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 397
However, the acts of all the apostles are written in one book. Luke recounts
for the most excellent Theophilus individual events that took place in his
presence, as is evident by the omission of the passion of Peter and the
departure of Paul, who went from the city [Rome] to Spain.14
Consult your annals. There you will find that Nero was the first to rage
with the imperial sword against this way of life, when it was rising to great
prominence in Rome. We even rejoice in our condemnation by such an
author, for whoever knows him is able to understand that nothing was con-
demned by Nero except that which is very good.15
[1] Come now, you who wish to exercise your curiosity more in the matter
of your salvation. Pass through the apostolic churches in which the very
seats of the apostles still preside in their places, in which are read aloud
their own authentic letters, which take up the voice and represent the pres-
ence of each one.16 [2] Achaia is very near to you, so you have Corinth.
13. The date of this document is disputed. The traditional date of ca. 170 has
been defended by e.g., Bruce M. Metzger, The Canon of The New Testament: Its Origin,
Development, and Significance (Oxford: Clarendon, 1987), 191–201. A third-century
date has been proposed by Jonathan J. Armstrong, “Victorinus of Pettau as the Author
of the Canon Muratori,” VC 62 (2008): 1–34. A fourth-century date has been espoused
by e.g., Albert C. Sundberg, Jr., “Canon Muratori: A Fourth Century List,” HTR 66
(1973): 1–41; and later by Geoffrey Mark Hahneman, The Muratorian Fragment and
the Development of the Canon, OTM (Oxford: Clarendon, 1992). This fourth-century
dating was exposed to a systematic critique by J. Verheyden, “The Canon Muratori: A
Matter of Dispute,” in The Biblical Canons, ed. Jean-Marie Auwers and H. J. de Jonge,
BETL 163 (Leuven: Leuven University Press, 2003), 487–556.
14. The author assumes that Luke was present for Paul’s two-year incarceration in
Rome but not for any of the significant subsequent events there.
15. This passage does not name Peter and Paul among those who fell victim to
Nero’s raging, but the subsequent passages from Tertullian will make this connection
clear.
16. The reading of the letters makes it as if the apostles themselves are present and
speaking.
398 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
[1] Quae tamen passos apostolos scimus, manifesta doctrina est. hanc
intellego solam Acta decurrens, nihil quaero. [2] carceres illic et uincula
et flagella et saxa et gladii et impetus Iudaeorum et coetus nationum et tri-
bunorum elogia et regum auditoria et proconsulum tribunalia et Caesaris
nomen interpretem non habent. quod Petrus caeditur, quod Stephanus
opprimitur, quod Iacobus immolatur, quod Paulus distrahitur, ipsorum
13. Claudio Moreschini and René Braun, eds., Tertullien Contre Marcion Tome IV,
SC 456 (Paris: Cerf, 2001), 82.
14. August Reifferscheid and George Wissowa, eds., Quinti Septimi Florentis Ter-
tulliani Opera, vol. 1, CSEL 20 (Vienna: Tempsky, 1890), 178.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 399
Because you are not far from Macedonia, you have Philippi. If you are able
to go into Asia, you have Ephesus. Because you are close to Italy, you have
Rome, from which the authority extends also over us. [3] How blessed is
that church on which the apostles poured out their whole teaching with
their own blood—where Peter equaled the passion of the Lord,17 where
Paul was crowned with a death like John,18 and where the apostle John was
later plunged into boiling oil but suffered nothing, and so was exiled to an
island.19
Let us look at what milk the Corinthians drank from Paul, by what stan-
dard the Galatians were corrected, what the Philippians, Thessalonians,
and Ephesians are reading, even what the nearby Romans are saying—
those to whom Peter and Paul left the gospel sealed with their own blood.
11. Tertullian, Antidote for the Scorpion’s Sting 15.1–3 (ca. 211–212 CE)
[1] We know that the apostles endured sufferings; the teaching is clear.
I learn this just by scanning through the acts.20 I do not need to search
for it. [2] There are the prisons, the chains, the beatings, the large stones,
the swords, the attacks by the Jews, the mobs of unbelievers,21 the indict-
ments by tribunes, the hearings in front of kings, the judgment seats of
proconsuls, and the name of Caesar—these do not need an interpretation.
That Peter is beaten, that Stephen is crushed, that James is sacrificed, that
[5] Cumque iam Nero imperaret, Petrus Romam aduenit et editis quibus-
dam miraculis, quae uirtute ipsius Dei data sibi ab eo potestate faciebat,
conuertit multos ad iustitiam Deoque templum fidele ac stabile conlocauit.
[6] qua re ad Neronem delata cum animaduerteret non modo Romae,
15. Harold W. Attridge, ed., Nag Hammadi Codex I (The Jung Codex): Introduc-
tions, Texts, Translations, Indices, NHS 22–23 (Leiden: Brill, 1985), 1:34–36.
16. In the manuscript the Chi-Rho symbol is inserted in the verb “crucified” in
place of the letters ⲧⲁⲩⲣ.
17. Read ⲟⲩϣⲱⲥ. Here Attridge follows the emendation of Schenke in reading
ⲟⲩϣⲱⲥ (shamefully) instead of ⲟⲩϣⲟⲩ (in sand). See Attridge, Nag Hammadi Codex
I, 2:15.
18. Reliquary of ancient ecclesiastical laws / reliquiae iuris ecclesiastici antiquissi-
mae, ed. Paul de Lagarde (Leipzig: Teubner, 1856), 68.
19. Alfons Städele, ed., Laktanz de mortibus persecutorum: Die Todesarten der Ver-
folger, FontC 43 (Turnhout: Brepols, 2003), 94–96.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 401
Paul is dragged away—these things are written with their own blood. [3]
If a heretic wants to place faith in a record, then the archives of the empire
will speak, as will the stones of Jerusalem. We read the lives of the Caesars.
Nero was the first who stained with blood the rising faith in Rome. At that
time Peter was bound around the body by another when he was bound to
the cross. At that time Paul obtained the birth of Roman citizenship, when
he was born again there by the nobility of martyrdom.22
[Jesus speaking to Peter] Or do you not know that you will be mistreated,
and unjustly accused, and imprisoned, and condemned unlawfully, and
crucified for no reason, and buried, as I myself was by the evil one?
Thus the chief of the apostles, Peter, who had often been arrested and
thrown into prison and treated poorly, was finally crucified in Rome. Like-
wise also the famous Paul—who had frequently been handed over and in
danger to the point of death, and who had endured many trials and had
boasted in his many persecutions and afflictions23—had his head cut off
with a sword in that same city.
[5] While Nero was ruling, Peter came to Rome. After he had performed
certain miracles, which he was doing by the strength of God himself that
had been given to him by God, he converted many to righteousness and
established for God a faithful and steadfast temple. [6] This matter was
reported to Nero. When he observed that not only in Rome, but every-
22. This passage played an important role for the idealization of Paul’s martyrdom
as part of the construction of North African Christian identity. See David L. Eastman,
Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin West, WGRWSup 4 (Atlanta: Soci-
ety of Biblical Literature, 2011), 160–63.
23. Rom 5:3–5; 2 Cor 11:16–31.
402 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ταύτῃ γοῦν οὗτος, θεομάχος ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα πρῶτος ἀνακηρυχθείς, ἐπὶ τὰς κατὰ
τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐπήρθη σφαγάς. Παῦλος δὴ οὖν ἐπ’ αὐτῆς Ῥώμης τὴν κεφαλὴν
ἀποτμηθῆναι καὶ Πέτρος ὡσαύτως ἀνασκολοπισθῆναι κατ’ αὐτὸν ἱστοροῦνται,
καὶ πιστοῦταί γε τὴν ἱστορίαν ἡ Πέτρου καὶ Παύλου εἰς δεῦρο κρατήσασα ἐπὶ
τῶν αὐτόθι κοιμητηρίων πρόσρησις, οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς ἀνήρ,
Γάϊος ὄνομα, κατὰ Ζεφυρῖνον Ῥωμαίων γεγονὼς ἐπίσκοπον· ὃς δὴ Πρόκλῳ τῆς
κατὰ Φρύγας προϊσταμένῳ γνώμης ἐγγράφως διαλεχθείς. αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα περὶ
τῶν τόπων, ἔνθα τῶν εἰρημένων ἀποστόλων τὰ ἱερὰ σκηνώματα κατατέθειται,
φησίν·
20. Or qui[a].
21. Eduard Schwartz, ed., Eusebius Werke 2.1, GCS 9.1 (Leipzig: Hinrichs, 1903),
176–78.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 403
where, a great multitude was daily turning away from the worship of idols
and, condemning their old ways, going over to a new religion, he—being
an abominable and wicked tyrant—sprang forth to tear down the heavenly
temple and abolish righteousness. He was the first of all to persecute the
servants of God. He nailed Peter to a cross and killed Paul. [7] However, he
did not get away without punishment. God took note of the distress of his
people. Thrown down from the pinnacle of imperial power and deprived
of the highest position, the powerless tyrant suddenly disappeared, so that
not even the burial place of so wicked a beast could be found on earth. [8]
As a result some deluded people believe that he was taken away and kept
alive—as the Sibyl says, “The mother-killer and fugitive will come from the
ends of the earth”24—so that he who was the first persecutor25 might also
be the last and may precede the coming of the antichrist.
After [Nero] had made clear that he was indeed the foremost enemy of
God among them, he was stirred up for the slaughter of the apostles. It is
therefore recorded that Paul was beheaded in Rome itself and that Peter
was likewise crucified under him. This story is confirmed in that Peter and
Paul are addressed in the cemeteries there up to today.27 Likewise an eccle-
siastical man named Gaius, who was born under Zephyrinus, bishop of
the Romans, was disputing in writing with Proclus, a leader of the Kat-
aphrygian sect.28 He said these things about the places where the holy
bodies29 of the aforementioned apostles lie:
ἐγὼ δὲ τὰ τρόπαια τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔχω δεῖξαι. ἐὰν γὰρ θελήσῃς ἀπελθεῖν ἐπὶ
τὸν Βασικανὸν22 ἢ ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν Ὠστίαν, εὑρήσεις τὰ τρόπαια τῶν ταύτην
ἱδρυσαμένων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν.
ταῦτα καὶ ὑμεῖς διὰ τῆς τοσαύτης νουθεσίας τὴν ἀπὸ Πέτρου καὶ Παύλου
φυτείαν γενηθεῖσαν Ῥωμαίων τε καὶ Κορινθίων συνεκεράσατε. καὶ γὰρ ἄμφω
καὶ εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν Κόρινθον φυτεύσαντες ἡμᾶς ὁμοίως ἐδίδαξαν, ὁμοίως δὲ
καὶ εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ὁμόσε διδάξαντες ἐμαρτύρησαν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρόν.
I can show the trophies30 of the apostles. For if you are willing go to the
Vatican or the Ostian Road, you will find the trophies of those who have
laid the foundations of this church.
Dionysius, bishop of the Corinthians, attests that they both died as martyrs
at the same time. In writing to the Romans, he states:
Therefore, you also through such an admonition have mingled the seed
that sprouted among the Romans and Corinthians through Peter and
Paul. For both of them planted here in Corinth and likewise taught us;31
and in the same way after teaching together in Italy, they suffered martyr-
dom at the same time.32
[I have quoted] these things, so that the facts33 of this account might be
believed even more.
30. These are the tombs of the apostles (Eastman, Paul the Martyr, 21–24).
31. Cf. 1 Cor 3:5–9.
32. The claim that Paul and Peter died at the same time is supported by Jerome,
Vir. ill. 5; Tract. Ps. 96.10; and Maximus of Turin, Serm. 1.2; 2.1; 9.1. A similar pas-
sage credited to Damasus of Rome is spurious, as shown by Cuthbert H. Turner, ed.,
Ecclesiae occidentalis monumenta iuris antiquissima (Oxford: Clarendon: 1899–1939),
1.2:157. Cf. early Christian authors who claim that they died on the same date but a
year apart: Ambrose of Milan, Virginit. 19.124; Augustine, Serm. 295.7; 381.1; Pru-
dentius, Perist. 12.5, 21–22; Gregory of Tours, Glor. mart. 28; and Arator, Act. apost.
2.1247–49.
33. Literally, “the things of this account.”
34. Matthew C. Baldwin (Whose Acts of Peter? Text and Historical Context of the
Actus Vercellenses, WUNT 2/196 [Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2005], 71–73) claims that
this is the earliest reference to Peter’s inverted crucifixion.
35. This section of Origen’s commentary does not survive.
406 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
τὸν Νέρωνα πάντως ἀκούετε (καὶ γὰρ ἐπίσημος ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀσελγείας
ἐγένετο, πρῶτος καὶ μόνος εὑρὼν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοιαύτῃ καινοὺς τινας ἀκολασίας
καὶ ἀσχημοσύνης τρόπους)· οὗτος ὁ Νέρων τὸν μακάριον Παῦλον (καὶ γὰρ
ἔτυχε κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐκείνῳ γενόμενος χρόνους) τοιαῦτα ἐγκαλῶν, οἷάπερ
ὑμεῖς τοῖς ἁγίοις τούτοις ἀνδράσι (παλλακίδα γὰρ αὐτοῦ σφόδρα ἐπέραστον
πείσας τὸν περὶ τῆς πίστεως δέξασθαι λόγον, ἔπειθεν ὁμοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀκαθάρτου
συνουσίας ἀπαλλαγῆναι ἐκείνης)· τοιαῦτα γοῦν ἐγκαλῶν ἐκεῖνος, καὶ λυμεῶνα
καὶ πλάνον καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ, ἅπερ ὑμεῖς φθέγγεσθε, τὸν Παῦλον ἀποκαλῶν, τὸ μὲν
πρῶτον ἔδησεν, ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἔπειθε τῆς πρὸς τὴν κόρην ἀποσχέσθαι συμβουλῆς,
τέλος ἀπέκτεινε. τί οὖν ἀπὸ τούτου γέγονε βλάβος τῷ παθόντι κακῶς; τί δὲ
ὄφελος τῷ δράσαντι κακῶς; τί μὲν οὐκ ὄφελος τῷ τότε ἀναιρεθέντι Παύλῳ;
τί δὲ οὐ βλάβος τῷ ἀνελόντι Νέρωνι; οὐχ ὁ μὲν ὥσπερ ἄγγελος πανταχοῦ τῆς
οἰκουμένης ᾄδεται (τὰ γὰρ παρόντα τέως ἐρῶ)· ὁ δὲ, ὥσπερ ὄντως λυμεὼν καὶ
δαίμων ἄγριος πρὸς πάντας διαβέβληται;
εἴπω σοι καὶ ἑτέρωθεν δύναμιν κηρύγματος θαυμαστὴν καὶ παράδοξαν, καὶ
δείξω σοι καὶ διὰ τῶν πολεμούντων αἰρόμενον αὐτὸν καὶ αὐξανόμενον; τῷ
Παύλῳ τούτῳ ποτέ τινες πολεμοῦντες, ἐκήρυττον τουτὶ τὸ δόγμα ἐν Ῥώμῃ.
βουλόμενοι γὰρ τὸν Νέρωνα παροξῦναι πολεμοῦντα τῷ Παύλῳ, ἀναδέχονται
καὶ αὐτοὶ κηρύττειν, ἵνα μᾶλλον πλατυνθέντος τοῦ λόγου, καὶ πλειόνων
γινομένων μαθητῶν, θερμότερος ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ τυράννου γένηται, καὶ ἀγριωθῇ τὸ
θηρίον. καὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸς ὁ Παῦλος Φιλιππησίοις ἐπιστέλλων ἔλεγε· γινώσκειν
ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, ἀδελφοὶ, ὅτι τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου
ἐλήλυθεν· ὥστε τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου,
περισσοτέρως τολμᾷν ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον λαλεῖν. τινὲς μὲν καὶ διὰ φθόνον καὶ
24. PG 47:323–24.
25. PG 50:493.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 407
17. John Chrysostom, Against the Opponents of the Monastic Life 1.3
(ca. 376 CE)
You have heard a lot about Nero, for he was a man who was famous for his
wicked lifestyle. He was the first and only one who found in such a posi-
tion of leadership some new forms of intemperance and opportunities for
disgraceful conduct. This Nero accused the blessed Paul—for it happened
that they both lived at the same time—with the very sorts of charges that
you bring against these holy men.36 For Paul had persuaded Nero’s very
beloved mistress to accept the teaching of the faith and likewise to with-
draw from impure sexual intercourse. Accusing Paul of such things, that
man called him a corrupter and deceiver, the very things that you say. First
he put [Paul] in chains, but because this did not persuade him to agree to
stay away from the young woman, he finally killed him. What harm came
from this to the one suffering unjustly? And what was the benefit to the
one acting wickedly? What benefit did not come to Paul, who was killed at
that time? And what harm did not come to Nero, who killed him? Is not
the one praised everywhere on the earth as a herald.37 For I am speaking of
the things of this life. And is not the other remembered by everyone with
contempt as a destroyer and a savage demon?
18. John Chrysostom, On the Praises of Saint Paul 4.15 (ca. 390 CE)
Should I tell you in another way about the marvelous and incredible power
of preaching, and should I show you that [Paul] was lifted up and strength-
ened even through those waging war against him? At that time some of
those fighting against this man Paul were preaching their doctrine in
Rome. For wishing to spur on Nero—who was waging war against Paul—
they took up preaching, so that after the word had been spread more and
many had become disciples, the wrath of the tyrant would burn hotter, and
the beast would be made more savage. “I want you to know, brothers, that
the things that have happened to me have turned out even more for the
advancement of the gospel, so that the majority of the brothers, who have
been encouraged by my chains, dare to speak the word more fearlessly.
36. These are the monks of Chrysostom’s time who are being criticized for their
promotion of chastity. They are being persecuted like Paul, while their critics are acting
like Nero.
37. Or angel.
408 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ἔριν, τινὲς δὲ καὶ δι’ εὐδοκίαν τον̀ Χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν· οἱ μὲν ἐξ ἐριθείας, οὐχ
ἁγνῶς, οἰόμενοι θλῖψιν ἐπιφέρειν τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου· οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἀγάπης, εἰδότες ὅτι
εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι. τί γὰρ; πλὴν παντὶ τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει,
εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται. εἶδες πῶς πολλοὶ ἐξ ἐριθείας ἐκήρυττον;
ἀλλ’ ὅμως καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐναντίων ἐκράτει.
A. On 2 Tim 4:9–13
[1] καὶ κύριος ἀποδημίας οὐκέτι ἦν· δεσμωτήριον ᾤκει, καὶ συνεκέκλειστο ὑπὸ
Νέρωνος, καὶ ὅσον οὔπω ἔμελλε τελευτᾷν. ἵνα οὖν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται πρὸ τοῦ
τὸν μαθητὴν ἰδεῖν, διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν καλεῖ, θεάσασθαι ποθῶν πρὸ τῆς τελευτῆς,
καὶ ἴσως πολλὰ παραθέσθαι· διό φησι· σπούδασον πρὸ χειμῶνος ἐλθεῖν πρός με.
B. On 2 Tim 4:16
[2] ποίαν δὲ πρώτην ἀπολογίαν λέγει; παρέστη ἤδη τῷ Νέρωνι, καὶ διέφυγεν·
ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸν οἰνοχόον αὐτοῦ κατήχησε, τότε αὐτὸν ἀπέτεμεν.
C. On 2 Tim 4:17–18
[2] καὶ ἐρρύσατό με ἐκ στόματος λέοντος· καὶ ῥύσεταί με ὁ Κύριος ἀπὸ παντὸς
ἔργου πονηροῦ. ὅρα πῶς παρὰ μικρὸν ἦλθεν ἀποθανεῖν. εἰς αὐτὸν τοῦ λέοντος
ἐνέπεσε τὸν φάρυγγα. λέοντα γὰρ τὸν Νέρωνά φησι διὰ τὸ θηριῶδες καὶ ἰσχυρὸν
τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκατάπληκτον. καὶ ἐρρύσατό με, φησὶν, ὁ Κύριος, καὶ
26. PG 62:655–57.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 409
Some preach Christ out of envy and strife, while others preach out of good
will. Some do it out of contention and not from pure motives, thinking
that they will add on to my chains. Others preach out of love, knowing that
I am heading for a defense of the gospel. What then? Only that in every
way, either out of falsehood or truth, Christ is being preached.”38 Do you
see how many were preaching out of contention? But nevertheless, he was
triumphing through his opponents.39
A. On 2 Tim 4:9–13
B. On 2 Tim 4:16
[2] What kind of “first defense” is [Paul] talking about? He had already
stood before Nero and escaped. But after he taught his cupbearer,40 Nero
beheaded him.
C. On 2 Tim 4:17–18
[2] “And he delivered me out the mouth of the lion,” and, “The Lord will
protect me from every evil deed.” See how close he came to dying. He had
fallen into the very throat of the lion. He says that Nero is a lion because
of his ferocity and the violence and brashness of his kingdom. “And he
delivered me,” he says, and, “The Lord will deliver.” If [the Lord] will
ῥύσεται. εἰ ῥύσεται πάλιν, πῶς ἔλεγεν ὅτι Ἤδη σπένδομαι; ἀλλὰ πρόσεχε τῇ
φωνῇ· ἐρρύσατό με, φησὶν, ἐκ στόματος λέοντος. καὶ πάλιν ῥύσεται, οὐκέτι ἐκ
στόματος, ἀλλά τί; ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔργου πονηροῦ. τότε μὲν γάρ με τῶν κινδύνων
ἐξήρπασεν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸ ἱκανὸν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ γέγονε, ῥύσεταί με πάλιν ἀπὸ
παντὸς ἁμαρτήματος. τουτέστιν, οὐκ ἀφήσει καταγνωσθέντα ἀπελθεῖν. καὶ
γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο, τὸ δυνηθῆναι μέχρις αἵματος ἀντικαταστῆναι πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν
καὶ μὴ ἐνδοῦναι, ἑτέρου λέοντός ἐστι ῥύσασθαι, τοῦ διαβόλου.
λέγεται Νέρωνος καὶ οἰνοχόον καὶ παλλακίδα ἀσπάσαι· πόσα οἴεσθε κατ’
αὐτοῦ εἰρηκέναι αὐτοὺς διὰ τοῦτο; ἀλλ’ οὐ δικαίως. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ ἀσελγείᾳ
ἠσπάσατο, ἢ ἐπὶ πονηροῖς πράγμασιν, εἰκότως· εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ βίῳ ὀρθῷ, τίνος ἕνεκεν;
27. PG 60:325.
28. Germain Morin, ed., S. Hieronymi presbyteri opera, Pars II: Opera homiletica,
CCSL 78 (Turnhout: Brepols, 1958), 445–46.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 411
deliver again, then why does [Paul] say, “I am already being poured out as
a drink offering”? Pay attention to what he says: “He delivered me out of
the mouth of the lion.” And again, “He will deliver”—not out of the mouth,
but what?—“from every evil deed. For at that time [the Lord] snatched me
away from dangers, but because enough has been done for the gospel, he
will again rescue me from all sin. In other words, he will not permit me to
depart condemned.”41 For being able to resist sin to the point of shedding
blood42 and not giving in, this is being delivered from another lion, the
devil.
It is said that [Paul] welcomed both the cupbearer and the concubine of
Nero. What sorts of things do you suppose they said against him because of
this? But they did not do so rightly. For if he welcomed them for licentious-
ness or wicked deeds, then rightly [did they speak against him]. But if for
proper living, then for what reason [did they speak against him]?
Here the question is raised: If the Lord preserves the souls of his saints and
frees them from the hand of sinners, then how were the martyrs overcome
by persecution? How did the impious Nero condemn Peter and Paul with
a death sentence given on one day, if the Lord preserves the souls of his
saints? Pay careful attention to what he says: “The Lord preserves the souls
of his saints.” He says souls, not bodies. “Do not fear those,” he says, “who
kill your bodies but cannot kill your souls. But fear the one who is able to
cast body and soul into Gehenna.”43 How then does the Lord preserve the
souls of his saints? In martyrdom: “Precious in the sight of the Lord is the
death of his saints.”44 In martyrdom, therefore, the blood is poured forth,
so that the soul may be freed from temptations, leave behind this brief life,
and depart to the eternal one; and so that it may leave behind persecution
41. These final lines are unknown in the Pauline corpus. Chrysostom seems to be
taking up the voice of Paul, but it is unclear where where Chrysostom as Paul ends and
Chrysostom speaking in his own voice resumes.
42. Heb 12:4.
43. Matt 10:28.
44. Ps 116:15.
412 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
[1] Simon Petrus, filius Iohannis, prouinciae Galileae uico Bethsaida, frater
Andreae apostoli et princeps apostolorum, post episcopatum Antiochensis
ecclesiae et praedicationem dispersionis eorum qui de circumcisione cre-
diderant, in Ponto, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia et Bithynia, secundo Claudii
anno, ad expugnandum Simonem magum, Roman pergit ibique uiginti
quinque annis cathedram sacerdotalem tenuit usque ad ultimum annum
Neronis. id est, quartum decimum. a quo et adfixus cruci, martyrio coro-
natus est, capite ad terram uerso et in sublime pedibus eleuatis, adserens
se indignum qui sic crucifigeretur ut Dominus suus … sepultus Romae in
Uaticano, iuxta uiam triumphalem, totius orbis ueneratione celebratur.
[5] et quia in actis apostolorum plenissime de eius conuersatione
scriptum est, hoc tantum dicam, quod, post passionem Domini uicesimo
quinto anno, id est secundo Neronis eo tempore quo Festus procurator
Iudaeae successit Felici, Romam uinctus mittitur et, biennium in libera
manens custodia, aduersum Iudaeos de aduentu Christi cotidie disputauit.
sciendum autem in prima satisfactione, necdum Neronis imperio roborato
29. Ernest Cushing Richardson, ed., Hieronymus Liber de viris inlustribus, Gen-
nadius Liber de viris inlustribus, TUGAL 24 (Leipzig: Hinrichs, 1896), 6–10.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 413
and hurry forth to our Lord Jesus Christ, who offers a crown. To him be
honor and glory forever and ever. Amen.
[1] Simon Peter, the son of John, was from the village of Bethsaida in the
province of Galilee, the brother of the apostle Andrew and chief of the
apostles. After being bishop of the church in Antioch and preaching to
the diaspora of those who had believed in circumcision in Pontus, Galatia,
Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, he went to Rome in the second year of [the
reign of] Claudius to defeat Simon the sorcerer. There he held the priestly
chair for twenty-five years, until the final year of Nero’s reign, which was
year fourteen.45 He was nailed to a cross by Nero and crowned with mar-
tyrdom, with his head turned toward the earth and his feet lifted skyward,
for he claimed that he was unworthy of being crucified in the same way as
his Lord … He was buried at Rome on the Vatican hill, next to the Trium-
phal Way, and is venerated with honor throughout the whole world.
[5] Because his manner of life was written about extensively in the
Acts of the Apostles, I will say only this: In the twenty-fifth year after the
passion of the Lord—that is, the second year of [the reign of] Nero, at the
time that Festus, the procurator of Judea, succeeded Felix46—[Paul] was
sent in chains to Rome. For two years he remained in free custody47 and
argued daily with the Jews about the coming of Christ. It must be known,
however, that at Paul’s first defense, the power of Nero had not yet been
strengthened, nor had his wickedness burst forth to such a degree as the
45. 67/68 CE Nero died on June 9, 68 CE, so if he had any hand in Peter’s death, it
had to occur in 67 according to this account.
46. 55/56 CE. This would place the death of Jesus in 32/33 CE and would assign
the beginning of the term of Porcius Festus to 55/56 CE. Both of these dates are dis-
puted. On the dates of Jesus’s death, see e.g., Karl Paul Donfried, “Chronology of the
Life of Jesus,” ABD 1:1015–16; Raymond E. Brown, An Introduction to the New Testa-
ment (New York: Doubleday, 1997), 429. On the date of Festus as procurator, see David
L. Eastman, “Paul: An Outline of His Life,” in Mark Harding and Alanna Nobbs, eds.,
All Things to All Cultures: Paul among Jews, Greeks and Romans (Grand Rapids: Eerd-
mans, 2013), 49–50.
47. Cf. Acts 28:16, where Paul is under “military custody,” meaning that he is
allowed to live in a private dwelling but is guarded by a soldier. On the different cat-
egories of imprisonment, see Richard J. Cassidy, Paul in Chains: Roman Imprisonment
and the Letters of St. Paul (New York: Crossroad, 2001), 37–43.
414 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
30. Cornelis Datema, ed., Asterius of Amasea: Homilies I–XIV (Leiden: Brill,
1970), 96–97, 106.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 415
histories tell about him. Paul was released by Nero, so that he might preach
the gospel of Christ also in the western regions, just as he himself writes in
his second letter to Timothy at the time that he suffered, which he dictated
while in chains: “At my first defense no one was with me; everyone aban-
doned me, but let it not be held against them. The Lord, however, was with
me and comforted me, so that through me the teaching may be completed
and all the gentiles might hear. And the Lord freed me from the mouth of
the lion.” Obviously he uses “lion” because of the cruelty of Nero. In what
follows he says, “He freed me from the mouth of the lion,” and just after
this, “The Lord freed me from every wicked deed and will save me into his
celestial kingdom,” because he certainly sensed that his martyrdom was
imminent. For in the same epistle he declared, “I am already being offered
as a sacrifice, and the time of my release is at hand.” Therefore, in the four-
teenth year of Nero and on the same day as Peter, Paul was decapitated in
Rome for Christ. He was buried on the Ostian Road in the thirty-seventh
year after the passion of the Lord.48
16. When the time came [Peter] came to the city that ruled over all people,
and from there he returned to the kingdom. For Nero was rekindled in his
anger—just as Herod had been at one time in Palestine, when the magi
proclaimed Christ the king.49 He passed over the other methods of torture
and decided to nail the triple-blessed one to the wood of a cross, so that
Peter might imitate his Lord not only in walking on the sea, but also in
hanging on a tree. Nevertheless, as a pious and wise man, even in a time
of suffering, he knew the difference between a master and his servant, and
he asked one favor from his enemies: that they place him on the cross not
in the same position [as the Lord], but with his head toward the bottom of
the cross, for it is not proper even in suffering that the servant should be
equal to his master.50 He spoke and it happened as he requested. Adorned
τὸν σταυρωθέντα καὶ ἀναστάντα ἀπῆλθεν, αὐτὸς μὲν τὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου
ἀναδησάμενος στέφανον, ἡμῖν δὲ τούτων τῶν ἑορτῶν καταλιπὼν τὰς αἰτίας.
33. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πᾶσαν ἐκπεριελθὼν τὴν οἰκουμένην καὶ θεὶς ἐπὶ τῆς
λυχνίας τὸν λόγον μέγαν ἀνῆψε τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς γνώσεως τὸν πυρσόν, ἀφίκετο
μὲν καὶ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, ὡς βασιλεύουσαν πόλιν, ἵνα τοὺς κρατοῦντας τῶν
πάντων ἀνθρώπων μυσταγωγήσας καὶ πείσας καὶ κτησάμενος μαθητὰς ἐκ τοῦ
περιόντος τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις προσομιλοίη. εὑρὼν δὲ καὶ τὸν Πέτρον ἐκεῖ,
τῆς αὐτῆς ἐργάτην σπουδῆς, καὶ ἱεράν τινα καὶ ἔνθεον ξυνωρίδα ζευξάμενος ἐν
συναγωγαῖς τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον ἐπαίδευεν, ἐν ἀγοραῖς τοὺς ἐθνικοὺς προσεκτᾶτο·
καὶ ποικίλος ἦν τῶν ἀγαθῶν διδάσκαλος θεοῦ γνῶσιν ἐμφανίζων τὴν καθαρὰν
καὶ ἀκίβδηλον, ἠθικῆς ἀρετῆς κανόνας θεσμοθετῶν ἀκριβεῖς, ἀπελαύνων πόρρω
τῶν ἀνθρώπων χορείας καὶ μέθην καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀκόλαστον ἡδυπάθειαν, ᾗ
μάλιστα καὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἅπαν καὶ ὁ τότε βασιλεύων ἐνείχετο. καθήψατο τοίνυν
σφοδρῶς τοῦ Νερῶνος ἡ τῆς ἀρίστης καὶ σώφρονος πολιτείας εἰσαγωγή· καὶ
πλέον ἀλγήσας τῆς ἡδονῆς καταλυομένης ἢ εἰ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτῆς ἐξεβάλλετο.
καὶ γαρ̀ ἦν, εἴπερ τις ἄλλος, σοφιστὴς ἡδονῶν, τρυφῶν καὶ καταυλούμενος,
βλὰξ καὶ θηλυδρίας, πορνῶν ἐπιστάτης, οὐ βασιλεὺς ἀνδρῶν. πῶς γὰρ ἂν
ἑτέρων ἐκράτησεν ὁ ἄρχειν ἑαυτοῦ μὴ μαθών; μίαν ἔθετο φροντίδα, ὅπως ἂν
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 417
with the crown of martyrdom, through the cross he went away to the one
who was crucified and rose again, but he left behind for us the occasions
for these feasts.
33. When [Paul] had gone around the entire world and had placed
the great word upon the lampstand,51 he lit the torch of the knowledge of
the gospel. Then he arrived at Rome, the ruling city, so that after initiating
and persuading the rulers of all the people and making disciples in that
region, he might go on to speak with other people.52 There he found Peter,
a worker with the same zeal. After joining with him in a certain holy and
godly community, he was teaching those under the law in the synagogues
and winning over the gentiles in the marketplaces. He was a skilled teacher
of good things, making clear the pure and untainted knowledge of God.
He set down the precise standards of moral virtue, driving out among the
people from that time forward dancing, drunkenness, and every unbridled
lust, in which the whole multitude and the one ruling at that time were
entangled. The introduction of the most excellent and temperate53 way of
life was a direct assault on Nero. Nero suffered much from the loss of plea-
sure, as if he had been thrown out of his kingdom. For he was, if anything,
a master of pleasures, delicate and a flute player,54 sluggish and effeminate,
a commander of harlots, not a king of men.55 For how could the one who
did not know how to control himself rule over others? He made it his one
51. The image of a lampstand appears in Rev 1:20 with reference to the seven
churches of Asia Minor, of which Ephesus is one. This could be an oblique reference to
the fact that Paul brought the gospel to the Ephesians.
52. Asterius may have in mind Rom 15:23–24, where Paul tells the Romans that he
plans to visit them but then move to preach in Spain.
53. Or “chaste,” thus highlighting the curbing of Nero’s sensual lusts.
54. Nero was famous for his love of singing and playing the lyre, even in public
and at the Olympic Games of 67 CE. According to the Roman historians Suetonius,
Nero 42; Tacitus, Ann. 14.15; and Cassius Dio, Hist. 61.21, some found such perfor-
mances disgraceful. The famous image of Nero fiddling while Rome burned is derived
from the accounts by Suetonius (Nero 38) and Cassius Dio (Hist. 62.18), who claim
that Nero sang “The Capture of Troy” as Rome was burning during the great fire of 64.
Tacitus dismisses this story as a rumor (Ann. 15.39).
55. Charges of sexual deviance and effeminacy against Nero originated with
Roman authors such as Suetonius (Otho 12; Nero 29). See e.g., Megan Rowland,
“Effeminacy as Imperial Vice in Suetonius’ Nero and Caligula,” Classicum 36.2 (2010):
23–30; Jason von Ehrenkrook, “Effeminacy in the Shadow of Empire: The Politics of
Transgressive Gender in Josephus’s Bellum Judaicum,” JQR 101 (2011): 145–63.
418 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
ἐκκόψειε ἐκ τῆς πόλεως τὸν τῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ σωφροσύνης διδάσκαλον. καὶ
ζηλώσας τὸν Ἡρώδην τῆς γνώμης ἀπάγει τοὺς ἀποστόλους εἰς δεσμωτήριον, ὡς
τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐκεῖνος, ἔχων δὲ καθ’ ὁμοιότητα ἄλλην Ἡρωδιάδα τὴν ἀκόλαστον
καὶ φιλήδονον γνώμην ζητοῦσαν Πέτρου καὶ Παύλου τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀμφοτέρους
ἀνέδησε τῷ στεφάνῳ τοῦ μαρτυρίου· τὸν μὲν τῷ ξύλῳ προσηλώσας, τοῦ δὲ
Παύλου τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐκτεμών, ἡμῖν δὲ καὶ τῷ κόσμῳ καταλιπὼν τὸ τῶν ἁγίων
πάθος πανήγυριν καὶ τοσαύτης ἑορτῆς ἀφορμήν.
[28] Apostolorum actus Lucas edidit usque in tempus, quo Paulus Romam
deductus est Nerone imperante: qui non dicam regum, sed omnium homi-
num et uel inmanium bestiarum sordidissimus dignus extitit, qui persecu-
tionem primus inciperet: nescio an et postremus explerit, siquidem opin-
ione multorum receptum sit, ipsum ante antichristum uenturum. huius
uitia ut plenius exponerem res admonebat, nisi non esset huius operis
tam uasta ingredi: id tantum annotasse contentus sum, hunc per omnia
foedissima et crudelissima eo processisse, ut matrem interficeret, post
etiam Pythagorae cuidam in modum sollemnium coniugiorum denuberet;
31. Charles Halm, ed., Sulpicii Severi libri qui supersunt, CSEL 1 (Vienna: Gerold,
1866), 82–84.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 419
concern to remove from the city the teacher of piety and temperance.56
Emulating Herod in his thinking, he sent the apostles to prison, just as
Herod had done to John, for he had another who in appearance was like
Herodias—unbridled and fond of pleasure in her thinking—and was seek-
ing the heads of Peter and Paul.57 He adorned both of them with the crown
of martyrdom. One he nailed to a cross, while he cut off the head of Paul.
But for us and the world he left behind the suffering of the saints as a holi-
day and an occasion for such a great feast.58
[28] Luke related the acts of the apostles up to the time that Paul was
brought to Rome, when Nero was ruling. I will not say that he stands out
just as the worst of rulers, but as the worst of all people and even of wild
beasts. He was the first to initiate a persecution. I do not know whether
he will be the last, if indeed, as it has been passed down by the opinion of
many, he will return before the antichrist.59 That question would require
that I expound extensively on his vices, but it is not the purpose of this
work to take up so vast a topic. I have limited myself to note this—that he
went so far in all his extremely repulsive and cruel actions that he killed
his mother60 and even married a certain Pythagoras in the manner of the
56. Or “chastity.”
57. In Mark 6:17–28 (parallels in Matt 14:3–11; Luke 3:19–20) Herodias conspires
to have John the Baptist beheaded by Herod, for John had condemned the unlawful
marriage between Herod and Herodias. Herodias’s daughter dances at a feast, and in
response Herod promises her up to half his kingdom. Prompted by her mother, the girl
asks for John’s head on a platter. It is unclear who the Neronian equivalent to Herodias
is meant to be. Nero was married three times (Claudia Octavia 54–62, Poppaea Sabina
62–65, and Statilia Messalina 65–68) but was known to have other lovers, as well.
58. The two references to the liturgical calendar suggest that this homily was writ-
ten for the festival day of Peter and Paul (June 29).
59. The linking of Nero with an antichrist figure also appears in Mart. Ascen.
Isa. 4:2–4 (text 2 in this chapter); Sib. Or. 5.28–34, 361–85; Commodian, Instr. 41;
Lactantius, Mort. 2.8 (text 14 in this chapter); Augustine, Civ. 20.19.3. Central to this
connection is the theory that 666, the “number of the beast” in Rev 13:18, is a direct
reference to Nero through the use of gematria (assigning a numerical value to words
or names). Most scholars accept the theory that 666 is an oblique reference to Nero,
but it must be noted that Nero is called the beast, not the antichrist. In fact, there is no
antichrist figure in Revelation.
60. Suetonius, Nero 34; Tacitus, Ann. 14.3–8. Both authors record that it took Nero
420 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
solemn conjugal rites. The bridal veil was placed upon the emperor. The
dowry and the bridal bed, the wedding torches, and all the things that even
among women are not looked upon without a sense of modesty—these
were all displayed.61 As for his other actions, i cannot say if they would
provoke more disgust or shame.
he was the first to attempt to eliminate the christian name. of course,
vices are always at odds with virtues, and the best men are looked at by the
wicked as if they are reproaching them. for at that time the divine religion
had grown strong in the city. Peter was filling the role of bishop there, and
Paul had been brought to rome after he appealed to caesar because of the
unjust sentence of the governor.62 Many then gathered to hear him and
turned to the worship of God, because they were moved by the truth they
came to understand and the powerful deeds of the apostles, which they
then performed frequently. indeed, at that time the famous showdown of
Peter and Paul with simon took place. in order to prove that he was a god,
simon by his magical arts flew into the air, carried by two demons. After
the demons fled due to the prayers of the apostles, he fell to the earth with
all the people watching and was broken into pieces.
[29] Meanwhile, as the multitude of christians was then growing very
large, it came about that rome was consumed by a fire while nero was
staying at Antium.63 The opinion of all turned back upon the leader the
blame for the fire, and the emperor was believed to have been seeking the
glory of a rebuilt city. nero could not by any means prevent the belief that
the fire had been ordered by him. Thus, he turned the blame against the
christians, and the cruelest tortures were inflicted upon the innocent.
even new forms of death were imagined, and as a result [the christians]
were covered with the skins of wild animals and died by being torn apart
by dogs. Many were crucified or burned with fire, and very many were set
aside for the purpose of nightly illumination after day had ended.64 in this
saeuiri coeptum. post etiam datis legibus religio uetabatur, palamque edic-
tis propositis Christianum esse non licebat. tum Paulus ac Petrus capitis
damnati: quorum uni ceruix gladio desecta, Petrus in crucem sublatus
est. dum haec Romae geruntur, Iudaei, praesidis sui Festi Flori iniurias
non ferentes, rebellare coeperunt. aduersus eos Uespasianus proconsulari
imperio a Nerone missus multis grauibusque proeliis deuictos coegit intra
muros Hierosolymae confugere. interim Nero iam etiam sibi pro con-
scientia scelerum inuisus, humanis rebus eximitur, incertum an ipse sibi
mortem consciuerit: certe corpus illius non repertum. unde creditur, etiam
si se gladio ipse transfixerit, curato uulnere eius seruatus, secundum illud,
quod de eo scriptum est: et plaga mortis eius curata est, sub saeculi fine
mittendus, ut mysterium iniquitatis exerceat.
way ferocity against Christians had its beginning. Afterward, even their
religion was forbidden by laws that were put in place; and based on edicts
that were put forth publicly, it was not permitted to be a Christian. At that
time Paul and Peter were condemned to death. One of them had his head
cut off, while Peter was raised up on a cross.
While these things were happening in Rome, the Jews began to rebel,
because they would not endure the harms inflicted on them by their gov-
ernor Festus Florus.65 Vespasian was sent against them by Nero with the
authority of a proconsul, and in numerous and great battles he forced the
conquered to seek refuge within the walls of Jerusalem. Meanwhile, Nero,
who now even looked upon himself with disgust because of an awareness
of his wicked deeds, withdrew from human affairs, and it was uncertain
if he had caused his own death. His body was never found. As a result it
was believed that, even if he had stabbed himself with a sword, he was
saved from his wound, which had healed. This belief came about because
of what had been written about him: “And his mortal wound was healed,”66
and at the end of the age he must be sent out to practice the mystery of
wickedness.67
65. This must be Gessius Florus, who was the Roman procurator of Judea from 64
to 66 CE. According to Josephus, Florus was openly antagonistic toward the Jews (J.W.
2.14.5–9) and ultimately provoked the Jewish Revolt (Antiq. 20.11.1).
66. Rev 13:3.
67. Many authors record the idea that Nero had not died but was going to return
to seek revenge on the Roman Empire, e.g., Suetonius, Nero 57; Tacitus, Hist. 2.8; Cas-
sius Dio, Hist. 66.19; Sib. Or. 5.137–54, 214–27, 361–85; Dio Chrysostom, Pulchr. (Or.
21) 10. This may be the fear reflected in Rev 13:3. Several men later claimed to be the
risen Nero, but each was discovered to be a fraud.
68. Acts 18:9–10.
424 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
[2] οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ Πέτρος λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν βόσκειν τὰ ἀρνία, τῷ σταυρῷ
προσηλωθεὶς ἀνασκολοπίζεται· καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ μυρίοι τούτοις ὁμόδοξοι οἱ μὲν
ἐκαύθησαν, οἱ δ’ ἄλλοι τιμωρίαν ἢ λώβην δεξάμενοι διεφθάρησαν. [3] τοῦτο δ’
οὐκ ἄξιον θεοῦ γνώμης, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἀνδρὸς εὐσεβοῦς, εἰς αὑτοῦ χάριν καὶ πίστιν
πλῆθος ἀνδρῶν ἀπανθρώπως κολάζεσθαι, τῆς προσδοκωμένης ἀναστάσεως καὶ
ἐλεύσεως οὔσης ἀδήλου.
B. [4.14.1] λοιπὸν τὴν ὑπόθεσιν Πέτρου καὶ Παύλου καὶ τῶν ὁμογνωμόνων
αὐτοῖς ἐπισκεπτέον, πῶς εἰπὼν Πέτρῳ· Βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου, καὶ Παύλῳ·
λάλει, μὴ σιώπα, ὅτι μετὰ σοῦ εἰμι καὶ οὐδεὶς κακώσει σε, ἀμφοτέρους
διάφορον τιμωρίαν δέξασθαι συνεχώρησεν. [2] ὃν μὲν γὰρ σταυρούμενον,
ὃν δ’ ἀποτεμνόμενον ὁρῶν ἐκαρτέρησε καὶ μάλα πρεπόντως· οὐ πρὸ τῶν
ἀγώνων οὐδὲ τῶν τῆς διδασκαλίας παιδευμάτων καὶ πράξεων, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τοὺς
ἱδρῶτας, οὓς ὑπέμειναν εὐσεβῶς, διδάσκοντες γῆν, θάλασσαν πολλῆς ταραχῆς
ἐκπραΰνοντες, νήσους ἐν βυθῷ πλάνης κεκλιμένας ἐγείροντες, τὰ ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν
φωτὸς ἀκηράτου γεμίζοντες, ψυχὰς ἐσπιλωμένας ἐν πονηρίᾳ καθαίροντες,
φρόνημα τετρωμένον καὶ μικροῦ δεῖν ἐσβεσμένον νουθεσίαις ἐξάπτοντες, τῆς
παρακοῆς τὰ βέλη συντρίβοντες καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τὰ ξίφη συγκόπτοντες,
τῶν καταπονουμένων γενναίως προϊστάμενοι καὶ τῶν ἀδικουμένων ὑπέρμαχοι
δυνατώτατοι, τῶν ἀπολωλότων ζητητῆρες ἄριστοι, καὶ τῶν καταπιπτόντων
ἔρεισμα καὶ βοήθημα, πολλὰ θαυμασίων ἔργων τῷ κόσμῳ μηνύσαντες
σταυρῷ καὶ τμήσει τὸν βίον ἐζημιώσαντο … [7] ἵνα γοῦν μετὰ πολλὰ τῶν
καλῶν ἀγωνισμάτων ὑστάτῳ καμάτῳ στεφαν[ῖται] ἀπέλθωσι, συνεχωρήθησαν
εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸ μέγα τῶν πόνων καὶ ἐπίσημον θέατρον, καὶ ὁ μὲν τομὴν
κεφαλῆς, ὁ δὲ σταυρὸν ὑπελθεῖν, δι’ ὧν ἡ τοῦ δράκοντος σπείρα συνεκόπη· ὁ
μὲν γὰρ τῆς κεφαλῆς τμηθεὶς αἵματι καὶ γάλακτι τὸν ὄφιν εἰς λιχνείαν ὥσπερ
ἐδελέασεν, ὁ δὲ τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦτον εὐτόνως συνέκοψε.
15. early christian and Patristic references 425
the very one who had said, “We will judge angels.”69 [2] But in fact also
Peter, who had received the authority to feed the sheep,70 was nailed and
fixed to a cross. some of the countless others who agreed with them were
burned alive, while others were killed by being subject to torture or muti-
lation.71 [3] it is not worthy of the purpose of God, nor even of a pious
man, that a multitude of people should be savagely chastised because of his
grace and their faith in him, while the expected resurrection and appear-
ance remain unseen.
B. [4.14.1] furthermore, we must consider the question about Peter
and Paul and those who agreed with them. After saying to Peter, “feed my
sheep,”72 and to Paul, “speak, and do not be silent, because i am with you
and no one will do you any harm,”73 how did [the lord] permit each of them
to undergo a different form of suffering? for he endured seeing one of them
crucified and the other decapitated. And yet, very appropriately [this took
place] not before their struggles or their teaching about doctrine or their
acts, but after the hardships that they faithfully endured. They instructed
the earth; they calmed the sea, which was very tumultuous; they raised up
islands that were lying in the depth of error; they filled everything under
heaven with a pure light; they purified souls that were defiled by fornication;
they kindled by their admonitions the spirit that had been wounded and
nearly snuffed out; they demolished the weapons of disobedience and broke
the swords of sinfulness; they nobly protected those who had been crushed
and were the most powerful defenders of the oppressed; they were the most
excellent seekers of those who were lost; they were a support and help to
those who had fallen. After revealing to the world many of their miracu-
lous deeds, they lost their lives by crucifixion and beheading … [7] in order,
then, that after the many deeds of their excellent contests, they might depart
crowned by their final labor, they were allowed to go into the great and glori-
ous theater of sufferings. one went to decapitation, the other to crucifixion.
Through these deaths the coil of the serpent was cut to pieces, for it was as
if the one who was decapitated enticed the serpent to a feast with his blood
and the milk, and the other one vigorously cut him to pieces with the cross.74
B. 295.1, 734
Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of his just ones.75 Therefore the
death of Peter is precious; therefore the death of Paul is precious; therefore
the death of Vincent76 is precious; therefore the death of Cyprian is pre-
cious. On what account are they precious? Because of a pure affection and a
good conscience and a faith that is not false. That snake, however, sees this.
That ancient serpent sees that the martyrs are honored and the temples
are deserted. He carefully concocted cunning and poisonous plots against
us, and because he was not able to wield influence over Christians by false
gods, he created false martyrs. But oh you, catholic sprouts, compare with
us a little those false martyrs with the true martyrs, and by pious faith dis-
cern that the devil is trying to cause confusion by a poisonous fraud.77
Sermons 295–299C and 381 were all preached in different years on the feast
of Peter and Paul (June 29). They include allusions to the apostolic deaths,
but here I focus on passages with specific references to the martyrdoms.
[1] This day has been consecrated for us by the martyrdoms of the most
blessed apostles Peter and Paul. We are not talking about some obscure
martyrs. Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the
ends of the wide world.78 These martyrs had seen what they proclaimed.
They pursued justice by confessing the truth and by dying for the truth.
the serpent into the open, and then Peter delivered the deathblow. This imagery links
the two deaths symbolically but also implicitly suggests a chronological relationship,
with Paul’s death first, followed by Peter. This runs counter to what we find in other
sources, which suggest Peter died first. On the milk flowing from Paul’s body, see Mart.
Paul 5 (ch. 5 in this volume).
75. Ps 116:15.
76. Vincent was a deacon of Saragossa in Spain who died during the persecution
under Diocletian.
77. Augustine is writing against the “false” Donatist martyrs in general, but he
may have in mind the Circumcellion sect in particular. Members of this group report-
edly jumped off cliffs in order to make themselves martyrs.
78. Ps 19:4; Rom 10:18.
428 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
[7] ecce ostendit illi Dominus quae illum oporteret pati pro nomine
eius. post exercuit illum in labore. ipse in uinculis, ipse in plagis, ipse in
carceribus, ipse in naufragiis. ipse illi procurauit passionem: ipse perduxit
ad istum diem. unus dies passionis duobus apostolis. sed et illi duo unum
erant: quanquam diuersis diebus paterentur, unum erant. praecessit Petrus,
secutus est Paulus.
C. 297.535
Attende apostolum Paulum, quoniam et ipsius hodie dies festus est. con-
cordem uitam ambo duxerunt, socium sanguinem ambo fuderunt, coele-
stem coronam ambo sumpserunt, diem hodiernum ambo consecrauerunt.
D. 298.136
Per angustias passionum, per uiam spinis plenam, per tribulationes perse-
cutionem, ut transeant postea fideles, apostolos duces habuerunt. beatus
Petrus primus apostolorum, beatus Paulus nouissimus apostolorum, qui
rite coluerunt eum qui dixit: ego sum primus, et ego sum nouissimus, ad
unum diem passionis sibi occurrerunt primus et nouissimus.
E. 299.837
Sed quid est illud, fratres, quem non moueat? alter, inquit, te cinget, et feret
quo tu non uis. non ergo uolens Petrus ad tantam gratiam passionis aduenit?
35. PL 38:1361.
36. D. C. Lambot, ed., Sancti Aurelii Augustini Sermones selecti duodeviginti, SPM
1 (Utrecht: Spectrum, 1950), 95.
37. PL 38:1373.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 429
[7] Behold, the Lord showed [Paul] the things that he would have to
suffer for the sake of his name. After that he trained Paul with hard labor—
with chains, with beatings, with imprisonment, and with shipwrecks.79 He
secured for Paul his suffering and brought him to this very day. There is
one day for the suffering of the two apostles, but those two are also one.
Although they suffered on different days, they are one. Peter went first, and
Paul followed.
Turn your attention to the apostle Paul, because today is also his feast day.
They both [Peter and Paul] led a harmonious life; they both shed their
blood together; they both received a heavenly crown; they both conse-
crated this present day.
In order that later the faithful could pass through the distresses of their suf-
ferings, through the road full of thorns, and through the trials of persecu-
tions, they had the apostles as their leaders. The blessed Peter was the first
of the apostles, while the blessed Paul was the last of the apostles.80 They
rightly worshiped the one who had said, “I am the first and the last,”81 and
the first and the last [of the apostles] ran to meet each other on the one day
of their passion.82
But what is this, brothers and sisters? And who would not be impacted by
it? “Another,” [Jesus] said, “will bind you and lead you where you do not
ecce Paulus, ego enim iam immolor, et tempus resolutionis meae instat;
uidetur in his uerbis exsultande quasi festinare ad passionem: huic autem,
alter te cinget, et feret quo tu non uis. uolens Paulus et nolens Petrus? imo
si intelligamus, uolens Paulus et uolens Petrus, et nolens Paulus et nolens
Petrus.
F. 299A.138
G. 299C.139
Beati apostoli Petrus et Paulus diuersis temporibus sunt uocati, et uno die
coronati. Petrum Dominus uocauit ante omnes, Paulum post omnes. apos-
tolorum Petrus primus, Paulus nouissimus: adduxit eos ad unum diem
primus et nouissimius. pulcherrima integritas perseuerat, quando cum
primis extrema concordant.
H. 38140
38. D. G. Morin, ed., Sancti Augustini Sermones post Maurinos reperti, MATS 1
(Rome: Poliglotta Vaticana, 1930), 308.
39. Morin, Sancti Augustini Sermones post Maurinos, 521–22.
40. PL 39:1683.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 431
want to go.”83 Therefore, did Peter not go willingly to so great a grace as his
suffering? Look at Paul: “I am now being offered as a sacrifice, and the time
of my departure has come.”84 In these words he seems to be rejoicing, as
if he is rushing to his suffering. For this other one, however, “Another will
bind you and lead you where you do not want to go.” Was Paul willing and
Peter unwilling? If we were to understand it completely, Paul was willing,
and Peter was willing. And Paul was unwilling, and Peter was unwilling.
There is one day for two martyrs and two apostles. We have received this
much from the tradition of the church: that they did not suffer on one day,
and they did suffer on one day. Today Peter suffered first, and today Paul
suffered later.85 Their merit made their suffering equal, and their love made
itself evident on this day. He brought this about in them—the one who was
in them, who was suffering in them, who was suffering with them, who was
helping them as they did battle, and who crowned them when they were
victorious.
The blessed apostles Peter and Paul were called at different times but
crowned on one day. The Lord called Peter before all the others and Paul
after all the others. Peter was the first of the apostles, Paul the last. He who
is the first and the last86 led them to the same day. A most beautiful integ-
rity is maintained when the last things agree with the first.
As the Roman faith attests, today is the day of the apostles Peter and Paul,
on which they earned a victor’s crown, because the devil was defeated.
For them a formal feast is held, and so let a formal sermon also be given.
Let them hear praises from us, and let their prayers pour forth for us. The
a nobis, preces fundant pro nobis. sicut traditione patrum cognitum memo-
ria retinetur, non uno die passi sunt per coeli spatia decurrente. natalitio
ergo Petri passus est Paulus, non quo ex utero matris in numerum fusus est
hominum, sed quo ex uinculo carnis in lucem natus est angelorum; ac per
hoc ita singuli dies dati sunt duobus, ut nunc unus celebretur ambobus.
41. Charles Zangemeister, ed., Pauli Orosii historiarum adversum paganos Libri
VII, CSEL 5 (Vienna: Gerold, 1882), 454–55.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 433
memory, based on the tradition of the learned fathers, maintains that they
did not suffer on one day between sunrise and sunset. Paul suffered on the
birthday of Peter—not on the day that he was added to the number of men
from his mother’s womb, but on the day that he was born from the bond-
age of the flesh into the light of the angels. For this reason, while each had a
separate day [of martyrdom], now both are celebrated on one day.
The rashness of [Nero’s] impiety toward God added to his mass of crimes.
For he was the first to inflict torments and death on the Christians in Rome
and ordered that they be tortured with a similar persecution throughout
all the provinces. He attempted to eradicate the name itself and killed the
most blessed apostles of Christ—Peter on a cross, and Paul with a sword.
Soon disasters sprang up from every side to weigh upon that most unfortu-
nate city. In that following autumn, so great a plague oppressed the city that
30,000 funerals were recorded in the counting of Libitina.87 Then Britain
immediately suffered disasters, for two of the main towns were plundered,
and a great number of citizens and their allies were injured and killed.88
Furthermore, in the east the great provinces of Armenia were lost. Roman
legions were placed under Parthian control, and Syria was barely retained.89
In Asia earthquakes destroyed three cities—Laodicea, Hierapolis, and
Colossae.90 But after Nero learned that Galba had been declared emperor
by the army in Spain,91 he completely lost all spirit and hope. Because he
87. Libitina was the Roman goddess of funerals and burial. Horace (Sat. 2.16.19)
uses her name as a metonymy for death, and this is probably the intended usage here.
88. Tacitus, Ann. 14.31–37 and Agr. 16.1–2; Cassius Dio, Hist. 62.1–12. Boudicca,
wife of the client king Prasutagus, led the Iceni and Trinovantes in a revolt against the
Roman governor in 60 CE. They sacked the cities of London and Verulamium and the
colony at Colchester before being defeated by the Roman forces.
89. Tacitus, Ann. 15.1–17; Cassius Dio, Hist. 62.19–26.
90. This report by Orosius is often cited relevant to the dating of Colossians, but
the report by Tacitus (Ann. 14.27) only states that Laodicea was destroyed by an earth-
quake in 60/61 CE. Tacitus says nothing about Colossae. See Eduard Lohse, Colossians
and Philemon, trans. William R. Poehlmann and Robert J. Karris, Hermeneia (Phila-
delphia: Fortress, 1971), 8–9.
91. In fact, Galba insisted that he be declared a legate of the Senate, not Nero’s
replacement, in 68 CE. Following Nero’s death he did march to Rome, but his imperial
pretentions were short-lived, for he was assassinated on January 15, 69 CE. Tacitus
434 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
42. PL 54:425–27.
15. early christian and Patristic references 435
28. leo i, Sermon 82.6–7 (On the Birthday of the Apostles Peter and Paul)
(441 ce)
[6] your [Peter’s] blessed fellow apostle Paul, the vessel of election94 and
particular teacher of the gentiles, came there. he was united with you at
that time, when all innocence, all modesty, and all freedom was being sup-
pressed under the rule of nero. nero’s fury, inflamed by the excess of every
kind of vice, cast him headlong into the heat of his insanity, so that he was
the first to introduce the savagery of a general persecution of the christian
name, as if the grace of God could be extinguished by murdering the saints.
for them, in fact, this very thing was the greatest gain—that contempt
for this perishable life might result in receiving eternal happiness. “Pre-
cious,” therefore, “in the sight of the lord is the death of his saints.”95 By
no type of cruelty can religion based on the mystery of the cross of christ
be destroyed. The church is not diminished by persecutions, but increased.
The lord’s field is adorned with a richer crop, while the grains—which fall
one at a time—spring up multiplied.96 Thus, these two glorious grains of
divine seed have yielded so great a progeny that thousands of blessed mar-
tyrs have borne witness. Their triumphs are equal to those of the apostles,
and they have encircled our city both far and wide with people clad in
purple and red, as if they form a crown of one united diadem out of the
beauty of many gems.97
(Hist. 1), suetonius (Galba), and Plutarch (Galba) tell similar versions of the story.
They may have all been dependent on the same source, possibly Pliny the elder’s A fine
Aufidi Bassi, although this is disputed. cf. cassius dio, Hist. 63–64.
92. The disasters throughout the empire are seen as divine retribution for nero’s
many crimes (which also included murder and matricide), but the assassinations of
Peter and Paul finally provoke God’s vengeance.
93. nero was the last emperor in the Julio-claudian dynasty.
94. Acts 9:15.
95. Ps 116:15.
96. cf. John 12:24.
97. The sacred sites of christian martyrs surrounded the city of rome, forming
436 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
[34] ὁ δὲ ἀπόστολος Πέτρος δι’ εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ ἐφόνευσε τὸν Σίμωνα τὸν μάγον
θελήσαντα ἀναληφθῆναι. εἶπε γὰρ ὁ Σίμων τῷ Πέτρῳ, ὅτι· εἶπες ὅτι Χριστὸς
ὁ θεός σου ἀνελήφθη. ἰδοὺ κἀγὼ ἀναλαμβάνομαι. καὶ εἶδεν αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος
43. MS illos.
44. Hans Thurn, ed., Ioannis Malalae Chronographia, [Link] 35 (Berlin: de
Gruyter, 2000), 192–94.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 437
[7] Most beloved ones, on behalf of this cohort98 that was divinely
prepared for us as an example of endurance and the confirmation of our
faith, we must rejoice everywhere in commemoration of all the saints. But
it is right that we must boast even more joyfully in the excellence of these
fathers, whom the grace of God has carried to so great a height among all
the members of the church that he has established them in the body—
whose head is Christ99—as the twin light of the eyes. Concerning their
merits and virtues, which surpass all ability to speak about them, there is
no difference, and we should not think there is any distinction, because
they were equal in their calling, alike in their labor, and faced equal deaths.
However, just as we have experienced and our ancestors have demon-
strated, we believe and are confident that amid all the toils of this life, we
must always be helped by the prayers of these special patrons, in order to
attain the mercy of God.100 Thus, however much we are pressed down by
our sins, by that much we are raised up by the apostolic merits, through
our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom, together with the Father and Holy Spirit,
be the same authority, one God forever and ever. Amen.
a kind of crown for the city. Suzanne Lewis (“Function and Symbolic Form in the
Basilica Apostolorum at Milan,” JSAH 28.2 [1969]: 92) has suggested that Ambrose
attempted to imitate this sacred “crown” around Rome by establishing martyr shrines
around the outskirts of Milan. See also Eastman, Paul the Martyr, 122–23. During
the Carolingian Renaissance, similar imagery was used to describe the ring of martyr
shrines around Verona, which created a city “surrounded (circumuallata) by the holiest
guardians” (Versus de Verona 56).
98. The Latin term can apply specifically to a cohort or band of soldiers.
99. Eph 1:22.
100. Pilgrims in Rome, for example, left graffiti appealing to the martyr-patrons
Paul and Peter for their prayers as early as the third century (Eastman, Paul the Martyr,
72–73, 84–89).
438 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
κουφιζόμενον διὰ τῆς μαγείας εἰς τὸν ἀέρα ἐν μέσῳ τῆς πόλεως. Ῥώμης· καὶ
ηὔξατο ὁ Πέτρος καὶ κατηνέχθη Σίμων ὁ μάγος ἐκ τοῦ ἀέρος εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ
τὴν πλατεῖαν καὶ ἐψόφησεν. καὶ τὸ λείψανον αὐτοῦ κεῖται ἐκεῖ ἕως ἄρτι ὅπου
ἔπεσεν, καὶ ἔχει πέριξ κάγκελλον λίθινον· καὶ ἀκούει ὁ τόπος ἐκεῖνος ἔκτοτε τὸ
Σιμώνιον.
[35] ἀκούσας δὲ Νέρων ὁ βασιλεύς, ὅτι ἐφονεύθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πέτρου ὁ
Σίμων, ἠγανάκτησεν· καὶ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν συσχεθέντα ἀποθανεῖν. καὶ ἢ μόνον
ἐκρατήθη ὁ ἅγιος Πέτρος, ἐπέδωκε τὸ ἔνδυμα τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς Ῥώμης Λίνῳ
ὀνόματι, μαθητῇ αὐτοῦ· ἠκολούθει γὰρ αὐτῷ, ὅτε ἐκρατήθη. ὁ δὲ αὐτος ἅγιος
Πέτρος γέρων ὑπῆρχε τῇ ἡλικίᾳ διμοιριαῖος, ἀναφάλας, κονδόθριξ, ὁλοπόλιος
τὴν κάραν καὶ τὸ γένειον, λευκός, ὑπόχλωρος, οἰνοπαὴς τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς,
εὐπώγων, μακρόρινος, σύνοφρυς, ἀνακαθήμενος, φρόνιμος, ὀξύχολος,
εὐμετάβλητος, δειλός, φθεγγόμενος ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ θαυματουργῶν.
καὶ ἐγένετο μετὰ τὸν ἅγιον Πέτρον τὸν ἐπίσκοπον ἤτοι πατριάρχην Ῥώμης
ὀνόματι Λίνος, καθὼς ὁ σοφὸς Εὐσέβιος ὁ Παμφίλου ἐχρονογράφησεν. ὁ δὲ
ἅγιος Πέτρος ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐμαρτύρησεν σταυρωθεὶς κατακέφαλα, τοῦ αὐτοῦ
ἀποστόλου ὁρκώσαντος τοῦτο τὸν ἔπαρχον, ὅτι· μὴ ὡς ὁ κύριός μου σταυρωθῶ.
καὶ ἐτελειώθη ὁ ἅγιος Πέτρος ἐπὶ τῆς ὑπατείας Ἀπρωνιανοῦ καὶ Καπίτωνος.
[36] ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Πιλάτου ἠγανάκτησεν ὁ αὐτὸς βασιλεὺς
Νέρων, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ἀποκεφαλισθῆναι, λέγων· διὰ τί ἐξέδωκε τὸν
δεσπότην Χριστὸν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἄνδρα ἄμεμπτον καὶ δυνάμεις ποιοῦντα; εἰ
γὰρ ὁ αὐτοῦ μαθητὴς τοιαῦτα θαυμάσια ἐποίει, ὁποῖος ὑπῆρχεν ἐκεῖνος δυνατός.
[37] ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς αὐτοῦ βασιλείας κατέφθασεν εὐθέως ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ καὶ ὁ ἅγιος
Παῦλος πεμφθεὶς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας χώρας παραστάσιμος· καὶ ἐμαρτύρησε καὶ
αὐτὸς ἀποτμηθεὶς τὴν κεφαλὴν τῇ πρὸ γ’ καλανδῶν ἰουλίων ἐπὶ τῆς ὑπατείας
Νέρωνος καὶ Λεντούλου. καὶ ἐκέλευσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Νέρων τὰ σώματα τῶν
ἁγίων ἀποστόλων ταφῇ μὴ παραδοθῆναι, ἀλλ’ ἄταφα μεῖναι. ὑπῆρχεν δὲ ὁ
Παῦλος ἔτι περιὼν τῇ ἡλικίᾳ κονδοειδής, φαλακρός, μιξοπόλιος τὴν κάραν
καὶ τὸ γένειον, εὔρινος, ὑπόγλαυκος, σύνοφρυς, λευκόχρους, ἀνθηροπρόσωπος,
15. early christian and Patristic references 439
he was being raised up into the air through magic in the middle of the city
of rome. Peter prayed, and simon the sorcerer was brought down out of
the air to the earth. And he died in the street. his remains lie there where
he fell up to today and have a stone railing around them. from then on that
place has been called the simonium.101
[35] When the emperor nero heard that simon had been slain by
Peter, he was angry and ordered him to be arrested and killed. As soon as
holy Peter was arrested, he handed over the vestment of the roman episco-
pacy to one named linus, his disciple, for linus was following Peter when
he was arrested. This same Peter was an old man, of average height, with a
bald forehead, short hair, completely gray on his head and his beard, light
(skinned), pale, with wine-colored eyes, a substantial beard, a sizable nose,
and eyebrows that met. he had good posture and was prudent, quick to
anger, changeable, and fearful.102 he spoke through the holy spirit and
performed wonders. And after the holy bishop Peter, a man named linus
became patriarch of rome, just as the wise eusebius Pamphilius chroni-
cled.103 But holy Peter the apostle died as a martyr, being crucified with
his head downward, because the apostle had bound the prefect by an oath,
“do not let me be crucified as my lord was.” The holy Peter was killed
during the consulate of Apronianus and capito.104
[36] likewise the emperor nero was angry with Pilate and ordered
him to be decapitated, saying, “Why did he hand over the lord christ to
the Jews, a man who was innocent and performed powerful deeds? for if
his disciple did such wonders, how powerful that man was.”
[37] during nero’s reign, right afterward, holy Paul came to rome,
having been sent from Judea to stand trial. he died as a martyr by being
decapitated three days before the calends of July, during the consulship of
nero and lentulus.105 The emperor nero ordered the bodies of the holy
apostles not to be handed over for burial, but to remain unburied. But
when Paul was still alive, he was short in stature, bald, partially gray on his
head and his beard, with a good nose, grayish eyes, eyebrows that met, light
complexion, a florid face, a substantial beard, and a cheerful countenance.
45. Bruno Krusch, ed., Gregorii episcopi Turonensis miracula et opera minora,
[Link] 1.2 (Hannover: Hahn, 1969), 53–55.
46. Some MSS say tundi (beaten), but tondi is clearly the preferable reading.
15. Early Christian and Patristic References 441
He was prudent, moral, sociable, and pleasant. He was inspired by the Holy
Spirit and performed healings.
30. Gregory of Tours, On the Glory of the Martyrs 1.27–28 (586–588 CE)
[27] In order to teach humility, the apostle Peter had his head shaved from
above.106 He was ordained bishop by the other apostles and established his
seat in Rome. By the eloquence of Peter and Paul the craftiness of Simon
the sorcerer was revealed and overpowered. Today in the city of Rome
there are two depressions in the stone on which the blessed apostles, on
bended knee, poured forth their request to the Lord against that sorcerer
Simon. When rainwater has been collected in them, the sick come seeking
it. After they drink it, it soon restores them to health.107 The holy apostle
Peter, as we said before, went to the cross after his wars with Nero and
Simon [the sorcerer]. After he had completed his contest for the blessed
trophy, he asked to be crucified with his feet upward toward heaven, crying
out that he was unworthy to be raised up as his Lord was. And so, send-
ing his living spirit into the stars, he was buried in the church that in more
ancient times was called the Vatican … This sepulcher is located under the
altar and is accessed very rarely.
[28] One year later, on the same day that the apostle Peter had suffered,
the apostle Paul died in the city of Rome by being struck with a sword. Milk
and water flowed from his holy body. It is not surprising if milk flowed
106. Gregory’s note that Peter had his head shaved “from above” (desuper) may
relate to a controversy in late antiquity over the form of the tonsure. The “Roman ton-
sure” involved shaving the hair into the shape of a crown and was traditionally believed
to hearken back to Peter, although there is no evidence for this. Gregory elsewhere
claimed, for example, that his uncle, Nicetius, was destined from birth to become a
bishop, because his hair naturally grew in the shape of a corona (Vitae patrum 17.1).
This form was juxtaposed with the “Insular (or Celtic) tonsure.” The exact form of it
remains unclear, but it involved cutting the hair from ear to ear. Ecclesiastical writ-
ers, and even the Fourth Council of Toledo in 633 CE, condemned this latter style,
and some claimed that it could be traced back to Simon the sorcerer. On the tonsure
debate, see Edward James, “Bede and the Tonsure,” Peritia 3 (1984): 85–98; Daniel
McCarthy, “On the Shape of the Insular Tonsure,” Celtica 24 (2003): 140–67.
107. The basilica of Santa Francesca Romana (Santa Maria Nova) in Rome dis-
plays a stone that is said to have the imprints made by the knees of the apostles when
they knelt to pray. This church sits in the ancient Forum just below the Capitoline Hill,
Simon’s supposed launching site. See Eastman, Paul the Martyr, 108.
442 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
from his body, for he had labored and given birth to the unbelieving gen-
tiles. He had fed them with spiritual milk and led them to the solid food of
the holy Scriptures by disclosing the things that were obscure.108
-445-
446 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Bickerman, E.J. Chronology of the Ancient World. 2nd ed. Ithaca, NY: Cor-
nell University Press, 1980.
Bockmuehl, Marcus. The Remembered Peter in Ancient Reception and
Modern Debate. WUNT 1/262. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2010.
———. Simon Peter in Scripture and Memory: The New Testament Apostle in
the Early Church. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2012.
Bovon, François. “The Synoptic Gospels and the Noncanonical Acts of the
Apostles.” HTR 81.1 (1988): 19–36.
Bovon, François, and Pierre Geoltrain, eds. Écrits apocryphes chrétiens. Vol.
1. Pléiade 442. Paris: Gallimard, 1997.
Bremmer, Jan N., ed. The Apocryphal Acts of Paul and Thecla. Kampen: Kok
Pharos, 1996.
———. The Apocryphal Acts of Peter: Magic, Miracles, and Gnosticism.
SECA 3. Leuven: Peeters, 1998.
Brown, Raymond E. An Introduction to the New Testament. ABRL. New
York: Doubleday, 1997.
Buchholz, Dennis D. Your Eyes Will Be Opened: A Study of the Greek (Ethi-
opic) Apocalypse of Peter. SBLDS 97. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1988.
Burke, Tony, and Brent E. Landau, eds. Forbidden Texts on the Western
Frontier: Christian Apocrypha in North American Perspectives. Eugene,
OR: Cascade, forthcoming.
Casey, Robert P. “Simon Magus.” BegC 5:151–64.
Cassidy, Richard J. Paul in Chains: Roman Imprisonment and the Letters of
St. Paul. New York: Crossroad, 2001.
Cook, John Granger. “Crucifixion as Spectacle in Roman Campania.” NovT
54 (2012): 68–100.
———. “Envisioning Crucifixion: Light from Several Inscriptions and the
Palatine Graffito.” NovT 50 (2008): 262–85.
Côté, Dominique. Le thème de l’opposition entre Pierre et Simon dans les
Pseudo-Clémentines. Études Augustiniennes, Série Antiquités 167.
Paris: Institut d’Études Augustiniennes, 2001.
Cureton, William. Ancient Syriac Documents: Relative to the Earliest Estab-
lishment of Christianity in Edessa and the Neighbouring Countries.
London: Williams & Norgate, 1864.
Datema, Cornelis, ed. Asterius of Amasea, Homilies I–XIV. Leiden: Brill,
1970.
De Stefani, Luigi, trans. “Storia del Beato Apostolo S. Paolo.” GSAT 14
(1901): 201–16.
Bibliography 447
———. Paul the Martyr: The Cult of the Apostle in the Latin West. WGRW-
Sup 4. Atlanta: Society of Biblical Literature, 2011.
Ehrenkrook, Jason von. “Effeminacy in the Shadow of Empire: The Poli-
tics of Transgressive Gender in Josephus’s Bellum Judaicum.” JQR 101
(2011): 145–63.
Elliott, J. K. The Apocryphal New Testament. Oxford: Clarendon, 1993.
Erbetta, Mario. Atti e leggende. Vol. 2 of Gli apocrifi del Nuovo Testamento.
2nd ed. Turin: Marietti, 1978.
Eustace, John Chetwode. A Classical Tour through Italy. 6th ed. London:
Mawam, 1837.
Ferreiro, Alberto. “Simon Magus, Dogs, and Simon Peter.” Pages 147–200
in Simon Magus in Patristic, Medieval, and Early Modern Traditions.
Edited by Alberto Ferreiro. Studies in the History of Christian Tradi-
tions 125. Leiden: Brill, 2005.
Flamion, J. “Les Actes de Pierre.” RHE 11 (1910): 19–28.
Fortescue, Adrian. The Orthodox Eastern Church. Piscataway, NJ: Gorgias,
2001.
Fossum, Jarl E. The Name of God and the Angel of the Lord. WUNT 1/36.
Tübingen: Mohr, 1985.
French, Valerie. “Midwives and Maternity Care in the Roman World.”
Helios 13.2 (1986): 69–84.
Gapp, Kenneth S. “The Universal Famine under Claudius.” HTR 28 (1935):
258–65.
Garnsey, Peter. Famine and Food Supply in the Graeco-Roman World. Cam-
bridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988.
Geoltrain, Pierre, and Jean-Daniel Kaestli, eds. Écrits apocryphes chrétiens.
Vol. 2. Pléiade 516. Paris: Gallimard, 2005.
Giles, John Allen, ed. The Uncanonical Gospels and Other Writings, Refer-
ring to the First Ages of Christianity, in the Original Languages: Collected
together from the Editions of Fabricius, Thilo, and Others. London: Nutt,
1852.
Goulet, Richard, ed., Macarios de Magnésie: Le monogénès. TT 7. Paris:
Vrin, 2003.
Guidi, Ignazio. “Bemerkungen zum ersten Bande der syrischen Acta Mar-
tyrum et Sanctorum.” ZDMG 46 (1892): 744–58.
Gwatkin, Henry W., ed. Selections from Early Writers Illustrative of Church
History to the Time of Constantine. Updated ed. London: Macmillan,
1911.
Bibliography 449
schwartz, eduard, ed. Eusebius Werke 2.1. Gcs 9.1. leipzig: hinrichs, 1903.
schwartz, seth. “how Many Judaisms Were There? A critique of neusner
and smith on definition and Mason and Boyarin on categorization.”
JAJ 2 (2011): 208–38.
snelders, Bas. “The Traditio legis on early christian sarcophagi.” AnTard
13 (2005): 321–33.
snyder, Glenn. Acts of Paul: The Formation of a Biblical Canon. WunT
2/352. Tübingen: Mohr siebeck, 2013.
städele, Alfons, ed. Laktanz de mortibus persecutorum: Die Todesarten der
Verfolger. fontc 43. Turnhout: Brepols, 2003.
steinby, eva Margareta, ed. Lexicon topographicum urbis Romae. 5 Vol-
umes. rome: Quasar, 1996.
stoops, robert f. “if i suffer . . . epistolary Authority in ignatius of Antioch.”
HTR 80 (1987): 161–78.
sundberg, Albert c., Jr. “canon Muratori: A fourth century list.” HTR 66
(1973): 1–41.
Tajra, harry W. The Martyrdom of St. Paul: Historical and Judicial Context,
Traditions, and Legends. WunT 2/67. Tübingen: Mohr siebeck, 1994.
———. The Trial of St. Paul: A Judicial Exegesis of the Second Half of the Acts
of the Apostles. WunT 2/35. Tübingen: Mohr, 1989.
Thomas, christine M. The Acts of Peter, Gospel Literature, and the Ancient
Novel: Rewriting the Past. new york: oxford university Press, 2003.
Thurn, hans, ed. Ioannis Malalae Chronographia. [Link] 35. Berlin: de
Gruyter, 2000.
Todman, donald. “childbirth in Ancient rome: from Traditional folklore
to obstetrics.” ANZJOG 47.2 (2007): 82–85.
Turner, cuthbert h., ed. Ecclesiae occidentalis monumenta iuris antiquis-
sima. 9 vols. oxford: clarendon, 1899–1939.
Van dam, raymond. Remembering Constantine at the Milvian Bridge.
cambridge: cambridge university Press, 2011.
Verheyden, J. “The canon Muratori: A Matter of dispute.” Pages 487–556
in The Biblical Canons. edited by Jean-Marie Auwers and h. J. de
Jonge. BeTl 163. leuven: leuven university Press, 2003.
Verrando, G. n. “osservazioni sulla collocazione cronologica degli apocrifi
Atti di Pietro dello Pseudo-lino.” VetChr 20 (1983): 391–426.
Vouaux, léon. Les Actes de Paul et ses lettres apocryphes: Introduction,
textes, traduction et commentaire. Paris: letouzey et Ané, 1913.
———. Les Actes de Pierre: Introduction, textes, traduction et commentaire.
Paris: letouzey et Ané, 1922.
Bibliography 455
Walker, Alexander, trans. “Acts of the Holy Apostles Peter and Paul.” Pages
256–76 in Apocryphal Gospels, Acts and Revelations. ANCL 16. Edin-
burgh: T&T Clark, 1870.
Watson, W. Scott. “An Arabic Version of the Epistle of Dionysius the Are-
opagite to Timothy.” AJSL 16 (1900): 225–41.
Winter, Bruce W. “Acts and Food Shortages.” BIFCS 2:59–78.
Zangemeister, Charles, ed. Pauli Orosii historiarum adversum paganos Libri
VII. CSEL 5. Vienna: Gerold, 1882.
Zwierlein, Otto. Petrus in Rom: Die literarischen Zeugnisse. 2nd ed. UALG
96. Berlin: de Gruyter, 2010.
Scripture Index
-457-
458 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Ephesians 2 Thessalonians
1:3 279 n. 104 2:15 51 n. 35
1:4 153 n. 20
1:19–21 111 n. 11 1 Timothy
1:22 437 n. 96 1:5 181 n. 10, 249 n. 39, 295 n. 139
3:8 53 n. 39 1:17 129 n. 7, 251 n. 53, 297 n. 147
3:21 137 n. 32 1:18 129 n. 10
5:22–28 183 n. 19, 251 n. 49 6:8 181 n. 13, 251 n. 43
5:27 233 n. 15, 285 n. 121 6:15 149 n. 12
6:1 183 n. 16, 251 n. 46, 297 n. 145 6:16 xix
6:4 183 n. 15, 251 n. 45, 297 n. 144 6:17 181 n. 12, 249 n. 42, 297 n. 142
6:5–6 183 n. 21, 251 n. 51
6:9 183 n. 20, 251 n. 50 2 Timothy 191, 345, 415
6:16 351 n. 7 1:2 353 n. 14
2:3 129 n. 10
Philippians 2:19 361 n. 40
1:1 353 n. 20 2:22 181 n. 10, 249 n. 39, 295 n. 139
1:3–4 393 n. 7 3:8–9 247 n. 35, 295 n. 136
1:12–13 235 n. 19 4:1 131 n. 11, 133 n. 19, 153 n. 18
1:15–18 409 n. 36 4:6 197 n. 9, 431 n. 81
1:20–26 45 n. 21 4:6–8 122, 311 n. 166, 395 n. 10
1:22–24 99 n. 5 4:7 129 n. 10, 216 n. 6, 217 n. 23,
2:6–8 55 n. 43, 111 n. 12 353 n. 13
2:16 395 n. 10 4:7–8 161 n. 40
2:17 197 n. 9 4:9 353 n. 15
2:19 353 n. 21 4:10 127 n. 1
3:2 255 n. 61 4:10–11 127 n. 2
3:5 281 n. 110, 351 n. 6 4:19 383 n. 1
3:14 59 n. 53 4:20 277 n. 97, 383 n. 2
4:20 137 n. 32 4:21 311 n. 165
4:22 127 n. 4, 195 n. 6, 235 n. 19
Titus
Colossians 1:1 353 n. 20
1:3 279 n. 104 1:12 159 n. 35
1:15 251 n. 53, 297 n. 147
2:18 33 n. 2 Philemon 183 n. 20, 251 n. 50
3:18–19 183 n. 19, 251 n. 49
3:20 183 n. 16, 251 n. 46, 297 n. 145 Hebrews
3:22–24 183 n. 21, 251 n. 51 1:5 233 n. 13, 283 n. 120
4:1 183 n. 20, 251 n. 50 5:5 233 n. 13, 283 n. 120
5:6 235 n. 16, 285 n. 122
1 Thessalonians 5:9 87 n. 36
2:19 133 n. 20 5:10 235 n. 16, 285 n. 122
462 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
-463-
464 The Ancient Martyrdom Accounts of Peter and Paul
Eastman
The Ancient Martyrdom
Accounts of Peter and Paul
The image used on the cover is taken from a photograph of the façade of the
famous Celsus Library in Ephesus. Cover design by Mary Cox.